Vaidyanatha l<shita's Di

JATAITA PARIJATA
( qrrq rTrRGTrf, )
Witlt Att L.tr islr'[ rnttsln nttd Copious gl tiort Erptlnrntorq rrotes d Ernnrpl nrt es

BY
V. Sultrantanya Sastri,Il.A.
A s s t t . S c c r c t a r ' \t,( ) t l r c ( j o v t . o f M y s o r c ( l l c t d . ) r r r t t l ' ln r n : l a t o r o l ' S r i p u t i l ' l t l d l r t i . I l r i l r l t . l a t a k a . I Iorasara, ttarkairmritactc. U

Vol. II

@
RANJAN PUBLICATIONS
16,Ansari Road, Darya Ganj,NewDelhi-11 (lNDlA) 0002

CONTENTS Page Adhyaya V I Adhyaya VII Adhyaya VIII Adhyaya IX Adhyaya Marring of Horoscope On Raja Yogas or Planetary Conjunctions; leading to kingship 3t9

x

372 On Conjunctions of two or more Planets 495 583 The Effcct of Gulika, year Etc. 649 Ashtakavarga

fqqqTlfi"q' qEnq: q
b
q

EG6

a'qJ6t: toR tcl Itc tRc \91

wir.sllqTarq: <tq+fmqm:
{oan$q15qtll'

1t e.
l\e1 vt\
tcl qYQ

a.
to

qret.qrfrsqrf{ qrao-qrtsqrq:

Rerultsof I &II Houses, III & iV Houses,V & VI X
f,fnrnonnnv L-l^l'-L-Horoscopy, Kalchakra Tl^.^ \7.:-.L^.--, Dasa, Vimshottri ^^.Dasa. X

:ii H"";.t.!'emal. fr

Reedcrs may send thcir order tr the Publisher.

x xx*xxrKiKx)Kixxsi*
#

qrdftqTftqre qsts*{Ft:
ll wilifi.rTs-riqH: ll
Adhyaya VI. Nfennrnu op e l_loHosoopp.
Six slokas' ziz. 5e5,. +8, '[9, 50, 52,99 and l!0 taken from Brihat Jataka. have been

qffrl *ftrri'rqrilcnqiiqaT

qrRE+r{rn *i\iur qrq t

ffiq ioqn '* q iiqqqr€qT-

Enrrwmur il t rl h qTETt tgr
Sloka I. There are certain planecaryconjunctions which mar those leading to royal fortunes. There are others namedt+r (Reka) which produce poverty. Some again which are called ftt (Preshya)i.c. thcse lerding to dependence servitude. And lastly, rhe:e are thlose and called*rqq (Kemadruma). These four classes yogas of aboundin fortuncs marred just as they were going to rise.

ffrrmftqf qfl Wgi u.qtr* f{gur r qtq{ €ftfrqqrrmRi qril REnq+
319

t\ quadG itr{t qiqnai fitqr

ilq\Esornfrsii ftrnqtgrqrfl{.rs q ll n

8x)
%*

lfcTclR||A

Adh. VI.

Sloka 2. When the Sun occupies in Mesha a Na, vamsa of Tula and is aspectedby a malefic planet, the person born will be money less. If Venue be in the sign Virgo accupying a Navamsa of Virgo, a beggar is born. When the Sun is in his depressionsign occupy, ing the extreme depreoeion point, the perdon born, though foremost in the greatesrof royal families, will soon be bereft of fortunc, sons,wife and meansof living. NorBs.
Tbis Sloka is from qiiffiGT

cl. srqcoi

rc€ rqdrnaiq$iq*free\ tt
eAfrq'IE *f*di
A^\a\\\.

Afie qtt} {i} ftqa: fiqeqiq{: I

qrilT: FnfiEr{ |

;r 3TRilrT6aa{;fi't drTtrSeRIF{: t}

r sftfr qai;qe fiqiil flrTqftqn: dqmqgo alqhnt gaqrr 11sri
Also Qkrqrrtq

il€rqi rfif,tilq: qr{ dtqqf{d; r qkqqq tl fqfuirqq]'nii {€nTq

ffi

{{IR ftFI fff qriqTiT qErr{Er{ll
According to Sli.anda,the mere rrosition cf the planets in 'Ihey must also be in a certain flsdx or ai?aqit is not enough. particular. bhava to be thus capable of marring tbe fortunes of the horoscope otherwise accruing. y'.

\^

{rri r aa-<r{Til: dtqqr8ro:

gorqiE$qqmrrflls q& fisft r

qfqfqaiqfrfr eqrwilig RFeft tt

sl. t.

qtrsecrg:

gzt

qflq {rrqrfq-s Ti*ts.Sfi frgft

qrnl o*ei nrng$r uftqfttfurr
qqi frt qeiri qrqqrF,{s qi t

qd qrfqa*ggo wriisaqGtqfi tl e€rfiflqfiierqqiq +arir gi I

q+t qaliqrlqrDrs ftlfr g,rr r qrdi e{fEfaefi q: ftqgdaftqfi rr +-qrqt ssfitii qr,ii qe,ilt t ,ii qn, gtn:ftq firedsE tt frqft
qaqi {r* t erq,{fiilfif}e .Trrr qra] qt grq] fiei fl ,at&r fr.ifd ll

*d, mfiftftftqta, q+ds, SQ tt

qqpr?t{T{i}qisq{9freg}ftt gh' qqqlEirsft iafuoiilqrgtfrftqq t wmr
inffilerHififftt r{Erlil (tR0t (t{IIqilI
A C-\ \ \\ .n.A{\

qrdsfi {gtfi f,rqi}itfrqrtq trS{hn{rrlrl
Sloka 3. When Jtrpiter in conjurictiorrwith Sa, by turn, Mars arid Rahu,is aspected Venus arrd Mercury, the person born though in body a Sudra, will acquire every kind of knowledge and fortune. When the Sun tiie by and the Mo:,n occupyin,g 7th bhavarre aspected born will get a good living by the Saturn, th,: person for meansprescrio.:d a persgnoi basebirch. adoptionc.rf cf. sqi,iFrartlfir

';latQnii:Hil{;4'igiT nr g'};frla rrflrqgriI 'iQqr{iiqfi fi.ri z Rqiqftrir'-{ qra.ll {dt.sfq

322

ilctcritcrt

Adb. vI.

qqTi,^fiFahmqq.ilqgei Ertti(ils f,rgn) I -. qriirfi qdtt tv\ firgr: art urrqru0s*ist qrd-e*: ds-iqsdgtrrt{r;rrlJs.rffi| arq ilBrr
Slok,t 4. When Saturn occupies either a Kendra position or the rising sigo and is unaspected by benefic planets, person born in the +ru*r (Kalahora) a lartlc *rcftc,{fr: (SripatiPaddhati), Adhyaya B, Sloka t4, Nores] of Mars becomes a slave and a beggar. When tlie Moon in conjunction with Mars occupies\zlesha and is aspected by benefic planecs but by the Sun, not the personborn is a mendicanr. If Saturn, thc Moon and the sun be in Kendra positions,rhe persor) born will be dull in appearance,indigent and feecling upon the leavings of other people. c/. sqirirtmq0r

+-r& il fiCIilRqfirdntdrqdtreD

qqrt f,cstodirftqn't *'i er* iqG qi fto* r
gitrt(iujrcarjr.reiq f\nrmiqrfia: ;1 qrflFd q€T *o4fF,ruq;r"fcqtfr{T+t q1'.;qraq}ilftr ll

qi *qlrt rQrl*Uat q;|snat qmqfi wrdr firgr qq fffiiilo* qq) fri't rril! | q$qrmdtC ftrqUtt qrqqiqontr qriT; rTrrrrir: qilqffiuq fiarflalii rr\ trrrr
Sloku 5. Whcn Saturn is in a l(endra position, the Moon in the rising sign and Jupiter in the 12th bhava,the personborn will be none otherthan a beggar forlor' and in exile. when the lord of the qth bhava occupies the 12th and a maleficplanet is in a Kendra position,the personbor. will be addictedto evil, eating

Ijl. c7

q€IsstmTi

823

at othar people'stable and maintained by their money and illiterate. sqi,ir?rrq?'r

*-t qril onqt lT{nHftq uq} f\ga qa srTd: I

dtt rqgisqil i{rft{giqfti{t q?q6(

frqtq-iliorfr naRqnftr ffti*rd]

a?idtquqifhi srgirfifrsit g.$fi6(|

hr: uqgit gq{€rnrdiiryrnafktr n Qtt

Sloka 6. When Jupiter in conjunction 'with Rahu or Ketu is aspected mrlefic planets, the person born by will do baseacts. Wl.ren Jupiter in his depreusion is aspectcdby a planet which is also in his depression sign, even a person thar is born a Br,rhminwill commit wicked crimes. If the lrtloonand the lord of the risine sign be in conjunction with the Sun and aspected by Saturn, the pcrson born will be slothful. If malefic planets occupy the l0th bhava an.l be without benefic the personbcrn will be a m:nial. aEpect. Nor-ns. t*irftrnqilr

qlE H*fr qfEqr firrd qu*ercil qrqf4ilf*e | +{ qniq|t f,tqqqf}qa"ftr Bc}rqftdiz{t: il sr( ll
The latter half of this sloka reads thus ln :{rd (€{

qrGiriltqqotfr+ ff* q-qReefr isq:q1"gqdqlq flfa.+ itqq nf,tfia: rr r11rQ}s-srh T*{fiil qTt-,itts?irr

gfiqt qiff wriqdt-fr qreis;q-qrqrrql I

324

lrnm'Crftqr;

Adh.vr.

{t{tq{qdurrrsffi rstd{qrrt,irqt i{aqfuwegxGa: qil \ttrq, n s tl
Sl.oha7. When the lord of the 9th bhava is in the 12th and malefic planetsoccupy the 3rd bhava,and the lorcl of the 12th bhava occupiesthe 2nd, the person bcrn will eat unwholesome food, wear a trusg or other band and be an adukerer. When all che planets, being in bhavasother than thc 10th, occupy their depression cr inimical signs or portions of them, tlre personborn wrll be lackingin lcarning,intellie:nce,wife and child, ren, will be ill-tempcredand go about begging. r/. qii*ti'{drqfiI

hai.sfhl t qtr1*ql €raigmls-qffiarrrql ll qiqtdfqqqeqi)r: *;ql-qiftg{ qq qrd:l!

qir+?ji fi:qqhai.ti finirrt xrqrftaw\, 1

g orqrflit Rrqtr fiqfi * sq.i ct qrdrsti qewr S€qrJrrfi Eft* qiq r
thrwqqfr a inrragfrfl{ilHfffistt' qrd: Sosisul ll < rr TIht qR asqrtd{q}
S/o&a 8. \l/hen the lord of the rising sign occu. piesthe 12th bhavaand Mars in conjunction with tire Moon is in a m.rleficsign identical with the l0th bhava. the personbcrn wili have to go to a foreign land wherc he may haveto live in i'digence sacrificingcomfortsa.d affiuenco, If whcn the lord of the 9th bhava is in the l2th, the lords of the rising sign and of that occupied hv the Moon are not in conjunction with beireficplanets or are eclipsadby the Sun, the per$onborn losing his wife and children will bring his family to extioction.

sl, g.
c/. e-sj,it?idrfor

qgrsr|r{s
NoTES

tz6

ai\rjt ft:nqtg qr+*nF* fiqgt {rilr* |

.irl,.rl qrosnt Rqri.q-frdril $,os,t rRfi qn fiqes*r'ia€{qrT dqigd qRfift* qrtt

crfrsfilnw:qttfliTfi fte{rnfl g:fHd6r{'t erd ll

By the the term *t (Krura) as applied to a house ln the first qn (prda) of the sloka, all the five horrsesof malefics, aiz., Mesha, Simha, Vrischika, Makara and Kurnblra are not meaDt, but only l\'Iesh:i,Sirnha and Kurnbha. Here tlre difierence between the terrns r{tr4i (Paparksha) and m({{ (Krurarksha) nray be noted. The one rneans " all the hou.". ovrnedby malefics,,, while the other confinesthem to " their odclsigns."

drrqrdsqgfs t-xrqiFrir qlqnlf,r

\\\r

ga* vE gofrsg\ *rt q}rruTri'n
qft t.qqh q ffilFrilstkil!

et q-fi{i{+ sfr $6widii*qnfiqql r
$'oqfrql il \ ll

Sloha 9. When bcneficand maleficplanets occupy Kendra positio.s, and the Moon aspected the lord by of the rising sign is in a Navamsabelonging saturn,tlre to personborn brings his race to an end becoming bereft of wife and children, When Mercury and Venus occnpy the 7th bhava,Jupiter the 5th, a malefic planet rbr: 4th and anothermaleficplanet the gth, all the bia.ra, i' this case being calculated from the Moon's prace, rundersuch a yoga are born those with whom theii race dies. c/. .rsirfi?drql]r

nlttn+{r qGrignhqa: $e,is*t RaX: tr

fiflftn}e r {rrg\: }o4lt: {ril$} o*Eqonft

826

.ref'tlfuRl

Adh. vI.

qil{ili {itrP{fuilet &taq.} qorflii q r

tl+ frohqRt*qt*ff{rrr}frf*rfrqr€+.r!l o u n

Slrr[a ].0. Wh:n the Moon is ar rhe close o[ a moveablesign, or in the beginning of a fixed one, or in the middle of a dual Rasi and is without srrength, and when the rising sign is unoccupiedby planets,Rajayola come$to an end. 4 s1ffir

qrqrtqrfig qErqt0T: ts{:erErrrRqrt {rqti I

qt?rfq aritqtq qgca {ft: ;1 r

qnrrrtfrRilrs <$fhxqtrlq{iquftilscrilgqlu ?q ll
SioAa 11, If, at a birth, the planer owning rhe rising Navamsa the Sun,the Moon or Jupiter;and if be it rhouldoccupy its depression a Navamsa in sign owned by its enemy and the lord of its depression sign, the personborn will be the follcwer or servantof another.

owdinEqrnrqsrrrqulamtiqtlqill t

dbft qqiqrt ilqt ilat-"\
Xlq{fNq;qt

qTqht$uHsI ;Hqqq-r{Tri

*'ilrr wqot

ilqfr RMul(*

u trq$qqr tR tl

Sloku 12. When the Moon is in the lOth bhava, Jupiter in the ?th and a malefic .plauet in the 9rh, the perEonborn becomesthe ruiner of his family. If Venug, Mercury and the Moon occupy Kendra positions and Rahu be in the rising sign, the person born will live like a base,bcrnwretch, lost to all s:nse of duty enjoin, ed in the sacredscriptures,

gl. 13,15

qlrscrr4:

321

Nores. (Fitsl half). Vrilc aks Adhyaya XIII, sloka zo, inltd. ( t. attet nh n. aJ.sql,ii?arqFr

Hqflqcr: *'+wrgg+r *oAftqar ,ilfifi *Gq* r qoercq}lr: q4qqrii fiqrqrrgmiQlq: qm) r rt
Aiso qrfr{A{

Sl. Aa 13. When Venus in its depression sign or in a Navamsa owned by Saturn occupies g:t,.fi;r (Dur, a stthana (such as the 6th, the gth or the tzthLhavaj and is aspected Saturn; and when the Moon by in .o";r". ction with the Sun occupiesthe Tth bhava, th" p.rron born will be in perpetualservitudewirh hi, morher.

fr U,irqq{{itt iNT g:qfi qrggiirriq I srqiWqfta*i(rTr*qm {Eh{gfu fiuq n qI tl

afrrgqgmr' dgmr *=i irgngto* r -rosrcq,ilqqfu1arn) qr( fiq{rrfr{rfRd: fl

Slaka 14. When Jupiter in its depression or the Sun in the sameposition occupies *-tr (Kendra) a in con. junction with a malefic planet the pcrsonborn will commit infanticide. When a maleficphner is in *+ (Kendra)and has no benefic " aspsct,andJupite, o..,r'i., the Sth bhava,the person born will be th: ,tnugtrr.r"i-it animals of the cow and deerkinds _j.e. will be.on. th. purveyor of beef and venison.

qr rti gfr {Rnqrq+ *qlUil qrqgi f{rgwr r qqrtgqE&{t+ gt rilFrqrft6irr qB H GDr tr tl

wrg+tr firfrqqrtrqiqifldr q {rqsqFrfi r atqi'urr] fr.qqn Rifi] qrqtgrQei qlna;mIt \r r tqg I

328

ililrqftd

Adh.vI.

Slola 15. When the Moon and \,Iorcury in con. junction with a malefic planet are in the lOrh bhava and areaspected likewise by a maleficplanet and when the Navamsasthey occupybelong to their depression eignoand have no benefic aspect them, the person on born will be a {owler all his life.
NoTES. This sloka apearsralso in qliTd(d.

qfl-€t arf,qfr. qrfirtat"{sqrrfuig qi r qntrqts{fiaqir srrrcg ilErdi frqsfttr*n n tE tl
Slollrr 16. If the lord of the rising sign occupy the 5th or the 2nd bhavafrom the Moon and maleficplanets be in the 8th and the Sun in the 10th, rhe p:rson born will live by a professionvery far fron enviable.

ffi'{tfi

g{ER€iil6EE tftEfr qpq6ftriltetl snil (grrTs

Erwnqgi r ugi{teft dE{+

Sloha I7. If the Navamsas occupied by Venus and Jupiter be owned bv their several depression or inimical signs and if Saturn also be in a Navamsasuch as deecribed above,the person born will suffer afflic tions and live in pain and unhappiness bereft of wife and children. Norns.
Slokas l3-l7 are also quoted in qsl{r?il,uq.

qif qmn +rdlqTR{rqr d+ttsr irqaqrft'{rtrr tRwdt{rqtrt o}qri rttnrftlwgtsdrq lt tc rr
Sloft:r18. If all the maleficplanets be in Kendra positions identical with their depreesion inimical or andif they be at the same time aspected eigns, by

sl. 18,

qSs,qrc:

329

benefic planets occupying the l2th, the 8th and the 6th bhavas,they destroy the Rajayogaof th: horoscopeno less than those planets which occupy maleiic 60th portions in their depression and inimical signs. Nores.
It is not possible to give an example for the yoga described. in the text, uiz , malefrcsin Kendras being at the same time aspected ( b y b e n e f i c s n D u s s t t h a n a s6 t h , 8 t h o r l Z t l r ) . I f t h e f i r s t h a l f o f i the sloka be interpreted :rs " if all male6c planets be placed in Kendra, depression ini'rical positions and be at the same time or aspectedby benefics occupyiugthe 6th, 8th or l2th bhavas,', the following horoscopenray be suggested arr example: _as

Mercury Venus
For the same e{Iect the yoga described in qlttsdt (Saravali) is slightly difterent, While the two c o n d i t i o n sV t z . , ( l ) t h a t a l l t h e

:
Moon

---

lLagna

Sun Merc, Venus

I I
I

330
,

qrilEcrftfla

Adh. VI.

s i o n o r i n i m i c a l s i g ' s a n d ( 2 ) t h a t a l l b e n e f r c s h o u l db e p o s i t e di n D u s s t t h a r i a ( 6 t h , 8 t h o r l 2 t h ) h o l d g o o d ,i t i s s t a t e dt h e r e t h a t t h e s malefics slrould rt::.[.c as:ocitLled uith ss aslcc!e l,y the benefics. i c/. €t{Edr

H1 .r,{T:fr;4 qlqlRrtdT ? fltcrig4egt: I

gq/:t-q,tfi,Jq;)qarsfiqqli q41zqa: tt

il-niqmffqfraffirrdrg\€sr qfaqqqrfi|
T(ftq8q{Uf,rq{rqr ll qq Eo*{gdrs;q6s1q1d1 ll
S/oArr19. If Saturrr, Moon and the Sun occupy the Kendrapositions and are not aspected bencficplanets, by the personborn will be a drunkard, If thc sam: planets occupymalefic6rJthpcrcions owrled by their inimical and depressionsigns, the person concerned will be wickedly inclined and commit adultery qith another's wife, Norns.
Fitsl hdll.-Vide 71so :l6lia gl itrftu. Latltr half. I . ' . r r t h e s a . n r ee f f e c t , t h e f o i l o w i n g y o g a i s a l s o

mentionert inl,tlal;h{at

qitut {{rs 'if} nrg*, qnfF,ricq;q{.d{qTqt ll

aii Uir q{qi uqr\ idqq{iltqiArTrqst I d g.*:*wtam& urii q EnTiq$r(qr u(o11 eil(
\ l o l r l 2 0 . I f l t V c n u s n i t s r l e p r e s s i o n i g na n d i s in conjunction with a maleficplanetoccupy the 9th bhava and be aspected a rnalefic planet, the person born by w i l l b e a f o w l e r . l f a b e n e f i cs i g n r e p r e s e n tt h e t 2 t h bhavaand Venus .Jccupy thereina Navamsa owned by Saturn,the persouborn will be e.rcessively addictedto $e t v a r r t , m a i d s .

sl, 2L-22

ltgf sc{tq:

331

Norrs.
i T h e s e : r n Ch r l f o f t h i ; s l c k r i s q r i t e d i l ' { : r e a t n q i i q r ? t l r q f t , u i z '

qfi;qgh qrhnt ,frqgtfhga: 11 firdrarlfd

ttt*drrrr tl
{qa{Rrft\tiqt ulir qorRhqR

rrtq qfrFsqn\gr;<tgft iqrcqqirri t
im€qr il Rqtl ftrtiq fitriki tr qqrftnrrg

r ioqigssqdi ffg€TFTqhgaimqfr
S t o k a2 1 . l f a t a b i r t h t h e l o r d o f t h e r i s i n g s i g n by has no strengtli and is aspected the lord of the 8th bhavaand if Jupiter is obscured by the Sun, there wil I i*r cortiunctioncallecl IReka)(emptying be the planetary or purging). If the lrrd of the Navamsa occupiedby the lord of the 4th bhava be obscuredby the Sun rvhii': b-v being aspected tha lord of th: L]th bhava there will againbe the yosa termedi+r (Reka)'
\ \ \ - a AA ^A qBErrfr{i;rtrrr{?T t;{{gi6 (Itll gqqdt

qt;T{r fqoqil{E geq diqs( tsIIrT I : q;rrtcqq{ditil qit gw! t'qi**Ftlqnrr qm ontt{rnqiq iiqb t*rf,{{rel' tt<rtt fiq
\\ \ A n --\

\

\-

Sloht 2). When thc lord of the 4th bhava is by aspected the lord of the 6th ; when tlre lord of the 9th in conjunction with the lord o{ tire 8th occupies the 5th bhava and wheo the lord of the rising sign is the depressed, personborn getsitr (Reka) for his lot' When benefic planetsare in the 8th, the 6th and the t2th bhavas, while mtlelic ones occupy Ken:lra and

3 32

qr(tqrRqrt

Adh.vr.

Trikona positionsand when th: lord of the 1lth bhava inju, is without strength,the person concernedsuffers rious effectsof the iorqirr(Rekayoga).

qnaqftilei( ilurr qutigrr imags qrqeTtTstr ilufrqmragi iqonrQt
it;g€;Flqft!g\il(gttqrdrrToit*qr r

qtqtl qq\ q niq.Jatr ifliq*rrir qh tt ?.i rr
Sloha 23. If the lord of the rising sign be in conjunctionwith a malbficplanet; if Venus and Jupiter have becomeinvisible ; and if rhe planet owning the 4rh bhavabeing in conjunctionwich a maleficone disappear likewise, a i+r.irf (Reka yoga) is produced. When the lord oJ the 9th bhava is obscured the Sun'srays and by when the lords of the rising sign arrd the 2nd bhava occupy their depressionsigns,there is theiqr*rr (Reka yoga) again.

q?qqnqtrRt{i'stur€u?{reffii ar{t

-gq(q ttoTr uiqrqqrcq grT ffi fl aJ il{r fr nwgdqqrrtdrfi'oEr dtqrftqr\flqil!lt 1,8 rr
slohu 24. A iqrqjrrlR.ekayoga) prodrrced is when in there are three planetseith,:r depressed position or b o b s c u r e d y t h e S u n ' sr a y s , a n d w h e n t h e l o r d o f t h e a r i s i n g s i g no c c u p i e s b a d p o s i t i o n( s u c h a s t h e 6 t h , t h e Eth anC the l:th bhava) or is without strength. If -d in ic malef planets aspecte by de1'ressed, imical, or namely malefic planets-occupy any of the 9 bhavas, r h e l s t , t h e 2 n d , t h e 9 t h , t h e 1 0 t h ,t h e 1 l t h , t h e 4 t h , t h e 5th, thc Tth and the llrd ; they will producethe lteka e{fect in respectto tire bhavasaffected.

qffib g*qTarfrsEiTr frlq hqEl t

'lg 25,27

strstqm:

833

fuirrurt
q<qefimqrnr! qrdflt{ | qr* g qhq{qfr Tq{tRtrA

iffiqr ftgr*orcdve$r R\ fl u
Sloha 71. A single malefic planet,a pair of male, fic planetsor a triad of them occupying any one of the nine bhavas(menrioned in the latter half of the preced, ing sloka) and aspected by depressed, inimical, malefic planets,will produce the effect of the Rekayogarespec, tively in the early,the middle or the concludingportion of the lives of the person concerned.

rttu-nsqtt
ftft* frqi.r Hsqr {Rr{s cftqqGil
*{t gribilqrrfrdqwr frqr{tnr rgsI qrce{rMm} f\qffi qfr* fi{Gnrm}
tqqrqq{rds{ftG* fiRq*fti}Cdf n REn
Sloha 25. A persc''n born under the Reka yoga has neither kncwledgenor wealth ; he is penurious, bostile, iustful and wrathful; his mind is alwaysdistreseed he ; is disagreeable, having no beautyor grace; he is crafty; he lives on alms; he is filthy and quarrelsome;he is full of envy and rage: he reviles godsand Brahmanas and he is rated daily by his (wife and sons) whole family.

(srcqr sqrdlirfr $rat frqhqqJqrFqfr
r{dlqqsn$qq6a'ilgtltQgt It

qrilfqriT{rre
v l a v v Y v v v ! v v v v v v v v v e v v v v v v v g r v v v v g ! v ! ! v v l v v v '

Adh. VI
v v v r w s

qiqtl {Td€+r!qrqrufr irqqq qr)rs'u\ ' qgHeR*rrlTrq{iwJ qlqts ll le ll idgql
Slofra. cJ|. A peroonborn under the Rekr yoga will be evil'minded; he will have ugly or disersed be ill off ; nails; he witl be givento badwayl ; he wilt his relatives; he will be intent on injuringand ab'rsing mry begall round; he mayb: ir" -tt be short'lived;he in mind ; he -*.; he may be blind, daafor insane b: a cripple; his " irv f.'f"ttful or wrathful; he mry in by may be betrayed the clr'tnse his eyes' thoughts

qrrtEtr(frqotiftriEi qt

ll n qRa{rnr:

${ii*lqiHfirtrEudR eil( t

*.naffiafiq sfltY(fr

olrrFrir qit i{€iffid qRKrll 1d ll

the the lord9f. SJofta28. When Jupiter' being bhava lord of the 9th 8,thor the lst bhrva' exceedsthe lord oi the 11th occupying a i"-t*"g,tt, and when the is s:orchedby thz Sun's rtriri"t .ther than a Kendra per$on born will b: l';;;';;; lt *"^r, in strengch, thr:

iniig.nt.

qt{Rq*gqt olfl fr qq;q gdrl€{fi Cixqn{til Tril rRuqlelnEl t\gul t

or Mercury' Sloha29 If Jupiter, Marg' Saturn the Sun's rays, occupy and beingdepressed otscured by or the 5th bhava at ,i" irrft, the 6th, tne 12th,th: 8th

qr{qtrrrilrtiqitmq I frtifrftrQe'r f\g*l tlR'qll 6rr({:rrftrqqi c5fr qtqirrrl}

sl' 3&'31

qfr'w1q:

g$5

birth, he wiil be a beggar' lf Saturnin the a p€rson's and if Mercury by 9th bhavabe aspected maleficplanets bhavaa in conjunctionu'ith the Sun occupy in the lst sign, therervill be a owned by its depression Navamsa beggarborn.

Srqagxrfia;Ea{Qgrl
oir{(IEitqol 6qr{lllqaFil

r;mRRrqgffi{qil qiE qr( |

Eftrr {o *qRqa\qiiqrrfqart 11 ll

Staka 30. If Jupiter,Mercury, Venus' Saturnand ith Mars occupythe Eih,the 6th, the l2th, the "f. fFe and if the lord of the LZthbha' in lCth bhavas any order by the in va thoughdepressed position and obscured superior to the lord of the raye be nevertheless Sun'o born will be a beggar' the rioing sign in strength, person
Nores

qta'qi of {qq{httqrgt gi ll ort eilql a{rqqql dtqrt ltgtr ll 1l

trqft atqRwm Eitir q\( t 'i*,i qqi soa(+{ qnil'

lRrrqft{rt

Adh. vI.

Sloka 3L. If at a person'sbirth, Venus, Jupiter, signoand the Moon and Mars b: in their depression the occupyfour out of the six bhavasnamely, lst, the 5th; that person 10th;theltth, the 9th, the ?th and the the will be indigent. When Venus occupies lst bhava Jupiterthe 5th, Mars the tlth and the Moon the 3rd, beingidenticalwith the depres' bhavas eachoneof these born will be sion eignof its o:cupantpltnet,thc person a beggar.

_l

'"-'"1 |
(t l
Moon

Nores.

| Juniterl

I**" I

ut + q(fit{GsRta

et q dqgwr qR ltUtr qq t dti ftWqqqtq rriqgftr!ll lR rl

wtr ftnsrrgtfitao{ilt
sign and Sloha 32,. When the lagnais a moveable by a moveable the ricing Navamsa is also owned Resi rnd it ie aspectedby Saturn as well ag by depressed Jupiter, the person born will be a beggar. the The came will be the cace whenJupiter occupies 6th 12th bhavain a cign other than his own. or the

sl. g3-36

qdsc{rq:

337

sil(: ft* ulflqis qrqrtERafroilqqnq i {t +.ne€trnrnrdrcg i{qrurr qr.qdfqil{ nlltl frrqr
Sloku 33. When the lagna is an immoveablesign and alt the malefic planets are in Kendra and Trikona positions while benefic ones occupyother than Kendra positions the person born will live upon alms and will owe his maintenance other people. to

* ftont fritr frrqbenffirq+Ffiiqrrar I a{rqfr
tror€Il iFqqRftqilr{q fi'qruaftogtrR ilil lll8ll
Sloku 34. If a moveaole sign be the Lagnaat night time and if benefic planetsbo in K.endra and Trikona placespossessing strength,the maleficones occupying nc positions other than Kendra,the personborn will always live by begging.

dt qtqr{ni sftr* dtbrirt q;ffit at* n 1\ tl
Sloha 35. If the maleficplanetsbe in their depres sion sign$ at a pierson's birth, he will do sin.fulacts ; if the benefic planeus occupy their depression signs, he will keep his sins concealed if Jupiter being depressed ; occupy the 10th bhrva or Mars be in the 5th bhava depressed position, the effect will be the same. in

qTqr rlFqr{tI itq(arrdrru flq{qi frrqr qiqe{Frnr

dqirqtstrIilqqrct srfiraT qoqrgqls I flt
q$$r rr lq il frr-q qS aq\qqqrt
Sloka 36. Planets produce depression cffects if they occupy in their exaltation signsthe Navamsabeloog,
l?

3::""_"_""." " ..*:,.",*""""",""^*-y:'
signe; they produceexaltation ing to their depression signs they occupy the dfects if in their depreesion Navamsaof their exaltationsigns.
NorBs' c/. ssl{ftdrqrq {FI€{FFIrrqt: I *qrQrar w;lTft } ct;{rr fftrrm g;iFd aSa rrFcq ll srRmr tqlc aiqrrlrlr qEr ET
qrmsl{' The following are some moreift{ yogas mentioned by

} onl{ta} aqqeif flRi} il fatqn: t frffist qat' tili'qrFfr"q}qrqt q{: ll
gt{T: gfrek;qqil: eofoqq1; Rsq(t*^qotqIliTl: I flsCI{t{q{{qqf*{T: fl€sq} (s;c) ig* t+g fiQa: ll

srrffisr gvrfttu: sqifr"I+sqv{rRqqI {Ati ffi: ll G q mr fifrql: r+g "q+ftq\6r-dqt ' qr: q|grrif srufrPqfinmngai rqsft{fa
dgqfr4Rqrwrgd<qqrilsqq@r$git: ll q8: mdqfaq 1 ar*rftt Fgqt friqq< 116; q?qfif,a ll H {F firfiii erE{r}Trq6Fq: qTd\ aaqfr{qqsftgftqd: gdrlilal {'rq: flqot:trS I wrfr fu"qfffiaqtqq: ll garqqG qT<gqrtr* qflfii e.3m+s trq' fiqtqTq fre]ftna t wg 66fr1: qglii fifi.it qK: sFlaqi fihq tt aqerqi {iTftfr aaqil{lsrci} qErt *aqqt: flat-€t; qRfr nril qi( ll T{t

r nqtwritu "It ftfrftaq. q<t mngdqRM n' t
r \flqI qqqqq qq'i nkgdq r

Sl, 86187

qirlq'il qqrqb xglscqq* aqt t ll uqt w'r \q fihq' €$ ITT;I1:

qgeq t gq{R(t1t sa+ifrd{ qrfuiir ftfea:ll s{i qdeasr
eg orqqgR{m, frtm: q6ll{tqqqils<{ra( | qb sar*t] qaqnTqa *qlSA: flg(: q'GD: I

g .r<'il g€fRil enfrerqtR qfrqRft{a, 11

qirre} tt nqtt Fqi T€i erft* t qrqfr qa,iTtHTsatauaatga:t q.etfr qfi+t qrRqt nqh ll ilq ft;|g nurqdl qi ftqa,t vnrag$
qrfrffi€qaq qlqT{: tl ErRqm"

{iqr gftfr q-q'g}u q gdt *}q r fiq}n rr trq',tqR *t .Bq,ifqlsq aq qfrsqqtt fftt i\ qil {E: ftaq-qgil q}q r gc#qqqrfrfi sqdt*rqftgEqtt

ll ffi11
ftqqrftdmfrftFd fr{h* R{ffi:qm I frqr$ ffirfr ftqrdr{frrrtd ilnr{r
ffihffi€dilq.sr€si ffi qnqtqrrffi{E* ft*rqtd Ersll ls lt
Sloka 37. The characteristicsof a person alflicted is with qitdirr (Daridrayoga) are such as these:-He

340

qrifs|T|frgrt

Adb. VI.

be defective; he is crafty; he is reproved and rated by his family ; he has to live by begging; he is irr difficult, ies ; his spcechis disagreeable he is addictedto lust ; and gluttony: he would earn money by foul means; he daily gives vent to his spiceand speakspungentwords ; his heart is always set on other people's wives ; he is mean; often times he is blind, mute and idiotic.

qt{i uoailqrqr( SB? ttaq( Effif I ERfrqlt rrqrosiqsrqtt,a?Tf S-{Rgrfit q GrTitrlc tl il Sqdt
Sloka 38. A person born in a qfiefrrr (Daridra yoga) is fond of quarrelling; he may be a leper; he destroys what is beneficial to others ; he is unlraceful and given to boasting; he has no reverencefor Brahma, nas; he has a had wife and a{flicted with diseaserl ugly nails.

It ffiq1;11
qh rfr q.rrEi ftrtir tri rFfr mwr rrr$r
ot q\ iqgtrqqt qreifi{rqi qrsr{E(an( ft lq tl
S/<;ft,r 39. When the Sun is in the 10thbhava,the Moon in the ?th, Saturnin the 4th, Mars in the 3rd, the Lagnain a moveablerign and Jupiter in the 2nd bhava,the person born in this yoga at night will be the servantof another.

*Iil T,ftsnffii {.G qTqrqfr Rqfroqt Ert r;'riki qsri+E st"qiCIiikt iuq{il rrEfun Botl
Sl.;ftrr40. When Venus occupiesthe 9th bhava, the Moor, the 7th, and when Jupiter is the lord of the

sl. 41,43

qdrstqrq:

34t

2nd or the 1st bhavaand when Mars is in the 8th and the Lagna reported to be an immoveable oign,per$onE deetined servitude born. to are

hqq+qqqfr wfuqri frftr k;niR qft ttogqt c enelr
u-{;gwl+ggwr *'nmit ftlE irEr uiiq?qarrfudioruf ailil n Bq tl
Slokrt 41. If at the birth of a personat night, the l o r d o f t h e m r v e a b l er i s i n g s i g n b e i n a s a n d h i a n d a maleficplanet eccupya Kendra,he will be a menial. If Saturn,the Moon, Jupiter and Venus occupying during the day a Kendra, or a Trikona position, be in a sandhi if ar-rd the rising sign be an immoveableone, the person born will be a menial likewise.

r tuqaii-ruir{q=frdegfrq'ldqq.tgh

g* hErafrrdiift awrq* fno*qrdfi{r ltBRtl

Slohu 42. Whcn Jupit.:r attaining an trrftt?r (Iravathamst- t,itle Adhyaya L, Sl. 4'7 occuples a san, ) of dhi and when the Moon possessed an r<sqtr (Uttama varga - attlc Adhyaya l, S/. 45) is outside the Kendras arrd when Venus is in the rising sign at a birth at night during the dark half of a lunar montb, the person born is a menial.

h* rrtEfigr*l{qE(F\rqlil I {g1k{genq{drqslqq qrqi{s {ti\ii {ri{qnftr$+

ql+iiorqgsqrsr{iu(tn( u 81 rl

842

qT"r'rtftld

Adh, vl.

Sloka 43. A pereon will bea menialif at his birth Mars, Jupiter and the Sun oc:upy respectivelythe of sandhis thc 6th, the 4th and the 10th bhrvas. If the Moon occupyingthe Navansa of a malefic planetbe in a beneficsign and if Jupiterbe in conjuncrion with th: lord of the rising sign,the peison born will live by servinganother.

qqni& ga-(ffi;i trqil{HrsqRrs'{rfi I

qdcqgtfrfto( ilBBtl wrilo€ Rqfr ftoncqrar
Sloko 44. When Jupiteris in q+t (Makara) occupy, the 6th, the 8th or th: 12th bnava and when the ing Moon is in the 4th bhava from the rising sign,the person born has to be at another's bidding.

rrisqimqoq rr
qrqrflrr qwfrql sftil{rs.qi+crtt*l gwit*i qres{*rqrFEa rt itq FTrlqfidia r ia$rd ttrqt I fr"qr*rqRrJ(qsEw
irr€ornierrqFtrrRqgt qdeq* u B\ fl *\

Sloka 43. These are the characteristics a person of yoga called cuGq+ (Parapreshyaka-being at born in the beck and call). Sucha person is generally another's evil-minded ; he is fond of quarrelling; he is harsh of speech; he is a reviler of the Brahmanacommunity; he has a liking for people illiterate, he is indigent and depraved; he is spiteful and wrathful; his pastime is lying; he is deceitful, lustful and intemperate; he is clever in gimulatins tenderness and false pride.

sl' 46'48

qissqrq:

343

n wg-ffifrr: tt
qr( qrt qq*sGgisi qrqirqdisgfa{mrq ttuqll
Sloha 46. When the rising sign is ie (Mesha), qgu (Vrishabha) or \rgq (Dhanus) and is aspected a by malefic planet, the personborn will have tooth disease ; the ?th bhava and Mars is either when Saturn occupies in conjunction with Rahu or is without strength, the person born will be defectivein limb.
,.f. c'rffid .eti ${€eet: ttt qtaii{t{qt: I u ciiiEsq njqrqoi ii ?r-cq;aErld

qfr r tt zt qnqt iist iqqrqE;fr qrqet

qflqa wrg3s I oTt(trqqaFEt

iialqernrft qt$Sda] qiqqsI us tl

Sloka 47. When the Moon is in the 10th bhava, Mars in the ?th and theSun in theZnd, the personborn will lose somelimb.

ffqilq.rt RqteqrqtgkriH-aGiAgqGEI t riq
qqPq{i;q Hst&fqt'
ttte Sloha 48. \l/hen Mercury occupies 5th or fth housefrom the Lagna and the other planetsare weak, the child will haveiwo heads,four legsand four hands' Vrishabhaand maleficrarein When the Moon occupies the Riksha sandhies,the person born will be a mute' by the If . underthe aboveconditions, Moon beaapected

girqaiq $tldiit iiuq ll 8d ll

344

{rcrcrfT,ill

Adh. VI.

benefics, the child may get speech afterwards (after a long time). Nores
Fhst holl--,The above result should not be predictedunless the characteristic combinations mentionedare complete. If the characteristics are incornplete, an inordinate largeness of the organsnamed shoulclbe foretoid, Some commentators take the word ie"iu (Trikona) i' tbe slolia to mean {oii-srur (Moolatrikoria) of Mercury , that is Kanya. But this has to be rejectedon the authority of ,itiir (Gargi) w-hoclistinctiy says:-

qouii'i: diacsq;i gir r frgqrieFrdedi rrs&q;'rqrRrzn rl
Sccond halJ.--gy the words " nralelics are in the Riksha Sandhies " it is to be understood that all the three malefics, aiz., Saturn, Mars and the Sun are jointly or severally to be in the last portion of any one or rnore of Katakar Vrischika and lv[gsn4. By the words " afterwards (after a long time)," nothing more is meant '1ater than than the ordinary time within which a child may be naturally expected to speak.' The last quarter of the sloka leads to the inference that such Moon should also ]rave r'alefic aspect to make the person mute, 1'his is supported lty Gargi who says;-

$-dtrii,wqi;aei: vti*! gdiri r q+: wirQ*: i'ntDrtq orrfr irRq rr iqerat,i'rnt'i q-d e]r,i. qf,riqrrr rr
unless therefore all the three rnaierrcs are thus placed and the I\Ioon has a malefic aspect, the predictio' should not be made. If there be o'ly two malefics thus placed, tl.renfrugality or smallness of speech, and if only o'e, r.vaveri'g, slow or stammerrng speech should be foretold. lJrrt if such Nfoon has the aspect of one or more benellc 1r1anets, the person will begi' to speak later than when he would otherwise be na.turally expected to speal<, It must thus be remembered that the aspect of malefics is also required to make the native rnute, and the aspect of benefics to counteract it.

sl. 49
qr{ra-$r

qdsrqrq:

rii.larrFq.r*: trRrit g\ viciiirttite! r
qo: drrt€i e,a *r€rad} sqft !r I osr=iqqt$oi€i: uifr g;r*'i iegqrtqcrc{dt qitsfbarRd'r rrait rli: tt
The word qii (Gavi) in the sloka in the text mav also tnean " in the house of speech," i.e., the second house frorrr the Lagna. (Skand;r.hora) where it is laid This view is supported by tq;iir(r lown thus:
d \\o-

xrsFeri: cfoAfiinr] iltr*r: r iqr rrftd Er{sriicrqr}$r}qrrEr. ir

tTrF|r{Rt {Ftst€rrt{rq( tTcilrsT GtRff
\ Q \ A\ \

\

t SFrfs{ {rtirfi rgt r-qrftq-et o{{tQ rsdii qwftrs*.itilm "(r*frqrtrrRrft srsf +( qirqesl Bqtl q qrq n
Sloka 49. (1) If Saturnand Mars occu,)ythe Rasis owned by Mercury, the child will have or Navamsas .teethat birth. [This refersto the time of conception]. (2) If the Moon be in thc Lagna identical with by Saturn and Mars, the child will Katakaand aspected be a dwarf. [This also refersto the time of conception]. (Adhana Lagna) be Meena and is (3) If the srrljnnoe by aspected Saturn, Mars and the Moon, either singly or conjointly, the child will be short in stature(crippie). (4) If a malefic planet in conjunction wich the Mclon occupy a Riksha Sandhi (at the time of coocepr tron), the child wrll be dul[. These yogas trke cffect on only when their authors fail lo have bencfic asi)ecr tbem. 44

346

drdtcft{Ie
Norrs.

Adh. VI"

(l)

In the case of actual birth under the dbove yop, the native

will have often tooth trouble. (Z) tn tire case of a nativity, the above yoga holds good provided the Moon is in the Lagna and in l(ataka. (See Brihat Jataka-XX). qKrqoi

tig oi{reFqg qntr a drctFd'iteqt? srs: I $raar.rmati aftiirri'r lft egc: eiq tt t trfrrid fiqi +i&OrSorffieBser<t €F6s: riifrqi q eE gsrrfftftriir: SrTrdrrqft crfr:t s aqqi rreFd d'rrtr,drqq.ddifkar, qH u

fruut*frumet qlqrsiqfi{t;t{AotI

qtaq*qqt{ eqfrr qrqgttgqrBRnr ll {o ll ar(

Slo&a 50. If the rising sign be the Iast Navamsa by of Makara and if it be aspected Saturn,the Moon and the Sun, the child will be a dwarf. If the last Navamsa of Makara is rising with three malefics in the three. of decanates the Lagnabhava (the 2nd, 3rd and lst the decanates), child will be without armsr feet or head as the casemay be. Norrs.
eRHoi

lpaqe4elfifirii r arqc*i qaild.g {rrgd'r }urork*lorofiS tg €Es: I ft garigc<s: qFor?tfiq"|*i6ri: rr
i A n o l h c vn t e r p r c l a l i o n I f a l l t h e t h r e e m a l e f i c s e r ei n t h e l s t decanate,the issue will be born without head. . lf they are in the it ; Znd decanate, will be without shoulders if the planets are in the 3rd decanate,it will be without legs. The worclsfrasdi{.{ii{ sqlril:qi}: have been i nterpreted tbus : " If lvlars occupy the lst, 2ndor 3rd Drell ana rrfthe Lagna."

sl. 51,52

qgrsqrq:

a47

But this is opposed to the opinion of q,i (Garsa) .from whose works the next sloka has been quoted.

rtrqr oqiqrur{fr d{qt;g{mitf I oqtEGrft{.il((te} rqtfnaq ll \t ll
Sio&c 51. Mars oct'upying the Lagna Drekkana (eraf*rur) and aspected thc three planetsSaturn' the by child. The child a Sun and the \tfoon produces headless if will be born armless Mars o.cupy the Drekkanaof bv the 5th bhavaand is aspecced the s:lmethree planets preceding case. as in the Nores.
sloka rs from tT,+iil {Garga llora) rvltere the reading is s l i g h t l y d i f i e r e r r ti v i z . , - . i l s i . M ' l t i i r q : l ' ' . I n o r d e r t o c o m ' plete the idea given in sloka.50 above, this has to be read with the This following first half of the next sloka in thet rvorli, z'iz ,

itcE cacerri aff *ir):r;ir?effi: r
Its omission from the text must only be zrccidental. The translalitrn shoultl thcrcfore lrc thus' l v l a r so c c u p f i n g t h c { r r s t ( r i s i n l l ) I ) r e l ; l i a n a o f t h e L a g n a a n d a s p e c t e db y t h e S u n , t h e M o o n a n r l : i i l t u r r r , p r o d u c c s : r h e a d l e s s child. The child rvili ire boru arrtrless if Mars occup]' the lirst (rising) Drekkanzr.of the 5th house and be aspected by the same u three planets. f'he cirild born rvilI hrtve uo legs if Nll;trs nder o c c u p y t h e l l r s t l ) r e l < l ; a n ao f t h e 1 ) t h h o u s e f r o m the same aspect the Lagna.

ifrt tRqrftrgi oi. $qrf*fiffkf
rqiG(: ditqr{t*i: {Tga(fiqd!|
6{rq{IEqdqdl ErrI I$RFFT{ {ti{l
\ a A 9. A

sTgqrrfitrdm {ilqinq{i}a gtftatl ll \R ll
SlcAa 52. When the rising sign is Simhaand the by Strnand the Moon occupying it are aspected Saturn

348

ftncrRwi

Adh.vI.

and Mars, the child will be born sightless;if rhe same Ascendant be aspected by benefic as well as malefic planets, the personborn will b: blear,eyed. Tire Moon occupyingthe 12rh bhava from the Lagna will injure the ieft eye while che Sun in the same positionaffects the right one; rhese malef yogas mentionedhitherto rc can be escaped from in casethe authors of such yogas happento be aspected benelicplaners, by Norrs' r-f. qRt{dr

Est Siutfirqi Eriq-'{:qqqfA rr ar eilfiqqtEqfsT rfiahiqt gqEqror gQr: r qqqFiar{itsft d,trrsgil qry flqqt{dt tl .qqqtnqda-a) rgfi+rnafi qrc Qla' t
\\.ln:\\. e\\

qarfii fiafir* fqtiift,il o* r t.qrdi .i \^

(qRitq
r.\n

?iFq€qdEl

qlrqdl qq.I: ll

Also qql*Earqior

q;4r{€gsQ{t fqdfrrpqna}sfhfiarnug, r
qr;gqq ih: nfiaqrr{ruql{ grTl{iirtf,{.ztqq: il
I3hattotpala, the commentator, ad<ls that if the l.agna ftr (Simna) be occupied by tlrc Sun alore anrl b q a s p e < . t c dh v N T a r s antl Saturn, the chird wirl ire rrri.d rf rhe right eve. IIe wiil be blind of the left eye if trre N{oon ^1o.e should occupy rht (Sirnlia) a n d b e a s p e c t e db v M a r s a n I S a t u r n . See also 31el<a55, irt{rr. Mars and Saturn are the plenets that See yog;r rnerrtionedn ( I ) this sloka, j znd (Z) Rrihat Jataka XXIII-10 q r i o t e c u n d e r n o t e s t o s l o k a J g i 7 7z a . l f The Sun in the 8th c;ruses rlefec:tive 1.esight. (trr 1a e Brihat 'Ihe .lataka XX-3). Sun ard the Moon in the 6th and the gth cause blindness. The Sun, the Moon,
_x\e\-\c\

alsocause blinduess. (SeeSlokalgg infua),

s|.63-64

Wl5sqg;

34e

Mars and saturn also causeblindnesswhen they are simirarly placed (i.a., when they are in the 6th and gth). c,f. sKlqdt

a*r sr $rit cr er{{r} *fhh qqqrar rr

tt d+ tq.r itats* r tr{r+qrirfui qr( fr{"i
sffi'qil o{t gqilqsn \l tl
S/cr&a53. When the rising sign is iq (Mesha) rnd the Sun occupies ic being in his exaltation, the perEon born will be brave, obsrinate and possessed of moderare vision: if rta (Simha) take the p1.." of lq (Mesha) in the previcus case, pcrsonborn the will have eye disease; if the iagna be gor (Thula) and the Sun occupyit, the personborn will be nighr.blindand poor; and lastly if *r+ (Kataka)be rhc lagnaand have the Sun in it, the personconcernedwill ha,.rc infl.rmedeves. Norrs.
This sloka appears in JRI{r(d. c/. gq;atd+;

WG* qqefufio*

qrw;ril fs+eaqc) fi{oils} agr}

i\ nef<fq{r{a: ftWet frnrs: I ff-=)s=qlse: aRrlfli gg{rei: va}
qCIilriifrfiq tf XR{;{I Zqadqai
\\9

.qi rqh( grrqis{qd t} Aianq{.qr.t f rfoqrrr{rfk Ed}f,nflf wri frfi Eftorqs{RTi\B tl n
Slt,ha i4. The Sun and the Moon occupying the 12th bhava whether conjointly or apart destroy the

350

{rcr$frca

Adb. VI.

right and left eye respectively; malefic planets in the cth and the 8th bhava have the power to take arvay thc sight, the planet in the 6th destroyingthe left and that in the 8th bhava destgoying the right one. c/,sddftilFTrQ

gfurqlcqaiqfr:h Ufr qi.nl'€qrr ftQlitt

aqrf,tq;*qi.n'i.qEqr &e1* r Rirrq-qi "-qqq]

r ftd*fr omelqafiqIfrt{Tgrnqgiltil}q
ilqer0iEi{urqrgt-qKftqqK:IgilTc {r,q{ il \\ tl
SlcAo 55. The Sun whether in the lst or the 7ch by bhava when in conjunction with or aspected Saturn will in no long time destroythe right eve of the person concerned but if the Sun be in coojuqction with Rahu ; and Mars, other conditions being the sameas bafoJe, rt is the lefc cve that will suffcr in this cass.

ftfrtq.* qft it:qqrfr q.ftrcq6ETq{rrtsutrqr t qr{ GqiUfrqfQgr}Trq+q\q u qiqrfiPi rni ft ll
Sl;,ta 56. If malefic plancts occu$ythe 6th, 8th those in the last being the Sun and the and 12th bhavas, of Moon, the occupar-rt the 6th bhava will destroy the left eye of the per$on born while the planet in the Srh bhava will dcal similariy with the eye on the right side.
I / i d d s T o k ai l s t t ft a .

mrk cqHruHrfrG q* qfrt qft qsi',{ru\\erl
Slofta57. If Mars be the lord of the Znd bhavs, if the Sth be occupiedby the Sun and the Moon, and if Saturn be in the 6th or the 12th bhava the person

t si qlir frqi uhi: {S6qraTnnrtn$itoql

31.59,59

q&stqr{:

s61

born will be blind. tf the Moon occupy the 8th, the 12th or the (rth bhava and Saturn be in conjunction with Mars,the person born will b: sightiess.
NorEs. This slokr is from sliTqt(({. The following are some more slokas frbm flir..(d to the same effect:-

leading

gb eld qrqela no{rriit}gF.tag* r
q}q ii qqrqTqi{gci+t a} s g ne+d:tl

ilarsqiuq* sqrtqnqa+d{t r ntq qTu€rqt qilgt engfr+rffiz}tt tarffi q

qt qtlss\ rrrfroilq;s{ts*+ r
M

qti rr{iTs'q.* qt(irq{ n \e rr

Slofra 58. If the Moon be in the Och,the Sun in the 8th, Saturnin the l?.th and Mars in the 2nd, under sucha yoga,the personbbrn, be he Indra himself, cannot but be blind.
4/. gqswa+

fqq{rRqqaqqfiqar tfrq;qnqqr qqr dqrJ *eaqqGlq6T&dgqntqqq<qi1ilq I1
Also sfilfiAf

qBnqit{;qqd q qr+ "q+ fl"} fiw,t q.i}q r gm*r qHgq;qr+qr 3riii qq&r qi gir qr tt

oili{E sftt qRffi grOs&ilirrqrrcSrfrR"ggt *+& ilg.rt qRhr*r-q:

dq gqngt i inn rffi il \q tl

362

qtdrtl|frme

Adh. vI.

Sloha 5e, If the lord of the Znd bhava being in conjunction with the lord of the lst, occupy a g:rqrrt (Dustthana.6th,8th or 12th bhavas),it will result in loss of sight. If the lord of the eye, i.e. the 2nd bhava being in conjunction with Venus and the Moon occupy the 1rt bhava, the person concerned will be night,blind; but if the lord of the eye occupy a position of exaltation or be in conjunction with a benefi; planet, no such malefic effect will happen,say the astrologers. NorBs.
This and the 5 succeeding slokas are quoted in "tkTdtlt. The under;nentioned slokas yogas leading to blindness. from wkf.]i(ff give some more

rrT-q6rqfl"qfafi, dt+ rGi qrsFqdllTaftq;trg;sisft t R:h qrrgagt qqqR qrq

qr{id,{raafr gigt dE;q(ll
q;qr:f,flgffi€* ne* {FqRe}sfATfiawr6' 1 gqrgi{q{d}T{: el€ii *q, sRtqlqTurrq ll

1ffirn;11
qlqt Egqt wr* q'} sqld q atq Er;qq.ll Q" ll
SJoftc 60. When Rahu, Mars and Saturn are together in the Lagna,the person born will have enlarg' ed scrotum. tf the lord of the 1st bhava be in the 8th and this againbe occupiedby Rahu and Mandi, the same effect is produced, say the wise astrologers.

t ud Ao* qols*g+sr€lqtfrqftqrgrrdr

sl. 61,68

atq I' qt ll o*,qrmrctqrrartilapq1;qnfigt
.Slolo 61. When Rahu occupies the Lagna, Tfud (Gulika) a Trikona position,and Mars in conjunction with Saturn is in tl're8th birava, the result will be the same. When the lord of the Navamsa occupiedby the lord of the Lagnais in corrjunction with Rahu, Mars, Mandi and Saturn,the same evil result will follow.

trq oh dr qftgia et glun<Eruff{iGdr I rgor: *t Aol {ftqfgt qqRfrrrrf\rdr ll qRll
Slohu 62. When the Sun occupying the rising by sign is aspected Mars, the persorlborn will be afflicted with colic, consumption and asthma, When Mars is in the Lagnaand asp:ctedby Saturnand the Sun, the witl be troubled with smali'pox' person concerned Norss.
Two dillerent readings are given of this sloka, t'iz',t

t.

faafigetrtaqt eh rfi,ifigia es' atflqrq

{lRatuRsr( ll ,ili AolrafiqdqD efrrfifir.
qrq fit ae* rfnqiebat{if}: {tGnqEqrt tl

1,. e* ra} ilflgtr eDqisqn4's{qogaq[dl( I

qRftt dist qttntgk qdr qlqrFqi gtrsfifrgtie t (IsFF{rE(frt ta6s*;

GIkIt etsqt glmiTtftgtfr ll ql ll

S/ofta 63. When Saturn in conjunction: with a aleoby a malefic planet occupies male{ic planet aspected 46

gi l

|tdfcrftrri

Adh. vl"

the 2nd bhava, the person has to dread dangerfrom a dog. When Saturn il in conjunction with or aspected by the lord of the Znd bhava,rhe same result follows.

wts{i fuwrRrntStr gt qoirq}fr Qu n rr
Sloha 64. When Rahu is in the Lagna and when the sign occupiedby the lord of the Lagni has srrength, there is danger from a snake. When the lord of ihe 3rd bhava is in conjunction with Mercurlrr the peroon born will be liable ro throat drsease. Norns.
stcilEt is another reading for dtqllhi. XII, Slolc 42 infta. Vite ales Adhyaya

*qtF"i ugulcqrflffirqrFEt i*o} r ilgst

fi w?tsfutR$ vrtftrt qq a6uthqr{ I hqTfrm?wrqrarinTr'Tasdlffirdr rr rr
Sloha 6i. When a depressed planet occupying an ini mical sign and overpoweredby rhe Sun'er"yr-h.pplo, to be in the 3rd bhava and aspected a m"rleficpi".ret, by tlre personconcernedwill get diseaseof tlre thioat in consequence the application poison or of the swal, of of lowing thereof. In the absenceof these causes,the disease it eets in is intendedto drain off moneyfrom if the sufferer-a result in which the purpcse of the particular yoga will be fulfilled.

qR Edit .roirnrqz ffiqGg( fiiqrd r Eqi:n qR fiqdlqA'qilgfuq,ii qafrqodi srttr{} qq r,
Sloha 66. When a malefic planet in conjunction rvith Mandi or gome such other planet occupiesthe 3rd bhava,astrologerspredict the diseaee the ih.o.t; but of

ll. 6?.69

qa3cqr{:

866

when Mandi in conjunction with Mars is in th: 3rd of bhava, astrologersspecificallyascribe the disease the yoga. ear to the Norr's.
Vidc also Adhyaya XII, sloka, 43 inftd.

qrtf\t ftEtt {qrt sdfs{'tqstft Eil(s I
''SloAu

TtrRqg?i{giil{rt sqfr€{ qqqFeirc{ts llqql trt

07. When the'?rd bhavais oc;.rpied by a also by anothermaleficpla' maleficplanet arrdaspected of net, the person bcrn rvill becomeliable to the disease the ear. When the lord of the 3rd bhava occupies malefic 60th portions of a sign, then also do astrologers of &clare disease the ear to be the result.

tfu

rna]qrrt Rqbqui qrt T{& g efu Er€qq. tl tl Ed

qrfr{fi frgOqrtikt qlq{qfti q I

S/ofta 68. When the Sun in conjunctionwith a ic malefic planet and aspectedalso by a malef planet the 6th bhava,the personborn will suffer from occupies excessof bile. When the Sun occupiesthe 8th bhrva, and a malefic plan:t is in the Mars is wichcut scrength 2nd bhava,the sameis to be predicted. cJ. rei'ir?arqlq

qq iirrFqraqh nqri qrqsgh r

crqeGgh tfirrqalnRif rr arrl

,bqrq.igqgisdi+FgO

61i{r+q8ftt-gsitktvr

*tfot'qftd ftqfrqqft

*il qarw.rtawin16n qq tl

866

{rCTCTftiliI

Adh. VI.

Sloka 69. When Mars in conjunction with Mercury occupies the 6th bhavathe Nav.rmsa a malef in of ic planetand is aspected the Moon and Venus, the by personborn will sufferfrom an ailment due to a morbid stateof the phlegm. When Mars aspected a malefic by planet occupiesthe 8th bhava and Ketu is in the 2nd or the 8th, an ulcer will be produced. cf. u*irfqorqfrr

qd gfr g'rgt TgqF4gftfhi I lria*nurgfu $qfrrr?qt;(R tl

qtqi qTqgt frot r-brfbi ErituTgR{rf{r I q.dfui ff€{rt*t aoTrRtl aTr;giT€fi{Etieo tl u
Sloha 70. When the lord of the 6th bhava in conjunctionwith a malefic planet occupiesthe 1st or the 8th bhava,the person bor' will havc ulcersin his body. When the planetdescribedbefore (i.e., the lord of the 6th bhavain conjunction wich a rnalefic planet) occupiesthe 10th bhava and is without beneficaspect, the personconcerned will haveulcer scars.
'l'his'and the next ,,r .',r,).tl.u"t,1uot"a irr ,.isirr!crqiq.

otnqgzr{rrsgrr! udMrt frrqau.q{Hn I

Sloha '71. If the lord trf the Lagna,Mrrs anrl Mer. cury being in conjunctiorr,occupya very unlrropitioug bhavaand aspect the 6th, they will produce, say the sages, diseasc the anusor somenasty diseasesuch a of as piles. Nores.
In the secondrqtt (pada)of this sloka, q{ i€{tt: dic+Ud uq} sr i. another reading.

sTqmtiTi €qErsqR{qrqi}il qg gqqi qdh il sq 11

sI,72-76

qErscqrq:

35?

ffit Rt{rgd cqtq'ffiqffi t( r qb rqrE fkfrqgrd gtr qrrfrewitrftqi rrur rr
Sloha ie. The lords of the 1srand the 6th bhavas when in conjunction with the Sun producefever ; if in conjunction with the Moon, they lead to an accident in water; if with Mars, they occasion some mishap in war or dangerby an outbreakof hot boils.

ftqTilqrqqR dT.qgdFr"qiesrqRsqF*ft I tq E(fr n d{q ,TrqtiQsi qtq frqrfrotqqrgs u1 11
Sloha 73. If the lords of the 1st and the 6th bhavasbe in conjunctionwith Mercury, they will cause somemishapdue to bilc; if they be in conjunctiorr with Jupiter, the personwill be immuncfrom diseases; if in conjunction rvitlr Venus, they may be the caueeof Eomedangerto the wife ; if in conjunctionwith depres, sed Saturn, they will, say the astrologers,tend to engendera wind complaint.

*.frft*t qR qG+(qd:t aeil fiqs aqrntq. neBtl
Sloka 74. If the lords of the lst and the 6rh bhavasbe in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, the pereon born becomesliable to danger from snakes, thieves and other such evil.doers. If they occupy a Kendra or Trikona position in conjunction wirh Rahu or Ketu, the personconcernedwill suffer imprisonment say the astrologersacquaintedwith the subiect.

{rS+(qR {,fiqHinritfqftftgtft arrr I

ffi

qbE(q-"rciq flgtilo+ qxrrrT gfrf iuaq r

rfr.ceqr T.{ftu-,it fW.n nn\ u Rrt{r dt

35s

crf,rqrftqre

Adh.vr.

conjunction with Mercury and Ra.hr,occupy the rising sign, the personborn will of his ou/n accord cut off his ,nembrum aerile. lf the lord of the 6th bhava be in conjunctionwith Mrrs and:have no bene[i: aspect, the person concernedwill become liable to a disease affect. ing the organ of generation.

urlEl Af{gt ftgO$gxqosiEffif< r uqd *-'ffi'{tr qR q;qt arq n \eqtl Strueriqqd
Sloka 76. If the lord of the Trh occupy the 6th in conjunction with Venus, the personborn, saythe astro. logers,will be too weak to matchhis wife. If the lords of the 6th ani the lst bhavasbe in a Kendra or Trikona position along with Saturn,the person concernedwill suffer captivity.

qi it€) ftganrau q or\ led q qUI eil qfrqwri ffi Rwt Eilqrftqrr{ \estl a-tsttnqil n
Sloho 77. When a moveable sign is the lagnaand it is aspected the lord of rhe 6th bhava; when Mars by is in the llth bhava; wh:n the 9th is represented y b an immoveable sign and wheo the Tth bhava is a dual Rasi; under this yoga, peoplebecomeIiableto the fever inducedby the incantrtionsof their enemies.

St qqt q{rtstfft tffirq* fhfts qo} r
|M dkfffi

q-qefql qfafiqoiqr(tr\edtl il

Sloha 78. l{ Jupiterbe in conjuncticn wirh Saturn, if the N{oon in qtradrature occupythe l0rh bhavaand if Mars be in the 7ch,the result will be a defecrof limb in the person born. If the Sun and theMoon occupy

5r, ?9.80

369

either Simha or Kataka, the person concerned will have consumptionas the conseguence

ot raitqfugt {o} q.qrqrrqirr r{i R q|ir I wqrEiilq {gifr o} rr* q,o}ssQffiA n eq tl
Sloha 79. When the Sun is in the lsr and Mars in the ?th bhava,the person born will become insane. When Saturn is in the LaSna and Mars occupies the 7th houseor a Trikona position, the per$onconcerned will be a lunatic. NorBs.
cl. ceqt,l

€ffF;r f\qDt firls,tqrqrt ftarargdt qot oaqhrr{rFrrn4{:rtrt q8a.ai t q-qal not ft'n frT Urrarfr 1fr narrrhgel
qlqlqds{lT€aigc4lg: : eFsqlilqrl ll qrFqfiFqereqr;erq: elrt qrqgd\ I g;qlEqlfAi\ qaqe} ,itqr ndiRar: tt

Ui is the reading adopted in sonre books for ad rel and a p p e a r st o b e t h e c o r r e c t o n e .

-i

o{friir Rrnr?rff* dt gt *-ffiqiat il t

qr? qlqKglqsq qAa(rdt nqrqqrd q=qoi ll co tt

.S/oft,r 8C. lf the initial portion of ugn (Dhanus) be Lagna,if the Eun and the Moon occupy the Lagna the or a Trikona, and if Jupiter,be in the 3rd bhavaor in a Kendra po sition, the person born under this yoga will becomeinsane. Norus, reads cl-crgit cfi s;qmftin rqlrltil-cfi. as The last quarter

360
Also c./. snrfira{r

qtirsrrRilt

AdL VI.

aaqlqqrqat* Gq=* urq};qftfitr ,
gt afrgqqt\ qm: dl-qrs{q qr€r <tr( tl
Some books read qslil r?+.ii-for e*iltri. f'he translation will then be "If any of the 4 signs from Dhanus happen to be the Lagna and if the Sun and the Moon be in Trikona position (r. a occupy 5th or 9th places) and if Jupiter be in the 3rd house or in a kendra position,thel person born, etc.'

qq t-(fuf, drqtinmfrqrd.qt{flfi qq{igar I

*.qfum $qfftrrrffif il& qtEe qqq*ilr n dt n

Sloha 81. If Mercurj, and the Mclon be in a K.en, dra positiorr or fail to occ$py benefic Navamsas, the person born will have aberrationof the mind. If Saturn, the Moon and the Sun be in Kendra position, the person will be idiotic and addictedto wine. concerned
cl. qkffiri{I

gua-fl*-qrrf,] {rFqqEdffin} zqfrd r *,iis{ \wq<+ma: fl fif;qffi 11

$'otdqdlrqiggk q-i qqt qR gqt fl t qA gA asffiiqgfunqrilEfqrqft s'dirrft tt 6Rtf
Sloha 87. If the Moon occupy the Navamsa belongingto Cancer, Aquarius or Scorpio and be in conjunction with Saturn, the person born will suffer from a diseaseaffccting the privities. tf the Moon occupy in the 4th bhava a Navamsa belonging thereto and be in conjunction with a malefic planet,the person will have disease the throat. of concerned
'fhe Noras. Zod qrt (paaa) reads as s't sqrtir qfi geqir.fl in ilcft-

i+<rqft.

El. &3€6
. v w v v v v v v v t 9 v 9 Y ! ! v !

q&sqrq:

861

g;qrqrtrqerqtlsgd wilc iiei wqfrq! qq tlelll
SIo&a 81. When the Moon in conjunction with a maldic planet and Rahu occupies the 12th, the 5th or the 8th bhava from the Lagna, the person born will be liable to inranity and that of a raging kind and will develop a tendency to quarrel. Norps.
g\ Sloka. i" another reading for gi in the 2nd cr( (Pada) of the

Ta qqfr qftrilqgh Rr* gt r+ntselilsft|

qe

qt qfr qrsdir ffiift urcwi* tl "& il q+qilfi qtqrftqrqintrrdr€tE ll tl eB c-atffitlt t
Stoka 84. When the Moon or Rahu occupieothe 12th bhava; Saturn, a Trikona position ; and the Sun, the ?th or the 8th bhava; the person born will have ailmentsaffecting teeth and eyes. The sameeffect hap' penowhen the planets mentioned above occupy Navam' sas owned by depressedinimical malefic planets.

sdt$frnq€tfrfttqM:qrRqi$T{I atq I
@qr-*qq+{g+iE}qt

ll d\ ll

Slola 85. If the 5tb and the 4th bhavasbe occupied by malefic planetsand if the Moon in particular be in tbe 8th, the 12th or the 6th bhava, blindnesswould follow as a result of the yoga. The persottborn in this yoga mu$t of coursebe blind when there is no benefic aspect uPon the planets concerned. There will be no evil effect when benefic planets occupy the bhavas referred to above.

46

362

qrilE'Ttftila

Adh.vr"

frffi oqqfrftoq{R+"{"ng Etsd

-qq qoiqfkfrfu il qfqri q*'i-gqrfal*

n-ggtg w-<frrirrt ftri qftt r

qoi qfr{qqjqgisriti qifur{ n cQrr sd

S/ola 86. Whcn (malefic) planets other than thc lord of the Lagna occupy the Lagna, the astrologermay predict leprosy; it will be black leprcsy when Sarurn occupies the Lagn:r as described above; ir \r.ill be red leprosywhen the Sun so occupies rising sign; white the leprosy if the occlrparlrbe Mars. when the Moo' in conjunction with Saturn or Mars occupies a Navamsa belongingto qrs6(Kat,rka), (Meena) or r*r (Makara) dit and is unaspectedby, or unassociated with benefic planets,thc astrologer may declare the yogato be pro, ductive of lcprosy to the peopleaffected.

ai qgiirnqqrqgi rtq frrqqior {ttt rR frq*qr n es 11
SIoho BT. When the Moon in conjunctionwith a malefic planet occupiesthe sign occupiedby the lord of the 8th bliavaand wire. the last.me ntio'ed planet is aspected Rahu, the person born will suffer from a [,y disease affectingthc privities: thc sameresult happens when the 8th bhave is occupiedby four or three niiefic planets; but if a benefic planet bc in the Bth bhava, the personconccrnedwill be exemptfrom the disease.

qrqrilqt {rftrfrrqqowrfr qtiqi fr'rqt qRgqfrrfir

cnoqQei;fi etqfiqgcrri

qoqu{redtriiti q{E-de{ |

sL 88,90

cglsqrq:

383

qfur*Rglri {tilfr ,I}qE}
tf?wWolidflrd ftqtfr tt cc tl
S/o&rr88. When tlte Mor;rt is in a w iter'resorting thc sign anCthe lord thereofoccr.tpics 6th bhava and is occupyinq watery signs, the person by aspected planets ; born will sulfer from strangtrry wlten the M )on occu' (rth or thc 8th l,hav.tis aspccted lv{arsand by pying the will when Saturnis in the Lagnr, th: pcrsonconcerr-red (s i l e s ) . p l t r u f f e rf r o m a n a i l m c n tl e a d i n g o b l , r o . d i s c h a r g e
ef . ,:ri,-li.'ratqiit

qtil r;qufid frq{t qrq{-erffi

czilRrqi q=| rb dq{nrf}qI ea&r,tfiqr a*1.;rrflt qqqtt *

s{{T( gaqGirri+\q t r.Hrtr|d{risqiTr q-t qt qrqilqi{tr;arrri q{qnt qrnittdtwq{iqqRf; noaRiai tt zq tr iriq

39. When the rvaninq)loon in conjurtction S/,rA'rr s w i t h m a l cifc p l ; r r r , : tis i n t h c r i s i r r r ;s i g n b c l o n g i n gt o or Sa(urtt in thc Bth or tlrc 6th hhav,i, thc astrologer ( a s f m a y p r c c l i c cl l r t r r i e r l c c ,p i e e u ) r s o m e s t r c l t i l m e n t a s the result of this perticulary.:ga. Wlren the Moon is the betweentwo m;il:fic plaitclsand S,tturnocctrpi':s 7th m u t : hb o d i l y s u f f e r i n g t b h a v a , h c p er s r n b o r n r v i l l i r a v : slllt'tn and con' from the combin:d .'[fc.:tsof ;ilrsc':ss, surnption.

il of wri uFrarqh q"iss\ ufhtrrfia:ail( ll \o ll
Sloho 9). {A/hen Mars is in tb,e rising sign and rhe lord of the 6th bhava is weak, che persolrborn will

qdiftgaqrqqqsqfa floh frqi;ftarirt si

CtqTCTfrETI

Adh.vr.

have indigestion, a diseasedspleen and colic. When Rahu or some malef planet occtrpies the I.agnaand ic Saturn is in the 8th bhava,the personconcernedwill be afilicted with a stomach complaint. ef. ssl'lr?-drtrrbr

qeflisftqrt qrowt qrq{rgt I geqfaqfqqrrqi( (qtfittqt,il qT ll

q=puft.rgq*rffi srfit gfr ntftt qe*isqfroqqrtt qrorq{ tgqft Rsdiqtrd qli s& fqgi qRqrq€Eqt tt n
Siolc 91. When Rahu occupies the 4th bhava and the lord of the Lagna is without strength and aspected a malefic planet,the person born will suffer by from acute pain in the chest. When the lord of the Lagna is depressed and in an inimical houae,Mars occupies the 4th bhava. and Saturn is asp:ctedby a maleficplanet,colic will be the result.

qmluffit'ntrrffi

qdlnqrfrqnsifrrc+ se i{ggrqir

o)'qrqfrfif\f qiiqqqrtwtftt

{'},{i gfr
t

crRr! {&oftw\fr Rruqiffigt T(r ll ql il

Sloha 92. When the lord of the 8rh bhavais weak and the rising sign is aspectedby a malefic planet and the 8th bhava is occupiedor aspecred by Saturn, the personborn will be smitten with a diseasethat will prevent the taking in of food. When the Moon in conjunction with Mars occupiesthe 6th b\ava, jaundice due to vomitting and deliriun will afflict tbe lrrson

sl. gsg4

qdsqrq:

865

concerned. And when the Sun, the Moon and Mars are together in the 6th bhava,the effectof the yoga may be colic and erysipelas.
cf . cElqt,t

qrrqtlsdo* r;q dlq{tf*nq r qlq r-hqilfqqa\ qqffiilqat rr

qrfffi qGfio{Ttsftqrt

qRisqiiQ fioi oqrfUQq dssnr figqft agi ilfi Rtr( n jl tt
Slofto 93. When the rising sign is aspected by Mar$, and the lord of the 6th bhava occupiesthe 10th, the 7th, or the 1st bhava, the personborn will suffer from the effects of magic employed against him by his enemres. When ]r{ars in conjunction with the lord of the Lagna occupiesthe Lagnaor any other Kendra and the lord of the 6th ie in the Lagna,the samewill happen.

qtsqnsnegt uffirftuq t

qftii qrfrfrdqEdh foi sr+q{nt
qtsfr qrofi qr?gt wiiki {rffi

qri ofirdserqtsqrgfr qwqrcqil *-.i r
wift brE{n qB 1l

Sloha 94. When Jupiter occupies the 4th, the lOth or the lst bhava and a Kendra is occupied by utFq (Mandi), the personborn will suffer from an illnessdue to the effect of his having comefaceto face with an immortal. When Saturn is in the 7th bhava and a benefic planet occupiesa moveablerieing sign, and the Moon io aspectedby a malefic planet, the person concern'

366

srif{$wRqfi

Adh.vr.

due to his ed will undoubtedly suffer from a disease ghosts andf iends. havingmet goblins,
Norrs.
This sloka is fronr qTd.[{<f. The rhis sloka is q;rdi instead of qis€. reading in the 3rd pada of

q-t qrqfrtfhi ftgqt qsdlqt qm qr(sfiFmfQqtitEgqlglilflsfr cfr t

*rt Emssrqri qorftwiaur uggt qt $qstR rcfirfr*{ir ttrqtd qq( rlq\rr
. Slofa 95. If the Moon in conjunction with a malefic planet and aspccted by anotlrer malefic planet occupy th: (rrh bhava, the person born will become liable to wind disease; if Mars occupy the ?th bhava prlduced will thc under the samccircumstances, diseasc duc to a currupt state of blood and bile ; be hcroorrhage if the planetoccupyinuthe 7th bhavaunder such condi, will arise from a bad tions bc Mercury, the diseasc phlegm; if Venus, it will be condition o{ wind and dysentery; if Saturn,colic ; and lastly if llahu or Ketu, b w l t h e a i l m e n c i l l b e p r o d u c e d y d e m o n i a c ap o s s c s s i o n .
'I'his Notns. is also fronr tlif4-,{.{.

qrrqfirsi qrgs{ iie} inT{T4rF{

ftrh qrt {firft ftgt {rg} r'qqrt

qBfii gib*aiti *.qeoqiqaiit
qrqiu0agU{qfiqtil{ tqift tt q,qtt

Sloku 96. When Saturn occupying the 6th bhava in conjunction with ndiq (Mandi) is aspeced by the Sun, Mars and Rahu but is unlspectcdby or unassocia-

':

*,iuu """ "1- "--------","9-':::,--,-*",,"

ted with benefic planets, thc person[:orn wiii suffer {rom atr illncss caused by a complication of cough. ic asthmaand consumption. Whcir a malef planetis irr (rth, Saturn in the 8th the 12th bhava,tire Mootr in thc and when rirc lord of thc Lagna occupies a Navamsa owned by a malign planet,the pcrsonborn under such r yoga wilt be liablc to drynessof the nosc resuitingin loss of smell.
cf q'ithflr.trqltr

qt z"i {q} r=i ;q4 qn fqert t
qrqi{r,,Frqr {tqii irqqrfqila | | g.r

qE*ai ngfa+ (6rr{sFr{tfht I
tt $.i ze gh er{Ilgnrgflqrfign q;i gdtq{r; vqt 'JqF,i q* qdr(ed qgtft qrili I

mi q* ftgnttr?trget

oqdtt q fiqb dt {i&}rft n qe tr

5/o/irr 1i7. \When liatunt is in+at tKatakii)and the born will iravcdropsy" the N{oorrin rr+r lM.rkara), persoir w i W h e n S u t u r r r n c o n j ' . t n c t i r r n i t h M a r s o c c u p i e st l r e 6th bhava, and is aspccted by the Sun and Rahu; anci whcn thc lord of thc L:rgna is wichout strrngth, the r e s u l tw i l l b e a l i n g c r i n gi l l n ' : s s .
eJ- qqi'if'rtrqfr

il;ql{fl|$ lb ifirigia,li{d I al-rt qlqqt il{ir'ft qqar: tt

qsf $+ tieut g€Rnqar

qiiliqq Gg( qr? oaq qq I

868

{TqTt|tfrfl'i

Adh. VI.

qd s+ g€qtrflir(qfr

dflfqt qrRgt g ilstt qEFen gd tl

Slofto 98. When Mars is in his own house,Mer, cury in the 4rh or the l:lrd bhava and Saturn in the lst, the personbr:rn will be a dwarf. The result is the same when, other conditions being identical, Saturn is in conjunction with thc lord of the Lagna.

I I s{rFqqfi rreqi ttRrfrrqrrctr
qFqr qtsqqaq rqFc cT-qI
\C r \ C

R;IAr{rHqrtqeqttaFnin

gnF$dtHq,'sErtgqrlt n qq tl Gilit{

Sloka. 99. When the Sun and the Moon occupy, one of them the 12th, and the other the 6th housefrom the Lagna,the personborn will be one.eyedand will have the unique fortune of possessingan one,eyed wife as well. When Venus and the Sun conjointly occupy the 7th, thc 9th or the 5th bhava,the person born under this yoga will havea wife defectivein somelimb. Norss.

I'he Sun is in the l2th house fronr the Lagna in I and lZth from the 7th in Ir

sl. 100
.+

q*ssqrq;

369

The Moon is in the t2th from Lagna in II.

the 7th in I and l2th from the

The principle is clear from the above. The left eve will be aftected by the above yoga. In the other case the Sun in the 2ncl arrtl :he l\lloon in 1he Sth (the 2nd frorn the 7th) will aflect the rieht eye. If Venus be in conjunction rvith the Sun in the 5tlr, 7th or 9th house fronr the Lagna, the wife rvill alniry:; hc ailing' ic-do (Vikala:suflering).

cl.

rnfii

qaq qqrtqq gq* flraqrc+,r} t e\ qs qldt qrqrql dsilsftfidl ll
Also {l-{tqdl

gtqs I sfflqqfig{d+: {r{T$qF+{a.Fd qqEflrTKgaq: siol qFqr {Itdqqns ll '{tqifiqaqtqtqtt+e:qqlsedt?{ll
^ C^

qqE+,aqT(: I ?q sqqtrr1{If,lil: gtqt a i " \ r . t
. c

_

n

i

'F

i dirrtq{dtqqlgm q dr+rgil frflfrflr: I
fivn"ipufrqqrfl{ Tdffifitq uttit ll ?"" ll
Stoha iC;). If the malelic planetsoccupy tl're9tlr, the llth, ttre 3rd and the 5th housesin any crder accord' by bcnefic and be not aspectcd ing to circurnstances plancts, they conspir,:accordingto their strength to do dnmage the organof hearing tlf the pcrson borl ; if to they occupy the Ttir house arld be without bcnefic aspect,they makethe teeth unsightlv.
Norls. t tnan rvill su{ler frottt ear-c,-rnrpl:rinrvith certaiuty' The c;trs-3rd for thc right ear and 3 r d a n d t l r e I l t h h o u s e ss t a n d f o r tlre llth for the 1e[t. 1C/' also \\'estern astrologl'). Varaharnibira' 'l'he

47

,'l7O

{|rilsqmtsnc

Adb. V I.

seems to extend the prinr;iple to the 5ttr and the 9th housesalso. D i s e a s e s c . r f t e e t h a n , l t ( ) n g u e : l r e r n t l r , ' i t t e db 1 ' t h e 7 t h h o u s e ( C h . l l l - 7 7 F r g . l ) . T l r i s r : ;i r l s o t h e p l r n r - r p l e f \ \ ' c s t e r n . r s t r o l o o tsy. C/. i\lan Lt.u.

" M a l c , f i , : , , r r n : t - c p e c t r c ly i r e n e l r ts , ( l c c u p \ . r n g t h e T t i r i r o u s e b w r 1 1l r r i r r ga l r r t u t t o o t h d i s , e a s e ( , i e i o r n r i t v o r o t h c r n ' i s e ) . " s 1 | r l l 4 , ru o u l r l r n c l u r l c t h r ' l \ l o o n ; l : . o d a m a g e t u t l t , r . r r, ( ' - l . i n t i r c 1 - o g ac a u s i n 1 . 1

rrf qk &ar.r nqig qr{r : iri"qq{rdl+nef-ia | (wr,;gq-dqq;qr :) ra qnqf;dtffiqas{rrrra +oilqqra firfn iqrarqNl
,\1s() ,ll/ii.'.1
i A \ E{I{fl(r$n{I: TT'IT: flIEzli qTn{il q:il: I .i r.

z,raqfaqri fiFrTqFgla a.-dlarql! $E:
Also nt+fat.t,

'ftanieqdtlFql: n]'qrr{tfhar, qTqr: t
fiq'{lnT,{iFa T*llT 4;n{fqol:ll I

{riiqqnEgqq{gtsqic}

ot wmorrtqGqrqord r
iqqrqek"JAlrgE'{-{tg f uniiirq{ogq gqdih rnr: il lo( il
;'loku t0l. W h e n . l i r p i t c r o c i - , r p r ( ' s e n c f i cv a r g a s b as arrr-iiqi{r Vargottuinamsa) rn tlie Lagna or the such 1 4th bhava ; or rs elsewhercpossessing abundarrtstrength; wh,:n tlrc oth,:r planets arc in tirc 2nd, the ll th and conrrcctct-l lvith well.beirrg and prgsperity ; other bh,avas and rvhen the lord of ,r.,. risrnq sign is powerful, che born gets on !,.r^:ll .ind is,h;rpp1r, [']ctstJn

sl. 102

cfrsrcrq:

371

i ile{w tqq}Hwr }cqrqfrnrwr?ftaiw t qfttlffcrfrqqlfrq{gqu{Kr( t"Rll t tlnriil: n qft lltq-T{6-Eqn iqanri}tftt qrdrqriiqri
qgf sftiTifirTfftrllTqt ll
Sl"hu 102. By the graceof the Sirnlnd all the other planets,what are called qrilslTFr:tlataka bharrgaha) con, sisting of rrqdr{rrs: (Rajayogabhangaha),irrfrrrrr (Preshya yogaha), qRefrm' (D.rridra yogaha), s{Fdafrrrr: (Angaheenayogaha), ianqirlr' (Reka yogaha)and rtfldtmr (Roga yogaha)have beenfully treatedof in this chapter.
T h u ' ; e n d s t h e l - r t h' \ d h 1 a t ' a c - r u 'w h a t r r ) a r se h o r , t s < : o [ r ei " t h e n work JAtrrkalrArijirta onrpiled b1'\''aidyanltha under lthe auspices c of the nine planetS.

-----vqf,&r+{y\\--

---

-

ffiqaqlswrt:
u u-wfrrntqrq: tt
Adhyaya VlI.
ON R.e,re yocAs oR plaNET.r.Ry coNJUNctI()Ns LEADTNGro KrNcssrp.

lirqfuil ffi I 6-qrfi-+tglqrffiqg *ilqr{ffi{reffSoi wn qtqt rriq tt

t=srrr?qnsrr.ratqfrisfr{osqrqRiltft
rilqrqFs{*'qtr ggqfl: guflEftqrqt n t tl
Slohu 7, When the planetsoccupy Kanya,Meena, Mithuna, Vrishabha, Simha, Dhanus and Kumbha, the peroonborn will he a famous king, great in possessing an army, mightv elephantsand horses; if the planetsbe in Thula, Mesha, Vrishaba and Meena, an enperor comesinto the world in this yoga ; if the planetsbe in Vrishaba, Dhanus, Meena and the Kendras, a person destinedto rule over the earth and acquire wide fame seesthe light.
NotRs. In this as well ns in the next slol<a,the author has described r in a verl' "cn<lensed nanncr the ftrtH{ ('irnhasana)and other yogas. Wrth a vrew to rtral<e thern clearer, thu followirrg are below:extractedtrorn other works and appended

37L

SI, 1
(l) lrewrir.n:

qtfrsrqFrl

3?3

trqqnh

w frerqil it.r, *oqralgq* a\ I qrt q\ <.1g't qt&qqi\ qc' tl goft E;ft ctsgm]q)+TA$ +ra: I qqft zqsRq) zqi frt ftusi qrir:tl
rrn5qri

+-qrfrqt$frir qG tqfi: fhil${: frfia: fih qt qnZgrq*qdiit e R fpqsq: t q, fr€reqqlqdi qgq) {qrftrrit qd ft q*$stqrfqufqqgarrdfqnqn's+ tt
(Z)'lgam,ii.r:'itqetart

il] feqrqe)qrsftqi qli si il r qtd,* q.iritsq agai,tsfiitflntrr q*,qfi q€r{t{i:flil: q{f,tqq' , qrnrit z,i\ req 11 urrf,rq* qilt{r
-*TI{gil(}

figarurfetrril 1t ftt +,=qr+,eq
firfrd: Qaqrfqeqqfi q-s-qR at, t

aqa* ,iiil e*egeqlila frfiii} r{twamr.rXggar{hvre,} tr fiqqi
(l) qa+to-gqiq: {HardEi

q fti t\ g\ h qor+i Fqt qt r {ft: ;rardoercoi} hrgq{eq' il
(4) eqt+im: dtqstilA

g\ q fqgi qrq dit eqar] qa: r

e{qilgqfrftt +{ ffq e{rar:g1

t74

qRroqrRqr+

Adb" VII

qrfrteq* frt RqrFeqffiqftftqr{ r
qilqnrftqtnrq adt€...qqsq: tl
(5) uqnfrq: ftrrerila

l\ g\ a\ qrsfittqa:tqrt qdtqQ r u *orseqif .itt ilq,iltrsqilaq: .it qri| 'rqnoi'ft {EfA s fi*sfa {rgqrU$: I qqfA sfi* zqir ,{qftTfr q sotq:rr eT',it fQ
(o) errsdr iirqqnd

n**qciriq qlt*rqol gqr I oa RqT glatsfE cdr+.qft'qi rr rr qrar *mr ryrge,itai fiqhi fiqrqqilqeqiqqfi sfrq:siqr;qzfQ"qq tt
rngqg*

qttq €tq n'qsqt"hnqd qiifftnr gtnrd+frrT{n{qg5zrcgrtgerffi :1 nwrfi ftg*qqsa+,{t {'q{Ruqtf,{rq-qta-qtii gnnadt fiqr+il rTrnq: ll
(z) rtcr€.+rq: {tq"rmft

+ Aqat qrt gomi qt r frqil
flqt{it {iq},il il'.qs R g€qq: ll
(8)'rg:srqcitq: clq,rril+

gorwG\g,nf,til fumqt r
tg,nrtrt*niis.i n"qq] qqE)qar t t*,qrfq=qg{t€: {IHf,: Fqliifirr{:,

qsfriqo€q] {i!:spqq}rq: il 11

sl. 2
wr5q6a

(r8*$qrq:

315

qG gorqr.rmtelqttFgt+t:fldol fiCIflfla r *t
\r K qgcfrq(Iqtqnflfr: S{{t: qqai ath z{Iq. tl

(s) T(qgF-.rctq:'iqara.i

€t dtt {4cg;s;{;qr* tq}r rrt I
tqg;El tltl€lT{*1f,:tllq{f,:aq: ll ( I 0) fr;Es=vil.I: siqatil-+'

qil +ffift fit q qfi qt fqgi '* t
*tlrqrgq,il *,ir fi--tg"a] qilqa, tt
(l l) cqoz{iq: .{ls*fil5}

gdR rqrqrqftfqqqtdrq{qt ag, mU qq q{qfaq,i,,ii rfige, I qqueliigsq{ofrgffdT frfrqfa:
gq-flrqrfq{ri qq{i qqqrqnrTQflrq lt
(12) Tfdrqlrr: .rt{5itt}

gfa+rt qfi n'id<E6qqlql'4rJ(ftqliAo r

qdqrodr q-'qrtqsarrqt'qqztqlfr

q, qn{rdo rlefratitarft r gtlrrq{fr
dzr ftaqfiggrrlrrrr a] liil{dikdl

{Fnr ifr o*qsrtrfrKiefr $qrfiql rrr rr
Slohu 2. When the planetsoccupy Kanya, Meeha, 'fhula, Simha and Kumbh;r, thc person born is a king. When the planets arc in thc 3rd, the 5th and the 4th bhavae, the person born becomcs ruler o{ countriec abounding in great wealth. If the 3rd, the 4th. the 5th

fiircrltf|t

Adh. VII

the 2nd, the 9th, the lst and the 7th be occupiedeach by a planet,the person born will becomea just king.

ilt{*fisRil

qrfi frqraqiouUirrqrm: ftg.qiqqtr *u tt I tt
Sl<,ka3. If the planets are associated with the Moon's hora, the pcrson born will be a famousking. If the benefic planetsbe irr thc gch and the llth bhavas, and the malefic ones in the 6th and the 10th, a king is born.

q*Trr qrdi q{rdl Klqrfwr arq I

qorF{il dt{itqi-fl ; I irnftqry{suuqqrcr r{qrq{d Zq}qMgqTnmqr ll I ll $-dr*Sfr
Sloka 4. If benefic planeta be strong occupying the tst, the 10th, thc 7th and the 4th bhavasand if Mars and Saturn be in the 9th and theltth bhavas,the person born will be a king possessed every amiablc virtue. of Norns.
The number of yogas satisfying all the conditions described in this sloha will, if carefully analysetl, be fcrund to be very lirnitec. The following sloka. horoscope is suggestetl as an e.rirrrrple for tlris

sL6

tt*sqlqr

t'l7

But sce the following sloke from €Kn"Sl (Saravali).

g(nHfirr: {{T: {Trffir: Sa{frtRarftq{ilqdffi: t qfq q{R r{rqR: qflrFiilqqaqftait qq s$q.i\q, it

rrMffi

ffi qtsqqrq;r.frgtrttr r
aflqll \ lt

@HafttqFlitrFrirr

Sloh.a5. When the Moon or tlte Lagna occupying a (Vargottamamsa)cfitci{r is aspectedby the other pla' nete placed in the 4th, the l0th and the 7th bhavas, the perEonborn ir a leader of men. Norrs.
According to if€inltmg (Brihatprajapatya), €i(rc.oJ (Saravali) and other works, and as per Yavanas' vierv quoted in {EwTil;E (Brihatjatata), four or more planets (other than the Moon) aspecting a Vargottama Lagna or Moon will make the person born at that time a King. cJ. IEsdrc{

qrfif,qqtu* q-i qr q;q1ffit:t TflitrqREi arf{lfr: F€f,I:u Jvr

Also WrR-d

qfrni sffqqi{4ilfra} firrrnarft qu}tqsqqr r

qfta-afiqffii<qrftfrfka'qq'rqlqitzq:tl
qikiseil+\ qR il {rii\ F{tfth q qsilBfqftqrli: r
*qt: flgqqeqftfiqlodliRil erffiqftf,q: wg riqqFa
Also t{lusq Also sle{Frul

ffsff{qn -ra qvgi q qit{t

qd'qrfaftiR: {rfhftqrnqra}fth r
s nqqft flfiq: qg Eqrqqtoii{uf

{qrFrqft frqrt Rgdi i q€nq{ tl
48

3?8

irrlcrRrlt

Adh. VrI.

But our author has .gonefurther by restricting tho position of the planets. According to slokas 30-31of the 2nd Adhyaya,Saturn i n t h e 4 t h o r t h e l l t h h o u s e ,M a r s i n t h e 6 t h o r t h e l O t h h o u s e , a n d J u p i t e r i n t h e 5 t h o r t h e 9 t h h o u s e a l l c o u n t e df r o m t h e L a g n a or the l\Ioon, are also capable of aspecting either of them respoctively as all planets are while they are in the 7th house. Our author has rejected the aspectsof Saturn from the llth house, of I\{ars from the (rth houseantl of lulriter from the 5th and 9th houses. I{e only accepts the aspectsof Saturn from the 4th house, of l\{ars fronr the lOth houseand of lupiter and other planetsfrom the 7th house. llis object would appear to be to place all the planets in the three Kendras, +th, 7th and l0th and in such a manner as to be "capable of bestowing their full aspect on the Lagna or the liloon ls the .case May be. The least number of p l a n e t s t h u s s i t u a t e d a n d c a p a b l eo f : r s p e c t i n gt h e V a r g o t t a m a Lagna or the \'{oon is four. "r-di{gmfri: i.e., "by planets other than the Moon " has reference only so far as I4na yogasaro concerncd,for the Moon cannot aspect itself. But the question is " Will the aspert of the Moon on the l.agna nullify the yoga if it 'Ihe i arrswers in the negative. In this c i s o t h e r w i s e o n r p r l e t"e? case, the Moon's aspect does not count, beinq productiveof neither good nor evil antl the l\{oon cannot be one of the planets making up the least nunrber of four above stated. Cf. g{.sitFldT.

atqqti a,{*r\' t e* q,ikqtqrcq

qfq{fq?fi &finfr: tt {gft: qafri:
flrtTfr;r; ffe c drail +'i ilqd'trrl{. I
\\ qq'{rfq erqttg Hflq: qrf,llFqqr I q;q: qr.qd{Iq H ftrqq i rruqefl
z'i:.There will l:e 22 1'ogas
66(i

qrdtR fu qga.ilfi{rfat t tt ril' r

C* C*C:15+6+
.l;li

I for each of the Lagnaand the Moon,or

yogasin a1l.

sl. 6
rv vv r vvvvv Y-v E t v vvvvv

qEfrss{rq;
vvvvv ! v v Y v ! v v v v v ! vv Y v v Y v v vv s Ylv

879
v v

qf&qrsfltun e+{tttfkt ugst

I qqtrrrfrtF€r ffiuq{r*tqA id ur.rfr qR ltftqitr qsdihfftEl{ ll q ll
the asterism As' Slcla 6. When Venus occupies wini in the Lagna and is aspectedby all the other planets,the person born will be the senior in family destinedto destroy the whole host of his enemiesand to sport with many women. When there are three or of more planetsoccupyingnot the Navamsa their depres' rion sign but one owned by themseives and one such planetis in th: Lagoa, tlre p:rson brrn will be a king arrd a v;ry wealthy one too, when there are 5 or more ruch planets. (Fbil hill). C/. ara+,riir

qrfrwgorqfrftguosisi I r$dttar

ar&;qi on{: gfi: niqtfaftfen: r fiffianlftqiEe'q. ll a]fr giqdiqro
Also q.oitifdl

erf}=qrgenn, ugitifo'frqqqfirpfi fiarftt lt
following from gt{qdt (Saravali) rnentioning the several will a s t e r i s r t t sw h i c l r , w h e n o c c u p i e d b y \ / e n u s , c o n f e r k i n g s h i p also ire of interest: ,fhe

qrii: aRr;Rffier,rlgsqrqr{t grl: I Hfrqd: ll *ilft tg*i q1l{fu;qlqR
Louu holf. C/. aramta

I flqiffirt qfierq =qrR&+lqgFqot,

ffi

tt Seqrq:sqflnsfqfiqRq.

380

lrce\tfur*

Adh. vU.

According to U€tqTqlTetrifesilil{ and other works, threo or four planets in their exaltation r*q (Srvochcha), or in their own signs eki (Swakshetra)and are at the same time trine to one another, make a person botn in thc tolal famitlt, a King. Five or more such planets will make (nv lers0tt a King. But two such planets in the first case or four such in the second case will only make the person rich. Cl. gqerretqaT.

deqfu' egqrt: n?:e*atnaI
$iqi ef{filaF}11: sT{zq{{rq: ll
*CA\\o

qerRfli<qr qranTI ,ftiRtqlsfQ eqftit rgoqilqfia: qr{ lr 6ru<i
.It has also to be noted here that it is only when the 5 or 6 planets in <&f-l (Swalisheira) are s:tong that the person born beIf they or any of thern be weak, he only becomes planets in q-'{g will, irrespective of their strength, make the person a King. C/, gttryt-r,qe+. comes a King. rich. But seven

L

qeGfl+dtt:ar56pttqd't
erfggr;fiqfA' erlgogfudr<t:1g qgfrKr€*: Q)jl} wft fiavrq r
t-€sqm6

ufigf i}frr{{: e}ryq1 ' S-€Hq$eg€qffgFqr qqqqAitzqra rGrragace+gql'qr flaqg tt

g*ffiqqq€Tq sg{t&

qtsRMrqlrrrrrt frrrqi

qkr old {osi sf*itqfR. I

s{i\iryrtt"rffisdiiuus1
Sloka 7. When Venus is in the Znd bhavawhich nor owned by an enemy is neither the planet'sdepression q,nd wlren the lord of the Lagna iE strong, the percon

sl. g

qg*stqrq:

38r

born will becomca kinq. When the Moon- occupieE at night its own Navrmsa or one belongingto a very friendly planet and is aspected Venus alone, a king by comesinto the ',vorld.
:f. soiiii{r Norrs.

dtarftgqwtrqfinserire*n: qQdiqr qdt q {rq, tt
Also en+riir

nfiarJq ettqT SHETTq: fllrriq: t

qr d*+rii qcdt H rr: gft{1qfa: tl
Frorn the two p:rnllel lrassrges above given, it will be seen that Venus a'tl trre r.rrl of the Lagna srrourd both be in the 2nd 'I'he bhavatext rerds itserf arso to the above interpretation and i t r n a y l r r e f e r a b l l ' b e r e n c l e r c dt l r u s : " \ \ / 6 e n Venus toget5er_ ith w the lord of tlre Legna, who is :rlso strong, is in the 2nclbtrava, rvhiclr is neither the planet's (\'enus') dep165;s1611 s l f J n ,n o r i s o w n e d b y ; r n e n e r n l ' , t h c p c r s o n l r o r r r r v i l l b e c o r n ea K i n s . , , cl. qtitqo.i

eilifiairrqa;* ze] qri.{rTf:aql I erfi{r $eh zryflqrfi;i rlrfi qtq.tl
Also ,lladlq{ql

qflrqrilscqfifqar{rit g};oreril aqfi *i}fi t qpftiq ?e:$rt iqrdq tl eirrrfifqeiflrld'ts,tar

qti qlffi{irrt uggesnfui qqfrr

s{wftft esqi}qui atqrRqm frar

elq 6{u€riqtqwi ilctr{{r*iQh r

*'qqaqi qqiqfrgt qril q{tqrdffil c tl n

S/oAa E. Whcn Venus occupyingthe Lagnais in Meena and in a Navamsabelongingto Meena,th-eperson born is a king; (2) when the lord of the rising sign is

fi€TCritqri

Adh.vlr.

strong in its exaltation and aspected by the Moon, a seesthe light ; (3) when the lord of the royal personage Lagnaoccupiesin the exaltationhousea Navamsabelong' ing neither to the depression sign nor to an enemy and :hat exaltationsign turns out to be a Kendra and has no other planet, a ruler of the earth is born under this Yoga. cl, qa*kr

ftt dtqi{t
Also gtttqofi

"}

gfr ardf rriqtt yt

oflfiqfA: dli q{q.€tr€r-il;l I,i Od r

rT€fqqqq ll {grrdd€rq*a:qrfiofaqfl
(Laltu halJ). c/. Stoka 48, infra.

oqw€EM$refrr qr;qrtqj{qfilt o* d ttqoFqt qCIS iffi *.qi

fifr {rq& f{qgffu{q{i €totrrri

Slokl 9. When the full Moon is in the gth bhava a occupyingits own, exaltation.or friendly house and when Saturn and Mars occupy the lOth atrd the 2nd bhavas from the Lagnr, a lord of the earth is born, When the Moon is full and strong occupyinga Kendra by other than the Lrgua and is aspected both Venus and Jupiter, under such a Yoga is born a sovereignwho will generou:ly make gifts of land. Norns.
(Fhst hrlll. According to €t{t{oi (Saravali), any planet in bhava identical with its exaltation sign will bestow Kingthe 9th ship if the lord of that bhava occupiesor aspectsit anl two other planets are in tlreir exaltation signs as trell. cf.

et qnqqFffi q Wontrqr rr{kli6q ll q ll

ae iltr.56 ringvi qtq tqrqgn ftfrftat r

BL 10
(Srcond,half). Also 't-{atadr

qq*sqnq:
c7. sloka 47, infra.

883

fiuaPt, I on fterq*t sto*ergtia)
qr.iqtqgwqirrit nqr r{liilqaq tt
Also esifi?ilqft

qfi ftar+.\ftqqi iqefrsrrr famrur fiqaL I tt g*q euqe,dgb qrit qil nlftwrugeu: q\ n{ii owtd:gg{' frtr efr qfqfq ft'riq I

This yoga 6nds an exception when Tauttts happens to be the Lagna with the Moon there. c/. ilrr:wdi.

qf? gqlsfi qTflIerki} stairqqtd] qqfAfkdt{r: tt
For a person born in a royal family no aspectsare required-to place him on the throne. c,f. qRtsdt.

frnnn: I es fiqrq*d nmererXRn) qQlqro frqqrfr fimqqqqKiloq. tt

q{lt{ qrq}qisfrggfl qG fiKli' €n {6gi uirsqn R:nt t €deil Uga;-qt

ftF{-q:rqqis Awwftq-* sfi fut

nqitr +ir Xstrxiq ll I o ll si q4qqrrhq

S/o&a 10. When a planet is in the highest exalta, by tion point and is aspectcd a very frier:dly planet, a into the world. A king's peer takes king is rrshered g b i r t h w h e n V e n u s i s s t r o n g o c c u p y i r rt h e 1 l t h o r t h e 12th bhava. When 2 or 3 planetsare in their cxaltation a s i g n s ,t h e M o o n i s i n K a t a k a n d t h e r i s i n gs i g n p o s s e s s , thc personborn will be a king honored of strengtl'r, ed everYwhere' NorES.
(Fi,st quarter). ,f. noaTii+t

gqlq,i;qldfqrqar@{ nfr5egafra,i| fqeee, |

884
Also gnrS-d

.r{t5qrftil*

Adb. VII.

qfi qq r$r: di* qffnqqi) qfa r

{€qRfr*des:+itfi sfq{iqfi(rr
See notes under sloka 6, sultra. According to Yavana's vievr quol.edin lirihat jat:rlia, one or two planets in thcir. exaltation, one of them being in the Lagna and the Mclon in .dzqi (Krtakr) will create Rajayoga. l6 such Rajayogas are possible under the above co;nbination. cf . yalatl.n
-\--^r \ \ ^ \ \ \ A qfll8riTg ?l,{TdqHerT €Ql5r{ {liltr \ ^ qrsil tlqr{I: Fg: 1l

(Lattn

halJ.)

Ordinarily 3 cir four planets in their ex?iltationwi11,it is said, make a personborn in a Royal family a King. F'ive or more planets in exaltation will make any persona King. r../. ga-.nwfqg.

Hrqq(agr'{qt €lqF,tlq{{n: I Jq' eFq*r;qiaqritsfQ qnq' tl
But there are other special combinations under which 3, 4, 5 or more planets may not be in their e.raltation signs and yet the person born attains royalty. .lhe iruthor deals with several such exceptions to the said orrlinary yogas handed down by tradition which are difilcult to be observed except by nren of extraordinary talents.

n

n

C:\

^f'

C

\

\n

t{ +qqqttilf g{wni 'ra iisafker

qrqJ sflqi fr{rwgi gsrifi'ti}rt
ffirqFrtf\isftqqoi

qrren,rR il fimRflqqr sfr qdqrds:I
ilsrrsenr il{rqi u qt tl

Sloha 11. If all the beneficplanets be in the scqq (Upachaya) (3rd, dth, 10th and l1th) placesand the malefic one$in rhe lst or the 10th bhava, the person born will be a cruel king quelling his numerousfoes. If the Sun in conjunction with the Moon and in the Tth bhava occupy the exaltation and other Varga positionE while benefic and malefic planetsaspect themr a king or

SI, 12

eg*sqrqr

386

a king's equal of a very fickle disposition, will come into the world
Notrs, A manuscript copyreads first quarter follows: the as

g{ q}qlqft,:titr:6i4qqry: *rqr ftowfFqar, t
Probably this is the correct reading. The translation will then be, " If all the n.ralefic planets be in the irq--rf (Upachaya) housesa'd the beneficones in the lst or the lOth bhava, the person born will be a cruel king quelling his numerousfoes." 'fhe author desiresthat malefics should be in the e{"< (Upachaya places e.tce tili'ng !hc l0tl: :rs the undermentionedquotation from ql'oFq-ilil;[ rnal<es clear. it

Hfiofrrqwra fiqJeqt<gqqrcrrqfrpqrramor, t
eTRqilTqau{irT: rqil fqqqi qq{t q{qrgq: tl
(Lattct half). ol. HRFT6T

drqcaelqQqaqumfr{flQa:
Fqacexai {FfiGFrt.tt't;Eqtrn: I

qg3T-{ qqnqafRdrsfi F€.qr ma

figel'i*rfn',ieft eq+siilq gn{r{ tl
" " I f p l a c e d i n a s i m i l a r p o s i r i o n , a . r .i n t h e T t h h o u s e , . ' h a s to be understood from .{';'Ri i.r the slolia previous to this in sRrs-dl (Saravali).

qrflqftaqqalqqi qrrt

fr+fhtfiwqs6u*maf r
gfMgiln

{tqt?qilqfr gkufr wrorn lR tl
Sloha L2. If, at the bir.h of a person,Mars occupy Dhanus,Mesha or Simha identical with the Lagna, and be aspected by a friendly planet, he will rule over a kingdom won by his own nrowess. If the Sun, the 49

Gq;rfrqr

mnwREt*

Adh.vII.

Moon and Jupiter be in the 3rd, the 9th and the 5th bhavas and have strength, the person born will be a king comparable with the God Kubera in respectto his rvealth' NorBs.
(First hatf). c/. q-d{k*,r

,Iufit qsqfr fiqfoee, rr qlwAqq$qlq€ffflF,it
(Latlct half .) ef . Slaka 49 inf ra. Also €rrr4df

rnq fiafrrr+qnl' qaqqqqqfrwt r qG qqfA {IqT dqT sirc"q} qtqfd u

il{ qfi wqfr rfrr ar( 56r qgqnqrt enrfrarqisft

( tro.o{Erq t.qrd
trnqAqrMll tl ll
Slofrrr1-1. If at a birth, a planet be in its depression and if the lord of the sign occupiedby the planet or the lord of its exaltation sign be in a Kendra position in respectto the Moon's place or the Lagna, the person born will be a king and a just ruler. cf. q-o.f,.rfrr+r

qi+,] dtqrln<4rTqfqq<gal: 1 t"| qq fl g q{Eiii flI{K}$Toq;qifa: tt

fresrqqr alq fiefA q<qTf}{du(rqlqt 1;(Tfriqfc.{iqqs fiilrslaarqritsrqr t

*-t fisft i.rqffiqq, iqrq*,qiif zil
qftrits'qqatqrqf:(d,iq<qlqriiqrrqq t( II .iii q<s 'ii*qtrT] AGaqq il r gv: *"qrq$e+;rriT uirr{<Fqn;ti

$1.t4-t6
Also qRffilrfisr

qgqlsqrq:

387

tq Qqt flq'lq qqrd<frq(adiagaarr: 1

+--dftqil qqa' il xgnl1ffiil .pftnrnn rr
Also nqlrlfsarq0r

+Tt r-qqrqrtRitqfleiusgtr qrrrqiliil* qrsfq ttqtrfr qiat: tt

ffiertaqturfi ffit

qr ffiHt qcl€t{r€qPqt qrq wrdqatqRrRqrsisEEru tB tl
Sloho 14. If the lord of the Navamsaoccupied by planet at a birth be in a Kendra or Trikona a depresaed position and if the e-sos (Janmalagna) a moveable be sign or if the lord of gbs cTelroa (Janmalagna), i.e. the lst bhava be in a Navamsa owned by a moveablesign, the peroon born will be a king or possessgreat power. aI. eeliftqdrqft

*ttqqr flUt qQ q'qo* r

f,tqftqaiaql{FE };qffiqq; 1 fra: q{o} nqlt A qrkrq} Til rri{ '1 qnqnrfr q(nHG qrtrqilitsqil

dqe*gEqEfrrsqttrqrifirqi rrt( r oil dqut Wqtgft r-* qnq{t Grt'fffiqFEt q{t qfl uqrilnrfr rr+{ ll t\ ll
Bloha L5. When the lord of the lOth bhavais in the 8th, occupyinga Navamsaownedby its exaltation sign, its own uftr (Rasi) or a friendly rrr?r (Rasi),or has attaineda cnrrain (Paravathamsa), personborn will the be a king of kings. If Jupiterbe depressed the Lagna in

crcs-riftlte

A&. VII.

of the 8rh bhava (64th frum ihe Lagna)bc that of a rriir (Rasi) owned by the maref orr"ner in ic question, under this yoga also will be born a king of kings.

",.j!.att the Navamsa

dqe 6qq\ ai'r sat'qofisEErirrcst

iirt oaqfi a ft"fqilg{iutrqi q+( | qrrtaaTnqiti ffiqt {-gR{t {r ?qi et Er{rfti g}-qgrun r nqiiqr n I q fl gh
St.oka16. \l/iren Jupiter, being rhe lord of the rising sign, occupiesthe r2rh bhava and when saturn, the lord of thc 3rd bhavais in thc r2th prace in respecr to Jupiter or when the Sun occupiesthe ltth bhava from th,: Lagna, the personborn will be a king of kings. If the iord of the Navamsaoccupied by cherord of the 9rh bhavabe in the 5th or the tih bhava,a king into the world. If Mercury be in conjunction ""r., with or aspecrei by ,iupiter, the person born will be a king.s favorite. Nores' r/.- qqi{f-{or,{r?r

gil "r4 rql art nal qrfinqrfqq r uq} fiard {rq{l;ir gii q4ar:rr
irrrqlfitqlrqrgsi{iilfqna} g& r gzruraqt qrsRZqhts) qqat, rt
qT-t Sloka. ( D l r ^ r , u r .l a g n a ) s a l j s f i c s t l r e c o r r t l i t i o n s of llre above

rrFitqfttfkt {rffi *.{rQ+ {W ildfr qreqqfr SERi ar.dfut r nmq,il

sl. t7-I8

€8*rs4rq:

389

*.i n qfaffi GSt {urffioffi oriri'q ilttfti qogt{qrswflq+(n ?stl
Sloko 17. If Iupiter be in the rising sign and Mercurv occupyinga Kcndre bc aspected thelord of by the 9th bhava, rhe person born will be on a footing of eilualirywith kings. when sarurnin stre*gth o..uf,i., the {sfrq'rsr (lr4oolatrik''a) or exaltation ,ign h"pp.ning to be identical with l Kcndra .r Trikona anti is urp..r, ed by rhe lord of the llrh bhava; rr.der this yoga also, will the personborn be on a par with sover"ignsof the earth. ef. e-{i'i?rorqft

o* gil gt h"| {FqiT+rflf6t r sH -{rfE zqge*q+at,tr €e}

o* ffi

Ssq{rrt ftmwst ilqTsQrEr I ilirrqr

gt s€.r+ sffd qFii

ftr"tqqls {qft€lii {wrfttrq&q: f c tl ft
Sloka 18. When the Moon is in the rising sign, Jtrpiter in the 4th, venus in the 10th, and satu.r"in lhe exaltation or sRq (swakshetra), the person born will be eithcr a king or equalto a king. When benefic planets are in the l2th, the llth, the lst, the Znd,the 3rd and the lOth bhavas,rhe person born wiil be like a sovereignand in great favor with kings of kings. ' cl. qqifilr-arqiir

a* q-esil nie+ttr\ TuffEiI
qt qqa{:tl Filqga+Rqt ?qged|

390

ltlrclRr|t

Adh. VIL

qqrinrei fi:qoaFffi€reqq r qerRgFn?.n}*qrzqgeq] r{qat' u

qt *qqq.trrr€Sililqtqr{c{gfr

trfr {dFrorrrttRst qrqrftiiltfr

{ri drtr€e{rqffit tteftq6sq3 1

iltt qfr dffii'sqhraaq) qaqtt?qll

Sloha L9. When Saturn is in strengtb and has attainedsqsEd (Uttamavarga, when Jupiter occupiesa one,and when the Sun Navamsaother than a depression by is in a benefic Navamsa and is aspected benefic pla, nets, the person born will be in the good gracesof a king and equalto him If Rahu be in the 10th bhava, if Saturn occupying the llth be aspected by the lord of the 9th bhava, and if the lord of the rising sign be un, associated with a depressed planet, the person boro under this yoga will be like a lord of the earrh. cf. ssirft?'ilft

wi rrd '{A=qtqlTqqltn fligt r qi( elt fiqQt qrghzgr+it ll

{qsil ftfrqAftqn wi{t qilq?nqgilr t
sdffirr{TwFEil qr qnqfrqtfM ll Ro lr
Sloha 20. If two, three or four planetsin deprecsion occupy benefic shahtyamsa(eu.in) or 60th portions or Navamsasof their severalexaltation signsat the time of birth of a person, he wiil be a lord of the earth eminently just and virtuous. cl. ssl{fr-mqft

a* qr * eq] qrsftqFqliiflqflTdt: r {ltluritsgtr: Qfi il q{rqft: ll

sl. 21

sFrilstqrq:

891

onis$gilftfi graErqrqrt=frqt

qr{r{N|ETurrqfr = *qqs;ffitfuel q'ffiqqil"rrft qdqtrffiqfiffi

t

qril qnqwtihtgft q-6dqr{rf!rq!Rt tl tt

-fhe Sloka 27. following are the three yogasunder person born becomeawealthy. In any one of which a the first yogar the lords of the 10th and the 9th bhavas counted from the Lagna are in conjunction and aseocia ted with the lord of the 2nd bhava; in the 2nd yoga, the lords of the 10th and the 9th, reckoned from grr (Subha), i e. the lords of the 6th and the 5th bhavas from the Lagna occupy each a sign owned by the other and are asgociatedwith traqfh(Dhanapathij i.e. the lord of the 2nd bhava; in the 3rd yoga, tbe lords of the 10th, from the 10th, i.e. the lords and the 9th bhava calculated of the ?th and the 6th bhavas from the Lagna occupy with qtcft mutuallyaspectingKendrasand are associated (Dhanapati). If the severalpairs of planets mentioned above be aspected or associatedwith the lord or the karaka(orro) of the 4th bhava, the person born under each of the several resulting yogas will have at his command much wealth and many vehicles. Norrs.
The first 3 quartersof thrs sloka are also capable of beine i n t e r p r e t e dt h u s : " If the lords of (t) tfre l0 and 9th houses ounted from the c (Z) the lOth and 9th houses counted fronr the 9th house Lagrn, and (3) the l0 and 9th houses reckoned from the lOth housebe in conjunction, occupy each a sign orvnedby the other, or occupy mutually aspecting Kendras, or be associated(at the same time) ithw the lord of the secondhouse, the personborn will be wealthy."

39rl
af. qoqtft+r

{tcTniilti

Adh. VII.

+iril qq{trdqqrrfir* q"qe'i}uafR a}: ry1q1' ,, 1ft
Out of the I 2 yogas causedby the relationship of the lords of any two successive housesout of the l2 ones, our author describes here the 3 Raiayogas. The 12 yogirsarc : ( t ) o t . Tb y t h c r e l a t i o n s h r p f t h e l o r d s o f t h e l s t & Z n d h o u s e s o (z) r1q.1eT do 2 n d& 3 r d , , (3)-r'nr+, do 3rd & 4th ,, (+) 3rqro{ ,lth & 5th ,, do (5) <mor a* do 5tr&6th ,, {o) <rcf,.I do 6th & 7th t, (7) icqrzla: do 7th & Sth ,r (g) ..Trq-qql do 8th & 9th ,, ( ) t hc t l O t h {o) .6o1n do ,, (lo) {iirr"r{ dcr l O t h& l l t h , , (l l)'dur;Tq{ do I lth & I2th ,, (tz) firrnt do l2th .t I st ,)
cl. qlat{

aMB+egflr+n} qdqa,il fegdT r dtd tfrqrrqr)rr BqI.q* qEqr+
qfdi tqoril q ft',qorfi dgaqqtr g6fi'6rr orqqlrrrdilqi]_cq 1{qfiq ll .fii rrq,iiq fqqrzfe{ r s{qTsqrcq
rTlrqr'{{ il{q}rt ilfii;wqaq'{{ ll

fqnqrfialqlt qlqr q s,i,ar FTdr:tl
T h e r e l a t i o n s h i p e t r v e e n l a n e t si s o f f o r - rk i n d s : p b r l. 2. 3. 4. E A t : hc , n co c c u p y i n gt h e o t h e r ' sh , r g 5 s , K e n c l r a r K o n a , o .l3oth 1;iauetsaspectingeach other. Any one <-rf two planetsaspectingthe other. the Both planets occupying the sarnehouseor Varga, etc.

sl, 2I
,f . rRtlr(

€uqtsnlr.l3

393

sqq: PeT;ffpq=q] elsq6 fd,ftq*' t

U,itqd+ii aG:frqil*a =qtt: tt ..1-qtq*aw rl t,t ngare-aif r ftq.t qEr qmfhilfl*il qrsfti*,qfiqn] rl
The association of the lords of the Kendra and Kona olaces is capable of producing Rajayogas.

cl.

onat-qi:{di

taR+)qqna: sfih
Also

q{Fq{qI

$twordfeirqnzqrq{d: II

frft}"rfrqdt{"}sq-* }q *qEq.r qqqG iilqa( tt +qrf iisfrqfuq] s
Also KT{I?

ennd: gqqtqTfh rqq'tqrfim qrq t

qqrurt purattr rrfirr&qnrcsoq tt
q.e1 d{:pq141q,i} c;elqhii fq{qa' t wn4;qiieel qrndGt il-qqE tl q:r $-dtft ffgd il qrsRflqflsq} |

{rqifiq'it qrd uq qqfafqPrnq rr
qldtt<qT qri qriv} a6{ fF,rn:t

gRuvf{vn'qi eriiqeq {r;qurt tl G
gtrrfirrgQilofrqlqT qqTqdqflgdrir( | Z,iitariRE qiiun@:ertqgi aqtfifilr-euo:rr

g€nqlfqql qfleqrtq ngil | *q qiiaprqTgml arnllR( {rFqrrtq ll

gia') q{qnga*e*qi.qrfQ fie'q r gil ryJ

il1""", "____ _ _,_ " _ _ :yg: """__""",jg: J_l' "", _
qeqtfEqfigh qrnlrftqilFrtrnqu

q{rqrige++ uungtr Eqt

qntJtseat qfr gQsrer erqr-*qrftfrs] u-*qcn: tt finrqlq Eqiqtqqt sriiBilfrn r

'

gql dgq+ rmr qdt qr aFflqlsR rt Er ffq: qfi +fia-d qrqsfQ qfrq.r,t

rt {*m;} aa:gh 6,i1}arqrrt+r1
qdt goqqrii qnqqaalfrqrqq{

aqrqr'qprrt,{qftqntilsfl rfirq t
ail rdq-61qofiflquaqqqt-

qwftrrq:tt fiq.ii fia<rfiqqqqq
q{r guqqnl qnqqqi goq{* q-qii+qlqhil qqfAt{GqTiqqit r

sgqrn +'iftf{qqrrq} tRqad qgrqlasR\qft qtnnr.itfr qifq 1 1 qil il-q€irl aawga*ris{,rai qorrrdt qs qqqfts frt nG{: I qaqfll{orfr flqr inr-qrerfi egffi qqqfr' lt grsrctqonrq€{oqrcil
In these cases it is not very nccessary tbat the lords of the Kendras and Kcnas should be two difierent planets. One planet may be the 1orclof two Kendras or a Kendra and a Kona and yet a good result will be produced though not to the same extent as when they are owned by two separate planets.

cf. sta-Tqr?4+r

*oqflr,TqrfEq'irt+l *,iiq+lr*t,r q-qfimrqqfiil qfi {iq=q} frgn: tt

sl" 22

sffi5sqzt:

395

r*g qRq1&futg rrqrfq{rq}sfho6ft! | Rn( qei\frqffir srm qiqd'rqqt{r qRtl s+iqt: n
SIcha 77. Vhen six planctsarc in their exaltation, the person born will be a liing of kinqs ruling over the whoie earth. When five planetsoccuDytheir exaltation signs anciJupiter is in the Lagna, the personborn will rule all rnenand all lands. c/. qdrtfi,rrcrft Norps'

q"^luiinaqqf"s\: qi4tqrf;tirit qfq'rqd t sqfFqt: qafq{a{rnr flrqtftqlt qi{ii i.rail-n
Also nlfl{lil{ol

;r{a(r: qa fiitqqr,tr qs qq+ q qri,*q: tt E
The authr.,r suggests tlrc infercrr,:i. 1l'tt, rn tht: c.se c,i Ilve p l a n e t s i n e x a l t a t i o ' , c r n eo f t h e r ' * ' s r irc irr the L;rgna, and tliat preferably Jupiter. In the r:asr:of :,i:.: r |1;Llrrr:; n er:lltatr,n, it is n o t n e c e s s i l r y t h a t o n e o [ t h e r r rs h o u l t l i r r : r i r t ] r e L a q n a . O n e , t w o , t h r e e o r f o u r p l a n e t s i n e x a l t a t i o n r r l , , : , , l _ .n , . r tr r r l l i e a p e r s o l r f r ordirrary biri.lr zi liing. cf. .!i1r.t:

{rE,lfia.{T,t*t {i-ltq':I SfGq,cFe{Tqt FdaFqoftqlq-isr' ei fiaq1; 11
Also 1 4 q q 11 1 q a { .

iafqkauftEt"jrqi-;ifciir'' I ?q:q.qelrqitqtrisfi wrar'11
All the works on astrclogy are unaniri.rous in the al;ove view" According to Yavana and others, three or four rnelefic planets in their exait:rtion makes the Iirng cruel. t'1.

6: {{tllkl

glq: m{Iiq'[;qKqrs--qqlI

sTn+{ii fi+r, g}'q +&qrqrgdqn: tt

3 r/6

|IirucrRilt

Adb" vrr.

Also qttrq

qt\: qtqqfi:FTl( ela'rt'i'iqicqidd: r ;qrfir}f{aqfi: gr:fiiiy ar*i rga: 11
{dsnliTd
o \ \ ^c erg,{l{i:qgn.i: xt: firqfii{tqR: t .\ dlg o qlqndq'qd freftq: qqTqtll

From the above, it is also clear that benefic plauets in eralta_ tion make the king virtuous and that if the planets in exaltation which go to raise him to kingship be both malefic and benefic. he will be of a mixed nature. (Jeevasarrna) adds that malefics in exaltation do noi- bestow royalty on the persor) born under their auspices; he will be wealthy and at the same time cruel, angry and quarrelsorne. r {. And {iqaqi

qr\aqrrlelarq qqf:i .Z{i {tT: r

1fuqfa-rrf:ffiiFi frfiq, fio(fiql: tl Fg:
I t s h o u l d h e r e b e n o t e d - t r r a tt h e s ea r e n o t h o w e v e r a c c e p t e d as Rajayogas by Varahar'rihira. Accorcling to hinr, if three o.nore planets occup).' their exaltation or their own signs and area! thc sarnt lt,ne I t ite ltt one a.n,theyt the persons born become kin,{s if tlrel' b.long to a royal f:rrnill'. If there are 5 or nrore such planets, perso.s th.,ugh born i' ordinarl, famiries (other than royal) becorne i r r n g s . T h o s e i n r v h r ; s en a t i v i t i e s s u c h p l a n e t s a r e l e s s than 5 will be possessedwith wealth, but will not be kings. ,/. g{-qfild

seeil.rr,ri'rlarqr;'{r}iidlinar tFar: I eqrQfilrqirqi6r Siffagar a 1frlw: 11
Also og;rRT{

Bqqftffijr,ia.rei qqFd {rnn; I qqrfrfiit;s$olqera aa{ilrqrff : n
Vidc also E{.rnRFfi'VII-8 and XI-13 and my notes thercon.

sl. 23-24

sErTr$qr|t:

397

qr( q{qdtqfrr | dr+iqtr tfti u$rqq& qafitr

n hiiEqAqR q-qgi dr{'ri iqgft Tqro! Rl tl

Stoha 23. When Saturnis in *c (Kunbha) iden, tical with the Laqnaand whcn four planets occupy their is exaltation signs,an emperor born. When *e (Mesha) occupiedby Mercury is the rising sign and Jupiter is in the exaltationsign, a ruler o[ men comesinto existence.

q* sqiqqGqR qqfh'tqr( {tsftErcq{qft fhfrarqur |
gsrat(ffi(t{( F{sttqTrTtiTa\ \ A A \

{"rtssg1-6 ilqru(wrqrlqq ll R8 ll
Sloka 74. If the Moon occupying the rising sign qeir (Vrishabha)be aspecredby the remaining six pla. nets,the personborn will bocome king at an early age. If one planet be in the exaltationsign while the rest are in their own or friendly signs,thc yoga will secure to personborn irnder it, a portion o[ thc gooJ thinga the of life such as it is the good fortune of kings to have. Nores.
(First half ). supru. Also +11{l{,4 c ' f . t h e l a t t e r h a l f o f s l o l ; a6 2 i n A < l h 1 ' a y al , I

\

\A

Sg{wae;g ieqd qq-d qG qasttd: q{qfi aq}qqrfir qrqFfl] \q gqqqqqftP:r: n rqfd qgqqtq:mri*q: gtq, tt
Also toiiitqt

qqqdt-$€q{frqrqqftqrmq

ftqnqEfifrftilqqofirFnqre);qo: I

398

cntscrftcrt

Adh.vrr.

G€rq +ertgRltniuFa: ag*i afi egeaudr qqqftfiqralFqaq z,i rr

qftgii-(gfr Wrorr Erffi ErqR g.fi,riir nCtUitriuneitghrtolqr} rrfirfi fkdirr p R\ tl
Sloht 25. When Jupiter in conjunction with Mars and the Moon occupies eritrq IVargottama, a aiee I,34) or a gcai:tr(Pushkaramsa,z,idc Adhyaya1 Sl 38) the person born is a king. Wtren thc full Moon aspected benef planetsis in tlie l0th bhava, a ruler by ic e.rrthhashis birch under the yoga. of the

g€fm${q;i vtrr q;(qfr qit (g'J{qri qi\i irrTfirrrT{ | qqg€qffiQ rrrggi il: <IT( etftrrwogilf €{i{qrsq;rrf il lq ll
S l o h o 2 6 . W h e n t h e M o r n i n c o n . ; u n c t i ow r t h n ugu (Dhanus.), |upiter and Vcnus occupies Mercury is in Lagna,Mars in e;;rr (Kanya) and Saturnoccupying the the 4th bhava rs in Tr+{lN4akara), p.rson born will che b e a m i g h t y k i n g h e l d i n h i g h r e g a r db y a l l o t h c r k i n g s . ifi;qilTrTFlS{qHqqrfia{:

fl rff glTrrrgtflgg(trTro! |

\

\

*

\C

diqifi q'ftrfiqqtn+t {or& '
\"\ \

n \ \ ;ftql: ll Re ll €|F{ sq {rifgif EIaTT

Slokt 27 Tir,: pcrst-rnat whose birth lr.4ercury, the Mocn, Mars, jupiterand Saturnoccupywn(Kanya), fra (Meenr), icEa (Mithuna), ugc (Dhanus) and rr.D' (Makrra,lrespe:tivelywill bccomeking" Arrotheryoga leadirr;i kingly iortune is wh:n .the full Moon wirh m

sl. 28

e8frsEqrq:

999

abundant strength occupieswir (Meena) identical with the rising aign and when Mars and Saturn are in qlt (Makara) and 6q (Kumbha) respectively. Norrs.
(First half ). In this yoga, the rising sign must be q{( kara). c/. gqsna-+ (Ma-

€t qt o* ntqftgqd-qqqt,
{I{Ir$Tq: (atrif: gggEqil: g{orilii: I
Also emildl

\

qt qt ui gg'.qaqFgar frflq<qI ffqt flffir gqiH;fttFt: $dqq: I

fFqitarqi*'q] qgfr g(F{t il< rtq
f,qrqrd) {q: gufrHr{: ql8rrfRqr ll

(Second l*tf ).

c/. tRta.li

3a.qf),fii ilfflfc qi-q: sao+era: firf?1gd I si qqqfi{irrl E{l{td(Qf, qeqr} erfqqfi{gi rt

tt{re{Trrffi;Erqrar qr{rrErffrwrer ll Rdll rtttl
Sloha 28. The person at whose birth the rising sign wct (Makara) is cccupied by Mars and czr (Kataka

$I'iEqt qGWqri $aftrtq-fift ftftrn r

crdr|rtlitr

Adh. vrl.

by the Moon becomesa king. Again when Maru, the $un, and Jupiter occupy iespectively wor (Makara), *l (Mesha) and iirr (Kumbha),the person born is a krng. (First hqlf ). c/. qr,r{6.

qqrskFWiusqrrf{flfqom, Oi Ael q q|?it r ttcr dEIa3flrrytri1 iqrtfabq{rdtgqrt: tl

onrf{\6qgi qR Krfqd

qritqqirr€Gilr Wgnqhr:

gs{e{W€ffi g nsil|

qrfl r hrqqqilq.rilT qt{r tt Rq tl

Sloku 29. If the full Moon in conjunction with a planet other than the lord of the Lagna be aspected by Venue, Mercury and Jupiter, the person born will be a king. Again, if Jupiter, Venus and Mars occupy ctrvItn (Vargottamamsa)and malefic planets be not in Kendra houses, the personborn uncrerthis yoga becomes a ruler of men. c/. €racor

flilti fivuf@t{r: };qftqnr a} grlwgarar freerqirnGq,fitil, ${l-d trfl: qs{ straT: tl

frif{is AAogw qt
orrftt q{{i ftrqRri Er
qEtq:I dFqdqurgirs,'c+ urr gqrsrgf gtqfiq6; ar( il Qo11

S/oAa SrJ. When all the planers occupy ftTqo (Seerehodaya) cigna and when the Moon o..rrpyirg eao (Kataka) is aspectedby benefic planets, th" p"i*on born is a king. Again when the lori of the risiig oign

s, 31

s$*$rtrq;

401

occupiesthe 9th or the 10th bhava and when the Moon is in the Lagna, the person born will be a ruler of the earth. c/. qnrs.€R

qiifrqqFgq{I; RqRI q'tqfiqq aqf qlTng:t

nl.tftiiis{ir*

Fo} qq1-qql raqaraxnrh. n

qrnd rrrEt{ ffiqfrwr€*q il{rFtq\

oi rrggisiaqt{qfa( q \f,;r;ffuI <ili q*eiw{t fkirfMtr {rrwq qr},i qqr{
qlqn q'drm?rr lt tl n ilTaqqqF( nq RqEi

Stoka 37. The Sun has traversedthe first hali of egt (Dhanus),the Moon is just tirerd; Saturn possesied of much power is in the Lagnaand Mars is in the exal, tation sign : If this be the planetary position ar a person's birth, he will grow into sucha mighty king that his enemies, overwheimed by his fiery valour will do homage to him from afar, regarding him rvith awe and giving up all idea of measuringtheir strengthwith him in battle. Nores.
cf. This as well as the two succeeding slokas are from tn<f+&. gt-drtrf

of g*s}'dtfidqqqolrq rgfr:
c/. Also rm<{Rr

orFt qlqq:d W-alhlie.it: t {{{Fq: sq: SqlaqFqfa+rq{ 1l
qgQrqt q{ wd ;TftTI: I $n:
51

Q{rqlsrrc-q

qftitq nqrra sqlvr.ri n* rr

4ry1
in a quadruped sign.

qrtrt$Rqa

Adh. vn.

His own as well as his exaltation signs are quadruped ones. 'l'he second half of qgi{ (Dhanus) is also a both quadruped sign and the Sun is stronger there than in the first half.

sqqqw{d q-qq}rrel q;(r( gqr&iqqiir hqqrilq drqu t esoiroRgfir t q qrni\rildrr

qrrfgeiq$r il it ll € qEfr;rtrnQrt
Sloku 32. When the lord of the Lagna occupies an sqszr(Upachaya)placein respectto the Moon, when the benelic pldnetr occupying Kendra positions are in beneficNavamsas, and when the malefic planetshave no strength at all, the person born will be a kirrg equal in might to Indra (the ruler of the immortals).

sqrfrsdirfrar fi*\ir q{ mftw{fr qq q.frr I ( qtrfrUu{i qfiqftru*e*tq{r\ rril rr tgaqurl

SloA,r 3il. If, at the birth of a person, the Sun be about to go to the exaltationpoint, the Moon be in s&e (Swakshetra) and Jupiteroccupy oao (Kataka), person the born will hold sway over a region teeming with many gemsand precious$tones.

qq frshi rGwq]fi Er
eqt{saTrGgnrtrrqTtr fr{HftI Eatqqg|gqrrr $iF( ftnofqElueiarq n iB fl
Sloka 34. If, at a person's birth, the Sun in a Tri, kona poaition be in the qgH.rur (Moola Trikona) qr exaltation sign and if the Sun, Venus and N{ercury, being respectivelyin the 3rd, the 6th and tbe gth bhavas from the M<.ron, occupy Navamsas belonging to them

El. 86-86

sa*srqrq:

408

severally, they makethe per$on born a king who wilf guardhia kingdomjust as a cowherdguards kine. his
Nores.
The following is the yoga given in qltt+ii for the same effe:l

qfiiqeq: eRfrqrtsfiqrwifrrsrqr: ftrfi1q-{r: I
q-dq uif:c qlrrofrqfhdtnt tt eftqqgrqrrdrq

tffirgqshqTfr fr*i{rs0.* q ftg.rrrfufi,'Trttf t dtir

q rr{Fd Trg{i {qftr qr( {{rt qqqqqofr*! iiptr te tgr n 1\ tl

SloAa 35. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Venus be in the 10th bhava occupying friendly Navam, aasin a sign which is not owned by an enemy and where they neither becomeinvisible nor depressed, the persol)born under this yoga develops into a great king in whose royal progresa,the dust is laiJ by the ruttish flow exuding from elepharrts composinghis train. Norss.
This as well as the next four slokasare taken from grn4d. The yoga menbioned this stoka is applicable only to persons in born in the royal family.

qefi I {qRfd e1r'qUqrCxir

qfr'gq1qqrfrf\ftftQql I {+*-* qR wReteil
wffIrqtqfrtqur{qt I lE tl

Slotrr 36. If, at the birth of a person,Mars occupy in strength the exaltationsign and be aspected the by Sun, the Moon and Jupiter, that personthough low,born will become an illustrious ruler of men, capable of protecting the whole earth.

404

fiftnftflt

Adh. VII

fiqrt {rnf*r.qitt q{rrifr g"{hrr* iitrsur nlrgtl
Sloha 37. The person at whose birth Mercury is in tht: rising sign, Jupiter in the Tth bhava, the Moon with unclouded radia'ce in +'a+(Kataka) represe:nting the 4th bhavaand che planet Venus occupies the 10th bhava,this person is destinedto rule the earth in health and without any disturbance.
Norps" In {{Gwfil*, g{aCtTtqq anri other worl<s, the yoga is declared to result from the following combination. Mercury in Kanya identical with the Lagna, Jupiter and the l\{oon in the 7th house therefrom (d.e.I\[eena),Venus in the lOth (i.e, Mithuna) and Mars and Saturn in the 5th (i.e.;n Makara). c/. gasila+.

gqiqtwqt e{wil qt w-drt r s€diftsqe

diqffr'r g) o), q,il lTiurrfhh r
Alsoq6enrqm€ mqrqdmT gq: qri ffuqir n} I

sqtisit fimarq {rql q;qrH}:gt tl

q;i nqli ftrt figart r qrJii rr qmtqnrifrilqrFqdi: sfq{iqfAq r

gqlqeilq *'q gqq.d n1f|ryq 11
+dri gr"{(i{r'iisqiin the text arrpears therefore to be an error.

iu""o.

sL 88-42

g8*sscr'{:

408

{qHTo{tgtl srqgtlffirol5stsI qEirsft qni qnftqqitEqq. lc ll gtt ll
-S/ofa 38. The full lr,{oonpredorninantin strength is singly capableof making the person born under its a i n f l u e n c e v i c t o r i o u sk i n g .

(qf}{drI t{qr{i Fw{aiiqrdiur fiikmrfiq'soq.ll lq tl sftft EgrrriTrt
Sloha 39. Jupiter occupying the 2nd bhava in conjunction with Venus at the birth of a person will of makchim a lord of the earth cap,rble conqueringall e n e m is . e

rrrrthonr\ il(i{isft{r qf,rqftr Bo tl tt
Slr,ka 40. The personat whose birth the lord of the lst bhavais in a Kendra, thc lord of thc ttlth in the 4th, the lord of the 9th bhava in the llth, sucha person with long life. will becomea king and be blessed

t olir *;rtrfir0 qth efqqri{rt

t Gggwratq! e& qofr'frq.rr
taiqi sqiltqq il Bl tl u{ftqfUrir ilcTr
S/,,4'.r 41. lf Mercury with its rays obscuredby (Moola Trikona) and be in the Sun occupv its ao?adror qer (Swastha) $tate ( ritle Adhyaya 2 S/. 16), the the personborn will b,: a king excellingin his knowledge of every kind of learning. Other planets similarly placeddo not produccthis effect.

q.tq. sltfr gwrftrafr qtrqm t

o*rEtq tqrir qR nqTq t{qr u 81 tl
birth, the Sun and lv{er, Slok,t 47. If, at a person's cury occupy the 4th bhava, Saturn and the Moon, the

ilruTlTrftqe

Adh.vrl

10th and Marsthe lst, the person born will undoubtedly become king a

sqrqt gt qrd il*sft sf}rfiqft.u Bl tl
Sloka 43. Even a baseborn man becomes a king if at his birth the Sun occupy in the rising sign lfr€ (Sinha) a Navamsa other tlran what belongsto Venus, and if Mercury be in *qr tKanya).

ftt RErsirEt silirrsfrEGt r

qngM

qTni dttd ge-dirQ (rwrrit'qit u BBtl
Sloha 44. If Saturn and Mars be in the l0th, the 5th or the lst bhava and the full Moon be in a sign owned by Jupiter, the person born is to become kinq. a

qft {r qqr{frgdr r

rd Roaftqfrq ffi qqt"qit Sai rfltrrr{| tt.qr€t qG f,rq{t qrfrsftilsil {rqFqil}{r ft B\ tl
S/oAa 45. The lord of the rising aign occupying a Kendra in strength secures royal fortune to the person bcrn under the yoga. If the lord of the Lagnabe aspect, ed by a friendly planet, the person concerned even if low born will either be a king or a higher personage worshipped and veneratedby kings.
cf , €Klq-di

hoi liorqpr: g€ft{\?ifhiii fir}' r q uwfFqt *+ rlqfifi( qrqhsrq: rl

qatr&qr q'rqqt

ffi TG $Fr€r.r1{ qftmu f
{flr! il eq tl

SloAa .t6. Ir the lord of the rising sign occupying the exaltation sign aspectthe Moon, the person-bori

s\.41-4s

sEc}ssrrq:

$

under the yoga cannot but becomea leadingking in the world subduing millions of his foes by means of hie tnfantry and cavalry. armedforcesconsistingof elephanto, cf . srnoJ

oailtqfi: qJi qrq-gqorcan g,r( r 14
qgrlqo(qqeN: qQrfi'{q{ll qrfqafaqqr

or frilq *-qSq'i qolwrfutr
guqrqhdetqrdT qaEKf 8e ll ll flcTr
Sloku 47. When the Mobn in full strengthoccu, by pies a Kendra other than the Lagna and is aspected Jupiter and Venus, the personborn will be a king. Norss.
See notes on sloka I sultro,

otir t;qqnrt fr{qFtti frat t

qr;qftgi (rqrqr{frfr {i"qft ll 8z ll

\loho 48. When the lord of the rising sign occunor pying a *-qrna (Kendra bhava) is not depressed, nor in an inimicalhouse, nor in by obscured the Sun, conjunction with another planet ; the person born will be an emperor'
cf . irF{fqFo

qgfQerqdi qE erq) {dgd: fto +.oz*rilsR t il qfrilft dqr qq qqqiq q fiqfifrewq. tl eTfard

grq;(Rililer!

gf,itfiq{qn

t

iltr qG {{tqtorgiwqfiffirt ll Bq lt
Sloha 49. If, at the time of a perlon's birth, Jupiter, the Moon and the Sun occupy the 5th, the 3rd and the fth bhavae,the person born will be a king as rich ac Kubera"

408

ltiNrfrlte

Adh. vrr.

Nores Cf , the latter balf of sloka 12,supra.

s'{ri{t {r Ugt aqqfut
g\qgd'tqftl {srqt ll \o ll
in S/oAo 5Ll. Whe n the Sun occupies strengththc rising sign Dhanus; when Mars in conjunction with the Moon is in the l0th bhava and whcn Venus is in to the l lth or the 12th ; a king comparable the lord of the immortalscomes into the world.

ilqW {Fdft{qrst q€igi q{qi u{tdfi |

t tiaqsrRqrf flqr wqqsgqEtfkol
ilsil iriNitfqei sq€qqqF(al il \l tl
S/oftrl 51. When malefic planets occupythe ,3rd, and the lord of the Lagnais the llth and the 6th bhav.rs planets; the person born will be a by ic aspected benef strong energeticking extolled by all people. cf snr4dl

orq qnlqqt qfi qnt q;qsFr U{dEr:I qqfi nErq{fr{r, flq<ZqqFEd: flrg: il

€rt{qt qftrfrqrqrgi r ufr eqlqmqisqqr-s.i Rqrd\ wqt q{tnil

Sloha t2. Mars occupies in stregrgth the gth or the lith rieing sign Makara, Saturn is in the bhavaand the Sun in conjunction with the Moon is in tbe 7th bhava,the person born will be a fickle,minded sovereign.

qtiqinqe-dqra$r n \R tl uiq 'When

-" li:i3:3"""""--""-S::: """""""-"",,"""--1'"' " "
,./ ff<r{6

qtqt aq(ql) qfFqt t fmd xftgt gftit nia\
Rqrfttqsqt ulgar (q) qo€qril zqfi, qqrqt ll

ur\ gt EIflt (qqq;(qr qif I qrfr tqgdr rtqt ftqfr qr *ralrriq tt \1 ll
S/oftc 53. If the Moon in conjunction with Saturn be in the llth, the 4th or the 10th bhava, the person born, if of a royai family, will becorne a king or a wealthy man equal in rank to a king.

qrddqqqm cgqfi q;i mrqrat

*-rqr guq{rnqti grrrfiqifrqil qrftr t olq' {sgitrm'torRqe} w?iquqrfudt qiq qrii'rsqf,rdl ll \? ll qR q--'{ftqorqfirit q-<r
Sloha 54. If, at a person's birth, the lord of the Lagna occupy an stTilq(Upachaya) place, the Moon the 9th bhava and the benefic planets occupying benefic Vargasin Kendra positions have sttength, the person born will be a king. If Jupiter and the M<;on be in Vrishabha, and the lord of the rising sign occupying a dror(Kona) be exempt from the aspect of Saturn and Mars, the personat whose birth this yoga obtains will becomea ruler of the earth. ( Lutter half). ct. sl(Fdi

qR qegit olt*t fialqq6 rra:I

s\ $qftg3'fugSfr sqqfi'qdt itf df tMisifl mR,igtnfrqr

h r*ft g z5' rttfll g$] enrfe$iruefi:
62

410

crfifcrftrt

Adh.vII.

qrftfiqflaertguT qlroini a ffi

ffi

fiqwffi$ffirrfrrftffirr

r
d tt \\ tl

SloAc 55. If, at a person's birth, the Sun be in Meenaand the Moon in Kataka, the personborn becomes a king. The planets one and all fail to bestow the royal fortune when aspectedby inimical or depressed planete.

Enaqfi gHsugwri iiT€es

q-qafr RuaRg€{a"qrfqfr

{grrlruiti Mrrrq iirqq t aug?rau\(f {txiflqdigtr \Q tr

Sloha 66. A single planet occupying his highert exaltationpoint and aspected friendly planetsprodu, by (or a leader of men), Such a planet though ces a king single wilI makethe personimmensely wealthy if lre be also associated with another friendly planet. But when planeteare in inimical or depression signs, the persons born under the inauspiciousyoga, are (t) without wealth, (2) without comfort, (3) without intellect, (4) sickly, (5) a{flicted with captivity, (6) involved in murdersand 1?) other equally wicked crimes (succes, sively as the number of the badly placed planets rise graduallyfrom 1 to 7).
Norts. This sloha is frorn F3rihatJataka. By the word fdz (Uitra) in fd+qiqtq (It{itrat,ogat), it is natural friendship iis.iq"T€ (Nisarga maitratva) that is meant and not the dt({Ifu{ (tatlatika). First half . The interpretation given above is what has been given by Bhattotpala, and in the face of it appearsas most unlikely. For, from a reference to Ilrihat Jataka XlX.I, it will be seenthat the Moon in Taurus aspectedby the Sun, Mars and Mercury produces no good eflects ; aide alsa XIII-I of the same work.

s|.67

qEgTSt"TTq:

+rl

The word gq'q: (Uchchagaha) haS been translated in the text as "occupying his highest exaltalion point." C/. ern-+rrftsnqqrk{ c(dlqisfrg€il e} qR qqrqfr: VII-tt Supra. May not the word iqa (Ivlitra) in fltse: (Mitradrishtaha) mean the Sun ? By the word rgq: (Uchchagaha) Varahamihira appears to imply Jupiter, Mars and Saturn. Mercury and Venus are not taken into considerationas these can never come in opposition to be aspectedby the Sun. This yoga is possible in the following way :(l) Mars in Makara and the Sun in Kataka. Q) Jupiter in Kataka and the Sun in Makara. (3) Saturnin Tula and the Sun in Mesha. The Sun thus in opposition to any one of these three planets i n e x a l t a t i o n t o g e t h e r w i t h a f r i e n d l y p l a n e t n r a k e st h e n a t i v e wealthy as well besides {r (Nripa a king or leader of men). It a is only such rich people that suffer from very longstandingdiseases s u c ha s d i a b e t e s p l e u r i s y ,e t c . , ( l , l r i h a t . i a t a k a X X I I I - Z - 9 ) , ,

qs{@q€q$*E+ tr* r qris z{ftii(rq gurqnrqtri\ \s tl rr
Sloko 57. When Saturn is in the rising sign iden, tical with Dhanus, Meena, Thula, Mesha, Makara,or Kumbha, the person born will bc a lord of men, hand, some, intelligent and wise, and will lead a town or a village.
Nortls. (iarga, as already pointed in ll-67 (p:rgc B2) srq)ra, has stated that Saturn in Thula, l)hanus or l\lleen:r identir:al rvith the Lagna 'I'he is capable of producing kingship. :ruthor says thaI Saturn in Mesha (though his depressi,rn sign) iclentical u'ith the risrng sign w i l l b e s t o w k i n g s h i p , ( n r a l e f l c i n d e p r c s s i o ni s n o t b a d ) . A s r e g a r d s Makara, .{til.tl{{q (.lataliabharana) say's:\c er{ltrllgddrnrail (qrflqt) qei: qt+q, fiqeqrqeqr tl

qtqiftqfriqdialafigt qqilftrqtqr: r

4t2

r|dftTlRqt

Adh. VIL

Saturn in Makara is therefore capable of conferring the appearance of royalty. As for Kumbha, Satyacharya has declared that sign Kumbha as ascendant is not auspicious, 'Ihe yavanas did not agree with the above view, but were of opinion that it is only the Kurnbha f)wadasarrrsas (in all lagnas) that are bad. This view has been supported bv (Srutakirti) but again opposed by ?afiiiil Vishnugupta iiqSt "/. €g

tlqr q qiRerGqtGqq fR 6qq"ui r bqfio* qrdtqqftar)g:€{r}6sns' ll
Also rra+lfr =

HiRfteqi gqBrsiqn] qil qdA I trrrl q rqr gfba: qffirilfi qkgw: tl

fiuolgs

offqd) q qtre* qqt: t O,rqrquqrtil qlq s{qi onqdFurTfissodr ll srd qzqlqretrfrqi qd d.fr{{rreilil0tT{ | q flqF$qfion) q;q;qil,it q aqrq, tt
\r

srtqrqfir q $r{eff {t{qR ge} q {FrtqTqqil q-{Fat . \\

*qiaqq} q dqrsk rtifiqsqfteqfi fisggs:rr

Varaharnihira, cloes not agree with Satyacharya's views. Nor does he al)pear to agree with Vi ;hnugupta in thinkin,{ that the above views of Yavana are incorrect and that it is only the Kumbha lagna in a birth that is bad and not the Kumbha dwadasamsa. For Aquarius as Ascendant for Rajayogas and leaders is one among the several ascendants of rnen according to Varahamihira. in the present case seerns there-

The acceptance of Kurnbha fore reasonable.

oi v.qtfqrfraEoirErcqffqu{ tl u \c

sl. 68

g8r{rsEqr|t:

413

Sloka 58. The good influence planets is at its of r o a x i m u mt,h r e eq u , r r t e r sh r l f , a g u t r t e r , a t i t s m i n i r n u m , or nil accordingas th- planetsare in th: exaltationsign, qorQt'rur (Moolatrikona), sta (Swakshetra), fra&n : friendly sign), rafrz (Satrukshetra (Mitrakshetra =ini, mical sign), depression sign or (cJmbustion)conjunction with the Sun.
NorEs' I n t h e c a s er . , fb e n e f i c s , := (Ll.h.ha) a. {zie+irq ( \,Ioo1 t r i kona) r.+gt (Swakshetra) fqeq{x(ntitrakshetra) azta (Satrukshetra.) aiq (Neecha) e 1 d {( A r k a g a . C o r r r b u s t ) ion
'fhis order should lte reverserl for the nralellcs.
1
j j t ,

Ful l eflect
.i! Ij ' 1. 'l rr
tt

+

g+ro (Subhaplrala) will inr:rclse if in :,i (li, hcha). -{{qiTl{_ c;4 ( :\subhabhevaphala ) rvill inr.reasc onl5. in qj'{ (Neecha). B e . e f i c s a r e g o o d i r e x a l t a t i o . , N l a l c f l r : sa r e g o o t l i n d e l r r e s s i o n . I\falelicsare bad in v*1 (l1c1'.h',1. 'fhe proportions given above are rvith respcct to benelrcs. In t h e c a s e o f r n z r l e f i c sw e r l t u s t r e v e r . s e t h c r : f l e r : t s e . O . a b e n e f i c ; g o r r lr . s u 1 t ; ( i . e . f u l l . ) ; i n r l e l ; r e s s i < t . l l 6 l e f l e c t . A r n a l e l l c : i n i ' l - t ( N t , e rh : r ' rr ; r r s t g i v e ' j g o o d e f l e c t a n d i n ea (Llch,:ha) I /.32good eftect. f'his rvill be founcl to hold sood for frnance. jIrJldr:in eraltatio'gi'es'ery

qfi' dti q{q(ft( qftr}ur fFqterq*i eS dqgqr{'ft rrg}rq r f{*ir eirnqrt ftqft r U'i Aq\ f,tqlsfi
q)ffi n*rr€qfA&"dsqlFqlqq fl q II

i \

414

{tfirFtfttcRt

Adh. vll.

ffi

sqilqfr'qat eq:qo gelq Rtqrfi t ft'rano'trrftiit gftfq: tl alqdftg6e,i|

S e ea l s o V I I I ' l 1 6 i n f r a '

n qsrr{gw*rrr; ll
q6ftqtqttqg$ufrqqrnr " | EfUgt! Sq{etqimqEgrr
hrrRqcr qfq qil €qurdqqE{i( ll \q ll qrs6rrqrcmrqiqqn

Sloha 59. Accordiilg ag Mars, Mercutv, .lupiter' thc Venus or Saturn possessing greateststrength and occupying a Kendra is in the qoB+ior (Moolatrikona), .t-u (S*^kshetra) or srq (Swochcha),will the result' rra (Bhadra),i'e ing Rajayogabe namedta+ (Ruchaka), (Hansa), croac (Malavya) or r{{t (Sasa)the beautiful'
cf , "r' tttrl4"i

qi) q qoe+q qfift: elqFqtql qt' qq t a {nls IwFaE"tsfi'}iid'lrct qtz"ditqn: {ri'ts'lt,f}ii tq*r qqwqlll ,qif s rr+rt-eq r+it qlsa gc;l: t t\ qi fa(o 66
*,qq iitqr eq+r."qqeQqlpqqTa6q{afiiflil:ll

Al so

al4q,l {il t{

GrK: {iw+ vorFm+gr'{iutftttofiml
gwrlt ffi onoqrc.Eird:qtiqoa ft mft
qoeeqrrtqngqroi 6gqt I ilsrrsrFrr 111€1 wnuladtilgql ffi gtql t{rg{Slfrql ll Ro ll

81. 61

qgfr5qnr:

416

Sloha 60 The person born under the auspicious (Ruchaka) yoga will possess physical strengtn, tao fotrune, fame and iine qualities. He will have a know' ledgeof sciences he will be versedin the sacredhymnc, ; the method of praying with themand the art of producing a magicspells, He will become king or a king's compeer' t{e will have a lovely attractive person; he will be libzral, victorious and wealthy. He will live 70 yearE an in comfort and happiness,commarrding army with a good supply of fleet horses. Nores.
ln the following 3 slokas from (I(4o1 the eflect of binh in the ts;h.{'}qis given in more detall :

{tqle' q;omFn{gdino: Fr{Frqrg{riq'efi+wq: t arrS.dfe*rr{{ot(q(dl
{s{qlftsfi{i 4qino-6: ssFl: Rgqeqqq:

€rs€Rq(Ura {tf,rw*r I €ilsqHrtrT+r$*ae<1qft q"qrftqngq|€Fqoql q'i s dq +tti $d'-{qeqq.tt HA€ Err{tfl{ r fl;uq1qoflaft{t( unfu qsfAsql
dreTnoEilffg: qqlft tqRtq Q?fi:11
Also $.s-{iftqr.ch. vI-sl. 2.

1t

rr<l qwi Gcgtftnir:qrTI{HsrEqE: tl

qtqort aqi,fi rurriqisli I nlcgi?rhaqd q oulfrq{ilittqq'qwqr'qqtffiR ll Et ll wi
Sloha 67. If, out of thc lords of the 9th, the l lth and the 2nd bhavas,there be but one that occupies a Kendra position in respectto the Moon and if Jupiter be the lord of the 1lth bhava, the person born under will becomethe ruler of a full,blown empire. the yc-rga

4t6

qerqtftile
Norrs.

Adh.vrl.

I t i s n c t c l e a r w h y t h i s s l o k a i r a s b e e nb r o u g h t i n h e r e . T h e r e a d i n gi s s l i g h t l y d i f l e r e n t i n n ' . 2 ' r f t d tc l a . .

q'qqE*{qff r erirqqiwi+ruqitmisfQ lq;qqfa-cqift € grolqtfqdi{tiit+usq rt
The following slokas frcm qi,lsrTtiTd describing in detail t h e y o g a s c a u s e d b y t h e l o r d s o f t h e s e v e r a l h o u s e se a c h o c c u p y i n g a Kendra position with respect to the J;qo{ useful in this connectron: will be found to be

*-qq q;qdfl( sSaiq€qqtq qTdA qg iih: sr{rr}qrfi{qrq: t
qgd(gulf,ullglqqFqlnffi€I
.f-A\

qrfiqirTqtq: ll qqfi zqfrqqJ gfhwart ag *;qqft F{ri{aq{dl zq*{gpq: r
qrn] {iqq q\-q1t,it qqrqqTflftrg+rar{tll

qfrdis fit r $;qra: +iifi frqcsqlrt Hnrftq:
Hif;aa: erGqq] fiani g*d*al dqqflrqgr,itl

oetfqq: ft;qrn: +ilfi q.},rrfi{l;I $o5qqrcq{I qa{il;qrqftmqmfi qqfiq\if €g dr qrd:tl g?tftt ft;qqt q.*q: qlFqq{ITiI r 1lu}rr+iir qdlsd .iltsfboqreFdr qtr{igr} zqfiqfhq,rr guqrfqt goqfiqraErt gr?q qq *l' 1 rarwfb, ulfqq. rg* agurrqgnit a\'qw* qqqrfqgr,tt {I-qtdit trqt n}*qe} {fi;4: ql.glrf,TqrFtqn: I qrdi fiRi *(fiq, ieil,ii ,i\qrRm, qqdrqlqftflq' rr orqTqlt$-qt +rrtg: Fflr qJ,iiqrqt'd:T ;rR: I g|qgu, ll tflqr$, tfiir q-qg6)S6ara, nq-S

sI. 62-6ff

Gtsrttssrq:

417

{rmqrrq}

qqqftI qtrlwqlerd

I urqnlagqRdrggrlomT{qqfiPqlI

dlq+rrilfr+r nd rguiqqrd?gorr
{

qrs{tfriqilrgifiiigoryrqdiGqqrq qRll lt

Sloha 62. With the faceof thetiger, with the ma' jestic gait of the elephant, with a broad massivechest, with lcng brawny rounded arms and of a commanding stature, the man born under the Bhadra (rrq; yoga will be a king high'spirited and diligently devoted to the befriendingof kinsmenand well'wishers. He will reach the ageof 80 displaying commrnding genius and enjoy' ing vast fame and extensive wealth. NorBs.
This slolra is talren 6.o- q1114d' Three nrore slokas from that work on the sanle yoga are extracted below:

irrar TSTfRSa ggi g*qqdldq€lsoFfi Raq fdl{t(: 1 q'F'{dE:gqlill: || q HrgelaqrTqqqlT g,qqfr trglti6r15

qqfi nrqdfi(qfrgd: flqflHda3lfrwii qpt flrgrga: I

qt{, tt €.s{hq{fi{(: ga-na{g} fFqncqlfrnsEnhut{n:
€it;QT:r{*r{g qnqftuFlElql I

UFqi Rqqarc fqeiqfla*. ft: tl fifildTqffiftql grtqot E{|ttc *"qEi'

qkrg: g$IIITfi€Gar mq{gaq!gdi I

qoiltffi gor!qtdfffr gurt i rrrttqr?qtt qrfrsalfr*ql*ii qg{ ilgFr'{lr{RER ql ll ll
Stoha 63. The personwhose good fortune it is to be born under the teq?rthas these characteristics: He has ared mouth and a prominent nose; hi6 legs are 63

418

rrcrc|ft!rt

Adh. vtl.

well,formed; he has the voice and the phlegm of the Bwan; he is fair,linbed; he is blessed with a beautif ul wife; he is himself lovely like the God of love ; he has every comfort at his ccmmand; he is intent on acqui. ring a knowledgeof the sacred scriptures he is acute; ; has great merits ; his life is 82 years; he is beneficient and devotedto virtue.
Notos. Tbe following about this yoga. slokas from (rtlsd give more information

qnaFqq] gxui)QR: ror<ifanqrfrr: ilr, {tqrq}o{sfrrq} $er' *uqo, I tqr ;qisaqrw.e grr0fi nqrorqt. fr ,ifearrarfi Ok..rlsgerfr qootqfi: t"dq tl
Ia6: qrq{'rlgltrght ilr q m ftrt, tt ufreralg rut dg i qfr qqlfii{tqri: I
^ a \ . \ \\ s

qrfR tnrt wg I Ttqq rrTFsl{rtqlqgiFi1r€lq qaTaa;t ru\ld ilfr{ u ;iiiaqqi a.{rq{{T€qt

See also q-o(ifcar ch. 6 St. 3.

qiisrofrilrg.sFqaqar guri fi;q{uro?
iqdi gaqRElfiqatqrrqleifrtqfie{| t sifl aruqriill{;xq<lftFlrqlq(qt(( I
\a^

qnuiaii qrdEqqjrirm{r tl {Hv6Egqii u qB

Sloka 61. The person born under the wrsaqqtq has the gestures,the graceful bodily $tructure and the eyes o{ a female; he is handsome, meritorious and powerlul ; he is blcsscd with children, wife, vehicles and '* ealth ; he knows the meaningof the sacred ecrip, : tureE ; he rs learnecl he rs cle ver in the application of

sl. 65

ef,dhlqf{:

119

the three regal powers-energy, capacityand counseli he is liberal ; he is fondly addictedto other women and he wili attain to the ageof 77. cf. strtrdl

q FTfrfr q ftqqqgalftntrr$HFqt'i fl1q' flilqftfi€f6ilq: grr;q: I w iisrlr: sqfAfiq]qrghrTgqrft qte",iisq fresfhTq:Hsfii:q{rutT{ tl q+r 1frqn flnrfi qflrsorfi)."1q mqnatqn ftrdq I rTra--qflflqga: n Uqfhiq orZRHrTr€ilfh;gqqrRqnT1 tl

qfr qr difi irilqoril! tqrqiir s(lft-

qidiqlqr?ak{sTqt sttforr r qTilr qlfrsitilsfgrfi tqdt iiqqruqfuittnr qftrfrTflrtqqit? qni{lruio*rqil E\ tl mt
Sloha 65. The person born in the nildtrr (Sasa yoga) ^,eneral may be a king, a minister, or a hauntingwoods and mountains he is cruel hearted, and would even de, ; ceive in his easerpursrritof metallurgy;he is bountiful; he hrs wrathful eyes;he is spirited;he is lovingly devo. ted to his moth:r, he is brave; he hasa dark form; he lives for 70 years. He is a voluptuary and inclined to play the paramourwith the objectsof his guilty love. cf. eRHfi

aEQrrnlqqft, wlsi nfrsfnqlit frErqqn: I qiig wr' qr,i.qql qrfAegqRe: aarflgijg lr qqlarjt qafifqrn\a'grarRf*fiqrit.it qqft firnaaa: +He: r

4n

rr"r'rlRqt

Adh. vII.

rTero:gfrif dsW: ru-dtJn qqtfh seftflnrfi *tfi nsqqmfld+: fHfrqfr: q++:tl *8fr
C/. no{ifr+r ch. 6 sloka 4.

qs} flrq] *gfixrdt r-q1..1 q\fl{ rr q{nrie{wre€qglTloT ,ftfrqqrqR +t qdf q \w r

qq qiqq qt sili qo{r{ ifawgal t

qE{rrd$'urr{r qq tl srfuqlrrrffiilg n

Sloha 66. [n such planetary conjunctions as ql*'i'r.r (Adhi.yoga, airie slokas 113 115 infra.) the powerful planetto which the yoga is due and which has the aspect on itself of lesspowerful planets will producethe effect of the yoga in its (nr (dasa)period. Nores.
This is a quotation from q,i€rq. The time when a yoga takes effect is as describedin this sloka in the case of all yogas except those which are effectiveall through life and the Rajayogas where the 4{ri (dasa)and q;dt{t (Antardasa)periodsof^thelord or the occupant of the Lagna or the l0th bhava will bring about kingship. cf. {{cskrd

mqungdqr.fiE{rHi il;qof.-q{wr qq€q I

C

qfrm€cqr n3f,taqe<rilq{nqi f}qgqq{qlr rl

ll rrrfiqTq+rr:ll
qrdhtlqt gt rrftrgdrgrqfbeq.ffir r qt qpfidTrrsrf {uqqr flqr{ftr.qilt rrr;q{aftf{qqr{Trftilfqdir! fq?iirriq rrQutr
Sloha 67. If Mercury be in the Znd bhavawith respect to the Sun, if the Moon be in the llth with

q;(ksTuTrrilt gFE{lIt'itTr€Er TKStrI

sl. 68-69

qafr5tzlrT:

421

respectto Mercury and if Iupiter be in a +fu (Kona) the with reference the h.4oon, yoga is calledBhaskara to (rrrt+t). Thc personborn in the qR.{q'trr(Bhaskarayoga) is brave,lord like, versed in the interpretation of the handsome,wit[i a rvealth of musical tones, scriptures, good at reckoning, resoluteand comperent.

q;(ri}sqrrt $qi qfrgar(a qrfirqq'qr(

'3TR qiej q{roil€;ql I Esge! i{tf,t;IlE;T.ir rFlTr(Rr{ql: g{t$gq{tt $irq qr iii0qi

qriii ilrf?frrqroprrhsqqmqrf.qq: tt il qc

.S/oio ti8. If Mars be in thc 3rd bhava from the Moon, Slturn in thc Trh frc:n Mars, Venus in the 7th from Saturn,and Jupit.-r irr thc ?th from Venus, the yoga is styled Indr,t. fh: pcrson born in this yoga wili bc cclcbratcdramiable, r.rorthy of r,lyal rank or in a s o m es i m i l a r p o s i t i o n ,e l o q u e n t n Cp o s s e s sIe f w e a l t h , o fame,bcaut) and prowess liverse ornamelrts,

gsq qlurqfiger g{gii: gi {rfi qriilri: fi;qqmqqnh&Rqnii 'ipit qrda*r t qtrTii E{tgiTfr ft{roUqqfr{ui(it ilrqia(
wql mqiimqgS{d {FilsrIEI di{Tqlll qq ll
Slofra 69. If Jupitrr occupy a Kona from Venus, the Mocn the 5th bhavafrom Jupiter, the Sun a Kendra from the Moon, the rcsulting yoga is termed cedFr (Maruthyoga), e. wind yoga The personwho has his i (Vayuyoga) wili be eloquent,broadbirth in the arg,i'rn big,beliied,conversant with the tcriptures, br.-asted, thriving, clever in striking bargains, and of royal rank or in some position approachingthereto.

4m

qril5qffi.rIe

Adh. VII.

qrffdefiTrrr o*6il W*'rfi GqsT
n0 \ \
,\\\A3\

qf d'hrnnffi q qrwirrfr ir gqrqf,iifm t

ilcil{rgrt{TlrtsTrsgstotrqrfiilarrr ftg I qCil gFrrTqtr-q lt s" 11 ilWF TTTHTru
Sloha 70. When Jupirer is in the Lagna, the Moon in a Kendrr from Jupiter, Rahu in the gnd bhava from the Moon, the Sun and Mars in the 3rd bhava from the same,the resulting yoga is designated gsirTr (Budha yoga'). The person born in the gqi^m (Budhayogar has the majestvof a king. His strength will be matchless and his name celebr.rted; will be conversantwith he the scriptures. He will be skilled in traffic, talented and without enemies.

rtMq:rt
onrQftRqtt qfq qr r{(er

*qffi) q{fr qt{€ur frait r

3rffiqii;gsfim.riatqi.ilr ffiqqsil Aqor{qt n c( tr
Slohn 71. When the Moon occupying the lst or the 7th bhava is without the benefic aspe.t cf Jupiter upon it, the result is *rrqc'rirr (Kemadrumayoga) If the number of dots in the [h..s occupiedby planets(aide Adhyaya l0) be very d:ficient, theseaswellas all weak planetsproduce the effect of hcacqlq (Kemadrumayoga).

irrs $ahilr gqwdr{rq€a$T qiiiteru sl tl

fad+ arEi'qrt tqntgt t at

$1.?3-76

€8qlss{rq:

423

qtGat q{a rrnir(qI rinii gtuureq,
qodrntrqtilr}6qEqq(i qiq ll \el ll
\9

SloA,rsiz 73. lf the 2nd. the 12th and both the houses from the Moon be occupicd by planecsother wtnt than the Sun, the yogasare termed g<nr (Sunapha) (Anapha) and gtstr (Dhuradhara) rcspectively. In the of absence thesethree yogas,the artrologermay declare the effectof *qqsr{m (Kemadrumayoga).
cl. .Fo{Tfq-{r NorBs. .\

li{'{iFg gqslsnsK{g{r€i( :sit{q

g *ngr: tt ftqtfiifqf,iiRfiarqr
Vide also sloka 83, infro.

I wi qqr* qR alqe} qnt{r+qrfi qftaqlrrq qii;go{Iih*ri iiqrrqiqmihi qngf (qI <rq ll \eull
5hku 74. When chc Moon in conjunccion with by a the Sun occupies male{ic Navamsa and is aspected the a depressedplauet, the person born experiences (Daridrayoga). The very 6ame effect of ti.re qftqq'rn o e f f e c tf o l l o w s a l s oi n t h ( ' c n s e f t h e p e r s o nw h c s e b i r t h takcsplaceat nighc tim': wlren the 8th bhava from the by or waning Moon is eithcr aspcctcd occupied a malefic planet.

qftiqi qrsqfrrtli t iiWsqri(qt{iGt;*

qfr qqrt ll €emgtfr-qui faru+qret aaqGe \e\ ll

Sloku 75. When the Moon seized by Rahu or by Ketu is aspected a malefic planet, the personborn poverty. When the houge representing soon gets into

424

crf,lFrrrfr.ire

Adh. VII.

, by a malefic planet, the samee{fec follows. say-the astrologers

Slctka'7(t, When the Moon aspected a l-.cnefic by p l a n e tw o r s t e di n p l a n e t a r yf i q h t i s s l i z e db y R a h u o r Ketu in an cclipsc, the person born is indigent. The sameis the effect when the Moon occtrnies the aigrr in Thula the qri (Varga) owned by an ininrical sign and is a s p e c t eb y a d e p r e s s c o r i n i m i c a lp l l u . . t d d

qt qrntqgiTqwitsh qraftqiftmd'r <ftqqq r C qhrr?qtqurrf q* gorr.ruf nqT qqFiT figin?qd g tl

;i +tqi?drqirRq+iqiqri'qrifui
qqt{ KgqlTq(iq{UQq( qildlsEqr
!\' \ \ .\ n r!1. \

q;ilq"€qftTr;blTti qfifr uiq r qii

qraiqrr?qiia'rlqqgd'iiaqerqiHi tl tr \e\e
S l o k u 7 7 . W h e n t h e M o o n o c c u p y i n ga K e n d r a or a Kona is in the ef lVarga) of its depression r o i n i m i c a ls i q n a n d w h e n J u p i t e r i s i n t h e 1 2 t h , t h e ( r t h or the tirh bhava from tlie Moon, the person born will be indigent. Again, if the Mor;n occupying malefic a * { r ( A m s a )a n d a s p e c t e b y a n i n i m i c a l p l a n e t b e i n a d m o v e a b l c i g n o r i f t h e m ; r l e f i c m s a o c c u p i e db y t h e s a Moon thus aspectedbelongto a moveable sign and if the Moon h;rvc riot the aspcct of Jupite u1,.on the r it, p o v e r t y o f t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n t h i s y o g a w i l l b e u n p a r a l , leled

q;'i;qEd qrft qraie* aiqdiqrqqaqfiqrft t q*e{{ji qit rmi,i' qrdrsf'{ Er *ugnri.rar? ue tt tt
S l o k a 7 8 . I f S a t u r na n d V e n u s o c c u p y i n g h e V a r , t gaso[ depressed inimical malefic planetsbe aspected or

sl. 7g-&

sg*sqrq:

426

eachby the other or occupy one and the same sign, the personborn under this yoga, though of a princely family (Kemadrumayoga). of the will experience effects hcqq+rrt

qTqiqr+ frftr qi qrqgi g qTqqqt {r

'frtin ffitiki rr(qa*qafr.t qi( t

rrrqqnqfiibt €oS diqh*s.t ileTI q* ftqgi fttrr $rtfr sililaT *qur ll \eqll
Stoha 79. When the Moon in conjunction with a ic malef planet and occupyingat night a malefichouseor maleficNavamsa, is aspected by the lord of the 10th bhava and is void of strength, the result is +ffacch (Kenadrumayoga). Again *h.n the Moon in' the depression Navamsais associatedwith a planet in the eo (Khala) state (aide Adhyaya 2, slohas16-18) and aspected the lord of the 9th bhava, there is the yoga by *cqc (Kemadruma). Thirdly when the Moon is on the depressionsign, the person the'waneand occupies born at night has to experiencethe effect of *rTrcfrrr (Kemadrumayoga).

ftqffiqffiq: 11
\3

ll

ft{ndt t-aqt Uqjqrqiifht tq qt'taqi.tt

gqftqi in gqq€qir* qtii*i tq qfiaqinrll do ll

Slolc 80. There is no yoga producing poverty a when the Moon or Venus occupying Kendra is aspect' eclby Jupiter. Again when rl," Moon associatedwith a benefic planet or belwe:entwo benefic planets is aspectedby Jupiter, the qilari'ru (Daridrayoga) does not exict. 64

426

q{dtqrRulil

Adh. vil.

qfsftiqriqqgwlai{rqa{ GfiEi{fqR qfteaqr iqdiqrt

xd a* g'{gt Gii gqqri di+ihifiqqt q qiqiin:ri dq tl
S / o l r r r8 1 . I f t h e M o u n o c c u p y i r r g h c N a v a m s a f o t a s i g n o f a v e r y f r i e n d l y p l a n e t o r o f i t s e x r r l t a t i o nr r t r r ( R a s i )a n d i s a s p e c t c d y J u p i t e r , t h e p e r s o nb o r n w i l l b bc exempt frorn poverty. Again, wiren tha full Moon occupies Lagrra conjunction'with a benef planet, thc in ic or when the Moon occupying thc 1r.lth bhavais in its exaltation and aspectcd Jupiter,the personborn will by not be poor-

qit hqrt qrt qfkq uikq .qftrh I {rwir{il iqqr{f}aait eqrqEriaqtfil cR tl
^ o^.

Slohu 82. )f in any iroroscopc *cEn.frrr(Kerna:lrum a y o g ac o m c si n , t h e R r j a y o g a d i s a p p c i rl i k e e l c p h a n t s ) s o n s e i n ga l i o n .

g utatrfuqi)1frs-q"wqgrtr hqnqitotwfi t ' qE'je t'i qtnqise{{I r,qili iuqi hfirh'qqqinhsq qqirgffiqf(qr q i tr dRtl
S/o/a,z ri-1. When plarrets otlrerthlrr th': Sunoccupy the 2nd, thc 12th,or both the 2nd and thc l2th houses from the N{oorr, rcsulting3 yo,1as r,:spcctivciy thc are styl, ganr(Sunapha\, wanr(Anapl-rr) gtrrr (I)hurudhar;r). ed and I r i s d e c l a r c d v t h e m a j o r i t yo f a s t r o l o g c r s b a t i n t h c b t abscnce the 3 yog;rs of dcfinedabove, there is the *c4cdrrr (Kemadrumayoga). thereare otherswho wou-ld Rut

T€€li[ $Trfits;tr6tgtgfl q1;s1gq-Q{![{i

A

Q

\

iC-\

sl. g3

qg*sqrq:

427

not allow the *lrecqtrr (Kemadrumayoga)where the *;{ (Kendra) (calculJted from the Lrgna or tira Moon) is associated with a planet. Scme there are who declare that the 3 yogasganr (Sunapha), uanr (Anapha) and gturrr (Dhurudhara) are to be reckon:d from the presenceof planets other than the Sun in the 4th and the 10rh Ken, dra from the Moon instead f rom rhe 2nd and the l2rh of housesfrom the Moon; and the absenceof any of th:se 3 yogas indicates the presenceof ilcac (Kernadruma). Another classwould declarethe three |ogm in ref erence to the.Navamsaoccupied the Moon, i.c. f ind the Rrsi by owrring the Navemsa which the lr{oon occupies if ; reckoningfrom this Rasi,thc 2nd or the l2th R;rsi or both be occupied by planets oth.:r than the Sun, these three yogasexist. *cec (Kemadrurnr)is the abserrce of any of these3 yogas. But rhe holdersof theselasr two viewsn are not recogoised authorities in the scicnce as of astrology.
NorBs. l'his and tlre next trvo slol<as are taken frorn grsll"Td. Nole.--In, the yogas ytropctttn,lc,l lty lhis sl.oku, tlrc Sun is rtlutoy:; l;.ept ottt ttf consi,,lerrttiott.. hqlf ). Thi: authoritics rclied on l;y qrt{tqt?r with regirrd to this half of tlrc slolil a[)peirr to be {ri(i{t, rll;itr{i{ and {ra!ll{r{€ an<l srrch otlrer n'orlrs, rvlrerc. in the absencc of the 8 yogas Qtiz.) ('1.rq, s;f[t and -.o'1rr), 'L-q4{ is rieclarcd as positive. (ltirst

cf . r,i< e'i<r.

Bi+RdEg qr qr fFqts'qfFqaqqi( 1r r 3iil ,j}{rRfq'Sfiodr: qFRirqqfiq'}: tl qrqsrqrEqiEgrg{rsfq qI gn$T qf,qfift,ilrT: eT;q,lr tqdq: F€d:ll
x But parasara the last two views. has recognised

428
Also qr-qtqq

lrurrcrftlla

Adh. vII.

eriq s€ qrt{ fiat il gftaf}qq: r erodqqfrQiqrtel-itqr1 qTFr n1*+ tl q faR FqgaurrraiRfrqrqqhfr r
ca fifk qalqt.qlq Wg\efEtt lF} {-fraqqa: q}qr*raq, FEa:1
HaEqHaE*Tsa {flFqf,rdq€fall
(Thir:d guarter), En riit< (Varahamihira)relies on trt(Garga), for the principle laid down in this qra(pa,ia)of the sloka, who says that, in the absenceof any of the 3 yogasabove stated,theiqqqqlT ( K e m a d r u m a ) i l l b e n r i t i g a t e do r n u l l i f i e d b y t h e p r e s e n c eo f w any of the five planets lMars, I\fercury, Jupiter Venus and Saturn i n a K e n d r ao r b y t l r e M o o n ' s a s s o c i a t i o nv i t h a n y o n e o f t h e m . l The words "*i aTn+isqat lQfa" are also capable of being interpreted "+t qitm+iqtitli tiqet q{gh" that is, if the Mooo occupy a Kendra (calculated frorn the Lagna) or be associated w i t h a p l a n e t ( o n eo f t h e f i v e a b o v e n a n r e d ) . I l u t r h i s h a s t o b e rejected on the authority of srr€0iiir rvho says c&4 {ri{rqrqsiA: h.hi sfi-dlagtft-(gassrd{ Ch. VL Slolia l) and on the authority of sloka 77 supra. The above interpretati 'n is also opposed to tlie principle laid dorvn by Garga who hzrssaid:

oqqlq{;qqaFqTldnr qrg q {dQ: I

t\

^

.

\

+flrsdlar q:i offrit-qqftsqET tl .ilq' *saq] nTrT €ndr qRa: t dEr qqf;dfiflqnrqruqrfiqrqftngdt: tl
That is, if the 2nd or the l2th house counted from the lvloon or any of the Iiendras-whether reckonedfrom the Moon or thJ I-agna-be not be occupied by any one of the five planets, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, the resulting yoga is Kemadruma, &c.

SI. 83
cl. Also gqr+<

SgrIIStzrq!

429

rrqFd gqsnslgtUg qqr;elqi:

*ffirAftn*fiGaq hraq' t

qt q +,rc+qt qrftgt a hegfr fiu)' ogelrR, nftrqri{+rcq;s\: ll

The correct interpretation of the words therefore are (l) +ti or " if one of the Kendras arq cftad( at eagt Efo - That is, planet " ("nl' one of the five abovr-' the Moon be associatecl with a " If I(endra be devoid of named) ; ( 2 ) t4;r[io+,rsqat et{'a the l\{oon or be occupied by a planet " (^ny one of the five above n a m e d ) . T h i s i n t e r p r e t a t i o n w i l l c o r r e s p o n c lw i t h t h e a b o v e q u o t e d Garga's principle as aiso that of Kalyanavarman who says :

tf,iq q}'lt qaf}aqfqrRi: t gqsrqsrgtg{I: qzrf4$: 1 qqflF\, tfi rqqt-1 fr-tr=eft qt n qil.iiqr: h=aqdqfil:il{i$a I

{rf{fi q qiqqrr} tt *rgriisfi+e:
Iironr the above, it will be seen that, according to Garga t h o u g h t h e p o s i t i o no f a n y o n e o f t h e f i r ' e p l a n e t s i n a n y o n e o f t h e l i e n d r a s w i l l a n n u l o r a n n i h i l a t e t h e e f l e c t so f t h e K e r t r a d r u m a yoga, it cloesnot produceany of the 3 yogasSunapha, Anapha and -'hurudhura. ll'{ote.-The llfoon in a Kenrlra ossociated rcith one of the ttf ytlanets does not,f estroll the.e.ffect, the Kenndrunruyoga]. fiue ( Ftnrth quarter). flut the Yavanls went further. Sruta' kirti, one of the Yavanasdeclaredthat the presence of any of the planets(l) in the 4th house from the Moon is Sunapha (Z) in i t h e l O t h h o u s eA n a p h a a n d ( l ) i n t t r e 4 t h a n d l O t h h o u s e s s D h u rudhura. c/.

q;iqgii: gqsrEnqFt: ftti: +lfrorsqqr t
q}r: ll s{qFqikgn *qqqflfnils-qqr

d80

{rcwrRsri

Adb. VII.

Devasarman went still further than Srutakirti and declared theyogas with refereuce to the Nav4msaof the Nfoon. c/.

qqlfhfli riirig,{{t ffqfi ft'lo: I

ganreqqdtffrar tt n{aft+fF*.it'r, t ft'nr\rqqr frdarqqrftqt: iiqr
iitrts'q,rr tqqq: Fqd: tl frd gugrr
f'lre above tno views, uiz,, Lhoseif Srutakirti and Devasar' man are not acceptedby Varahamihira or other old astrologers' B u t K a l y a n n \ / a r m a n e e m st o a t t a c h s o r n ew e i g h t t o t h e v i e r v so f s Srutakirti' cf , sKt{€i

q;qretiiqfidr: I gnsri{a *;qfi,qt'ifiqif}aq asxq'lrlr: q(rg o+t fia'qrrftq$Ug qrilr?ittgfrgwgi+rtnt tt
But V:trahamihira as also Satyacharya would appear to be strict followers of Skanda and Prajapathi. c/. eolwm'l

+arei};iiq\:gnst I ffiqF{ Hrqariiqnt

*s;+: tl :rrfi,ft{rgil *rqqW+,i
And uet

i}tg.ur-4nfFqa: t g{w.qnsr?i1,il fren IiI{ zsil qt-tnqq,fifr5 {ai;&t tt
+qeilsa ,iirits;q,llqlaa nf{n l-r t
r a P a r l s ; t r : rl r . o r ^ r , t h a t t h e a b s e n c e - ' f p l a n e t si n t h e 2 n < l n d K c r r r a d r u r r i a 'c / . l 2 t h h o u s c :f,r o r n t l r c X I o , r nc a u s c s

: gan cfi fF'iHa i frriisisr;sft'{-i airilifaq q*€rr\trair Fir;sF\: r cqti\egrgu
iQaurut a tQhetr: hq4q:skl{I ,3frf}ar iriqlitftf{: F€flI: fr,ri' nm$}Ril: 11
T h e p r e s e n c eo f t h e p l a n e t s i n i h e K e n d r a s , t h e M o o n ' s a s s o ciation with any of thet.r.r,the aspect of all the planets over the

5t 83

q8fisqrq:

431
ere Iiemadruma does

: not c-rperate. For ParasarasaYS

sitfi I rrtuig: t{f,nr} qil qr s?' q)'iitqrTlul: AFa italg"q rre'il qgsqqcmtt'raq hqAi q tt qHQar:hoqqdg grii .ittrafqhre.,i\seq t trui
! :--' gE Fa € qe FlqQlq $gr gql Hise q lelq{q ll . -c .^ \ ,on

€q5 q;qqlTlg qq qdTEtffdq(
See also the follorving sloka frorn {t(I{dl'

\ \ \ . A ^

|

eu nqqsq ug: 11 *wgnfr.+r,ilqr,
flqqqrotqqft: suqnQqqe* rrqirIQfiqTi{qqH q{: qtd l, .\ \ \ norgqgu-q qq ifiTTgql?q qqfi qgqql'I:nli+i\ fqilf{: tt
3 T h e r e a r e 3 l v a r i e t i e so f S u n a p h a , 1 o f A n a p h aa n d 1 8 0 o f gnmr Dhurudhara. c/.

fi gnwqs,itqri+frnaqFa t qRft olt goi daqqfrsr ilnq.tt
'fhe second hottse from Tal<e for exanrple the Sunapha yoga. two, thrce, four or all the fir'e planets the l\loon nriry contain one, l o i e . \ T a r s , M e r c u r y , l u p i t e r , V e n u s a n d - S a t u r r t ) . _T h i s w i l l b e i n

5 , 1 0 ,1 0 , 5 a n d I o r 3 l r v a r s - f C + ' b + b + c + c l . S i m i l a r l y
I J ;i l. ; with tlre Anapha yoga Norv take the case of a Strnapha yoga where the srcond house from tht: Moon is occupied by only one planet' In order to make yog;r tlre l2th house from tlre Moon rnay conlhis a Dhurudlttro tain one, trvo, three or f,.,ur planets. This can be in 4f 6+4+l 1.l.l.t or 15 ways. So, for one Sunapha yoga where the [C+C+C*C] l23t 2nd house is occupied by one planet, there are l5 varieties of

4gZ

qtwrfrcrt

Adh.VII.

Dhurudhura yoga possible. Therefore, for the 5 varieties of Sunaphayoga with I planet in the 2nd house there are 5 x I 5 or 75 varieties of Dhurudhura yoga. Next, in the case of a Sunaphayoga with 2 planets in the 2nd house, to make this a Dhurudltqre yaga, the l2th house may contain ooe, two or three planets. This can be in 3*3J-l
333

[C+C+C]
t2;]

or 7 ways. Therefore for the l0 such varieties of

Sunaphayoga with 2 planets in the 2nd house, l0 x 7 or 70 varieties of Dhurudhura yagas are possible. Similarly in the case of a S u n a p h ay o g a w i t h 3 p l a n e t si n t h e Z n d h o u s ei n o r d e rt o c o n v e r t i t intoa Dhurudhura yoga, the l2th house may contain one or tvvo planets. This will be in 2* I or 3 ways. For the l0 such riarieties of Sunaphayoga with 3 planets in the ,nd house,we have l 0 x 3 o r 3 0 v a r i e t i e so f D h u r u d h u r a . In the same way, for the 5 varieties of Sunapha yoga wi th 4 planets in the Znd housewe have 5 varieties af Dhururl,huro. In the case of the Sunaphayoga which has all the 5 planets in the 2nd house,no Dhurudhuru yoga is possible. The total number of varieties of Dhurud,hura yoga is thus

7 5 + 7 0 + 3 05 : 1 8 0 . +

q{qitqilfaq I qfq-{Ri(q} qr

{Efr R gaqrqi qiqaqqdtqiqt {uuEtrtt s dtoin{ Fqrilstfdfiqqgtlgifr ft{atriurqr{ il dB tl
S/r.rftrr The personwho has had his birth in the 84. g{qlq'lrl (Sunaphayoga)will be a king or his equrl with property, and renowned for his wisdcm oelf,acquired and wealth. The man born under the qrqr (Anapha) will be etrong, healthy, with amiable manners, known to fame,blessed with materialcomforts, well,dressed, con, tented and happy.

51. 86

eqfrsqrq:

433

NorBs. The prhciple here is that planets in the Znd (from the Moon) give rise to accumulation of wealth and planets in the l?th (from the Moon) give rise to enjoyrnent without c:rring for accumulation' The position of planets is with respect to Rasi positions instead of bhavas. cf . gctld(
" €gnEtndflqcfl1ql{rtaqKgtqitlqilfirr{qqgq gtr ? I q16lrq. ll Zqfigqq{'i qlfid qlfngo qqqfA gnstoltqerEq' d A . a. .\a{ c c

t ftqqnleqgilfigih{r: qf\n+tfHtq€qu0i}qq:
ll fiqoqitega\fiqq<,iTfiqqqi nqiEqqrqq: tRqElrilTtgtnil{ tFftnEila 3

srqli?{fr gtg{r${Ef grIFTlI

*urt ribagsfiq(qiqfttulr
a9

Sl".fta 85. Taking fteely to the joys of life as they of crop up and blessedwith abundance wealth and vehi' cles. the person born under the gtgtr (Dhurudhura) yogais bounti{uland waited uponby faithful attendants. yoga,though But thoseborn under the *q{c (Kemadruma) they may be of a princ*:ly dce, become obecure,miser' drudgingas menials able,given to baseways, peuurious, and wickedly inclined. Norss
of Personsborn under 5+,3tt(Durudhura) yoga earn (because (because of planets in the 2nd) and at tlte sarnetime enjoy or spend In the case of trrqq (Kemadruma), the planets in the l2th). yoga should be predictedonly rf, as stated above, there are no pla' nets in any of the Lagna Kendras or with the Moon in any one Lagna Kendra. lJotFfi'(:-

dsqtl q6tq {qilt

qqqnnl ll c\ ll

gR qtiqqrogRggtmuagEE+lfr sRqe, r
66

tr,:-._*^-

rrurwf{ile

Adh. VII

fifrv<).rgdi'q: so) dtrBrqgfil' qrfiqag,€Fqdgq(r I mrclg€qe'$fi610' *qaqq]zqirqlsR rr
Also utqlq-di

qFgftfqmqgfr' gfii;qi rftn'
q rnoaq$,.qqqqRa,ilq,it.it r
{il ggrqqq,itqq<zrqtq' Fdf,TFgegqtqqit sReq, tt

iil;f,tasT(rJ$qg€BRl+

qtftaag:qrrqtoqqt$a, I iuq: €o, gtooldqta{fi: *gi qqfi qrftiqrrqlsfl rr

|| s.-qrEqagdgrqrirrr: ||
wrftnqqr{qilfr ffffffTrrt gt tt uq tl
S/ofra86, The person at whosc lrirth Mars is in the Znd bhavafr im the Moon rvill become king a'd ;r in that capacity he will trefiercc, crue!, hypocritical, stroltg minded,wealthy, v;rliantai:d irritable.
N<lt'rrs. V a r a i r a r n i h i r a t l o t - - s, o t < l i l ] e r e . t i a t c t h c r . 1 1 e r ; t . ft l r e p l a n e t s b y t h e i r p o s i t i o . s i r r t h e r l r r r lo r i . t l r e I l t r r I r o , . c s o f a r a s t h e y o g a s n t e n t i t - r n e du s l o l i l s \ / j . I 0 5 ; r r c c : r - r r r r . e r n e dI. I e a t t r i b u t e s i the efiects to the yrlarrcts clLusi.g the loga t h e i r L r e i n gi n t h e 2 n d o r t l r c I _ l t h h c . r u s c cf. {{GikTd without referenceto

wit{ qwfrao-ei qr{t gftrqfi:t ffi

q -qQlq : scfllFqilqq;1 rQHql

nlq' qg' gqq+ f-rgq: morg t

sl. g7-90

qF{frstqrq:

fiilsdvigortrqzqq{qda aft W.$gq-i frq,i}q,}$r rr nfiqrqR.ailqfrur dlaqq)agnr{orilrr:n

Sl,:.k 8'1. ('onversantwith vedic orJinances, r fine arts and rnusic,well.shaped, highly intelligent,of ,gree. able speech and pious will the p.rron be at whos" iirrh Mercury occupies Znd hous. from the ]r4oon. thc

tq{nq{-dfrootrr g{fuEr{| q{f ${dt frcqrq q;nr?rqi St u crg tl

ilqgqqrqt q q;qrftvqi gt ff dc tl
S/ofrl 88. The person born in the gml (Sunapha) with Jupiter in the 2nJ house from the Moon'"*..r, in e\rery branch of knowledge, is prospcrous, has a good family, gets into the gooCgraces of his sovereign-and becomes lordly and famous.

t{iiqri\sr rytqr{ w.gdi ts{€qf I

qgeq-{rdt {rqfil ftfr qo(n$gqi ft aq 11
Slolo 89. In the gaml($unapha) in which Venue occupies Znd house thc from the Moon, the personborn will be valiant, mlrried, wc.rlchy, possessed agricul, of tural lands,engaged worlr, with much propert|, in rich in cattleand horses (<1u,rdrupedl and *iit ti,r" in'regal splendour.

ct-rqqiqrteqdqrq rgRwq I

Sloka g-. When Saturn is in ,the 2nd bhava in respectto the Moon, the personborn will get the esteem

ftgonu{il{g qFil€s{i {rfi 1 3o rf

gurqRr{rtt:tfW qr*R gqhI

|Irfcri?{lt0

vrr. Adh.

of all people in towns and villages,and will be wealthy, talentedand versedin every kind of business.

llfll
qrfr Tuil.gdf firfr gsqirsrqgl I

uttl s6961*1 e{r=r.{K;Fmt il qq tl sil
Sloka 91. When Mars occupies the 12th house from the Moon, the personborn will be arrogant, eager for war, wrathful hold, at the head of a band of marauders, rescluteand of an alluring presence.

qr.q{teqqgn{qfr{ur Gaqrqt

q{d {rGTr[Fs qtiFqralqtr gt il ql tl

Sloka 92. When Mercury occupies tbe 12th bha. va from the Moon, the person born will be capableof discoursing cleverly on musicand drawing, learned, eloquent, handsome, of great renown and held in venerationby kings

gftt vrar{Gri arq ffirqilErrt gt n ql tl
Sloka 93. The person whose birth at Jupiter is in the 12th bhavain respecr the Moon will be highly to honoured by kings, very intelligent, endued *itt earnestneEs energy.upright and poasessed a great and of deal of statusand wealth.

ilqqyfisRlqrqtqrrfr{gpmr*nqt

g*frqquq{r qErftqqEq I gEif $TrrFqrft6qqrq:;sQtlT.ri,:r,fr tl lt qB
Sloka 94. A charmerof young women, owning numerous cattleand similar possessions, highly intel, ligent, rich in money and grain, will the person be at

sI. 96-98
whose nativity, Moon.

aE*ssqg3

487

Venus is in the l2th bhava from the

f*tr fqetorEr{ qEnRRd*u tm I

qrft Udaqrtfrgrqt{ry;(q;tqrri tt q\ ll

Sloha 95. When Sarurn occupies the l2th bhava from the Moon, the person born is long armed,merito. rious, possessed numerous cattleand similar posse$, of sions : he is a leader and his words carry weight and are accepted he is yoked to a bad woman. ;

ll gautirt: tl
'Ihe person ar whose birrh the Moon Bloha 96. is between Mercury and Mars is untruthful though possessed merits,clever but very dt:praved, of censcrious and avaricious,and addicted to unchaste women paEt their prime.

sRRqErEl frSE}sftrra1 t g'rrEr{ gori wqi gqruntruq;idrrqnq.qtn qE tt

q*fi}lTNr rrdrql frg{iiearr q.Ti €lru{ft-€Eq;t gqqt{in n qe tl
Slohu 97. When rhe Moon is betwixt Mars and Jupiter, the personborn will be a renownedindividual, owing his fortune to his own mighty exertion,but harassed foes. The moral tone of his house,hold by would wholly be due to his powerful example.

aqrqruft nt Esl ffiwqftwR t grtqt rqrfiftol qfiilffi rl$qt $qgnfrl ll qz ll
Sloha 98. If at a person'sbirth, the Moon be between Mars and Venus, he will be athletic, handsome,

qrilTqrftcre

Adh. VIL

cruel,cheerful,virtuously inclined and wealthy, but liableto swervefrom morality underthe influence of fear.

$Piqffi{il *di qqqq ftgtrsiiqlq t

oTwffi] frqrnrt qtqt sqwfi\r n qq tl

Sloka 99. The individual ar whose birth the Moon is between Mars and Saturn will be addiccedto vile women, wrathful, rich, treacherous, contending with numerous enemies but unscathed and uncontrite.

qqrd q ftwtrt qw{t gqqiqq}tlt {oo fl
Sloka 100. When the Moon is rn the rnidstof the two planetsMercury and Jupiter at a person'sbirth he will be pious, conversant with the sacred scriptures, eloquent, facile in compositicn, associated with good men and of great fame,

qqhqrqrrqk{rr$ wm,frlqsilrf*{il1t

$r;(Ii&qqrqgwr gdt I rr€rltFrtr! il {uuf,ffiq* qrq\ :XrtUT'in l. t tl
Sloha t01. The person ar whose birth the Moon is betweenMercury and Venus, will be an amateurin dancingand music, beloved, of agreeable speech, handsome,highly intelligent and of a heroic temperament.

Sloho 101. When the Moon isbetweenSaturnand Mercury, cl'reperson bcrn may have to go from one country to another ; he will be revered, have moderate learning and wealth but evince great aversion to his kith and kin.

Rrtgqnliifr q-i q'ffiqtqt tt t "R tl

qils tnrrtqt Fq] aftRqprmFmr r

sl. 103-106

cFc}surnt:

499

wrfrsguritr.iq.qt gwni'n tt tol ll
Sloka 103. Acting in a princely fashion,pro$pe' in and guiluless thought rous, politic, valiant, celebrated will the person be at whose nativity the Mocn holda a placebetween Jupiter and Venus.

alfiil fttqf qel t :n$q$(f eturq

I grd iiaqlQuaGqsqgqil:qa: qil nrFeswA qqir rriieiqql'll loB ll
Stoka lO4. The person at whose birth ttre Moon has got between Saturn and Jupiter will be comfortable; of possessed humility, knowledgg learning, beauty and worth; owning much wealth and ol a conciliatory conduct.

ii$rdqaqur I swqrqgoraq mt uidqxi ftartii{gitt;(ill t.\ ll
Slohu 105. If at a birth, tlre Moon be between Venue and Saturn in a gtgrtqin (Dhurudhura yoga), the in pereonborn will be an important pcrsonage a tribe weddedto ancient customs and the lord of a band of worthless females he will have much wealth and enjoy ; royal favour.

dqqfteqqqiqqis q{ iiqii ns)fr snfirqgqi qg-s( I

eirrs qI iiqgQradgqs
ngnta qqqfh q{Rflan ll loQ ll
Sloha 106. The whole effect of any yoga ouchas is haebeendescribed invariably realisedby the perEon planeto born under the yoga, when the yoga'maLing

440

{nifqrTrt!

Adh. VII.

occupy their exaltation, their own or friendly housee. The sameis equally true, say Parasara and other autho, rities, when the Navamsasoccupiedby the yoga,making planetsrelateto their own or friendly houses.

qr fltqrcTii qfaqlqwt qmq ii'{ qoqrswi: I os
Sloka 107. If the Moon be in conjunctioir with Rahu or Ketu or if Rahu occupy the llth bhava from the Moon, or if the planetproducingthe yoga be depres, sed or obscuredby the Sun's rays, the effect of the yoga will be mixed to the personhorn therein.
NorBs. i \ V i t h r e g a r d t o t h e M o o n ' s c a p a c l y o f d < r i n g o o do r e v i l yogas,Varaharnihirasays. with referenceto these three

qR trql qflgdft qr t*gaaarcftqi Rlqq6r t

s{g'lsgg,iisf6 zelf.n.ift aagagdTs;<nrs;liqq. II
That is, for persons born in the day tirne, the Moon in any of the 6rst 6 housesis auspiciousand in any of tlre other C housesis inauspicious. The rever:;e eflect is to be understood in the case o f p e r s o n sb o r n i n t h e n i g h t t i r n e . Skanda and I'rajapati and others also say so with reference to 'l'hese therefore deserve consideration. these yogas.

il eTer ffiermrr: tl
qEuqrT(ffarig(trcfgtRnI t

qrse{R(s I oc tl oqrqirrr tt karq;qqa]
Slofur108. If Jupiter occupying the 6th or the 8th bhava from the Moon be else.wherethan in the Kendra in respect to the Lagna, the resulting yoga is termed r*z (Sakata).

Sl. 100-110
Cl. qid-dfq-dr

s(*srqrq:
Norrs.

441

rrRrfr {tz: *q+ ilfuerr(" G " frqnetRstt
But Parasara says

rt oarcdFt {{,e: flq*:

"

If all the planets be in the lst and the 7th bhavas, the resulting yoga is called {+,a (Sakata). Atso s(lEfrR( (Varahamihira) rn his EqqqfA*(Brihat Jataka) ch. 12, Sl. 3 gives the following defii(Sakata) identical with Parasara's: nition of -<r+a

'r Fq€t5 il'fieq."

The {trnaqiq (Sakata yoga) mentioned in sloka 168 infra is difterent from this. The yoga referred to in tlris sloka is devoid of its bad effectsif Jupiter, while being in the 6th or the 8th house from the Moon, is in a J(endrafronr the Lagna'

srft w$

qrai filel dlsedi{tq: I

bflqtsqiliqei q.a[.itqfi&q, il tol tl
Sloha 109. The person born in the r+zd'm (Sakata ycga) be he of a royal family, becomes indigent and in falling to his lot, of consequence the trouble and f"rtigue he is always distressed and becomesan object of aversionto the king.
cf , Fd2iiq{r

aRt afifrrqqR;gd:flt gn: gn:ni$n iilrqq.I neq *h qfkq)qfiQt,iq-m' qqq:rr*)sfiq:di 11

qrRqrarie*'fr: ll u srQr
qqTRwagfl:gGIIfr;iiirqmgqqEdltc:I

itarqaq, iiqFq llll"ll $tf wilgrifi.G qlqqrr?
Sloka 110. To the personborn under its influence, (Parijatamsa), comtorts if in the crRqrdtTr aplanet Becures 66

442

rrcTc|ftrif

Adb. vll.

,, cattle if in the aigria (()opuramsa);and dominion if in the fttrscir (Simhasanamsa, uide Adhyaya1, St.45,46).

stti $ilirilrnrrgff] flqrq{r:ffigt Trron{|

G{(il* {gqrTtrrftrmdqR WRq{ n t t t tl

Slokt tt l. A planetthat attainsthe qnrEaart (Para. vatha Varga) brings to the men born under its auspicee, learning and renown accompaniedby gre;rtprosperity. If the planet reach the higber Qa*+wq (Devalokabhaga), the lucky person coming into the world under the hrppy yoga comesto possess army containinga large an numberof cars, horsesand elephants. lf the planet in power at the time of birth be in the highest trrq(kT (Iravathamsa), secures kingship to the personborn. it a
Norss. These are the effectsof the yogas mentionedin slokas +5-46* of Adhyaya I and zrretaken from q<iatFtq.

eftT{nfr+rr:
q€q f ;Tt*n ft dd sTrr iTi gr

sT€fr q q"i qrftimin* qr ihftr
Sedtaet fiqqrt qr( g(fi q ft t t1 tl
Sloha llZ. According as the Moon occupies a Kendra, a Panaparaor an Apoklima in respect to the Sun, will the moral training, the wealtlr, theinowledge and the intellectual precisionof the person born, be tf,e lowest, middling or irighest. If th; Moon be in ite own Navamsaor in thartof a very friendly planet and

{ri{fr fiqqfta-il?*tg'rrfr r

$1.112

tKdssqr{r:

44.3

if it be aspected by Jupiter, rhe person born will be wealthy, if it be aspected Venus, he will be happyby in both casea without regard to when the birth takee place-which may be by day as well as by night.
NorBs. This and the next sloka are taken from Rrihat Jataka. F r o m t h e e f f e c t sm e n t i o n e d i,t w i l l b e s e e nt h a t t h e M o o n i n a Kendra from the Sun is bad whether in the conjunction (lst), in a square(+th or l0th) or in opposition(7th). I{ere Varahamihira differs from Parasara with regard to giftatz;r (Purnima Chandra). The Moon situated in the 2nd, 5th, 8th and llth frorn the S u n i s m i d d l i n g ;5 t h i s a n e g a t i v e t r i n e a n d 9 t h i s a p o s i t i v eo n e . T h e M o o n s i t u a t e di n t h e 3 r d , 6 t h , 9 t h a n d l 2 t h f r o m t h e Sun is good in result. Here Parasara also agrees. Cf .

HQarftqda-) +oe*rQqf sfi r q Ft{qEqEfigrftqq{t}gurTfi tl

eiisftsfrqeiitqrfFqi qrF",ag r vrft
geql flqi dr qdi lqnqerflan:ll qrfiftei11qa.q}edr qrcEqFqqT tl fiarg $td oq'qtill''qqF{q1$alq I fiqiqet alaifr qlq;iseqqrl n{I: lt
Also qqt,qr

: qges"iqqsqFq :I *qR qftaiaqarflqqilai*t;r ufaairqficr,ilirqrir ranrqqnrqtl uqlEfrdtq qFlsr iqii {Ffr vrfiieenfifi{ft"rirFrfir,{: I dgil]Sfr{,{: n C lat{ e* fiqr iegiTfaiqn
0n.^4.\C

T h c s l c , k a i n t h e t e x t c a r rA l . r , l r e a r t l r r f n l l , , $ i n s t w o i n t e r pretations:(l) If the birth be in tla1, tinre anri thc N{oon be aspected by Jupiter, the person becornes rvealtbl'. lf the birth be at night

444

ltrnqtftqrt

Adh.vrr.

time and the Moon be aspected by Venus, the person born becomes happy. If the Moon be in his own Navarnsa and aspected by Jupiter, the native will be wealthy. If the Moon should be in the Navamsa of a very friendly planet and aspectedby Venus, then the person born wiil be happy. (2) Wtteth"r the birth be at night or day, if the Moon be aspectedby Jupiter and Venus together, the native is sure to be rich and happy. The amount of wealth will be in a less degree if the Moon at birth be in his own or in a friend's Navamsa and be aspected by Jupiter. In the same qr'ay the happiness will be slightly less if at birth the Moon being in his own or in a friend's Navamsa be aspectedby Venus. cf, wfl{d

(qra.drfqrrdTfq{rfi(; q?qqEqUqgRI Sql.mlq qq$lgqf+rrqfaqqiq rr

C\

n

\

a

qqf*q,
st tr qrrRitqh{fil,irrr Fdr
afurqtrftEltftqruffq I

wqfr{ftr€qfrrrEre{{T{q
*qrgqTftqnir{qqrq qtil! n ttl tl
S/olu 113. With the benefic planets occupying the 6th, the 7ch and the 8th houses from the Moon there results what is called the Moon's aTffi{r (Adhi, yoga) wherein takes place the birth of a commander (PoliceSuperintendent head), a minister or a ruler or (of a district or Province). Those rhat are born in the Moon's w&e'lrr(Adhiyoga) are ar the height of prosperity and pleasure, overcometheir foesand live a long life, being exempt from diseases and dangers. NorBs.
The yoga,will be lowered a little in effect if he Sun should

sl. 113

a8*silqr{:

446

be in opposition to the Moon. The efiects described in the third quarter of the sloka will take place if only two benefics instead of three as above be in the above places from the Moon, and those mentioned in the last quarter result if only one benefic is present in one of the above places from the Moon. The benefic planets referred to are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus. Bhattotpala saysthat the interpretation put by some that all from the Moon, the three places,uiz., 6th, 7th and 8th houses should he occupied each by one of the three to constitute an entrqirr (Rahiyoga) is not correct, and quotes in support thereof the following from tdEfifr (Srutakeerti) who recognises 7 sorts of qflcl.r (Adhiyoga).

erMq: fl litd dqrgsil wqr ff: 11
The seven sorts are causedaccording as the three benefic planets occupy one or more of the three houses, 6th, 7th and 8th places from the Moon. That is, they might occupy (l) all the 3 h o u s e s , 6 t h ,T t h a n d 8 t h ; ( 2 ) 6 t h a n d 7 t h ; ( 3 ) 6 t h a n d 8 t h ; ( 4 ) 7th and 8th; (5) 6th only ; (6) 7th only and (7) 8th only. He also adds

ffiq Ti qd q;qglqrqEr U\gmq r

qqflHrrreflda.n.frd: gI( gqlsRiitTr: I qTq: filf{q<\d}o, rr qft\e
Badarayana (nc(tqq) and Parasara are of opinion that according as all the beneficplanets happento possesssuperior, medium or ordinary strenglh, a person born under the yoga will becomea king, a minister or a commander.

qTd: s**afrn' r qrqfE*+ nF.{: mqqtf-fr sr{qrr*: bqas*' gr( |
Also q-s<tfrmr

qT {tftq: nl*qr' qtsd qt ftqqn*qdT FIJ:I qm) zqfrilq)q;{t qrt-qqrq* qTsR tl

iar qd WR: enmilqGqK:frqrt {iq*{t qidlt

: n}+ftQfuF-tlnfr <rewniffi5ftrilq I

446

qtofqrR||t

Adh. VII.

But {sqMili{ (Kalyanavarman) classes the q;ilk{rq (Chanwith Raja yoga when the planets Mercury, Jupiter dradhiyoga) and Venus are not eclipsed nor aspected by malefics. gf. €Rl{dl

qi wwureq fhRrqri|' {fttr: gqsr: g{r: qq {.qro:qrtAFF qotHonqr-ilq$,

g3levqn: r Twi qR,ii* n qfiar:

.z*dg, tarqqrfr-qqTi€fAi {tqt rr
Mandavya is also of the sameopinion. cf .

s{ftp qrfr* fqqqqqilfircfidi

rlc:RH fr'qrqfle qq+girqfAq r
gtiqri*r rrcifafiqrqlaqqtr

TflqTfrtqsEofa qg €{r{. tt e'"t

ll oerfuirrrr tl
g$d oqqR{rt€rsqdr qTqqrirr&r t

oqrfffirilT{fr qfuqr guunRqffieq ttB ll nrtr n
planetsoccupythe 6th, Sloha 114. When benefic the 7th and the 8th bhava from the Lagna and are nei. by ther in conjunction with nor aspected malefic planets which are in positions other than the 4th bhava,the (Lagnadhiyoga) produced. osrfrrqJil is celebrated Norss.
This and the next six slokas are f rom Parasara. From the quotation from Phaladeepilia quoted under the previOus sloka, it that Mantreswara recognisesChandradhiyogaand will be seen Lagnadhiyogaalike'

of. qn+rirr

{qft enfrqlrrif,(qft:gqqfriit il

st, 116-117

.RFTIISInIFT:

447

qodtrrrl t o{ri\fTt Tgtrrq{ili RqrftCieq gaqK frqrqF* qtkrrro'i* qrfriqrguniarr tl qq
Sloha 115. The person born in the qnrRrira(Lag, nadhiyoga) will producemany scientif works, posses$ ic philosophical training, hold a chief command in the army, will be unsophisticated and generous, cnjoying the eminent advantages which f.rme and fortunc give in the world.
cl. qaqtitr Norris'

srtGqlqqrfrq-ft snqrqfAdilerql r qgql{qlfiqf,tir.ii'lfgdtiqlr{3rtut: ||
For the o:rrt?.ilq (I-agnaclhiyoga)th: followirrg efiects are given in et(fqol-

q& orTlrqBq{rei dlqr:qddghfhnr: q;{tqusqfd: f*hrftqfi: dqi {qai rfh: r qlqlgieqfititqoq,ilerrfBqlitqqo. qra' fl;dtd rTqnrfstrqfiflii 9{rr. *laq,{e tl

Ir rrq+q{tiiTT: tl
*-nffi i+gtr €{rgq *qruqlg{qqqiifrr et thtd'(gtr qr{rTq f,rqre{iiriq*qfi 1 ttE tl aTr(
S l c h u .1 i 6 . W h e n J u p i r e r o c c u p i e s k e n d r af r o m a the Moon, the yoga produccd is calledqw.ie(t (()ajake_ sari). Again if the Moon bc aspectedby planets, Venus, Jupiter and Mercury without being depressed or obscured by the Sun, thc yoga produced is rrsr+s0 (Gajakesari).

rrffi{'qradqd s;rsFqEr{ | t*il{t gqffi uqi'{qfit q+{,rr I le tl

-::""""","""""""

Sloka ll7. The person born in ghs Tqffifr{r (Gajakesariyoga) energetic;has much money and ie what will and does grain; ie inteiligentandmeritorious please king. his cJ. urnqdcr

tfln q{qilfte q"q*-qq(nfr: I

qqrffrtr{erfdr fiee}frsRtsfr tt il €$arfr 'rtrqr{:I hsfidt qdi qqqq
rTrrTgGrr{frnl uaeqrtgfrRf, fiqta tt

il stT€t*rTr ll
qq wqaqt uRrosqffiaI qR q s{iir tqr t ll eq Eitfi{qotufr lt}qrg,iltilqfttnuqdq( I ld ll
Stoka118.If at the birth of any person,a benefic from the Moon or reckoned planetbe in the 10thhouse ih" Lrgn", the fameof that personwill remainunclouded in theiountry and his prosperity will be unfailingtill the end of his life.

oflil qqlr.{rerqqft glTdgi t ffiqqqor ilq {tffu;qerdl ll ttq ll
Sloha lL9. When the 10th bhava from the rising sign or the Moon is occupied by a benefic planet, the yoga is styled uror (Amala - spotless) and the fame of the pereon born in the yoga lasts' as long as the Moon and stars endure,
tf. q,-dt-{iq-dt

q;4la,#;qqol6q: Ut{€ifrtilfierrefr tt

ru5"fr qanlt{rt $lfqafqlt t ilil
qM gq{taqorQqdqql tl" ll ll

st. 121-122

qn*sqrq:

44s

Stofu L}O. The person born in the qcqriirl (Ama' layoga) is highly reveredby his sovereign, has great enjoyments,is liberal, kind to his rel-tiveu, benevolent and worthy.
Notns. The effect of birth in an 3{qoT{iq(Amalayoga) is thus described in q.oth?fir (Phaladeepika).

dtfiqrt r tta: qTilTilqal gdqfl:F*lga]

rr ut{frfrrnR
arrqqasneffitqrt Gtilgqqqiisfrqqiqrqrid&3 1 ftq.I6g6gqqn{tq qrar
qgqilg€gifi't{IcTgaqt wik ll tRq ll
occupy the l2th, the Znd or Sloha 121. If planets both the bhavas from the Sun, the resulting yogasarc (Vesi) and srrqqrt respectively named tlt lVesi), A,?r (Ubryachari). When the pianets concerned occupy born their own, friendly or exaltationsigns, the persons in the resulting yogaswill be on a par with kings in regard to the vast wealth and comforts they c.rn command.

gqtftq'ii qpqtqdi {kqfr fuarftrI il(s g{atsr
qr{{i gsn{Tgttr!qlqFqifiiiweti(*ar tt llR ll
S t , t k o1 2 2 . T h e p 3 r s o n b o r n i n a n a u e p i c i o u s wealthy, intrepid eloquent, iitrdirr (\resiyoea)is amiable, and triumphant over his foes while the one born in a aRrirrr(Vesiyoga) with atr ittauspiciousplanet is fond of bad company, evil'rninded and bereft of riches and comfort. 61

450

{fq6crftil}

Adh. VTI

tfr gqrusiligon{Elil qit qmrFqi fiiurrfrtftqdt
iiqffiqqriiqorar I
an( urqrgt qwfqfrEdFtlf ll 111ll
Stohu 123. The person whose birth takesplacein a ifu.iirr (Vesiyoga) wich a beneficplanet is intelligent, liberal,delightingin scientific pursuits, and possessed of com{ort, wealth, fame and strength ; but the man born in a iis'irrl (Vesiyoga) with a malefic planet will be very stupid,afflictedwith lust, delighting in murder, and ugly,faced and he may haveto go into exile.

drqrF*il{qqfirrqil qiqr
nwl?ergu{ioqtt$ifilt I

qit qrqrtlhrqqqt qrquen

rinritwum{rcr trt

ll tqu ll

Sloha 12.1.Those that have their birth in the srrqq?qt{r (Ubhayachariyoga)produced by benefic pla, nets are princely individualspossessed corresponding ol comfortsand belovedfor their amiability wealth and lratrrrc. But those that are born in and compassiorrate are the slrqqfi lUbliayachari) with malignant planets f i w i c k e d ,a f f i i c t e dw i t h d i s r a s c s ,c n g a g e dn s , : r v i c e o r circumstances, aud other pe,:lple irr indirgcnt
cl. slnati:l

onaifhfi+na-qqiqaifrr qui6a r
qtqil qirtt:ll eqqRqiiqattqqqit r=e.'rfifgarar iiqrqi ffgr.qi-I Tfiqrt r qn 3{rq;qrjEaq+;il : errifh'irisfR+t tt "Eeiaqaqrf-+r | qrqqfafir..ryrfr.i qIfr

sl. 126

egdtstqrq:

161

qft\,i*Q{u&: s{fuqq; 11
qtgqFi} q\=a{Ra, gt+t ilfr q€qT{ sR t

fislesr{tErrft+t wd: qrifqqqhrq rr
Also {rlit(

|fbar.s'fr itinq\Aft' nnr*fiat,
,rriir(qrtciqq?ft ,ilq, rfi, qnri, r f*&aaqigtq fiqq) fiq qrarzdl ira eot m:mti €g€qqrifRqJ'ilqq, tr qeilsstfri+r'ilsesar fRilafd:qlqgslgur{l qR o* <lra I i ftr,itw.q€qz,raqJ rsr EIi qo fq{rdltt f E
qs qmqq fteilqqqitq]qqtFsqq: qlss< sqqrqqtqft qeil qirgqlr: I nEr qqorcotsFqdnqtgs: REr ;trF!*r: fl€e: ure'l fhrqns: fl{a€R g(, Fqfd: tl n{
Also qo-dik+r

R'qitrqffi -g arlfharrgqqqqhFqrc rqnti, ufiq: g\: egrgld el{sflr: F€4I:I stqrdq'r#fi'gxat w\equlr6{i aatknlt, g\oq gq'ii q.i,iiq qrqfhi'tt gg,t grdq'l ieiii gaqrfiq(t 11 $: n{rine ii{ fAqfiaur6Q,

ll eIEgrrffi

11

girrgqrd qfr q-rot gilgiilFfr qEffi(rft{ t aurqsilnqtf*onq vnrcrdruq'ftsdtq p1 1g 1q1
S l o h a 1 1 5 . A c c o r d i r r g st h e r i s i n g s i g ni d o c c u p i e d a ic by benef or maleficplanets, the yogas producedare

llt;tllfrltt

vrr. Adh.

termed gH (Subha) and cglr (Asubha) respectively. When the 12th and the 2nd bhavaefrom the Lagna are occupiedby malefic or benefic planete, the yogaEare (Papakarthari)and *'$t.*d'ft (Soumyakarrhacalled qrqo-dR ri) respectively.

gq+{rq* ilrqt uqdrugurrF{ilr I qtrtv{ tf tRqtl nqq],ifr{s{rqt qrqsqi
Sloka 126. The peroon born in the grrala (Subha yoga) is eloquent,handsome, amiable and worthy while the one born in the wgvfrrr (Asubha yoga) is lustful, wicked and feeding on what is not his own but another's.

qrql qrqs{R+ f\wrqlqibfr r+{ tt tls rr
Sloha 127. The person born in a grroifrqlrr (Subha karthari yoga) will have superior lustre, wealth and strength while the one born in a src6'*fi (Papakarthari) will be criminal, eatingbegged food and impure. Norrs.
In the 3 yogasgrT (Subha), ergrr (Asubha) and cidii (Karthari) mentioned in slokas 125-127 the Sun and ihe Moon are not reckoned.

cf. qra-+rir

: ggrr( I sreBdfqert6-gfiriitfiQ
Eqqg&Fqqat: HrTrpqldr e{gqreq} +{ft tl qtdt qqqRqfiareiitfqqrnito: ggqtfri r qlrnFqa: g(rqn: 1 fieitgrar€: gqqT eruqlq]ilqrdl qrqr{tqlry}ftH;f,r{iI qrgrcqgRq qrl : 1, aqqrq\sfifi+,orq

sl. 128-129

ss*$qrq:

+6j

ll +iifiitt qr\:rGnqil fiqlf}r{rea(:

ll qmq3 11
*sig *-rqfig uqdt* on-tryftqR qnqGtnqtft n inifhfr ,rrit q{eqnqiqr tRd ll
Slolc 128. If benefic planets be in Kendra houses and if the 6th and the Sth bhavasbe either unoccupied or occupied by benefic planets, the resulting yoga is cda (Parvatha). Again, if the lords of the Lagnaahd be the 12th bhav.rs in Kendra positions with respectto eachother and aspectedby friends,there is the c{e*rr (Parvatha yoga).
cf. q{4

{ksqqrg{gi qft qier ail( |

iEqtqi:t lt{t<T:qT ef;qr $Q art<hgrotrTt: qsqtqq}t tr n qia ftk qorfqtrqiq{tqdtqi

Also 3rddtail

eqgto e<wta#fQg* fi;nivi gt r
qidi q: +faarqqa]'ir,ils,i arfi tt

qprrrf:in!q+a,ilTrqrfi iiqrRffttds

r(ttrt I

qrql qwtq.{kfhirfli'q'iqqtd gFIIqsf qr{ ll lR\ rt
Sloka 129. The person who has his birth in the c,iafrrr (Parvatha yoga) will be prosperous, engagedin literary pursuits,Iiberal,libidinous and fond of sporting with women not his own, full of energy, famous and at the head of a city.

454
cf . sril*rtrr
e \\ \ q{Grrq qril

{Rrr\IIFile

Adh.vrr.

\ a ^ {qrdl qqql{ rqdhq t qHg{nq{frf,l?iH adqTagqr;itr1ft: sr( tr

0

$t-{o{T{:
qfti mt"rtur g ftoifilt Er
-qh-(u{n\ rg ar sTofr rir gt oqrft\ {€si qii uruor | w(
dqq* gt*qfi qR ilr€{r {tq tt li" tl

\

Sloka 130. If the lords of the 9rh and the 4th bha, vas be in Kendra positions with respect to eachother and if the lord of the Lagna have strength, the yoga produced is 6r€0 (Kahala). If the lord of the 4th bhava occupying its exaltrtion or its own sign be as, pectedby or in conjunction with the lord of the lOch bhavr, the yoga will be suchas the foregoing.

*rqqt il€{t qrdryc*e$dcr I qf,fiiiaffirrrrql qr( srEe;Rril llt tr snrdf
Slota 131. The personborn in the CIrao,irrr (Kaha, la yoga) is vigorous, daring, ignorant, possessed an of in army complete its partsand ruling over a few villages. cf. iln*.o{r NorBs'

q;gt(ul)fiT{rfr{iqo.il-q ft=qd}a} r
offl{t{ii qe.qfi,ilrr' qEonfl{: 11 qqqrqGfitflqq: r iqqrfaqqnqai sitf,tqii qarqlTit er.+rqt qt: tt ult

qfesirq (Kahalayoga) and its eflect are thus stated in qo(tqfi.

sl. 132-133

trg*scqfrt:

456

qfd ognftqruqqftftqailfhqruelaelg *qqqeqFq: I ,i)tr' q +,rqo qfia: tr qfi sfgrotr&, gqfa,qsa, &q.lr,+Eoa}zqrqr I

qrfbqrq]rr,
qR o{rG{rHUErrI qtta qaiqftrim.rerarjrrss qrd'r I RqGqtfritqrtr iiuqfhgini *{itrsqgorqR ilqri{€t rt t 11 tr
Sloka 132. If the 7 planetsbe in ? houses from the Lagna,the personborn in the yoga is a king in command of many elephantsand horses. If the rror (N1ala-the wrt-athof planecs)be from the 2nd bhava, the person b o r t t i n t h i s 2 n d y o g aw i l l b e a k i n g o w n i n g h o a r d so f 'q7calth, dutifully reverenutowards parents, resolute, of stern aspectand possesscd eminent virtues. of

qrfr qErlirqqdbuni qqr € uil qiiqq r'irrit

gffirr tegcrrrnw-

q)riiqrrEnqtq{tq:u 111tl

S l o k u 1 3 3 . I f t h e q r f b + t( M a l i k a ) c o m m e n c ef r o m the 3rd bhava,the personborn in it will be heroic and wealthy but sickly. If the starting point of the qrfuEr (Malika) be the 4th L,hava, personwho has his birth the therein will be a very liberal sovereign enjoying the good fortune due to his governing many countries.

qfr gTIEn qriOqr arqft&Erar{r {ifitqt{ qrp qErIEq afiaag<+qm] {}q. I E{til

458

Crurtilftqlt

Adh. vII.

qR qnGq€qrftqr qgdqefr .{qRll rrqrr {tqtg*q{ffidl dlhrqaqtsqq tls ll
Sloka 134. If the qrfbEr(Malika) begin with the 6th bhrva, the person born in the yoga will be a king accordingto ritual or getting fame performingsacrifices otherwise. If the eret (Mala) be {rom the 6th bhava, the person taking his birth in the yoga will be needy but getting wealth and comforts occasionally at some stages of his life The person born in a wreath of planetsstartingwith the 7th bhavawill be a king dearly loved by a large number of wives. If the Sth bhava ba of the'commencement a ctis*r (Malika),the personwho comesinto the world under such a planetary conjunc tion will be a distinguisheC personage,blessedwith long life but poor and henpecked.

qdiffisr

gurfriuFfisil ftus ilqqt

qft orurilqqwatqft I u*fuqrqq* qrfr ft'q'&rdgafii61: Wq}r}q rrtl\ ll {+{
Sloia 135. If the mfu{rq}rr (Malika yoga) begin with the 9th bhava, the person born in it will be endowedwith all good qualities,will devoutly perform and will be rnighty. When the yoga haa its sacrificer inception in the lOth bhava,the personage taking birth in it will be engagedin good acts and held in high by eEte€m the virtuous. If the yoga should proceed from the llth bhava the personborn will be the lord of lovely women, princely in birth and prragonsof their sex and he will be competent to engage in every kind of activity. lf the qror (Mala) originate in the llth

qqfqrqR q{ilifi6: {qiil{: qcq*: I

Sl. 136-13?

\. TlS{lSsmlr

457

bhava, personwill be lavish in his expenditure and tlrc honoured everywhere.

ll ll "lrRqTF: I dit\h qrnarqqlqs aild s-flfr €g?r

\

qr d.ffit usqR aqrcqi qq qTruqr( tltlElt uoi
Stoha 136. If the lord of the Lagna occupying the bv exaltationsign and aspected Jupiter be in a Kendra, rrw (Chamara). If two bene' the resulting yoga is called fic planetsbe in the Lagna,the 7th, th': 9th or the 10th bhava,there will be the yoga crlled Erm (Chamara). Norrs.
qm€tq (Chamarayoga)is thus diflerentlv stated in qrtrflt{r.

ffq wq& fEqr olt dtq,i {t r
ll uq*q{t ffi q}trarqrnfl+:
lf the planets occupying each of the Lagna and the other bhavas in order be either in conjunction with or aspectedby bene' fic planets, or the lortls thereof be in beneficpositions, uneclipsed b y t h e S u n ' s r a y s o r i n t h e i r o w n h o u s e s ,t h e t r t l t e 1 2 r e s u l t i n g yogasare respectively terrned -rtq( (Chamara), irg (Dh"tu), cni (Jataali), it{ (chathra), ue (Asthra), +,tq(Kama), (saurya), "roft qrgr (Aasura), urq (I]hagya), <qrfr (Khvati), crltqtt (Parijata), and gto (Musala).

: ril' *'agirfhiczfq! grnnirlet:
elqeqirftf+ofiqfildlit: sqt{ilqqr I

Te{TITIg{t €nrarqrtgd{qefqtan

qpqeqlfr qmgnor<1idur +1Rnr,t gqtfi t

fii qrcqTqi ilq(cdl frar{ ilql qibcfi{r qdqst
5B

ll (fur qrtqrrrwffi ql+d ffitfrtrnun{ tl\e ll

468

qffiscrfrrn

Adh. VII.

Sloku 137. The person born in the qrrrtqJrr (Cha, marayoga) wili be either a philosopher, wise, eloquent and hcld in high esteem by kings, or a king who being comprtent by birth &c.,to enter on the study of the sacred scriptures, has urasteredeverything connected tberewitli. This personagewiiI live a year a{terthe t a l eo f 7 0 y e a r si s c o m p l e t e ; i . e . 7 1 y e a r s . d
cJ, .iK+t{{r

qlitsfutqrqt qrfr{taigiaarl r gdt egtrrrftan: erqfidi qqqKrn n

ll {t$qftq: lt
er;qJ;q*;(rJErfr r?i ga6rq

\

qt& oeftri q q{t?rrqqfr

il{rrqq i{Ugd rtr( {HiItTTtI

A\

\

a9

\

qqila n t ld tl wrqrfqt qogt g iTqr
Sioia 138. When the lords of the Eth and the 6th bhavasare in Kendra positions wirh respect to each other and rvhen the lord of the Lagnais strong, the yoga ig calledttg (Sankha). Thc srmc yoga is said to e:<ist when the lord of the Lagna,as well as the lord of the 10th bhava, occupy a moveablc sign and the lord of 9th bhava is strong.

iltr{t;ttqlrurgthqt{rqqt}e{ aiqrwrrq{'iiril llq tt
Slotc 139. The person born in the Sankha yoga will havea life of enjoyment,be compassionate, blessed with a wife, sons, wealth and lands, engaged the in p r a c t i c e f v i r t u e , w i l l p o s s e s s k n o w l e d g co f t h e o a oacredscriptures, will be well,conducted,beneficent,

ut qla\ q'rrrrrloi etgrrtlft**r{ grqqqf ErTtgt I

Sl. 140-141

qs*sqrq:

459

end may live 8l years(one year after the tale of eighty ia completed). cf. smfli{r

qR t-.qftfrqqr:sH,figfld Gq{: t q: dlrdq{lflreit ,i}q' qt-aE iRa, tt
qI ttgq},ilq+ qeJ {rdr {r diflq}sR I

{ln t+arqilqgo]sfi zqffd\ tt
aq{rr (Sankhayoga)and its efiect are thus stated in qodft+t'

*-q*iqqgfi,iRqIS' tt l! {Iqr qFr€,i}} egarafiilqiqsrqfif,d:

n+mq:ll
qr;drqqrar{lg frq{tg

{dgdqfr tRrirqrt sqrGft
\.\\A\

fi,T trdr gtgill RT(IolTilt|lr

ll lTIr}Eiqsgt g afu {r={q. t8" ll
S / . 4 r 1 . 1 0 . h e n t h e r ea r c p l a n e t si n t h e Z n d , t h e W a l2th, tire lsc anJ the ?th bhav.rs nd when the lcrd of tlre lCtir bhava is strong, the ycga is lffr (Bheri)' Venr:s and the lord of the lst bhava occupy \X/her-r a K e n d r a p o s i t i o n s i n r e s p t c tt o J r r p i t e r n d w h e n t h e yoga shouldbe lord of the t)th bhava is strong, the eame s a i dt o e x i s t .

fr;il dqtgfrfiqairqqqr

qariqfigrcRgdlr {itrfl! | rqr 3r edi rqRqiig { q€rgq
gdtfll ll tgt ll \itqilnqgsil iigoTlt

Sloku t4l, Those that are born iu the lft (Bheri

460

qrilFqft{re

Adh.vn.

yoga)are lordly men, of gord birth, long-lived,exempt from diseasesand danger, poss:ssed of much wealth, lands,sonsand wives, of greatrenown, enjoying much happiness accountof their virtuous lives, eminently on heroic and of grcat experience the affrirs of the world. in

TtaGFTrrts
qR sqq€ftrrdrft qffii
{6rd Csfqfrqrrqaiq.ri t o{riqt qogfe €ffifrqr
qrq, $e,qrq6qzTgarr{T{r{il ll tBl ll

S / . f r a 1 4 2 . l f t h e l o r d o f t h c N a v a m s aw h i c h a planecin its exaltationoccupies in a Kona or Kendra bc position; if the occupant of the Kona or Kendraposi, tion in qucstionbe in its exaltation or own houseaod have abundrnceof strengrh and if the lord of the Lagna be powerful at the sametime; the yoga produced €Ts is (Mrudanga) and confers on the personborn nobility of mien and fame suchas it is the good fortune of sove, r e i g n st o l r a v e .

|fpffitffig

n\

q ilt,rt st.rt qG sqftti {Fqqdgt I

*qrqfrq: Uqqgffii qtr];R! {rfitrir Tqros utultl

S/oArr143. When thc lord of the Tth bhava is in the ltlth bhavaand when the lord of the 10rh is in rhe exaltationsi n and also in conjunctionwith the lord of the 9th, the auspiciousy,oga called "frqrq(Srinatha lord 'fhe is of Fcrrtur.e) produced. personborn therein will be like Indra, the king of the celestials.

sl. 144-146
But seeq-€dfr{t

sglrsqtq:

461

n rfi e,fi ,{fiqlFstt€lfitl: trrqRdq rfat r, ff5o-5frtt q}a t elqqaigee{rgqq11; alqtq,ittl<'{I ll aaqrfiq{rqaslfldatr

gTf$n goi\ €tfr qrt gtfrft qrgft qruqqr :
g*'lf,qarrsia:I nmqrf*.il€qqqqfr{r dqsffi+ qgai(n: Hcgr(Rlfiqd:

il frrrqfrtill<q' dei qqafqfrsfrgxtr:

{TlTfl{Istr
.irqrrnqtetr gil{i {qlft\ ff[t

\

ftq.rutsftritqilhi t *F(e frFnrqh q;ffi*rurqtgr'flgfr fr.qffiil o*

ort qrqfr i{qfurq gqFr;dnild{$rll tue ll

Sloha 144. When the lord of the 10th hhava is in tlre 5th, when Mercury is in a Kendra ; when the Sun powerful ; when is in its own sign and exceedingly Jupiter is in a Kona in respect to the Mocn and when Mars occupiesa Trikona position with regardto Mer' cury; the resultingyoga is callednrrqr(Sarada).When Iupiter is in the t lth bhrva from Mercury and other before obtain, the sameyoga is conditions metttiotted saidto exist.

digru;ggt*sqgq$il qti?rr Wq*$fE{fr'r I

ftqTffiflfutoe trqorar
tt crrili eqliftrdruft urrqrret t8\ ll
Sloka 143. Those that are born in the mrqrfrrt (Saradayoga) take particular care of their wi'ree, their

462

ctf,iqtR'rfld

Adh. vII.

and their !ons, their relatives,their personalappearance they are in favor with their sovereigns they virtues; i IJrahmans I Gods ; an show revereilce their preceptors, to they take delight in literary pursuics and have a good dealof amiability, religious meric and strengthi they are attentiveto their duties in this world.

ureq+q:
ardrrmqri qet qE€giI
qgqd, qrt frqlst IR<I{f,6fll qBEll rrt
S l o k a 1 4 6 .W h e n a m a l e f i cp l a o e t i s i n t h e 9 t h bhava from the Lagna,when the 5th bhava is occupred by beneficas welt as malefic planets, and when the i.c, egce (Chathurasra) the 4th, or the 8th bhava from the Lagnahasa malefic planet, the yoqa is termed rtiel (Mathsya).

i6'ro{ Wunft;gdor*IlEo$q{R s I
qrfti{qraqqiq qiqqirr{T!ffi3ll lue ll
Sloha 147. The personborn in the qit'{ (Mathsya) : yoga will be an astrologer he will be very compas' s sionate he will have virtue, intelligence, trength, ; m f b e a u t y , a m e ,l e a r n i n ga n d r e l i g i o u s c r i r , c\

ETTqtq,
frrqr:essfizt{rsdtqril | sarr$Titgig qffwrrricwrrt"qfrrqr itr'rq{qr qft t&frrrrllqBcll
b S l - t a 1 a S . I f t l : e b e n eifc a m o n g t h e p l a n e t s e i n : t h a n d t h e 6 t h b h a v a s a n d t h e m a l e l i ci r r the ?th,the t h e 3 r d ,t h e 1 l t h a n d t h e l s t b h a v a s ; a n d i f t h e A m s a s or Rasisoccupiedby the planetsbe invariably those oi

sl. 149-l5r

€Eqrss{rr{t:

46tf

their own, exaltationor their friends,the yoga produced is termed qi lKurma).

qqtf{ur rTFrIIqqqFrs fi<"qnffi$fi rmq'rnrt I qhr grqtErllq$rrfirf tqigfr qninrqftl {r tt lBq ll
Sloha 149. The person boru in the qific (Kurma yoga)will have wide fame, royal luxuries, and will be giit (Satva) eminently virtuous, the quality of goodness predominatingin his nature ; he will be staid,comfort, able,and disposed to befriend other people by putting in a kind word on their behalf with the sovereignor he may even be that oovereign.

qqlr*rr'
qp+t qqqrr& q*t ilq{ffirt I

olt *-.n**

Sloha 150. When the lords ol the 9th and the Znd bhavasare respectively in the 2nd and the 9th bhavac and when the lord of the lst bhava is in a Kendra or a is Kona, the yoga called wg (Khadga.) produced.

"f,irn

u RtRer l\" tl

iqrtt{ rqfi ft*orrq gfr atq
glilnrqqu{i{gtqr$ilr t frftutrq ft-dqidqilgwqts E(ilr l q\q tl Gr l qEFq Seqtgrrorr
S l o k u l 5 l . M e n b o r n i n t h e t q s { l K h a d g a )y o g a devotethemselves the study of the Vedas,the Science to rr o f p o l i t y a n d a l l t r a d i t i o n s ,t o t h e a s c e r t a i n m e ro f t h e t t r u t h s c o n t a i n e dt h c r e i na s w e l l a s t h e i r a p p l i c . r t i o no practice, and to the maintenance their ratrk,power, of dignity and happinees. They are free from envy or

1A

ctf,tqrnqte

Adh. vil. tht" too'"*"

n

"'J the prowess they are cleverand gratefully remember ; kindnessee doneto them.
Notes. is F-flt!fl: another reading in the fourth quarter of the sloka; wbich means their orders are readily obeyed.

ll alqfi+qr ll
t-Kqaftfiurt qpi't qdrqt t q.€rd ll onTfEt q oqqtfrq {dRer t\Rll
Stoka 152. When the lord of the 9th bhava is in a Kendra identical with the planec'sMoolatrikona and when the lord of the Lagna occupieothe exaltation sign of and is poeseseed abundant strength, the resulting yoga is declaredto be oqCl'ih (Lakshmi yoga).

gqrffi qgiqqrfrflqntffifttatwf I n wdffi qgqngrs t\l tl mltr,etqrur*
(Laksh' Sloka 153. The pcrson born in the qqc?sirl mi yoga will be a king of kings amiable for his many virtueE,ruling over many lands,widely krtown for his learning, lovely as cupid, bowed to by kings from the farthest regions of the earth and having numerous wives and sons.
Notgs. This yoga and its effect is thus described in qiriifQ-{I'

qrrqtgtgtil w'qrrq: I €q+i qG arq+oafigii qftdqlffi'ft'Efr frei qqq{ifdqT tqd F{i;ft( g{,flfr qilffiqmErsrr: I elqrq-q{i} q0qfr{i} qKTq atdtrn: P

Aerrifr*qTqqrfrtrwr<irrrarF,ral

sl. 154-166
cf. qrrarttr

cS*sglc:

{05

qrqJq{t rrruartgtftt r };}

CInfrtqordq eqfifr{ $Ra: rr q.iinqnt ,rrrt afut Uqqtr gli qfrfic: sqqt qdlwt er{iq}q tt

It SgqQPr 11 ftrcdil *t ii*aFd sffi r u,fr

qFTqHrri Afts{ sg{ruiq rrt\B tl irt

Sloka 154. When Venus occupies Kendra rcpte. a eentedby an immoveable sign, and the Moon in a Trikona position is other than beneficand when Saturn holds a place in the 10th bhava, the resulting yoga io g,gu (Kusuma).

riiqt I ERr qdqucfifftrqfiEri qU.incqNn{f€'{n

o'i* qarutftfs<t! arri ruqt ugqigqr t\\ mrql afq

Sloha 155. The person born in tbe gge*rr (Kusu, ma yoga)will be a powerful sovereign wide celebrity of in the world, foremost 3mong kingc who trace their deecent from illustrious royal houses, great enjoyof ments, bowed to by rulers of the earth and bourtifully bertowing gifts.

qffiqr
qR il=qfrs]uftqqfr an(qgs{ir{r qq qrRqtilr t\t
Sloha 156. Find first tLe zodiacal occupied sign by the lord of the Lagna; ascerrainnext in what Rasi the lord of the zodiacal sign firot found is. If the iord of 69

RoqarEiUilufrratqqrtr{iilft ilfirtTEr t

rtcrt5qrft.|e

Adh.vlr.

the 2nd Rasi thus ascertained the lord of the Navarn, or sa occupiedby the lord. of the secondly found Rasi be in a Kendra or Trikona or in its exaltation, the yoga produced is crftqra (Parijatha).

qqr.atfrqr fl{ftqroqd gqfr* Er{0r{rtigifi! | qilrf,qqifirnir qqrgfr.ililr qrqiA qrRq|nr q\s ll u
Sloha 757. ilhe personwhose birth is in thecdiqra du (Parijatha yoga) will be a sovereign destinedto be hrppy in the middle and latter portion of hie life, res. pected and obeyed by other kings, fond of war, posoeesing elephants and horees, attentive to his duty and engagements of a compassionate and disposition.

tgtftMq,
\\ \ \ \ c q* qdqi qrqlEfrqr w( ( sorfdfn ll t\c tl

iadq qeqfi gqgrstiq( |

Sloka l5li. When Jupiter occupying the 2nd or the 5th bhava is aspcctedby or in conjunction with Mercury andVcnus or is in a house owned by (either (Kalanidihi). of) them,the yoga is calledqrsrfrFr

un'i qorftiqqql ggurT{\ffiI

t frqqqtqqrst arqrcuc-tl
\

{FII$ HqEi{l{uldl Hrl{F

nn

qrgrrf:qdr il ii.iqrjqrtqrRqFt l\q tl

Slohu 169. The perscn born in the aorfriq<ia (Ka, l a n i d h i y c g a ) w i l l b e g a l l a n t .a m i a b l e{ o r h i s m a n y virturs, waited upcn and loyally greetedby many great k i n g s . H i s r e t i r , u c r v i l l c o n s i s t o f a n a r m y ,h o r s e s , s t I O n g l c p h a n t s ,c , n c hd r u m a n d o t h e r i n s t r u m e n t s f o c c ,

st. 160-162

(cfrsqrq:

467

martialmusic: he will be exempt dangere from diseaaes, and foesof everykind.

qtoi sil wq qlftsqqrilRsnr tQo ll n
S/ofro 160. If Venus and Jupiter be in Kendras and if Saturn in exaltrtion occupies also a Kendra and if the rising sign at the time of birth be a moveableone, (Avatharaja). the resulting yoga is called "r€KilGn

+-ilft fkniiaftdri tnqil'*i t

goqrslsmitiqrii 6rord itarcm t $uHr i[tIIRTi['t

lt til;ct\ iq{rrqritsniqrditrqatrqts{nEill tqt'll
Stoka 16l. The person born in the 3fu1q61qqtr yoga) will have the majesty of a king; (Amsavathara he will be of good reputation; he will go to holy with fine arts; he will shrines; he will be conversant be devotedto gallantry; he will shapethe characterof the agein which he lives; he will be void of passion. He will be acquaintedwith the Vedanta Philosophy and qualifiedby birth to study and interpret the eacred scriptures.

{t{Q$tflpffi:
iiitrqqft i$Fqqinnm{ flrqqalI
qftqrrgt+qrrrR;trqpql qf ql6qq;fl-(rlstl I s

n\

r whsfrsrtqr itqrrqRi{;g{rrrirErrl fiwnr gilei€fiaw{raqqirn n tqR tl {h
Sloka 162. The following are the three yogascalled altarqa (Harihar,rbrahma) by the ancients. The first

408

.IiT|tft|tt

Adb. VII.

ftTreu ( Hariharabrahma ) yoga is produced wheh the benefic planetsare in the 2nd, the lZth and the gth bhavas in respect to the lord of the 2nd bhava. The 2nd yoga exists when Jupiter, the Moon and Mercury are in the 4th, the 9th and the 8th bhavas with reference to the lord of the ?th blrava; the 3rd yoga is present when the Sun, Venus and Mars occupy the 4th, the 10th aod the llth from the l,rrd of the Lagna.

frfroft rrqfrqrqnq s{rf,T{rfr q+**q{Ri teRgsoqs:
wsolf€Fidqrcqr{rq{rtoI I

{rs{ir aftatPqiq*rr Uoqmqltql tl n
Sloha 163. The person who has his birth in the (Hariharabrahma) yoga will be thoroughly rttrru conversantwith the entire body of sacredlore, truthful in his speech, possessed every comfort, of pleasing of gallant,victorious over his foes, beneficentto addresa, every living creature and virtuous.

ll ;ilrffitffipr: tl

tgr Tgr*il{ frfrqraitf{ufu il tQsrr
Sloka 164. There are 20 yogas named after the different figures they represent and coming under the generaldesignationof qrAf*qtu (Akriti yoga). They are (1) qF (Yupa), a sacrificial posr; (2) qg (Ishu), ao arrow ; (3) nft (Sakti), ia spear; (a) qc (Yava), a barleycrrn ;

sL 165

qgdtsqrq:

$e

(5) qss (Danda),a stick ; (6) rE (Gada), mece; (?) egt a (8) oz (Chathrat, an umbrella; (9) (Samudra), sea; the q*=ir (Ardhachandra),a half Moon ; ( t0) te (Sakata), a waggon (11)wgr (Ambuia),a lotus; (12) cftt (Pak, : shin),a bird; (13)ii lNau),a bcri; (t4) ar Chakra, a wheel; (15) +s (Vajra), Indra's weapon, thunderbolt shaped the letter X ; ( t6) as (Hala),a plough; ( t7) like +r$o (Karmuka), bow ; (18) q: (Kuta), a trap (for a catching deer); (19) arfi (Vapee), a well ; and (20) ruFtu:F (Sringataka), placewhere4 roadsmeet. a
Norns.
The Nabhasa(heavenly)y )gas are said to consist of 4 divi(.qtriti yoga) which has 20 sub-divisions; sions,ardz.(i) g{r$fi,ir.il: (ii) eeqrfirn:(Sankhyayoga)which has 7 sub-divisions;(ili) ertarqq}rt: (Asrayayoga) having 3 sub-divisions and {lv)to,iii (Data yoga) having only 2 sub-divisions-Total 32 in a71. Yavanacharya is said to recognise 1800 varieties of these Nabhasayogas,which, when properly analysed,will be found to have been included in the above 32. ln this sloka mere namesof the 20 qrz;fi (elriti) yogas have been mentioned, while the yogas themselveshave been described in detail in slokas 168-172.

rcgqoqUsslqilqrrlqt€IrTs

c

HI{iFrSr qo'nrr{qiq+dr{| a qturrfl mf\mE(qrr{rTrdrq
+Erl1og.r.rrouq6*q{mlE\ ll fl
S/ofra 165. tsg (Rajju, a ropel, ro (Nala, a reed), and geo (Musala, a pestle)are the names of the three wtxl (Asraya) yogas (named from the general charac, teristic of the signs which the 7 planets occupy): eo (Srak a wreath), lftfir{ (Bhogin, a snake)are the two {q

170

|lUr\|ftil*

Adb"vlr.

@ala) yogaE(q€-Dala meansone of the two halves into which a bamboo or a like substanceis split): *qr (Vee, na, a harp), E{qtq (Varadama,a good string), vnr (Pasa a noose), *m (Kedara a field), qo (Sula, a pike), g.r (Yuga, a yoke) and riio (Gola, a globe) are declrred to be the seven tcqr (Sankhya) yogas so nrm:d from the number of housesin which the ? plaoetsare group:d. NorBs.
The names of the 7 Sankhya yogas, the 3 Asraya yogas and the 2 DaIa yogas have been mentionedin this sloka.

qiqq t Eug*{daoqril {rcTtt{r{q.nrsrrK

**t qE(fr4*eflq{{fi ni\fi qrrrrtq tqq tl n

Sloka 166 rq (R.ajju), II€a' (Musala) and i-o,(Nah) are the three wx+ (Asraya) yogas declared to arise by Satyacharyawhen the planets are exclusively in the moveable, the immoveable and tlie dual signs respec, tively. eq (Srak,t and qt (Sarpa) are the two Ts (Dala) yogasmentioned by wrnt (Parasara) due to the Kendras being exclusively occupied by benefic and malefic planetsrespectively (the Moon being left out o[ account. benefic and malefic planets are three each). NorBs.
This and the next eleven slokas have been taken from gqsqrtrd sTt{cfrfi: (Asraya yogas) 3. All planets should be in qr (Chara_ sg(Rajiu). m.veable) signs. Planets posited in cardinal signs will make the native ambitious by prcceeding to foreign places in search of Dame, fame, wealth, etc. (2) geo (Musala). All planets should be in fb< (Stthira_ immoveable) signs. The native will be of fixed determination, good status, etc. (l)

sl. 166

gsfrsqrq:

4ll

i3) rc (Nata). Al1 planets should be in slrq (Ubhayadual) signs. The native will be dejected, depressedand disappointed. {oftfr (l) (Dala yogas) 2.

tt{ (Srak). Al1 beneficsshould be in Kendras. Q) sd (Sarpa). A1l malefics should be in Kendras. Satyacharya has described the three qrr{q (Asraya) and the (nata) yogas thus : two ei-o

,ilrrrrq a rEq r sd q\g ilfitg qil fFcrdr
e{qqfqqq RnnfiauqrflT?igssll

d frrtg ffirg qEr fuil U{rorqa frq{ r
wqFf fiqft{IqT giilnrrTqrflilrqT{
Ao.C

ll

finfts qoqfr*.il ahrfifitntoar{ rr
frgqrqi geqrqiqqnqqq)fiqiqqfr tl
Also

qrufiftit't iE, frqwfiri<{ s.'uq, I aenfigfifqtfqe: Gn{k{tqJ'ir rr

From the words gfrlufqe: (Munibhiruddishtaha) the above in quotation, it will be seen that Satyacharya was not the original discovererof the yoga, but the earlier sages. Some commentators are of opinion that the 3 et{q (Asraya) yogas{Fg (najju), gso (Musala) and qo (Nala) are causedwhen the planets occupy all the four of the moveable, immoveable or dual signs respectively. But this view is gpposed by Garga who says ;

qd e} qrxq:ni utior qil Q: r qr+rrcqr rgi:frwwr{1qi( tt arq fiqrrA.gni qrfrai{'rTg?qr{ |
(flfict 6-+d"nt is another reading,)

qfr{i qft+tRa: tt Beqr* qort'rFg

172

filrqrn:|d

vu. Adh.
#

Regarding the two 4o (oala) yogas w{ (Srak) and q{ (Sar' pa), the commentator adds that srak yoga is caused if tbe benefic planets occupy three of the four Kendras while there are no malefic planets in any of the Kendra places; and that when malefic planets occupy three of the Kendras while there are no benefic planets in any of the Kendra houses, the yoga is known as s,t (Sarpa), and that the Nloon should be left out of consideration and not classed as benefic or malefic. He also quotes in support tbereof the following two quotations: viz', (l) Garsa

(g:rftagq<:) 1 R*-dr,iqrrrt:s,ii€:fhaffqE: ,itfqq--qqSr ad;fiqfrfragi: fi€I ll
"(2) Badarayana

k"i"qqr\ ffioffi$, t-qHflr\' {qqf:ir {rerq.I

<rrrqtrilrnrfA* sfq* qsret}tl * s{trq€}ftar
The a-o Dala yogas are thus described in A-Erqf<H€Kr.

q€qR"qivnqrqq: I €{tl t-qat fr'qeifd ITioI qqg qhGnri qqre{ gdt+ftqqfAqrfiii u fR
The commentator adds that these two yogashave been mentioned not only by Parasara but also by others and quotes the following fronr qiQrq (Manittha).

*-qaq.tt'w\: ffi1 qenfiil r
rt * fi,tl s{qrcK.qlqfitiesoq+ qFu qwi4r{q-913 wrr
\\ qEFstqqoswilosrqr I

hriqtr frffid Eor(""il-

tl fiergr'tr sq{sdfr rrtE's

Sloha Io7. According to some astrologers, the Asraya yogasare the same as the qq (Yava , *ro (Ka' mala), es (Varja), nfr{ (Pakshin), ri}c+ (Golaka), and

'il. 167

gtlqrs€4rq:

473

otbers* of the srrafr( Akriti ) and cear ( Sankhya) yogas and the two go iDala) yogas are only similar to I the yogascaused by the plancts restricting themselves to Kendrasand consequentlyhave the same effects as have already been described for these. Tbat is why theseyogasand thcir effects have not been separately described. Norrs
Varahamihira has explained in this slolia the reason why some of the astrologers (meaning thereby the Yavanas) have omitted to treat in their works separately of the 3 qtqq (Asraya) and the 2 es (Dala) yosas. It will be seen that the three eTtrfq (Asra1,a)and the two 40 (Oata) yogas some times (but not always) happen to be identical with some of the 3{EiA (Akriti) and the q<qr (Sankhya) yogas. The cardinal signs where planets are posited need not necessarily v<i angular at the same time in any horoscope. For instance, suppose all the plarets in a certain horoscoDe happen to be in \q (Mesha) and {z{ (Kataka}. As these two signs are moveable ones, the yoga caused is fs{ {Itajju) and will be indentical llith rr{t (Gada) if the I-agna happens to be either\q (Mesha) or l]ut if any other rtrii (Rasi] (other "riZ;[ (Kataka). than {q-Mesha or Eaq-Kataka) be the l-agna, and all the planets are as described in the above, there is no {{t (Gada) yoga tbough it may still be called 1;g (Rajju). Again, if :r1l the planets be in tc (Mesha) and got (Tula) and if oue of these llasis be the Lagna, then too the yoga is (;g (lt.jju) since botlr the sigrr:; arc rrro'eable ones. As tq f I\Iesha) and d-ot (Tula) happen to be the lst and 7th houses and all the planets are said to be in these 2 houses, the yoga is {ISz Sakata.. Suppose all the planets to occupy +t{t- (Kanya) (Meena), two of the dual signs; the yoga is ;ro (Nala). and qriq If one of

* r;a1(Gada), {r+z (sakata) among the qlafr (Akriti) yogas (Yuga), 1Xo (Sula) and httt (Kedara) arnong the and gn R(.{t (Sankhya) yogas.

6C

474

qRnSqn'iqri?

Adh. VII.
both as or {3q and c-ct a a-oa-4'm

these two Rasis be also the Lagna, the yoga is known {uithuna) ar+a (Sakata) and ao (Nala). Rut if iiga (Dhanus) be the Lagna, it will be both qiqq (Pakshin) (Nala). If any other Rasi be the l.agna, it will only be (Nala yoga). Examples iike these can be nrultiplied'

The question now arises as to why then Varahamihira makes (Asraya) and 4o lDala) yogas in special mention of these 3{It{-q his work. The ar,swer is, al I the possible irrstances of these (Akfllthr) ar,d (-rcqt Sanl<hya) yogas are not included in the 3{t5f} yogas may be these and lAsraya) and {o.Dala) yogas. The qlfi deemed it may not be these. It is therefore that the author has fit to treat them seParatelY' Again, it is said of the two 4a (Daia) yogas that other authors planets occupying have described the eflects of benefic and nralefic (Dala) t h e K e n d r a s a n < la s t h e s e a r e a l s o t h e e f l e c t s o f t h e t w o { o yogas, they have omrtted to treat of them separately' Varahami' the hira treats of these separately in order to make it known that ( N a b h a s r t ) y o g a s a n c la s s u c h t h e i r e f l e c t s a r e f e l t two are nli{q throughout life, and not like thc other yogas whose eflects are felt only during therr Dasa or ,\ntardasa l'eriod and not afterwards. cf ,

,i}m:nrii q.tfiq alqgl q{i fqqRnt ll afr firnqoa^tfa;el Rc<qill€fE flr,ol s{qnrefi$?.qT: qe gtfa-sr: 11

Also sttEdl

eil{qfto.qaeqtriilFqR-qRig nqd fius €iFEftt I Tffle* qqqqeilqstswtl o{Fqfi{uft{i ffi$( il'{tt ll qqd ll
S/ofra 168. Astrologers say that the yoga rrqr (Gada)is prcduced when tire plarretsoccupytwo suc' cessive Kendras; a.r.z(Sakata) when all the Eeven are planets in the 1ct and the 7th houses; cfhd (Pakshin)

sl. 169

qf,frss{rq:

476

when they are in the 4th and the 10th houseE; crrrei (Srungataka)when the sevenplaneta are in the Lagna, tlte Sth and the 9th houses; and eo (Dala) when they are confined to a group of triangular houseeother than the one containing the Lagna.
Norps. In this stanza Varahamihira (Alriri) yogas. l. dras. (l) lst {r1r (Gada). describes 5 out of ttre Z0 eTr5fr

A1l the planets should occupy adjacent Keu' There are thus { varieties, triz,, all the planets may occupy and 4th houses; (Z) +ttt ancl 7th houses (3) 7th and l0th

houses and (4) l0th and I s: hou-'es. The Yavanas recognise these as 4 distinct yogas and cAll thenr respectively as ffit The (Vit)huka) and u{q (Dhvaja ' (Gacla), ir6 (sankha), isg* good and sortrewhrrt bad. They will be in effect is somewhat squares. ntt planets shoultl be rn the lst and the 7th houses. The effect must be bad as planets are in opposition. 3. fts.r (Vihagat. Al1 planets should be in the 4th and tne 'lhe p l a n e t s l > e i n gi n o p p o s i t i o n , t h e e f f e c t r n u s t b e lOth houses. 2. t+a (Sakata). bad. (Sringataka). All plarrets should be in "gq1zl, (lth houses, Effect good. 5th and All planetsshould bc In'-.' 5. aa (llala). 4. (u) 2ttd,5th and l0th houses: (b) 3rd,7th and'l lth houses; ( c ) 4 t b , 8 t h a n d I l l t h h o u s e s; that is, rn trines begirtning with arrl' hciuse other thirn the Lagna. the l:t,

cf.

fll.lg+,t4ol

: oTlI;rrl{FJ{qtF,ldql FHtEqT(+q{afrqf,q I

\n\C-\o].

qq qcql filttdl rlirFq: gql{t{:

,

"

o

"^\

\

\ \ t r{q{{,Fq t11: ll

r urr<iro nni fiqq:Us'n&t:
ofiqerrq<&:e\: rysu-i rgilq rt

mrtfbqr n;glraR E

418

srdfcrRflri

Adh.vII.

,*t-t

qmi g frft{r{fucqiqtaqiqq-(qrq(: ll tEqll

€"-t{q,.4-{etfqr

t

Stoka 169. qs (Vajra) is produced when all the beneficand all the malefic planets are ranged as in the and c&q (Pakshin),i.e. when all the bene' tro'a (Sakata) exclusively fic planetsoccupy the lst and the ?th houses and all the malefic planets are in the 4th and the 10th houses exclusively. This order when reversedgives the qqdtrr (Yava yoga), i.c. when the malefic planetsare as in {rd'd (Sakata)and beneficones as in crQ{ (Pakshin)' +no (Kamala)when the good and evil The yoga becomes planete ranged promiscuouslyin the 4 housesindi' are cated (tet, 4th, ?th and lCth)' erfrdq (Vapee yoga) would result when the 7 planets occupy the 4 tTurrt (Panapara) the 4 qrfrbq (Apoklima)houses. or Notrs.
Four more arrafr (ALriti) yogas are described in this sloka. 6. sq (Vajra). All benefics should be in the lst and the 7 t h h o u s e s ,a n d a l l m a l e f i c s i n t h e ' l t h a n d t t r e l 0 t h . T h e s p i r i t is good; trecause bad planets are in opposition to bad ones and air:e aersq. 7. qq (Yava). 611 62,1;:fics should be in the lst and 7t11 houses aud benelics in the 4th and l0th.

sl. 169

rrgrftsqr{tr

4n

8. {{o (Kamala).-All 4 Kendras PromiscuouslY.

the planets should be posited in tho

Saturn The ellect wilt be that the perscn rises with the maxittturtr labour and lrardship.' For example, Sri Rama's hcroscope' 9. qrrii (Vapee)-All the planets shouldoccupy (a) the 2nd, 5th, 8tlr and llth houses' or b) the 3rd, 6th, gthand l2th houses. In the iq (Vajra) yoga, the man enjoyswell in early and benefics in the lst and the 7th must mean latter life, because, (7th house)' good in the beginning (,st house)and good in the end planets are in the mid'heaven. and bad in.he middle, because,bad Sirnilarly for 4a (Yava\' In the:h{,{ (Kamala) yoga, it should be noted that woalth is not indicated. In the al{i (Vapee)yoga, wealth is indicatedwithout charlcter or nlrn--e-a mere money' makiug ma:bine'
gsll{(:-

€rcqfr: . g,reidrrcri|:
g}: +i{eqsat: q6gtilt: qqFr;f: | er*trrg qqrflq:gtfflndq ftqtr{* qr{tqrnqi+: qsl$t6qlitR}g tt ftfr'

Also sKl{di

qqq oar<fi, ftA' qii: gentirlefd I Rqttffit ft*r qsiqQ:ft{tqift tt

478
,re---v----

mruffilre
---,-J--_,_ --__

Adh" VII.
-__-_____vvv_-_v_

Also vl-qlrs'rridi

fiogrri gqT:HA€$q} qlqQq(: I qd qrq fiqrf,tqrqq*dq€ffi, tt

frry: qmr:UqT: eff: *i5q qrrfi. I d

t\ilitfbqFtql sqftsfrq qTftnT tl
Also {q{qa for 4q

qqtpqfrrfrs{ qq-q3nq} qfrqfr: qrTSqFf,fiTfi tl
(Kamala) and ct{i (\/apeet yogas herein nrention_ ed, four malefics are required. Rahu is to make up the 4th For the +{o

fifi€dl$rfrq ffi; qrtiq:deqrfta r d,

malefic planet. c./. *iirr*eirr

6sssq\:n1'irtt{-gq,}qt;t

qd ilq qi+'il fqnild'ir qa: tl e*srt Q qg{ q gq sn: qi}sg{: I qtg qh s qFqi n qrhr*;aqgrrq, I ;[aqsd:flitgruq]qdq.tt ngtt:

qt *nqd fiqrarfr fuq6ftpq u nq

varahamihira has another verse after this sroka in which he states that he has simply described the Eer (vajra) and other yogas (that is qE Yava and the yoga mentioned in Brihat Jataka, ch. xI-20) adopting the 'iew of the former writers, such as rrzt (Maya), q+q (Yavana) and others, meaning thereby that he personally does not recognise them; for, he asks " FIow can Mercury and Venus occupy the 4th house from the Sun ?" This sloka which has been left out by Vaidyanatha for reasons best known to himself is reproduced below :

TqflTqTgflllqqqr {erqq' Fdr: 1

rgtrrai (qf"{fri} {qd: ir.q{ 1
The same doubt is expressed (Gunakara), a later by g'rn-+< writer, for he says :

sl, 170

qg*ssqFi:

4t(,

q,ifG*{q4+ ft ifr r gPsqrel sfiq"ifdrRft
qalag{rei f}ra$*'i qinfifi Uqfkdq rr
But readerswho are familiar with the working of the Bhava" spbuta process (qn$z) des-^ribed in detail in zicrtc.eia (Sripati Paddhati , Adhyaya I and in the notes tbereto will easily see that it is not impossible as we go to higher latitudes to have some of the bhavas uncommonly short and others extraordinarily long, so that Mercury and Venus may happen to be in the 4th bhava with respect to tbe Sun, though not in the 4th afu (Rasi) as interpreted by Varahamihira. It will therefore be seen that rI{ (Maya), e;frt (Yavana), .Ff (Garga) and others have not erred in treating of these yogas as possible ones, if the yogas in question are meant to refer to tho positions of the planets in the nrs5osdl (Bhavakundali) aud not to the (Rr=rfi (Rasi chakral.

sqfirRru+{ qg.lqrftl* r
Sgililqqsr€ql ffir uoeh Tqr( n leo tl
Sloha IT0. If rhe sevenplanetsexclusively occupy four contiguous bhavas reckonedfrom the Lagna and the other Kendrasin order, the four resultingyogasare Xv (Yupa),1g (Ishu) or lr( lSara),riu lSakti) and qq (Darrda) reapect ively.
NorBs. Four more 3{rdit (Aknti) yogas are described in this verse : 10. {rT (Yupal.-Al1 the planets should occupy the lst, 2nd, 3rd and 4th houses. The planets are rising or are about to rise. I l. tg (Ishu) or {( (S:rra).-All tlre planets shoulclbe posited in the 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th houses. The planets are culminatiug or are about to culminate. 12. qritF (Sakti).-:-A11 the planets should be in the Zr.h, 8th, 9th and l0th houses. The planets are setting or about.to set. (Danda).-All the planets are in the l0th, llth, 13. <u-e l2th and lst houses. The planets are elevating or ascending mid-heaven,

i*: 11?""-"---,","-TITI:*"* """"", "Yl' " """"
(Yuna) must be good, because planets are rising' Th" Xl or next best is (o-g (Danfla), lecause the planets are elevating (Ishu) and {tfm (Sakti) are bad' ascending. The other tu'o, ttiz,, <5 are The eftects of these yogas are described in sloka l5 infra and consisteut with the above principles.
gull€6(:-r \

ll ft;aq{-iireaqr5tt'ief"dWTgqllfsqoet:
gqfRssqmrttq qrq, qqiqf, ll

e

\.

n

Also vrtgarqsti

qdafiqq&d,q{S-Fd W{'q I

e}: HETsnFE{firt: {tfuRfrF€d:I
flTRefiqiQ: Si.uerflqn{: lt
Also €Rr.rd

t eEnfitoz*uqaO{Erefrtritfr{r'
tq{rftrftquqr:flslqlE&qr fqsq tt

t f,KrexqntficaruR{rifutr

q{Tqtc qrqdr iffi.T-qddikil tt tsl tt

Sloku 171. lf the seven planets be in the seven houses reckcned from the Lagnaand other contiguous Kendiaein order, the fcur ,ogas producedaraf,t.(Nau), qz (Kuta), oa (Chattra) and au (Chapa)' If the severr houses occupied by planetsdo not begin eucceEsive with a Kendra as in the lour yogasir lNau), etc', but qr{rlbc (Apoklima) begin with a nornr (Panapara)or bhiva, the yt'ga prcduced is declared to be artlq-{ (Arddha Chandra). Norrs
Five more qA,t (Akriti) yogas are describedin this Slcka' (14) f,I (Nau).-All the planets should be in the seven housesfrom the Lagna (i.e,, in the invisible half) in any order, culminatiog and rising.

sl. 17t

(dstlr

:

48t

to be in the T houses 4th in any order (i,e., on the occidental side, setting and from the culminating). (16) ffi (Chhathra).-ett the planets are placed in the 7 housesfrbm the 7th bhava d'e., elevating and setting-al1 in the visible half). (f Z) qrq (Chapa).-All the planets are to be in the 7 houses on from the lOth (a'.e., the oriental side,rising and elevating)' (18) .r{qq (Ardtta Chandra).-All the planets are in the 7 housesbeginning fronr the 4 qgl6{ (Panaphara) or the 4 3Tfq}lBq (Apoklima) houses. Consistently, Varahamihira gives the several effects for + (Nau) and other tbree yogas-gcod effects for Fa (Chattra) and q-lc (Chapa) because in the one case' planets are in the visible half and in the other, they are rising and elevating-in both the cases, they must be good. Vide sloka from Brihat Jataka quoted under notes to sloka 178 infra, -cf , q{rtrr

€r{rEoql( el{fl: F{cEqI( q8srHi{q {urfl: t

o

(\\.,

sa qgat-qTqftii1+qh {trtq-{, tt sqm(: raq iT,tq *,-nfqrrnfut: #teaarpqqtfE r qqnlsit+ 5fpq: lf qrqrcr*{;rrT(qdfr,il
Also ttt;t5sFrdt

({l&Fgltt'nrt: s{Sztuq'tfinr

gqlfrq{qrdrt: {sfifrqt u 6a
saq+*: 1 ssqrRfqof;t*raa: qqq{nRgqhtarq{eWqt3t: ll
q(FqGqlqd qitlmerrFf,mq, I qdttqt: qsl( alq{rFqsI{T ti udt
Also qrwo'l

Tiut saqlrR: dm' rg' t €lrtR+ue+uq:
6t

182

.'l|trTft{T

Adh. VII.

qfufi.}; 11 iaa6aor{+Ffrnr:
ssqriqt'a: *=flq'qa +t6ilsiirrdtr

qsFilwrt{qtwgfr qsg{rnqtr t froufifutqrfqiqrufdwqrcr teRtf l
Slaha l7?. If the planetsbe rangedin the 6 houses beginning with the 2nd houseand separatedfrom one another by an intervening (planetleas) house,the result, ing yoga is called <gq lSamudra) and if the planeta occupy the 6 odd bbav,rsreckoned from the Lagna, the. yoga prcducedie er (Chakra). Thus an epitome of the ,ilUli (Akriti:figure) yogashas been given. Norrs.
The remaining two uttz;ft (Ak.i,i) yogas are described here. (le) vgq (Samudra).-Att the planets should be in the 6 even bhavas,r'.e., the 2nd,4th,6th, gth, lOth and l2th. (ZO1 qm (Chakra).-Att the planels should be posited in the 6 odd bhavas,i.e., the lst, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and I lth houses. The western principles of sextilesand trines impried in the above two yogas may be profitably compared in this connee tion. goffi(:

qe.gEqr;Et-g{tFa ll q+r.a\s"qtwcHgq F a:
Also ilagrrq-d

rrrfxqangqhqt+K+ r frfi,
Also gnrSrfl

qh: stai*;Gdtqrcri,i sgffi: lr

qq{qqqt{lqrq. rrlq;afifr<isr( r qrt.amrmit e{qldq qieeR: tl
Also qilfrtrT(ot

ni)frq&ffJ€l;alq Fqtqqz.*' Fg: mhba:
qslfi{qlna Hgqilrn ll

t

g[ 1?8

ctgfr${r|t:

{88

{<eqrrirrns Wqqi{dI hrqrqr{gfttErr1Tpns

tqnrcqr qeftft $te qromqr-tEbmi{arq tsl tl tr
(Vallaki) s1 ftIt (Veena), qrlT Slol,r 173. w* (Dama), cnr (Pasa),*qrr (Kedara), qo (Sula), gl (Yuga) and fro (Clola) are the seven *eer (Sankhya numerical) yogasrespectivelyproduced by the seven planeto occu, pying aBmany Rasis as are denotedby the seven figurec commencing from 7 and diminishing successivelyby o n e , i . r . , b y t h e n u m b e r s7 , 6 , 5 , 4 , 3 , 2 a n d l . T h e a e €<ar (Sankhya) yogas are to be reckoned when those mentioned previously are absent. Nores' c/. r<rtrt

t qltrr,+ftm: gfi {gf,{rRrilrwi q}q

,fre&+,.ftiq qgfblqlq\' r G-Id'
qarfiIqeFqt: *qna ag:6qs{qq}:

q w5\<lrftr,r qntfi{fQn nc.qr rt {i
fraqrdiTr: (Sankhya Yogaha) 7. (l) q-g.t'l(Vallaki) or {iun (Veena).-Al1 the seven planets should be in 7 Rasis or signs (in contradistinction to bhavas or houses). (d zrfrf,r (Damini).-All the seven planets should be in any 6 Rasis. (:) cRr (Pasa).-All the seven planets should occupy any 5 signs. (+) hrrt (Kedara).-All the seven planets are in 4 signs, (5) {fd (Sulat.-All tbe seven planets are in three signs. (0; g.r (Yuga).-All the seven planets are situated iu 2 sijae. (7) nfd (Gola) or {'lorq (Golaka).-All tbe sevcn plenets be in one sinrle sign, should

#1

r|fiq|ftd

Adb.vII.

This is a proof that all conjunctions are bad. That is why (Vallaki) yoga is the best. For eflects, see sloka 179 infra. s1tfr1 Yogasother than {t;( (Chandra) yogas are TtiTq(Nabhasa) yogasand they take efiect at all times and periods irrespectiveof y a n y d a s ao r b h u k t i r u l i n g a t t h e t i r r r e . 1 ' h e s e o g a sa r e o f p e r m a nent effect on the life, character and fcrtune of the person concernod. q,qE{1qr: (Karaka yoga) and other yogas also come under ;IIrT( (Nabhasa) yogas. yogasmay sorJ-retimes coincide(or become The €<qt (Sanl<hya) (Akriti) yogas. with the B{rT,fr identical) For instance,rKI (Gada), cien (Pakshin) and {da (Sakata) yoge$are particular casesof gtdrr (Yu.ra yoga) mentionedin this sloka. rrfl-aq (Sringataka) and qo ( Hala) yogas are only varieties of qfrdlq (Sula yoga). The yogas qit (Vajra), ++ (Yaya), +ro (Kamala), qr{i (Vapee), 1u (Yupa), q (ltitu), i,iq (Sakti), and <',-s (Danda) are only special instances of the €<w (Sankhya) cJ yoga *<r< (Kedara). The yoga.s (N.u), 5z (Kuta), se (Chattra), qq (Chapa) and s+'iq;( (Arana Chandra) are particular examples of slqt (Veena) yoga. The ggtr (Samudra) and qfr (Chakra) vogas are special cases of (l{{Ff (Dama yoga). ln thes: cases it must be understood they ceaseto be trqt (Sart trva) yogas,i,.e., the ncqt (sankhya) yogas are not then to be taken into account. cf. gqld(

gorftarnsg flflqgqaflnitnqtlq {'lrn: t tarqfi q gfl€qrrr+ ll {fqpqqlq;qqqT{nlqt

i"tftitrtffisqeRq tecqi

qrit qrt q gue qguer{tils I

aqsfrtaftWri qoq!qstii *qrF'qfrifq{rfi {g(r€rrr{qr( ll t\eulf
Stoha 174. The personborn in the rsg lRajju) yoga witl be envious, delighting in visrts to foreign lands and fond of travel ; the man whose birth is in the gero (Munla) yoga will be proud, wealthy and engagedin

ll. 1?6

qg&stctc:

1p6

-end yoga will be defective in $ome limb, reEolute rlt€t (Mala) ehrewd ; the man born in the eq (Srak) or in yoga will have many enjoymants; h: whose birth is the et (Sarpa)yoga witl euffer many miseries' er(I{dl

rgar' eqzqfiqt: gg{t: rr}frrqd}Trfdfr t
qqa'*tl{l: $gsqil: fl{ mfirat:ll {{r: rTl4g;rfltqgar: {{lgffiI U{f}ql: €ifktt: I fF,rqRnrgqdcqt q{f:d {tt: R{l geqt: ll

t sqifnftmtil q{iqqqrfirilsftfigqtal q;gQmagaqt d€qlt wrgu-i tt I fH gexent qEq{et'}q}qstqat:
zfiFf,I:gEgdfir qlotqt flce{4t: Fg: ll

gfrila I ftqqt, qtr fi:et fie g:t+rfidt:
qT q(gsT: qFI{clT: qrilr l{Ef}a 4{t: ll
Also goraq:

I erqgi g{loi} r;r{rT(i![fr: qil fttnfanfts"q{d<h: qe* qrlr@:lt <grxueil {tqrftttqfigoil &,0' fir,irGfngai g'r* iqqfi5ft{fa: I g,rdt ,it,ftgdt qqr( ,1Ru-ii\ €fq

q-'Ertqru fi ueaq'h lErqtq.
d(EfrtI{ {rifieqftttilr Sil{! I

{Rsf (frruqts-d€Enaat ,rwe+ fqrgdtui\aqorqitt ttg\ ll
Slokal?5.Thepersonbornintherlqr(Gada)yoga of will be a performerof srcrifices, have accession The man wealth and be ever hankering after the raoe'

498

rrdnut

Adh. vII.

livelihoodby driving a cart, will be aickly and cursed with a badwife; in the cfr (Pakshi) yoga, the person born will be a mesaage bearer,of vagrant habits and quarrelsoma The man that heethe €rrErr (Sringataka) yogawill be happy in his latrerdays; and the perEon whosebirtb is in the to (Hala)yogawill be engaged in agriculture.
NotBs. From the eflectsgiven above, the principle to be deducedrs tbat planets in square or in opposition to one another give bad results, while planets in trine to one another producegood results and the same is brought out beautifully. And this is our old tbeory and not the theory of others. Varahamihira does not agree rpith Parasara aud others who think that some Kendras do good. E g., *tft (Kesari yosa). Varahamihira is consistent throughout as regards the eflect of squares,oppositions and trines. The word fucS<fi (Chira sukhee) has been interpreted as FS\qCqfr (Chirena Sukhee), i,e., " h"ppy in the latter days," according to the commentator Bhattotpala. The interpretation " h"ppy for a long time " given by some is not accepted by the commeutator as it is opposed to the following quotation from Garga: tiz,,--

qa, df,qeqqht,ih, rySrer) r

q+i glaqt ffq ilx stF€NrgqTftqr{ tl
tK[{dr.

For the effects described in this sloka, c/.

gaii qrqriq(Tq;qn: {teq}r${rilar I
g?fi;fT{crflrq(sgrr sTiqr,qqqi q ll

eaift*€fqr: qrt qtdr{qFd qil: tl H{qeq{}fqAsr{<rT: g{dl{frni} !Er: 1

tlqml:gi+€n1 vazrgfiRi| fi:q: I nql

+a(&qra fid frt wr qrdr: fiei u

sl. 1?6

smtsqrrt

8l

fuwesqwrqtgffi ?qt' fqqr gqrrfi;ift: I sTlat gqftanqr: ryflefitqrtl{gir1:ll *6rRr.iiqfiqr:gfrqerB:fbaran)ilql' r iFgg€rfl-ernr' i'qr EenfirtgttTr: il

ffieqfgfi{ilr grrfisft{{i Rtqrffitdtqrdwgow q+

dtqtFrfrsvqq gi€ir qir.e,I +

{rcqtcgfurg€}filquq ilrr u tsQ rt
Sloha 1?6. The personborn in the eq (Vajra) yoga will be hrppy in the early and concludingportion, lt hig life. He will be lovely and vzry biave. In the ltl(Yava) yo3a,the man born will be valiant and happy in hig middle life. In the owo (Kamala)yoga, the person will be of wide fame, his enjoyment will be immenre and his virtueg numerous. The man born in the rrt (Vapee)yoga willenjoy somesmallthoughlong.enduring comforts,he will hoard his money underground and will not give.
Also Frcttldr

aflq:flqqft g&m: {ffl: gwT fiffi6rq qrrqfi.€FTT qrar:e*fitara tt q* qqff}q"+ g({tthgrtr: I edfrqqrrsaqil Eriu(:Fqqfiqrqqdlqmr: gtfl: ll wit

I

rqlaqrfrlprer: frqrrgfr fiwffdq: fl;irT:I
{Irn{Tff:E&{tilr' flroqqt qpqr Rp{q ll

fiftt,,{t frgqftq: ft,lrdgqqrgiil:gg{1q 1 ilng(qtrq@r Erftq]ilqil qrin: ll

188

qRltcrfrqfi

Adb.vII.

Rnrrrqfl{a'gqt{qtt qn

t ftdtq gwitue' urweuret

ggqilHg(q{*i a'lq\sou, luu qG fiiitqlk' gt'iis;egiir 11 ll
'the person .born in the qrim lYupa) Siofra 1??. and yoga wiil be liberaland self pcssessed will per{orm (sara) .orin.nt sacri{ices. He who is born in the mfit yoga will be of a cruel disposition and in chargeof a prison. He will be the artificer of arrows. The man who hashis nativity in the {ik'iirr (Sakti yoga) will be and we;lth' while the base,slothful and bereft of ease pefEonborn in the qocirq (Danda yoqa) will lead a life (wife of ,..rritude without those that he could hold dear and children).
c/. sKtqol

eTT.qfi(flIfi{f,FelTrga} fiq*€qflsqa: I

aafiqqsefqrii qldl Rftea ll Xt ?q{qntu16{i;q6r:I {g{lqqFgq;s; F3: Rer: sfieqfirct:{l{q}ilflEqKT: ll gtrTl: qq(Rdfa{.eg: t ftadttenQoegv: gq{T:ll {lsli qm: Rqwr sgrqgefrgofl:
g{q};dtsnr: Fln{qlqt: I QdsqQrrfi:qr: g:ftadtat: iqt qssqqilq{t: mtdqll

r e* qrcrefieqgpq:IqoEmlqqnfrqqiqt
q* ilil qq<fl qsi\r1i{it{nhilt, fRiln' t

er{-fl qhqral ititr?ltaqq:irq$qiq Kt qm frugl' ll t\16ll qrQ qif{n qR qaerqilqtle$

sl. 1?8

eedtsrqtl:

c80

Sloha 178. The p?rson born in the sqi'm (Chhattra yoga) will be happy in the beginning and the end of his life with matchless riches and strength. The man at whose birth the ,i\irn (Nau yoga) occurs will live on the surface water and get his living there, In the of c**q (Chakra yoga), the pereon born will be a famous king. The man who has had his birth in the qg4qlrr (Samudra yoga' will find his living in wrter and will be a ruler of the earth. Hc who is born in the ert=iaqrq (Ardha Chandra yoga) will lead a life oi pleasure. The personwho has had the qzfrn (Kuta yoga) in his nati, and forests vity will frequent mountains and be addicted cruel deeds, If men be bcrn in tlie uEtTa (Dhanur to yoga)they will adoptthe profession thieveshaunting of places inaccessible and bc despis,'d outcasts.
NorBs. The effects of these yogas are thus described in EEFiTilS'.

ela, frslagi;tit;T{sq qkt: I +tet ga*rog€: ziqut4t

a-itqq:qrq+pqdFs,iiraq:qi4r firt1q{:s,rsl;sfuq' tt q{tn<illra} qtqftqfiqcg qfr;gnr g{rt{FcEg: .ilft I q*i 11oqggag{irkrrfs: tt
Also €t{li{(i.

€qilar+ qrlqrililz{{gq: qs?rf[d:r q'la;e* sqfh r{: grailt'*tqtgilnq} €r1qll nfte,'iqqlfifirrre6lr: Fqro*1fii|(Er: 1 qflql Q;fl *riqrnrt €oT:g6fl: ll SquTI quralffi Tirfqqfl*ftzra :I cqTFbfidqrq

qqftabi rTsq*rt qrqt q'tilrr q)
qg(cnqnH€$ qqqnfiqr: HgitT; rl)rignr I 62

ln

r.TTTftr't

Adb.vu.

eSftFg.qr'geqr:ftGrffi: wgqfuraf, It qfu{: I *qqaq' qH+,FattftilzqfsrqT rFrfiqs{qqgmrnfiir fr}s€q'n(A rt
a{dd*eliqe$tqtqtfrfdtqil: {E:t: T(t: I

ffi ftfig,iarfhil q${r: tl Uz-flqrqr t{qFa

+rai ft-qEr*r ftrm: r
+rtw)il qril qrrqlil qqfHwwi gqrx, 11

4tfu{rgrsn6irrsqft: qrqrilffqrrffitI fli do'qq6frsf{qgiriilinog: Sf,{r{

ffi'(wi*qru

ftgq:WteEer|xm

qeq, ffi Uiqiqqi{Fr€rrdi*;qlur{ tt tsq tl

Slohu 179. The personborn in shs *qre}n (Veena yoga)will be skilled in every kind of work and fond of musi'eand dancing; the man born in the qrcah (Dama yoga) will be obliging, with a clear intellect and famed Ior his learoingand wealth. The person whose birth takes place in the crtrfirl (Pasayoga) will be very clever rn the acquisitionof virtue and wealth, will be talkative (Kedara and have sons. The man who has ihs @q yoga)in his nativity will pursu? agriculture, acquire wealth, be slow of comprehension.andkind to his relatives. c/. qo<itt+r

qft frqrfrt Zeqrftr&qpif erfi qrftdwr{t t qft frft Hrqg=df€q-g: alafr*qgo' rt tqrrrcil
c/. g{sqrfrd.

{tqJqq{ftgq: fiq'ftn1s,tt
qgqalEffl qri wrffinwEeiFg: qKFqfi$+fi(d: I

gl. lgl

(tldtsqrr:

f91

gg *qro: iDRa:gaqqfrsq:
Also wtr+efl.

gqrTgr frTrF{dT: fla$I{Tilqqrqfrfilq t geft+ rg€eTl{t'trrqidftm qgiTT: ll qgqurgdviuil qr: 1 qrfi-qrgq+rfi

qq {g${cdH€**it fraraF'Trq: tl
flIl
\.0

iranqlq;

e[pl-€Ir6t: strl*lilTlaT I

{g[er: TTreqrt: tt {gqrR"}f*rftor FU: gfrm' t U+{ruqd"ql:Fftqot:$salQq: hqft fl,Inqo€qnrqldt.r: rt

qArM;Efr mtii, qtrt, ii'idl nfr
qq(!r{H{t: fio lh{ft*sod'rszaqr:

ftqr{t Sqfririirsiiqqo' flqos* qqq: t

qfitliufircr qafiRuqr{q drnn il tdo tl qt

Sloka 180. The person born in the qo.iin (Sula yoga) is full of rage, fond of money, brave, with the marks of wounds received in f ight, and without wealth, The marr whose birth is in th: gn'irrr (Yuga yoga) eata food and is exceedingly fickle, hereticrl and adbegged dicted to the drinking of soirituous liquors. He who is born in the {r'r€irrr (Gola yoga) is without wealth, indolent,of vagrant habits,shoit'livad and ignorant. These 32 yogas havc been rnentioned by srrafuQrt (Varahamihira). :f. m-d'.lftrr

qrE"-q{t?-l grTrc+ qU Ga, *iqdtd qftq:wnudt | 8e: qdt't"ogr' gfflE{t,il} qld{rodtseqrgtq r

492
ct T6nRFf.

ltdrcrftilt

Adh.vn

{fr: qri\ qqdifAqaqq} rr qqfirRa: qrcofr qr grTeqq'ia{

r Rqqq|oitnritn: sfl{e"qefrsziri
Also ertt{dT.

rTil{Lfl: fiwttesqqftar t Ret: SqfR"sar
trglrearqnqT: itil, q-drq-tll TIA
qrqueqffi qr qaQil il .Go6m e)* f
gdrT[n{qil€drg{qFr rTl4itrqlili: ll
Q n \\

erRqretrgilfiqtflntq{fi,lr qfu;rr:I

.rlU fte g:fl€atlqr *il qqf:an{r: tl
The following additional information regarding the <Irrqf (Nabhasa) yogas will be found useful :(Asraya) yogas produce the eflec,s describedfor The 3 3ilar{T them only when they do not partake at the same tirne of the nature of other yogas. Otherwise, the other yogas become eflectrve and bear fruits. t'f . g(snkTd.

ertarfislFg fiqor qqos*ftfif{ar: I frar trt so qqfqs{r:qsaffi' n
Also tttredl.

alrarqqlt efqfhh frenor.rgn5fl: I ErilT er*il-qfqfhrAfdqaqon FgRtT,it'n, 11
Also gu6qq'.

ftzn q qg: s€qrqqliqr \fiaarct sd{Tq{T: tl Fg:
The two Dala yogas will coinci,le neither with the srtrT{ (Asraya) yogasnor with the gTrdfr(ekriti) yogas. They might coincide with ireqt (Sankhya) yogas**on (Veena), <rffil (Darrini) qpr (pasa) or *<( (Kedara)-in which case the yogas are to be treated as only <o (Oata) yogas anJ not as €FCf (Sankhya) yogas (Vide Sloka l?3 and tho notes tbereto cupra),

gl. tgo

sttfrsqnrc

493

Again, it has already been stated [%da slokas from lFcftr{ (Brihatjataka), uttrldl (Srravali) and grrr-a{ (Gunakara) quoted (Asraya) yogas coincide with other above] that where the eTr2{4 yogas, they cease to be 3{trtiT (Asraya) yogas. So that the €RrTI (Sankhya) and snrT{ (Asraya) yogasbecome null and void (eclipsed or inoperative) when they coincide with any of the qt5fi (A.t<riti) yogas. But supposethe g{rlr{ (Asraya) and gFtr (Srnkhya) yogas to coincide with each other. How are tlrey to be then treated ? According to the commentator, if the coincidence relates to the d<R (Kedara), lld (Sula) and g,r (yuga) yogas, the yogas are to be treated as srirlq (Asraya) yogas only, but if it refers to the rita (Gola) yoga, it is to be treated as such and nct as elffi (Asraya) one-otherwise there will be no scop6 for the q'Io (Gola) yoga at all. According to Yavanacharya,there are 1,800 sub.divisions.of afrre (Nabhasa) yogas: qf. EAsilar.
\n

qqifugqr fe qe{tfrHI fifill f}<tfisr diFl{r:FII: U q-q-{rilfrKm: u}rrrcg 6&dI {Hff ;tTHr I

Also urcrq-ei.

eTerE{r{dg0rrrrtqi erfinGtqr} rr
It will now be explained how the Yavanas recognise 1,g00 sub-divisions. Takingrlny one of the l2 Rasis as the Lagna, there are 150 yogasof which 23 are s{r5fi (ntriti) and 127 V€tr (SanLhya) yogas. The oi'rr{{ (Asraya) and {o (Dala) yog.as are not taken by thern into account. (T;ae sloka 167). As already explained in the notes to Sloka l6g, the.rrn (Caaa) yoga has been treated of by the Yavanas as 4 distinct yogas. Adding these to the remaining l9 srmfr (Akriti) yogas, we get 23 Again the 7 $€Cr (Sankhya) yogas are split into (Sankhya) yogas for each Lagna by the yavanas thus:127 €qr

The yoga {rqt which is caused by the 7 planets occupying any seven signs has 7 sub.divisions, as each of the 7 planets may occupy the Lagna. The 2nd n-<tr (Sankbya) yoga is qg (Drmc) rccordlng to which a1l planets should be in any 6 housGq Tlc

.rirmfurl

Adb. vn.

Yavanas rccognise 2l varieties of this yoga (number of yogas caused by 5 out of the 7 planets being in 5 housesand the remain' The next yoga is ntr (Pasa). This ing 2 occupying the Lagna). hl,s 35 varieties (+ of ttre 7 planets occupying 4 houses and the remdining 3 being in the Lagna). The next yoga urla.ht< (Xeda' ra) has also got 35 (Sula) has got 2l Lastly ri'ro (Gola) planets are placed varieties for the same reason. Similarly tfo sub-divisions and grr (Yuga) 7 sub-divisions. has only one, vil. the case in which all the in the Lagna.

So that the seven tc4t (Sankhya) yogas are sub-dividedinto o r 1 2 7 d i v i s i o n s . T h e s e a d d e dt o t h e 7+21+-"5+35+21+7+l 23 err6ii (Akriti) yogas mentioned aboie give us 150 yogas for each lagna or 1,800 yogas for the 12 lagnas.

tt wtRt{6q{rqftstftt(nil(ct tt qfrdtrEqtuqqr tqnqmi qwsqrfrqrt
11qif{Tl€q1rT; WIf: ll
Sloka 181. Raja yogas(t'57), the 5 yogasRuchaka and othera (67'70), and others (59,65),q66q (Bhaskara) (7i-?9), the yogasww (Adhama)ee *qrc (Kemadruma) (Safra) (1i2) and tt{ctiodr (Grahamalika)(132-136), eitflq-sfm flarihara' o6flrfr{r (Lakshmi yogi) (tSZ-:11, ' Kahalayoga (130),ilR bramhayoga (16)-3), or€oirn have beentreated and other yogas ( 161-180) (Nabhasa) of by the favor of the Sun and other deities. Thus ends the ?th Adhyaye &c.
-*-! 0ofi;itr'++

ffisu*sunq:
ll ll qET2ilqT5aFrilq:
AdhYaYa VIII. PrrANETs. oF ON Con.ruNcrroNs Two ori MoRE

il eTqr Erq+qr rr
Combination of 2 olanets in one bhava. There are 2l such combinations.

cnRs dT{Trrlfrqrg ftgurq-'ilF* TRsq M irfiT€qnilffit{.qrqt qqii tft t

MA R?rr€qqolFEd]'futqiir WFr rqrs{qiTwftqst rrfr q-dliqd ll I tl
Sloha l. If, at the birth of any person,the Sun be in conjunction with the Moon, he willbe submissiveto hie wife and clever in every work he undertakes; ii the Sun be in conjunction with Mars, the person born will be illustrious, posseased strength and energy but of untruthful and wicked; If the Sun be associatedwith Mercury at any person's birth he wili have learning, beautyand Btrength,but will be fickle'minded; if the Sun be in conjunction with Jupiter the person born in the yoga will be full of faith, active, pleating the King with hie works and wealthy. 496

496
cf. €Tff{Rfr

rldrYrftilf

Adh VIII.

gqftri qlFI: qrqFdta:6ft-egefin' t enuqftsq$td pggqd: ffigq: tt

t +qd nr(Rfr qil oom<ng{}s6aaq
qrqqfi{'+h6 1@: qlrFqqo-sa tl

erq tqraqftqwirfin*, firqeqrqd\t: t e{r{,ffiqftqfta' satq {gcqRrfurqrq. tl
t +gqfrilH{iq: reftwl ftasqqrsnl: q.{ q<rqfrgt,rignuarqwa tt

{t{r *Wtfteq-gwatkas qgfutet

qqrqqft! $ftrE{q} qta g+ tqi t qff fleqt ftfqgorer1q+ qilRKt ll I ll

qrs{rrrowfiRWrffi wrqrFEt

Sloka2. A pereonvrill be intelligent and atten, tively honor the relationsacquiredthroughhir wife if with Venus; if at his birth the Sun be in conjrlnggisn with Saturn, oerson tbe born will the Sunbe associated be somewbat dull,witted and in the power of his enemies. If the Moon be in conjunction with l"{aru, the personborn will be brave,of high birth, virtuour, with rich aod worthy ; if the Moon be agsociated Mercury, the man boro in the yoga will be pious to and devoted Eciences will havediversemerits. af, st<rs-d

rlqr€(u|fiil {ftg,if iagieao r tgfr Gfrnfr: dsqreqq'gqq: 11 qrEfr qtqq:e'dft{q:megflEn: I ffi{rgil: g-q:{rfrGdneq{itaq tr

sl. 3

qudsqrq:

Asl

qt rq*tff rfrw+fi196q',
e"qqrEft-c{t wry*l-qsq*} tt
+raqrqreftfqgq'g'fi: rftgqa' ggqa I

qrRrgqit,id\'qrflfirg{lgt: lt fueqqq:

cnrilqrgwnafriffiqnr{vr gh ti* 'nqrnrffit*g $'ttus ffiftilgfr | g* qffiq€rilqqtwSi Eqtsrnctqufr fr.qrFqiqgt tt l tt drqqittqilqstruf ErCt
Slut.r 3. When the Moon is in conjunction with Jupiter, the person born will be very intelligent and protect good people. When Venut is associatedwith the Moon, the effect of the yoga on tbe person born will be that he will be evil'minded and clever in making bargains. If the Moon be in conjunction with Saturn. the pereon born will have a bad wife, abuse hie parents and will be without wealth. If Mars and Mercury be together, the person born in the yoga will be eloquentand clever in mediciue and fine arts. cf. €Kr"R{

Ec*€A frfia' tfiFgqqlaatila t

gfm: grrto: g{fa+s,if qqeg€q: tl rif gof*fr:ero{:t flmqrftf\tr' a.fi61oEqgm: d\} mrR*tg gtro:{tfiqrfnfr' HqI ll firnqto: t alfialaarrd {qr'{sqrqfr

qr.ilRfi' g€q:qilFd sFt{lT$.{fr.i1} *r gadrduil{t: FqqR: I dg&,ifs"=nRe: gedfiwrat gog*dilsqf*qrFsq: ll 6tl

498

ElRti6lTtr{qlt

A\

Adh. VIII.

.rfrRf*(xit €ffii urqtWqgqrFqfr qnilqi(rer qqsqfrsi ufi} ,r,ftt {dr
Erfrrrrdfr*qii'qqqfr: diur gt tt
qrnqt qrqwfr kgi n B tl sqgq1ffisftq*Tqi
Slt,ka 4. Loving, revered, worthl', and acquainted with the science computatiouwill the personbe that of is born when Mars is in conjtrnction with Jupiter. The effectof Venus and Mars being togetherat a birth wiil be that the personborn will be fond of metallurgy, delight in tricks and be cunning. If Mars be in con, iunction with Saturnat the birth of a person,he will be Sisputatious, indulging in the pursuit of music and dull-witted. When Mercury and Jupiter are in conjunction,the personborn will be eloquent,handsome, wealthy. amiableand exceedingly cf, eruqoi

qqerFkqr.frgilea gdiq;qir?,${o: t gqgt{q}fiq$' aqfiqa: mftdi: €t( tt zaiqtfilrnr qrilsfqtqnafA-qgq'r gugnrlt qfiq'i{ Srqg'ir qiqisr{q{ tl

qftqr{ r firerSfiniefriqrfr qrfiq{rnq} gqr{ilfr:tl erafiqqqr{: g{ge$qri}: qfhafl: q{gqfAfi {o' , d Fft rrqqqd) {irZd{laral fqzafrid\rsq}t rt

rrrqiqrailaiqarr{rftil {Tff(Rrr+ g} kqrin-{fi ftuuCgoi+Hd,qi ir;griI +qqtzqfrii*sfaqinqrq ugi6gt urr

ikqt qFrii'r n*i qgqfr{sr qrftrin \ tl frt

rL6

srgqlscrll4:

499

unction with Mer' cury, the persrn born will be versed in the sacredbooks' and fond of music, play and mirth. If Saturn be associatedwith Mercury, the person born will be wealthy and distinguishedfor his moral worth' learned, The man at whose birth Jupiter and Venus occupy one sign will be enerqetic,in favor with the king and exceedingly intelligent' If Jupiter ba in conittnction with S.rturn.the effect of the yoga will be that the person born in it will be an artist. If Venus and Saturnbe togethcrat a bitth the personaffect€dby the vgga will own largeherdsof cattle and be an athlete'
NorBs. cf . qtrtqdt

eifd{qqi}qqil qgfte'iiiafi.galrq:€il1 | -qqrcqtfq !| : 'ftaf,talq(fA{'Efga'iifi t nq?I: nctfifrqq{ftor TqqI{ sEqslq: g'{ilfiii+ gql( qlfA ll figq' ritqaqt+q] qJafifiqrqDfinredit'rir: sqplgd:I alifFra,irirs* fifireilit ql;qftqt( tt q q{ failzr,} q'lnftqfndsJdt r ll nfi'ftq,il:qflq' lfqfi{TqrTfl'{tlm. q qrrhe.T{ulqfl : €{qaturfq+tf{tacl r qs),aq:egfi: n{iftaq}t gqll {qfi ll
The eflei:ts above described are only very general being appli' cable to tbe several combinations forrned in any of the l2 bhavas' The effects irr each of the l2 bhavas haVe been described in detail by qqatsri (\'avanacharya) aud quotecl in ?{itr.o (Horaratna)' The author of Saravali adds

500

qnwrftqR

Adh. vlil.

g+ qd Trr;FIr: qq.frrqrrqftqm, t srqnft fr*eiq g{Fa frufi aqT il

tt frqafrq: tr
Combinations of 3 planets in one bhava. There may be 35 such combinations.

qWffitRsosisl

qq{r(rqtFg+iqnqi rr+q,l fqurq{et _ mqrstmqFxnrdqfr ?qnrf r iirfiart iq

trfi frftqrr

grfrFgitcr(rtfimr rtsR{rft rrat Err rr

Sloka 6. If the Aqd{'rrr (Thrigraha yoga) or the combinationof 3 planetsin one bhava'consist of the sun, the Moon and Mars, the personborn wilr extiroate the whole brood of his enemies,and be wealthy and politic. If the combination contain the Moo., the Sun and Mercury, the person that has his birth in the BcEfrq (Thrigraha yoga)will be a king's compeerfamed for his learning. If the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter be the trio planets influencinga birrh, the effecl of the yoga on the person born will be to makehim a mine of virtuea, learned and much liked by tris sovereign. If the Sun, the Moon and Venue be together in one bhava the pe*on born will be addictedto other people's wives, cruel, in dread of enemiesand rich. cf. €TttTd

tq€l frgqqfr, ilre{sr{)frqTqkT: I

ertcft,qE Uro:qfuft, Rirftrqli, rr

fqdq, qptit rr;ilfl: {rgrKfrqr: 1

{qastt frt GnRrqfti: st*r\: rr

sl. 7

qudtse{q:

601

saqrqrfigut:t{r5{d
q;d{nqt

Gt{qFqG:t

iqrfi ?{€{fr:rcRqt*rrffit, tt
q{T{ilQ ftgqt q{{T(ir*I {rmfig'rlE I

.nq-qtst$\*dqlqt rIsE:tl

Rirrftfr €oqftqt{t

d"*rqf,qfrftfrffi *q1 q{ftsr{r

lllssgilfrrtrteg({| grrdqRrihar t

ll *qluigt{Fqtdqftt ,r}.fiodr+rttEr{,e ll

Sloka 7. If Satum,the Moon and the Sun combine in one bhava, the personborn will be wickedly ioclined, deceitful and fond of foreign countries. If the Sun, Mars and Mercury be together, the person whose birth is influencedby them will be bereft of comforts though posseesedof sons, riches, and wives. If Jupiter, the Sun and Mars be in conjunction, the person born in the yoga will be a patriotic premier or commander,in,chief. If Mars, the Sun and Venus be together in a itca*tf (Trigraha yoga), the p:rson born will suffer from dis, eaees the eye, will be a voluptuary, of gentle birth of and of great wealth. cf. srtr+dt

+rt fiqrqsrfr gi: q{ir$il sRqqt qqfiar+tfrih.&qfqt qsq: tt

qqft€qrfrqs: HTdRd frqnw: t frEt tf{gdwerRd: rr €€ftqt{+,sqilA,
qqfR t fis'il rtr{' frfArfiq-d qqqfrqfsR sq{rs: edFut{iqd, rt TtFtitrtr:
g;dq, gt{fi qrflieqtiga} ITAq:I nqqTq{:

qrlerEgt:tt z$*qRffiqrt'n-Enft:

502

Gilirif,'rlrtsTril

Adh. VIII.

T<rsfqfril ergtffi {rd T{t forxrq
qrg{r${Rt{gtgiilqrq{dt g€t

trrrvrfuirg$rrgrfrr?krqqiiiffiqt

ifi frrrttr'sgti{q'gufr gtrw€rtll d lf
S/oftc 8. If Saturn, the Sun and Mars form the hcafrq (Trigraha yog") the person affected by it will be bereft oI kindred, ignorant, weaithy but suffering from diseases. If Jupiter, the Strn and Mercury be in be sharpwitted, conjunction, the person born "vill famedfor his learningand wcalthy. If the Sun,Mercury and Venus be togetherin onc bhav.r, the person whose birth takes place in tire yoga will be soft'skinned, renowned for his learning and hlppy. If Saturn,the Sun and Mercury be associ:ltedtogether, the effect of the planetary combinrtion on the personborn will be and wicked' poor, mrli:1nanc to makehim friendless, cl. qi(sdi

qn{ft+r iiqrf}qitrga' 1 iqs G+,ers\
sRi' tt ftrfiar&q'{rgfil, eqq{Ad}sfind: I iargitsfiqaarlari, TllerfEfi€q;nl'-q{il:

gtq: ErqFqfagEfittftfafin, ll qqqtfq:qlfqil gtf\: t srftafrqrqr2) qftt, tt <ilRit'fl;its:nftgorfiwfit, fiqrqriltuq' sifril Fgfit: qfieo: r uttt: fr{rF.e}'gg11+&qfqR 11

il{'{sn{isiheF{-{{r1 dnftFitfu qqrl q-t;arR(qrgiq.k{* ttqiiqs €IftirsrI

si.I

slgqlsc-qFl:

603

snfrlngikdritf, ouiiiil qdi,rnatFqaJ qrqrt-ggtr rEruaqtg.*{owrs tt q ll
Sloka9. If Jupiter,the Sun a;rdVcnus be togetherin on.: bhava, the personwill have wife and children, will be intelligent, su{feringfrom ophthalmia,but wealthy. If Saturn,Jupiter and the -surl combine and form the (Trigraha ycga), the personwho has his birth iaqa{rrr a in the yoga will be fearless, r,oyal favorite and very pure minded. lf the Sun, Venus and Saturn produce the f*qafrrr (Trigraha yoga), the person born under tbcir influenceehouldbe wicked,proudand self,opinion, forrning tl're ated, If the trio pla,',ets i'ogabe the Moon. personborn will be addicted to h4arsand Mercur;', tlre glrrttony, icked and offending. w
cf . ;tti t{idt

gioag:q(: qr*]fi'sa Wa:sflql 1 qr+rdrit .ir,iagtqrcm\: ll fiei sfqi:
e1fie{Tfrl{: L;q' qrqi6q: LJlr{gdfra: 1

qqfteifiqn.r.ir nfqt: dtqrftqQq+i: tr qn*eta6qqfiilI{gE:I {-Sqqrcfraril infqngt,iifo rr udl sfisnqfin: fRnrf
qlqd(rqTq;ilqlqrqg, U€.F{nrc1rr: .t eilfiftqa gFqI: dtnT$gu{i}: qfi'i: tt

qt|;gihfr*l ufrqEqi!$rqK{iGxli{r{ qff{{ftoi qiq t q;gqqrqiq'titrrlotaqf r mirr*uqgiqoqfi isFqifi\tr il{t

qi|;gwtiqh {g$trcqm^tsqfrti}ql t " ll ll

S/clrr 10. lf Jupiter, tire Moon and Mars be in

604

qn+qRqri

Adh. VIII.

conjunction at a birth, the person born will betray be impatiencein his speech, love'sick and handsome. If the Moon, Mars and Venus be together and form the tsqeiln Trigraha yoga), the person affectedby it will have ill'manneredsonsand be of wandering habits. If the Mocn, Saturn and Mare combine and produce th: ]oga, the person born in it will be fickle minded and so wicked as to perpetratethe unnatural crime cf matricide. If there be a conjuncrion of Jupiter, the Moon and Mercury, the person who has his birth in the yoga will be very rich and renowned and will becomea king's favorite, cf, fl<r{d

p4"tu , Rqatg: ddie*itr, flFflaIRwa,

drr,nrgg\Q\+rtaoeiqatI
g:fiorqr:gr: qfAadsl: fltq fifie' t rta,ftnq tt $qqg{ftfit: qQH'Sqq€ft: ga} {e} €nqqal+, Gqqaei+fi&e, r qrla aii q]il ,fgd{ftqrFfi{gdril"q ll qnqtt*eq] {rrdt iqd €qrfrqf}sgo+1ft: t

ergs'rutqgd\ glqgrfit$*'

tr

diqq{ftw kqr ffigfur Rqrqrnft gqffi;ggfuuigil t srrt qrftq?qe{
qr{r wggilsiroRl ftguil ghgtqrfttr

{nd zqqqrfr ilrfr q1qffi.ffit ll qt ll

Sloha ll. I{ Venus,Mercury and the Moon com' (Trigraha yoga), the person bine and form a r?qaqirr born in it will be learned but dev.rted to mean acts and yct honorable. If the combination be of the Moon,

i 1"1*"- ",","y::T',- ""","-"----, "* " " i:: """" " Mercury and Saturn,as a result of it, the person born will be liberal, honored by the sovereignand worthy. If the three plaoets producing the yoga be Venus, the Moon and Jupiter,the personwho has his birth in the yogawill be wise, have virtuous sons,and be proficient in the arts. lf Jupiter' the Monn and Saturn be in combination, the influence of ths yoga on the person born under it is that he will be versedin the sacred sciences,addicted to women past their prime, and kingly in his life.
cf. qKgdl

gqr{ q};an: I ftelnF6dqfdrfidtqrqT(:

nloii vary'* gqqriq*q{i+t ll sTspiffi+,<ars: arft g\iid: fsfiq' t nn]
qqfrqr: q*t *\-g1lrsgnlqrq tl qrE{tf,qq: +Qlqf,rf,tqgSd:fllg: I srfl: .Tlfugt{f{.itil qro: g+il rri*w: tt firnil'! : t nrertarqgks:qqlqqi| qrfir{qrqftdl\*t\elq-qqR : ll

ghgq'stg*r *dt nqgiritdsftgwtr
l sfiqqga;qt I Tn;qd{ftdraqqrd-sqt {targl eri*{qqofnr gatqoqrq}r
iuql qtqr&qitseawnrnqfiqri€if ll lR ll

Stohu 12. If Venus, the Moorl and Saturn be together in a bhava,the person bortr in the voga will becomea learned Brahmana teacher, a king's chaplain and will be much hked. If the yoga be due to the combinationof Jupiter, Mercury and Mars in one bhava

b+

qrceqrftwrl

Adh. VIII.

the personwhose birth is in it will be devotedto music, poetry and the dramas, If Venus, Mars and Mercury be in conjunction, the eifect of the ffcaqi{ (Irigraha yoga) is that the person affectedby it will be defective in some limb, base.bornand fickle,minded. If the three planetscornbiningto producea iaq{qirr (Trigraha yoga) be Mercury, Mars and Saturn, the person born will be a menialservant,with diseased eyes and vrgrant habits. cf , st(qdi

rrqfr fdfi+,qgw+,ilqmgiiqfliq;q Uata r afirqrfiqflYisqlt rt ?qGqt sQqrqi qrd *rr: r qitoftarq' grfi: Hgrfdnfi: qFqiaqsflo: argqtl€gg|: rftt: tl
eTSdti)Q*,orq.aqe) qtqt Qct: I gs*r

geiTfiil)egl{tgngqsg6fr:sRi: tt
inq: qqrqoh: qqrfldtAqkqilil{t r

rqir qwq{iiAiiqrftnf*, R+$' tt

ggrs g$rt.'qgtRfdrqtfter g(fi
qtqrn*gtr btilsg(ddgri{i gflqnn{ | qtrrqrgqiqis $iltd'rtiei rflsrF{dr gaanrqfilti*aRgr qititrnqrpqilr ll ll ll
.Sl,.,Arr 13. ll Venus,M,rrs and Jupiter be together in one bhava,tlre personborn in the yogawill be liked by his sovereign, will have good sonsand be happy. If Jupiter, Mars and Saturnjointly producethe ffrtfrrr (Trigraha yoga),the pcrson affectedby it will be lean, sufferingphysical pain, full of self'conceitand ill'man' nered. If Saturn,Mars and Venus be in conjunction, the effect of the yoga on the person born is that he

st. 14

qeitsqn:

607

t. *tiged ,o live abroad' .If t"a -t** -ttt -in Venus, Mercury and Jupiter be associated one bhava, the person born will be triumphant over his enenier and attain to fame and Power. cf, u<t+dt

I sqrRqg*Fq: {qfttr: ttrginrf}qsttRf,tsq: qri{gt{fqi: mRt: tt Hreenrmqaft

;z'tdTrd: fiqrqrfrfaqf€fr ft), I Hilq\

qqfrrt ftnagn: g\'qgilft€qlt rr
qrfidfl{t{rql g* rralrriegefrsq:t

qqrs{ite' frftoqg*' rt ng*' fqei
sg€dltr: r Sa{: nfimflqoilZqfi: grfrt<{T gegqft: sfRi.iqftat: Hsqq{{ ll

ffi'Tewgftfrg€ftr €q*irfr
qrd] qi{ffitrqor{iiit

q<SrgrEFdr{qqrqfrs;wtwd| |
qnfrqqrf }re-

qrfr ry* qrrs {rffiqgtrqT{ ftgtilet( rt tB fl
Stoka 14. The person that is born when Jupiter, Mercury and Saturn are in conjunction will enjoy comfort and prosperity and will ba attachecl exceeding to his wife. When Saturn, Mercury and Venus are (Trigraha yoga), the together and produce a flcaoi'rrr personborn in it wrll be untruthful, vicious and acidict' ed to other people's wives. lf Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in a bhava, the person whose birth is in this yoga will possessa clear intellect and be famousaud happy. When the Moon is in conjunction with malignant planete,the person concerned alwaye has his comfort and happinest diminished. When the

qrf,scrrtqre

Adh. VIII.

Sun is associated with evil planets, the astrologer may divine that the father of the person concernedwill be sinilarly affected. r.f. sr(r4d Norrs

qrfl raravtu{ga qgq}firGNqr{{il{ | gfrnleaw wanfla grrri gqr&fiEr€qr: tt q{gqfrrfr q}Gqqate' 5€it qdfsTffir1 t qttm: rr gvgtqdnat: mal€firfl: ;Xi sUsfiqrdiqqfiat ryfHf{so+tffi: r rfietqa' UarrrfiaQq.rrlt+st, tl qftSftq;i q6utq' q+lftnq*:I gf fQqwqr*, qtf:qP,fiffr,iq, g,i tl
The author of gtc+di adds

qrqrql{r: u}nrlarlfrqnlFqf, rr Zqfr?eq qrqrcq)sfr fiflar, U{,f}o gg,ine}h r at qftroi fiaqQlqq. (lftqg:qru tt
For the eflects of the above combinations of thre" planets in oach of the l2 bhavas, see Horaratna-

g.qqqfld qgq Tl{osoqosq*gq tl

ll qg*airtr, n
Combinations of 4 pianets in one bbava, such combinations. Tirere may be 35

9;ilr{lgg5ft*imr{ q{dt

qtqtqqqs{oiftfttq tqt r

{qr{ffirrffirrn

t\ti

Sl. ro

sTggts€qrq:

6C/9

Sloka 15. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Mer. cury be all in one bh,rvathe p3rson born will be a o , c o n j u r e rs k i l l e di n t h e p r o d u c t i o n f i l l u s i o a s a s c r i b e aud sickly. If the Sun,the Mocn, Mars and Jupiter be in by togecher one bhava,the person affecced the yoga loyal to his sovereignand talented, rvill be rich, famous, free from sorrow an<lsickness. cf. qr{r{di

ftRttneryg€il ilrrl qrquqe$iloaI gql{ q4fall gtrftrrlmnr-+il#rrr: aqJ'il{iqrf}qqaril'r' sn{Fqfidrfi;qri 1 qfti, rr +dqq'ilfigq, nfhqqftqrpd:
3TRrififf(Ugqt gGt({Trqq.
c\

iiatq iqnrffig€t figun FqrgfI

rggt m;aa,{-'g,r grtgat Ursaqq rr (Q $seniir?id]qr rr
S l o A a 1 t l . l f t h e S u n ,t h e M o o n , M a r s a n d V e n u s b e i n c o n j u n c t i o n ,t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n t h e y o g a w i l l b e b l e s s e d- ; i t ha w i f e a n d s o n s ,i e a r n e d ,t e m p e r a t e , o m , r c fortabia, shrewd and tender-hearted, If thc Sun, the Moon, Mars arrdSaturnb: ,rssocirtei.l one bhavr, the in personaffectedby the voga will have wild (restleus) eyes,and be a wander?r,a cuckold and a pauper. cf. smqdl

s{dlfqdqlr{fd:g€rtre; : fiwiis,iegQq$o t fiqq.r{rrga:ufisqqgqrcd: nfii: tl qrq: fli<l dqr{i{rf;il$qftRflq}rt u

fiqqarlfrRe]qqrRilqrfrrnrril I ar{:

610

qtaSrtTRilTT

Adh. VIII.

I qnrtqr{ gurqdqo{tgEns g*qwgrrfufti{ffiq qpql qQ;5RBa*tt'{ql lu 6ltfl! 11 ll
Sloka t|. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and producea qgiaftr Jupiter combine in one bhava, and therein will b€ iOirrurgr.ha yoga), the person born fond of his wife and children, w:althy, virtuous' strong and generous. If the Sun, the Moon' famous, Mercury and Venus be together in a bhava,the person will be defectivein somelimb but by affected the yoga. eloquent. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Saturn on the in be associated one bhava,the effect of the yoga personborn will be that he will be destituteof wealth and ungrateful. ci. qtrtsdi -

Er firaq'ai} qilqi} {tr' t Rlqffi*:sf,IQ{: qrd:qrdtndg:ilfif,UtqrF*: qQt: tl qgq:I qg] fi+o: g,r,iiqtrq"t uqnqni qlil: qltr,F;)tfinfngu'rlfii, tftt' tt qlqftqfiqgd{qq+€qfrafiiir ucq{fto:t nits"qz{1lt 6pgn}'urftfifiqaq.tt firqir

ii o{.d'I diqrefiiqitq risq qt

| $rrftiituoRagitotEg*!
qrdifiiloaq* ngiiqr\ lt Enlgalqitiii.gdtsqqdr {c ll
Sl.An 18. If the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and qqigim (Chaturgraha Venus ccmbine to produce a

s. 19

ulglttstrlTltl

dll

yoga),the person born will be moving about in water or in some forest region, be held in great esteemby his sovereign and have many enjoyments. If the planeto forming the yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and Saturn,the person whose birth is influenced by the yoga will be broad,eyed, with much wealth and many sons and will have for his wife a courtezan' cl. snF{dl

qqfi Fq: I qrqt stFfrFqqT{ Hlts€qnoqtqi
drqflifldtqrif qggdRe]qqlwlgqrT:I

gmrdge{nri\*qilt' tl sqrfasq: q{=uaoan}l\+rtqlqt ll sw:

ufugrrgugit{*ilsfrSrr
i[-dqrsFll }lqgl{fll.t(I rq ( q

smrcqilNf\r q{A iiqdt

qKrtER a{q aqqt{rgfrsant ll ?q ll
Sloha 19. If the Sun, the Moon, Venus and Saturn be associatedin one bhava, the person born in the yoga will be weak, exceedingly cowardly, with his wealth dependingon his unmarried daughters and given to gluttonouEhabits. If the quatlruple planetary yoga be producedby the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter, the person whose birth is affecced by the yoga in quertion will be etrong but afflicted with misfortuseo, pcuoelred of wives and riches, suffering from ophthalmia and of vagrant habits. cf. eras-dt

qfqn1geillr{: qilss-ag{€nft{: gr: t

sffi: {r: q& niefr;gfRarltr: tt

6t8
\\

srrdscrRqrt

Adh.vln.

g'crfi*seaw, guqi*ritqgq,rD' tt rftgqgqq*cqEREG6]

qdsq R{dTtlttrqit qr fiqa{Kqq: t

frqqarihqJqEt{leq€r t
fqrw$qarnqgq;iq{qi
a1qft€i$ Er.ftq6ffiol il Ro tl
!,loha 20. I[ the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Venus combinein one bhava, the person that hashis birth in yoga) will be addictedto other the qgra'ila (Chaturgraha men'Ewives, of odd looksand dress,thievishly inclined and devoid of all goodness, If the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Saturn be in conjunction, the personborn will be a commander an army or a king's minister, stooping of to baseacts and inclined to pleasure" cf . sra+dl

qurffiali| ftqqrst fiqascq: gfit r {qfaqni grfr Gfra.}i1-gi: sfit, p
,iiqr qrndltoii f,tqrqr(: +faqqTq*r I

grli6a*neir+rr r{t Eryfial

wffifrif{rqft sq: wnisltneqiqql qtnffiiiqrstridqfr Hr<ri gud;gqE I ifr r ifdqi{uii {Sdr*fuilr r qfiqqqrui

ffikgqqfi{*hnilrgqqrrqrqi q.iEn lt tl

Sloha 2L If the Sun,Mars, Jupiter and Venus be togetherin a bhava,the person born will havea status equal to that of a sovereign, be renowned, h ighly ecteemed and wealtby. If tbe Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn combine to produce a egia,im (Chaturgraha

SI. 98

qq*5qlq:

618

yoga), the person whose birth is affected by it will be poor, wandering, with good friends and relativec. lf the Sun, Marg, Venus and Saturn be associated in a bha,va, the effect of the yoga on the petson born will be tht foremostof that he will be in disgrrce and become miodemeanants. the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Venur If be in one bhava,the person born under their influence will carechiefly for wealth and fame,and will becone an important personagein the community to which he may belong.
cf, qTilq-d

girq: gFfr dh qqqrtzqeqi| gR cqrc, r

rfi,*qqte$rt+F\dfRm1g6v: u
ft-qr* rq{ra{: fHqrifrygft*Rr+:I
{rgUq{q*t, sg*ql ZqIfitITd: ll

qogfrfde, ft*ril f,tqrqdt Gqqrer) r qduqgmilt:qilqqn*fr qrft tt
qqqFgqqfl?, fHqrql q'gn;I. qFga

qqg{fteg*,isfrgqri+tfhrri:tt

mqffi qntr s'c€Fqnt$rqrcfl-{

qufrtftfufu ftgoir qtqqur w{fr uorg
tl *t-geg*tqfrqsftu.fl uRrfirqftr tt RR
Slohu 22. If the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn form the yoga, the personborn in it will be qu,rrrelsone, self,conceited and ill-mannered. If the Sun, Mt",rcury, Venus and Saturn be together in a bhava, the peroon affectedby the yoga will be beauti{ul, wedded to truth, and virtuous. If the four planets combining to form a 65

qai{Fur{Tr\t! gE(ar tttqqilqr€r{ |

614

qriwrQqre

Adb. VIII.

Cbaturgrahayoga be the .Sun, Jupiter, Venue and $aturn, person born in it will be proficientin the the artr, in command the vulgar people and daring, If of the Moon,Mars,MercuryandJupiterbe in conjunction, who has his birth in the yogr will be devo, the person goodof his sovereign, become wise minister a ted to the and findly a ruler of the earth, cf, srmafr

fqrqri| wit nda€fq:fl€qqr{ iitrw6: I

snq'rr "+tffigEg;q\5ptqht qeq{}qdq-dr gtK: gqrl: qril eg€'ieq: I u tRgqfrd€YRn+Tt *t ftaeqrq) qlP.e: urGsrttRor{ qrd} wi rr qrftoqfrqqqlehfr{l gqrwm: ll
;iiqnr{ I gv: +R: eHI;t:ftredirq-lsfEq2q

trregnA q\;q: grflqr*sqfl rqrgfr: I

qqn{frts (Krtltnrrfid Ruqrg€l
qffiFrqffit

q<rt-g*Bqr{fuffi {t qg$$il t frngrqnir ffiln ifufuq,iwGir
futqftr {Kr gttt qFqilrnRQtt
Sloha 23. If the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus be together, the person born in the yoga will and havegoodwives and sons, will be wise, deformed If the Mpon, Mars,Mercury and Saturn the be h.ppy. yoga) iour planeta forming the sgmm (Chaturgraha the person affected by it will have two motherc and hthero, will be brave, with manywiver and sonr. If tbc Moon, Mars, Jupiterand Veouscombineto produce tbe yoga,the perEon whose birth ia influeoced by it

Sl. ge

ctfrscqtq:

6r5

will be clever in iniquity, tleepy and itching for wealtfi. The person who has his birth in the yoga formedby of the combination the Moon, Mars, Jupiterand $aturn and learned. brave,comfortable will be firm,minded, Norrs.
cl, eru{tt

+o$Rf{qrgffq: qu{dtqfi: grtq:I

qQi: q-glsrq gqfi{Rruqgqw$ff; tl

qqRgmqlFnn, nftsqgq*Rnqlt ll flqtTgs:I u+-erqlsiitq frtors: Ufioa: Hfiil: ll lrS qfiegq: flRlssrUtqrtt; qftil qqEraqt' frnq5ftt t dl-rri qmrg:

qg+o*fragn: I {il Anuftqfrgu5.€+

*}€tflaw\'\: tl rfttrsqntu+
The combination of the Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn has been left out in the text. Its effect is thus described in et(I{dl (Seravali).

qn:grofrsqlq g+Eqqqrfi+lqfi tt
Algo cT{€r{rMil:

$6clqR: qq?q:flqhil mq

q}}q' t

qfua:$?+tqfr:I ff-qKg;hFqrqi n]iq' e{geqlfl:Inei} qlf,d qid. tt

g{tTgtrfttt F{ftt ft{r{ q{qt qat

ffiq;gmqrfrwt ffirtdqfr-

tri-srdq{rrHrfilg€rqqrfirqRils ll 18 ll

Stoka 21. The pereon born in a yoga formed by the combinationin one bhava, of the Moon, Mercury, famousand Jupiter and Venus will be deaf,but learned,

616

qrarcrRqre

Adh. vIH.

wcalthy. If the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Eaturn be together and produce a agiqflu (Chrturgraha yoga), the person influencedby it will be exceedingly wealthy, kind to his relativeeand charitable. The person whoee birth is in the yoga formed by the conjunction of the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, will becomehostile to a large number of personsand have. intrigues with the wives of other people. If the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn combine in a bhava,the person who hag his nativity in the yoga will be devoid of ease, Eceprical and unfeeling. cf. €ras-d

rrqR fq'rmftiqgFrrfirqrfit, rr {fr sRt:
sdq&frlfi(tqttqdt q.gqsif qfrqq r

ftaF<rrqfQqfi: vagnlsfrgqqq qq) I

s{fifi' qrftrgq-frqlfrF{: rr ?qgfrq: sRt:
qrqTrrrq{rfrd fifio,{r,il ftna+ga t qra)dfiGe; erf*ggtfrituggi,rr
{TrI{Qa:gqftrqrdfr g'fbdt qqEdto:I {gqffi ffsw: qrf}rgnuU*Rf}: 11 sQfi,

Sqgq$gffiqrfrFEil: qq gtlgt{fir}tr wrrri fMar I

tr€frd{fr*drtEtdqqltftnqr{"frqr{ffift {qrr! n R\ tl
Sloka 25. The person born when Mars,Mercury, Jupiterand Venus arein conjunctionwill be rich and reviled. If Mars, Mercury,Jupiter and Saturn the be planete formingthe yoga, rhe personwhosebirth is in it will be sickly and destituteof wealth. If Mercury,

u, 96

STEITTS€qr|I:

5t?

Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava, the person born in the yoga will have exceeding wealth, learningand amiability. cf, sr{lild Norss'

m4l e.asR"gfrfiqrtwftifwrgrilt, rr
ffii qrmra) ilqrFTfrt fttqusa r

qqfA gqrfrFdns{vngtwfit' tt sRt' rd(Ra: ssftqnqa: t Ufr An-qrrq1

dmttfnQqwFfr d* q qftdflqa, r

gqfrqgmftt\{ddtenq}} lr
The following two combinations do not find a piace in tbe Text: Yiz,, (l) itlars, Mercury, venus and Saturn and (2) Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn. I,'or their effects,aide the following slokas from €I(4di.

Trrtq flrfi+iqriqqqri'i: sRi: rr aqdt Ragn:ddq' sqs&qarqe: r qlqgtgmglll+,t\qtqi ftnq: rl
Also qrdqFrtqqft:

erFqg: Kge: fiftar* gqgdq:Qqmr: I

fleiq gEdqr q gqqqq{rffi: t

e)* €qnit rarqaHT(i+ ofifrtqrr
*trqnfiufiT,Tiqli €rfrrsfe{;I qrqr(tfr t+a* qTqtTt: u qrdi
For the effects of the above combinations in each of the lz bhavas, vide Horaratna.

il {Qr{qQql 11
Combinations of 5 planets in one bhava; thereare 2l such combinations.

618

qrdrcrRsrrt

Adh. vrn.

qsdtftqertuffii+grn{rggqqfn*tf{qrfrqiwg tffi$rot ftgar rq{r t
rrdrg('Tq{6r{qtirq€r ll tq ll
Sloka 26. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter be in one bhava,the person born in the yoga will be a good combatant and a clever informer. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus corn, yoga) the bine and produce a ,iec(*rl (Panclragraha person whose birth is affectedby it may be faithful to his various f unctions, attentive to other people's concerneand friendless. cf. qrrq-d

g,tff egrd qlqrRsqar&anfl:t: I qq6gqrlrd r{:gwfiaq'qgt: tt

dtqtfr q flei r{hgsqu*,*Qa rr

qttq{d'tfrFi q'gg€R: Fa} Rrnsrq: I

t urrgMMirqar q-fi{rgtfrrqgRir{rgilr cqr$ffi frqoeger Rell
Sloka 27, If the Sun,the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn form the {sqrqtq (lanchagraha yoga), the person born will be hopeful and have to suffer separationfrom the woman he loves. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Saturn be the five planetsin conjunction, the person whose birth is affected by their influence will be short,lived, bent on earning money, but without wife and sons.

$L 2S-2e
cf. srtr+d

llElftrtr|rq!

6t9

qqdt€ srcqrg+sq'rrfrfr sig€Qia: r
eTfi€+Isgafis, frrRqr+rgt'ggi,g1
gq6qte: sq&: qtf+fl6q: vilvndt t t

frgaaeagrq:qlft{IRgqfrqFtt: rt

Frffsqtrrqftqq;gqfr{t*t
{iqq{rq${dr qliq\s;TEl{t ll Rc ll
Sloka 28. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venue be together in one bhava, the effect of the yoga on the person born is that he will be an aesassin, cast out by his father, mother and other relations and will becomesightlesa, If the Sun, the Moon, Marc, Venue and Saturn form a tqcaim (Panchagraba yoga), the person, who has his birth therein will cleverly turn to accountthe humility, the wealth and power at his and have intrigueswith commandand will be depraved other people's wives. cf . *lRrsdl

qsfiRaS: erQ{rrrftru*{fi.*t: rr
{di Tfi fiqq{frqoEqilqr r
I IRTEI.

qftq;{Iqgg,dt {eftquqi stq s;so; r qeft qit iqdi: gi'ggtrrriEr+ar tl qrardGqqflit qfhanr(:q{r$arfrK: I

ffu gffnfiqwrtrrsPdr tl n Rq

qrdTqrRsnt

Adh. VIII.

and Venuscombine and produce ,iacr*{ (Pauchagraha a yoga), personwhosebirth is influenced the therebywill be a wealthyminister,with a fame, powerandauthority to punish offenders, quite his own. If the five planets jointly formingtheyogabetheSun, Moon,Mercury, the and Saturn,the personborn in the yogawill be Jupiter indebtedto another his food, very cowardly, very for wickedly inclinedand practising cruelty.
cf. qt<r+d

(arir:Wqitffgfr gh€Gdiqul*ur rr sq:vua*fr ghgg€qdrfig*: rr

qr u;eil qgfaqq] zq€fi+ qug{rqn\ er( I

,frt: &qqreo: fr;q1ilaaa"rg fqgqat

((Tt efrt;ggrtFqrnegtr

dqtuittaw qgir.r.rnr r

qrn*Tqrcqgfr fr,Tqlwl:n il lo fl
S/rrAc 30. If the Sun,the Moon, i,{.r.urr, Venus and Saturnbe togetherin a bhava, the personborn will be without wealth, tall in stature, bercft of .children and his body will be afflicted with many diseasee"If the Sun,the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the 5 planetsjointly producing a {qqa+rr (Panchagraha yoga), the person who has his birth therein will have a wedded wife, be eloquent, clever in juggling, fearless, but haveenemiesto contend with. cf . rnrq-di

qruii.srt'i {i'il irqnqrq} gqr{gil{tq: r relrcrffiqF\ Gq-qgqrf+,ugg+, rt

sl. 8l-92

s{gqtsEqr{t

tr}1

ilnfl;q-{roftraqofin: qsfr qfrqrdr 69 lgqHla,r* rflqEg*rrggi' 11 gilRninreEqdffidffir

S/oAn 3I. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus be in conjunction, the p€rsonwho has hia birth in the yoga will be free from every care or sorrow, will command army and horses,and be restlessly an moving aboutafter women not his own. If tlrc planetsassocia, ted in the ,iqcfqlrr (Panch.rgraha yoga)be the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, the effect of the yoga on the personborn ie that he will have.to eat beggedfood and wear dirty and tattered clothes. cf . qnrs'd

+tft <-gErmr: dlOnfrarqfiHqnqilr: r qr( lt genr&frqU*, il.rfq*fdgrrrir ftdfi'ii ir,'friq6i gk ,I(rfi6 rcr r
*uhitqsqrgr tfqgEge{sdig'} : tr

qw! isilg iig'fr il{q;t1-fl:a\

: dr iu)tiegr ireimga ugr u FqrcirqaiiqdqErqhtr rr rriq
Sloha 3L" The person wlrosebirth is in thc yoga formedby Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Satuin b e i n g i n o n e b h a v aw i l l b c h o n o r , r b l e , r o f i c i e n t r n t h e p arts, have to do greatly wirh the infliction or purrish, 66

trft frnrfraUr,Tqruqrir r

ffiz

qrasrmtdre

Adh. VIII.

ment in the form of deathand captivity and will be sickly. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venuaand Saturn in yoga), the effect be associated a ,iqc€*{r (Panchagraha upon the personborn is that he will be of the highest rank, but have much misery, danger and disease to and be famished. endure
cf . stttsol

Esffqqil{rfrfiar-e}*gffi r{qfh I ft,ri| Q*enift:gwgvUr{I*rt:<rr( tl aqrfrfirrRfiri<' rqnufrsfr{'eg.ag: t uefi gfirarg6t:Sqif{ffigmrrfrrmi: ll

h'i1s*IfrqftaiqSiltfr{gw{ihqrgwqrgq-fltqq-

*nr s*gwv*ftfrv$rr

qql gwqfq{rilEsrnrtr 11 tr tt

Slofra 3..t. If the five planets, the Moon, Marc, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn combineand producea yoga, the perron born in it will be a menial servant, without wealttr" shabbily dressed,very ignorant and thievirh. The person at whose birth, the $un, Mara, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn are in conjunction, will be famed for hie featsof physical energyin the enjoyment of plearure in toyings in the form of a lock q;z (Yanthra).
cf. vRli{ot

qqftat qqrRfi: nft6q6gr,rfrnd: tl

hfr nt{'*it qftqrqR}sfrdfr ; firru:
q?.qqqqql(flHrqi6qftqg: qqfr | ggrE.

qFr: rfrwql lhfrgarfiftfrnftt: u

sl" 34-36

eu*sccrq;

528

In the latter half of this s1oka,the planets forming the com. bination should be the Sun, Illars, lupiter, Venus and Saturn insteadof the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn which has a l r e a d yb e e n d e a l t w i t h i n s i o k a 3 l s u p r a , F u r t h e r , t h e e f t e c t givenfor this comtrination ore or less tallies with that given in m the 2nd of the two slokas from qrtqdi (Saravali)quoted above.

{ffi (Tqqge{rIq{gq{Irf,'3

A\Cn

utu1 t frlugogxtf,r;ggtr
qquq Hff{, srgi gtrr Egq;Tl

q;g-{e{gailqqi}iltf ll lts tl
5 / o { , r l l . i . T i r c i ) e r s o n w h o h a sh i s b i r t l i i n t h e 'i-ry yoga i':rmc,i the five planet3 ti)j Sun, Vlttfcutf, arnd in .lurrtlei-,nu'enrrs Saturn, will h: rr,'i5e,v.,rs,":"1 sacred b';oks ,ind of a virtuous characler end c<-rnduct suclras e.ods and reverend seniors always fpprtrve o[. If the Moon, Mars, ln4ercury.Junitt'r and Venus be tog3ther in a bhava, the pctsr;ri born under such influence will be virtuous. h rirpy, vel y rxrealthy, p o w c r f u la n d t . a r n e d .
cf. l{ril.{'7.1

qgflI€flInqqftaft,r' ccir rlaqi q t qdqr:{rcfurT;: giifqary{{+-{r"s : ll
qlg: {€qnrlit flaiqqqrqtiirgqqqa:I .

EgtqtI ErI;gi,nnT-.{€[-ga; E;.It(flT ii

r\\.r.'

qsilil*galqqiiqttr{ f,rqrgrq;qq;f I I

<Tr( w&*qs{rf}qbqqqn$vgolrqiq+rs'rqr ll 1\ ll
Slofru i't5. lf the five planets,the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava, the person born under their iniluence will be hcnoured He will have defective vieion and have every wkre.

clatilnftcrl

Adh" VIIL

a Etatus equal to that of a sovereign or he may be a kinq's minister. cf' fltrcd

qqlT'fr?qftHfrwilct: ntoltqqq I

qm T{fr q1q-};gafrq1rftg}: rr

The underrnentionedtwo combinations appear to have been left out, uiz., (l) The Moon, Mars, I\.fercury, Venus and Saturn and (Z) the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn. Their eflects are thus described in fffn*dr.

qftdqfrffgtTrsqrf+gqfrqRqftft: rr
qg{qfiilq{: q{rEQd5fi{qfro: I

ftfrnr4 qftq: qilaqfqqrqtHil {ta: r

q*&rfAqr'it ghggqgilfsgi: rr

qEgEfrTT: II gTgT II
Combinations of 6 planets in one bhava; there are 7 such combinations.

q.io gqrqtcrlGlqdtwtrfuq Rr qrilquqfufiriffioqrqig{tttfiqilr r
: rfi Uirreusqr*'qflEasg* Rr{ rwr{ s;qq{u'lilq fidqqnErfiCftd rrdsn RQ tr
S/'rfra 36. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus be all in one bhava, the person born under the yoga will be a holy man calledaHg( (Tir, thankara) dwelling in forestsand hills and having wife, children and wealth. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus lnd Saturn combine and produce a wlnazlq (Shadgraha yoga) the effect thereof upon the personborn is that he will suffer from headache, have a

sr. 37-38

stgrfts€qrq!

626

constitutionrl disposition to madness, dwell in solitudes and that in a foreign country.
cf . qtcqr.riliqqia

q fiqrqt*do) <gir''r1 {Trqqrd I qlfa qnti: {*rrh}: r."qrd} qs3Ji1

qt.Tqrcq ! {iqqrrtai{t r qerr{rts grft| fg{Rfh{rr$qqWfudrqieqr <rleair

qtiirc wiafr"$qkgqrcurgtdrtr 5$ ffqq(ffi rldgfi qgt frid Trir u qetl

S / o l ' , r3 7 . I f t h e S u n , M a r s , M e r c u r y , JLrpiter, V e n u s a n d S a t u r nb e i n c o n j u n : t i o n ,t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n the yoga will be of wandering habirs and very wise. lf the Moon, Mars, Mercurv, jupiter, Venus and Saturn bc togetherin a bhava,thc personwhosebirch is influ, enced by the conjunction of tl-rescplanets will be a pilgrim to holy shrines and an asceric. If the six planets combining and producingthe yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Iupiter and Saturn,th: effect on the personborn is thrt he will be a robber,addicced to women not his own, leprous, reviled by relatives, bereft of children, ignoranL and in exile. Nores.
tf "qrC.ir " be the reading., the translation ir great wealtlr." "shall own

#rs;q*dfiwr qqqiTsrdf fi-etrq{rgntfi;gitarrQnqr r
q;fqorqqa;qqqi(dia:

{T;rr frariqeuqrwr,ilt{ffit lc tl il
B/oArz 38. The person brrn in a wgealrr (Shad, graha yoga) formed of the Sun, the Moon, Mara,

626

wreocrRad

Adh. VIII.

be insignificant, ""t.in engaged works not his own, afflicted with consump' tion and drynessof the nose and despicable. If the $un, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the six planetsjointiy producing the yoga, the personwhose by it will be a king's councillor, birth is influenced bereftof the joys whi:h rvife, childrcn rnd wealth gir':, but calmand contented.

utq{titftrRr*ruqroqtt
qtr; Q?rT{aK rll;rdh'r'i fiqrqq$qdi€: q{isonq{q${i itoqm,{I6t{i I {r{sqi gqiurt fh'rrg $dtofgrtRutrwgtl

,dtqrq tqriqrftibt lr li ll d'rquitilqGi.{fti

Sloka 39. Whe u the Sun is in the several signs beginningwith Mesira,the effect on the personborn is i n o r d e r( l ) t h a t h e w i l l h a v es m a l l w e a l t h ; ( 2 ) h e w i l l d e l i g h ti n m u s i c; 1 3 ) h i s m i n d w i l l b e f u l l o f c a r e ,.g"i,iing thc acquisitionoi learningand wcalth ; (1) he will be ignoraur: (rr) he will be versedirr the several the acquiarts and be clever; (fl) he will be devotedto (8) he will be s i t i o n o i m o n e y, ( ? ) h e w i l i b e d a r i n g ; ( will be ; esteemed (t)) he will be a petty trader; t0) he lacking c l e v e ri n e v e r y k i n d o f e x e r c i s e ;( 1 1 ) h e w i l l b e give; i n s u c hj o y s a s c h i l d r e n a n d c h i l d r e n ' s c h i l d r e n a agricul' and (lzi he will prosp:r by such indttstries s carriedon by irrigation' tural operations

gtqft ifiIqqtr q{ .{quiEimqreqqar qi.qd qfiEiffirqsest {rqiqqi ftqqr{ t

c/. ga;nna XVIIl-slokas

NorBs. l-4.

40-41

qgfrs.qrq:

627

ft qfqsi s frfqq* fii i"-air gtft

grrt gdatfrfr qrr.rtqrisunilftrqrll Boll

Sloko 4Q. If Mars occupy hrs own sign at a persons birth, the latter will get wealth from a king, from agriculture and from his wandering about in pursuit of other such occupation. If Mrrs be in a Rasi owned by Venus, the persotrborn will set his mind on enjoyment; the effect of Mars' presencein a sensual sign belonging to Mercury is that the person under such i'nfluence will speak in a dejected tone ; if the a planetbe in Kataka, the person born will become king's favourite and havc much wealth. If Marg' birth, the latter.will position be in Simha,at a person's be in posscssion securewealth. In a Rasi belonging of to Jupiter, Mars makes the person born triumphant of over his foes and possessed comfort and happinese. pre$enceof Mars l:as the effect of In Kumbha, the making the person concerned served by bad people. And lastly when Mars is in lr{rkara,the personborn is e i t h e ra k i n g o r h i s e q u a l .
Norps.

cf. g€siTfffi XVII l-slokas 5-7,

q iS,TET ;EgtsqafftilIi

fter'qgrt g€i

-rri t sffiA frqiqqqr ar?qa +giaRnr
ffiqTA{gqffi'ft qilrqqft Uqrofrq)

qia& iq(*qil {iiG tteqt qduqsrn ut tl

Sloku 41. A person will be poor if at hrs birth Mercury be in a houseof Mars; learned if in a house of Venus; happyif Mercury be in Mithuna; will dissi, pate w his ealth if the planet be in Kataka ; wrll be

lr28

oreoqrfffi

Adh. VIII.

henpecked if Mercury be in Simha; will have virtueg in abundance and be exempt from dangers if Mercury occupy Kanya; a king's favourite if in Dhanus; a suMued Eervantif in Meena; an artisan and a menia! ter\nnt of another if in a houseof Saturn.
NorBs. If g:q{fl be the reading insteadof [it{t, be "will get rid of all his troubles." c/. {(swcq XVIII-slokas 8-l l. the translatiorr will

qrdr tnfrwariqsr gtlq41q $q{ Uft qt ffi1 ftilt qRrcsfitqtnrceq I rr{f gffid{ sfrfr qt ffi qret tn {rq| {|q(rfrsl{r furii fiiszqr b'qrq} BRtl n
Sloha 42. If Jupiter h'e in a aign of Mars at the birth of a pereon, the latter will be superior to others in his army, wealth and ooru, highly virtuous and bountiful ; if in a rign of Venua, the person concerned will be energetic; if in a oign of Mercury, be will have a large following of friendc ; if Jupiter be in Kataka, the pereonborn will be wise and rich in sons; if in Kumbha,the person concernedwill enjoy pleasures if ; the planet be in Simha,the peroonaffectedwill bccome famous; if Jupiter occupy a qe" (Swakshetra), the personborn will be a king or on a par with a king. If in the depression sign Makara the person concerned will be a wanderer and bave a careworn mind, Nores.
c/. gwn:q XVIIT-slokas l2-13.

qnr aitritffgR{*

itqrrwaqr{

,iid.qwiftaffiRilrqn]:flrdfiq: I

st. 43-44

q?istqrc:

629

gffiAni

qnqRqlrfr gnther

lfritqefurrftoqr{ tqrffifr{t uggt

n Bt tl

S/oAn 43, According to rhe posiciouof Venus in the several cigns from Mesha onwards, the per;on born will be respectively (') a gallant ; (, ) wielding large influence due to the poeaessionof fortune, geniue, friendsand kindred; (') learned, wealthy and wise; ( t ) c o w a r d l v ; ( u ) w i l l h a v e d u l l $ o n s ;( 6 ) w i l l f o l l o w courEesof conduct preecribed for people lowest in the socialscale; (') will be a king,s favourite; (s) will be served by a set of bad women; (') will becomea lord o f m e n ; ( * ) w i l l h a v e e n j o y m e n t s ;( t ' ) w i l l b e c o m e addictedto unmarried girls; ('1) will be posseosed. of fortune, learning, worth and amiable manners. NorBs.
c/. 1qs*n+ XVIII-slokas 14-16.

{€lrr?ilrtrqilqg(dc{Tgrfl "Sd} mt: qtqqnrq* rMgr{rfllrur?eqqtl t cuds gru'olRrR{qi ilq&q} ftv+rt ilq'inqg'nfrqil{iEgi tqrqilftrfui , BB tl
Sloka 44. If Saturn occupy Mesha or any of the other aigns taken in order, the personborn will reEpec, tively be (') stupid (!) will not have much -".lrh ( t ) w i l l b e b e r e f to f m o n e y , s o n sa n d i n t e l l i g e n c e o ) ( will be banishedfrom the joys derivable irom the kind careof a mother (' ) will be disreputable n wilt havc ( ) very little wcalth and very few children (') will be the leaderof a community, town or village ( s will ) have a cruel heart (', ) will enjoy the dignity aftaching to the poosession children, wife and riches ( of " ) will 67

ililsfiR-sfi
%

Adh, VIII.

be liked by his sovereign( 11)will have wealth ( u ) will Burpao$ energyand other kingly virtues. in Noras.
c/. grsara+ XVIII-slokas l7-19.

llgifiUgilqq sri tqrftRrfirg t

aqar'fi,o{HqRii"s +iaqr il B\ tl
Sloh,t,43. An intelligent astrologer shculd weigh well in his mind the effect of the lr4oon's presencein the severalzodiacal signsbeginningwith Meshras well in the Amsas (drr) belongingtirereto and then declare as the result of his deliberations.

qftibi rmaqd\ii gxirtt
GrKs €qdgqMitdiar r qmrilqig qGqEqfdror qpefif{ sqegk{d'i:{rss il 8E tl qrE
Slokr 46. When a planetis aspected a malign by one, the persor)born under its influence ruffers from bad ailments and is without the virtues, worth, wealth and famewhich a personof his birth and socialEtatus ought to bave. If a pl.rnet be associated with a malign one, the effeccis that thc personborn under such in{lu, ence has a hankerirrg afterother pcople'swe,ritl.r and women, is i-rarsh speech,fraudulently mindedand of slothful.

rnE grti5(sg ({q( silKlrt'r{r: gilqdilili'Iqi g;qfr {FtWrT! |
ril{{ i{trEdf qr( gtrrl(reFTrnil
A \ \\ \

.\\\c

qqiqrrqrfrFatr Bs tl fhaRgfta u

sl. 4?-{g tr-"t-t.r**-

cllgrscqr|I:

681

planet aspectedby a propitious one will have children, richec and enjoyments, will be handsome,honored by his sovereign and exempt from humiliation or disgrace" If the planet influencing a birth be associated with a benignantone, the person born will be triumphant over his foeein this world, conform to the dutiee and practi, ceoappertainingto his birth and sccial position, and be (ascertain) unexpreesed ahrewd enoughto understand the wishes of others by their outwartl indications.

qqmgEil{*t di(i (t) q}q r frerq{rsnTqr ft e&qtqr;T{qqii*uqi gvt aqr grq&inddrTq!gqftqq *rr €A ii+{i Bd
S/oA,r 48. When the Moon occupying Megha is by aopected the several planets beginning with Marr and ending wrth the Sun, the perron born under such influencewill respectively be a king, a man of learning, a personequalin Etatusto a king, one endowed with every amiable quality, a thief, and a beggar. If the Moon be in Vrishabha,and Mars aEpect the person it, I orn will be one bereft of propercy; it \{ercury be the aspecting planec, the perscn born will be a judge; if Jupiter, an honorable person; if Venus, a king; if Saturn,a monied person; if the Sun, one of a servant, class. If the Moon be in Mithuna and the several aspectingplanets be taken in the slme order as before, will rcspeccivelybe, the persor born in theieveral ceses one defective in som: limb, a king an intelligent and aagaciouoperson, a brave person, a villainous wretch and a poor man.

q;i tqrri $qrR€*dtisil {qfrr

632

qnactRwril
Norrs.

Adh. VIII.

[]:g: fr41q1;z[ seems to be the correct reading in the 3rd pada of the sloka. c/. Brihatjataka XIX-1. The translation will then be " If the Moon be in Vrishabha, and ilIercury be the aspecting planet, the person born will be a thief &c. ,'

cf . €rrrsot

sTFgq{il qqft qrr: r Zqft' qqcrit qT{q
Frorn this, it would seernthat ,,.daq " in place of ,,{R(,, was the original reading.

fr1:ffirrTr{t e} altrft t\ u Gqr

qedrfirfrrrdg: frRqTdrfqqlcqftr: r anrfiqmrt:flerqq: qFqiidte: r
{pefb+: sFiq $qe! {rf{ft llilrd: lt

{grzsqn{r€qt nfilanvfratfQ zqt, r

gue} ivrt frrrr+t ne+ffigo+tft: rl

tqG Rqeql Ei utqr gqrcrrd: tl wfrmqfirflil WrqR rTilfiqq: uqtra.d) I rqf,tfisqnrtglq ftitfflfr {qfh tl oU6qgFq) wra.iir'ft Rqnafqna r nr{: tqpt Rqrtfi nfiqret qEwm, tl +{mqfidr,t f}qqqgnqt: q I fl€d qr+fq+; $Sd Wir rfi{tfhna;q:tr qfrtrq $d?81 gqfrut qsqilfrlqqq1 €qqd qritqi rrqi grr rrrftt\ Srt rr qrflqr+qfaftl qgfqnftri sq<{mar{r qrqfr gla ae:arit Z\sgqqufid.nq r fr rueqrwE( gotq. ndrfrryfi6q;dqfifi I '{ffinqfdfiFqn qfi UGE: sd rr ilqft

lllll

gr. 4e

qgdfscqrrr

633

lf,qqqnrl€rqi $q qTnqrt;${ailil?qnrq. t

qR grt {rfiqgq+tr'rt fHiteTa} qrrft rr
qq(tqsiied gqt i"q sqr q gqrfrqqr grRe+glfta Ggnee, {nl grt u qflrqnqmnifrg{ oqrfqdgqfieq r n 1 ll

,uftg:ftaeeqrt {Iftaao4:11 *frfr

frut sut gtfrqggu nftrfiftgaetrr
qrflq greim-varfta gefigeRrfdafia I urqi o)*d*i figt rfi-ifhaa=q: rl

wfiggfrxrii g€arqilfqqqoqF{rqrq I soh figq ffil qlq fiftffisqqqq rr urqlnrqasqro aqrrfiaq frt q r gtt qftqqeos{riftgq g{{tRna;q; 11 Rqrilerqr+ftpqriiqsqrqqfRoq{ r qrF{slfiqafiq: s.iffr gaitffi figt rr qrgqfaqrcqqdinrfiqrq.lqftiFrft ' r

il1tl

qit€ qrRrl? qqrgruAnoffit trt{qq qrr nlkan{ qfr initr qT{i frair fr$
3Trdiusfiddqftrffiqt sinqqr r u;qrd qfH Ru: quffdrftarf-ffior get Bq

Sloha 49. If the Moon in Kataka be aspected severallyby the six planets from Mars taken in order, the persons born in the six cases will respectively be valiant, honorable,endowed with the highest poetical talent, of royal rank, working in iron, and suffering from ophthalmia. If the Moon be in Simhaunder the rame aEpects, the person born will respectively be a

634

waEc]Qsril

Adh. VIII.

king, one speakinglearnedly, a wealthy man, a king, a wicked personand one that is mighty. If rhe Moon be in Kanya and be aspectedby the severaiplanets taken in the sameorder, the person born in the several.cages will be respectively wealthy, mighry, lordly, learned, badly behavedand in easycomfortablecircumstances. cf " mrrqdt

qufrgoi'rq qqrRii qfi ilqqum | Ott erJt q--* rfqe* gi{rrear tr qt fi+en{ttqrctqqlat (Erqr fi{,i +ii frftaqqfrfrnngsiaqft at ezt rr q+t eTfa{ilqft qqqftgq{tfha: erlt r qrqit

qafig1q-i Zqfllit fteqqtd q rr Zsffi Zqgqg* aa+fr q-q: g};q$€s: I qrlt glqagrrrdadiaqqilisrTlmr;f,{ tl

q?firfi1€r+Rqcqrqi ilfi grt r qTqi +iah flFedieqrqqqrq,fr {F.rq tl qrq{ s{anrTgri qrgrfiefqqrf}Ed I qRq nfqil es: €rJt +q]ft q;q] qt dtq{ n qtrFql {ttq t ZqfiqgeWfr q].Aeuqi {iqt Ee:1frfvrnn flzld q-q: tt tqrqfr qqu€q(g{figartireiltnq r ;rqlcgwqg{OifhnaGnr:fftf 1s

lt 8 ll

gafiila:r r {rqrfl+ ftd <{in.i ftt
e-d: sd gtq ed vagt+ulrrrflqa tt
qftqrd goga qggit gqn?q q I

gnfo g€eea:qqr' rt a\-qqEa{ fii

5r. 60

qErll5€qlrtl

636

qqilfaqtdtri{irqqiqgqfntqqi r 9,ft qln tt g{nfi{Efl dt{it gxn.ee, Et fnt E{+qqiottszaqrig,ino,i; r q Gta n,r Edtgefrgt{fqqaq'frnrit tt ll q ll q$ailfl liftretqfqqr rrqra zq+)aat ndt wqrqiqfiafrqrqt8q gtt tt pqm ftfha gult a t frreqrqr{ saq"d aqii *-qrqigae* qrqrfari gtt tt
'qlfiq*pqfifh$ {iqrqrc{g Gaf+i gflilq. I

qqqfrfqgut gtfhdsFq:ll srfn{,i m-qrqi

q q;gaira g{ta yaa*t gfraaw{ t

*oqtqi gteril qqqla fiqqdiqf, q;q: ll

t *'qqi ngot ftfqqriiar.iifrrqqqr@{ gnt nnaft*fiagP.d uUw ftiifhaa;(: ll qeg€fi gqrfaawrg+i qfiq gaftauqt
r,-qiqi w€E: e'tqirqqi {fi ge'dll ll q ll

dits itq.itgeriisutrrdfttw{qq

qtl uoi*ti qitqgq{Acsrqrstl qoqgfI

alqgq ule€ {rirrft fiqra$sri rrqfrq'i irql fh'ift+.i tnoqitq\ st gqftqtr tt \o tl
S/oAa 50. When the Moon in Thula is aspected severallyby the benefic planets, N,Iercury, Jupiter and Veoue, the persons born in the several cases will be respectively a king, a mint-master and a merchant. If the Moon in Thula be aspectedseverally by Mara, the Sun and Saturn, the person born in each case witl be impotent. If the Moon occupy the rign Scorpio and be

636

ila{qrftEre

Adh. Vm.

reverally aspected by the planetstaken in order from Mercury, the person born in the severalcaseswill be (t) a man with two fathers and two mothers(n) a favorite o{ the king, (3) a mean-wretch, (o) a sickly ( p e t E o n , u ) a p o o r m a n ,( u ) a n d a m i n i s t e ro f a k i n g . Nores.
4qq: (Vanchakaha) is another reading for in the 2nd pada of the sloka. qoe+: (pandakaha)

cf.

{Tr<t{dr

s{qqaqr&nraa lftqi *rrfiry.n a t sTgiTqilt walfarfiffi11a;q: 11 go*
dTqqqR gq T{qllqFqqr€.Tflgs'{ |
^-: \. \A .

i ott qt{itwr6i f}qqm qqi$ii d* | Bqq{fi g€Gii qr*rfte* fRong' u 5th e)*ic,i gqqzi\q fi-{q.d q r g€qfid Ga+qeriisfUq.ra-q: ueq(tt e{sqqq{ Stil yfinq Tft+ Erlftgeq r
qFq+q sq\ qqq1q tfriq fl?E: 11 eTqg{rT€e4r+q qqoFil ? gfur;fr q 1

q*frf,a;q: u rftraaaqrr smqfA r* gta q;q: ,5s1ffi sr{d${qrq{| gqqw{fiein trcqrd gorq\Wt rr frtfharOosiqaqfiflqx{fti f6rg, r qTqn rr aafr*?g gad rarRg $et afi-{qiii grrrigeafidlflrq{rfrf, I qrilq, fifiqlqrqfifEfl uUfilhn: go;*rr {{t s€e
ll rgll

qqqfr gta ee: {'-qt dh* q ftilfl{ ll

$r. 6t

qc*sqrq:

68?

{qksatffidqfttqFiiqr ftflfirt {ilqd q n $ff edsftTrdt qqq|dqff}E e{FtqqrfrEgr.rri +Ta r gqfilffirnsni wqqft{g{tfrel;E: 6 q frqn-s Fqqaqiltcraq Rs{i q t
qtqqi q;4sr: # qqqra-ffiEs) rr ll ( ll

q;i qgQg{dtg+ Rrqnwnqdqora:t qt sqrffihrg*r twuur qqttwt erq tt\t ll
Sloftc 51. When the Moon occupieeDhanus and has the aspect of benefic planets upon it, the person born will have plenty of learning,wealth,wiedom, fane and strength. When the Moon in Dhanur ia aspected by Mars, the Sua or Srturn, the peroonborn under guch influence witl be an arbitrator in a court and addicted to courtezan$. cf. €nrc-d

qrt yfrrara $th qI fieqraqtt'i r qgqqgwrrtfrtaqt qrFsr€saiqFf t gaq{| tqrqffrF€q g'ii tleqra+at sFqFlgqqT.s nrit ftfnga-eu, qgfr tt qgr:eiqrqili ;q]frqftFqftqrfifigq q t

gEd fRqrRriwrqr{ d,sft rt
qq: eq{r{rcsqfe*{qtgsrFqc tt s gMr fe qf,i'iigwr sxr"ittqson I qrtEfqrqrdqrir*ee, dftq, tt
68

o{gqqt(gd :"ftss

qFaq qrt t

638

arnwfiwe

Adh.vlu.

frffi{R,i gqrr,i qg3Tf, asqtQqd.qq r

arftqrf, yUei qqqft fr\frn, {rfl qgli u uq tl

gqft*awqt qfit fttrmt u \i tl

qdt trw qttq?ofrqq fi{tH frur I

Sloha 52. When the Moon in Makara ir severally aapected the planete taken in order from Mercury, by the personsborn in the severalcases will be respectively (1)aking(o) aruler of the earth (t)a learned an m (') a rich person(') a beggar (6) a lord. and
cf. fl-ff{dl

ewi g:fraqe'iqffifr{ilqdtqd gd r qft\ S{€qqlrr: {tfhiii rgqr tt ft1qo*6 erfrfiqqqfA gqi qaHgd g{qq. g({t r et aeagqq-qo€ +iift q*,fhaa;q: n

a€ wrefiA et nTItdlq,qrfti e r qmfhqin Ee'g€rR,ifid.i geqq rr rlqfrqgqfti zqftgil,sgawt qrdqI qgqngqfr{ qrqft gnflfhaa;4: rt
qrgsftqqfi{qqqrq?qrorfhii {ft1 t qt

frqqlaqgr qlqft qg{ffhaa.q:ll

wrrilwq*or qrrfffttft?3 il \1 ti
Sloka 53. The effect on the person born of tlrc Moon in Kumbhabeing acpectedby benelic planetoio that he will be rich in fame. The Moon in Kumbha,

srrffi frtrqrt lfqEtqfrqq:I

ewdqfti <ra frgevi qrtqrfr{qgqq. I q-fr at qfrt il +illi RqFr+,{g{ds: lt I " tl

sl. &r

qlrTtss{rrt:

680

aEpected maleficplanets makes the peroon that har by his birth under the influence libertine. a cf. vrn+d

o€ qffi€*

qftqfrq{R q qt 1r6'i qTft*aftrt q r
ttztrffir'f: Q{$HI{:tl

mqg€frfuerosq. I SlsRfldnnri ftqi qtortsimilftSffiqa;q: tl
lftdFftf, &q q g{fi-{r{ 1 wrnqqrT${rA dsffqqgtq tfrft gq{tf+ra: gt rr tr$ $q qrqfr*aeqi q-q{T{Et t q T{n gtt iFraqlai sr\i gffiftn: ffift $t n qrq{ 4qqg*tfti *Krqrqr&frflqa r rr sat urit sgqtfrfRaftil qcq\seqgsq qqtqqt qfAi KErRn fiqqlqt r ni nrit wnrrnftqqrai qt frwee,lt n I t tl

Rflt qrqftftftt q€q-fl{qrqtrs} qrqt I i flqit tq6*fki {aqftqffr $q;il-{nftr

ftrU sr{ttki ffi

ardi* qqfrr

q{rdt fuir gr{tiht Rq*tqrdr rr+(n\B tl

Sloka 54. When the Moon in Meena is aspected by beneficplanets, the person born wili be a learned king, fond of mirth. If the Moon in the sameRasi be aspected by malefic planets, the effect of this on the peroonborn is that he will be foui-mouthed and evilminded. When the Moon occupyinga malefic Amsa is arpected by malefic planets, the person born will be wicked and licentious. If the Amsa occupied by the

640

qTnsrRcre

Adh.vln

planetsbe alsobeoe' Moon be bendic and the aspecting fanous. fic, the peruon born becomes
NorBs' cf. sRts-odi

fti qqrtdnhglta tiTqfi qqn€aq. t qflft RffiGE' sgfraqrrq fri rt vqft
qfr{d gqQf, s@rgaq qrlfrK q I

qqqft aq{erqft: Rrftgnee} qtq, rr a\
q?qfr g}t afr ftrrqa-qqT: gFtI{| qqfrqilq Sfui {twfrsqrqd fiqII ll "reql{ g$qt +gft: df}id qn}q tl

r U€mfiiFil ofui qFisqruqfu+t sd {Fftgrfterfuai aerra}wrqt
g*ffi flqFil qqqd nftfrqi q rt
mqrfrg{Ertqfr{fd{ | ff+aqRdEFFrrr:

gd lftcafr *qfrcqrsnrrffrlu

u tltf

What has been said in slokas 48-54 above may be rearrangetl thus: and sumrnarised (l) Mars aspecting the Moon in Aries will make the person born a King one bereft of proporty Taurus defective in some limb Gemini valiant Cancer a king I-eo wealthy Virgo Libra minister of a king Scorpio arbitrator in a court and onc Segitterius addicted to courtezans a lord Capricorn a libertine Aquerius foul'mouthed and evil'minded Pirccg

sr.51

qg5ifss4s:

641

Thus, Moon square or opposition Mars is bad except when the Three of these Moon is i' .\ries, Leo, Scorpio a'd Capricorn' q&-e (Swakshetra) and g_qba (Uchchakshetra) lrappen to be the of Mars, and f 'r the Moon in Leo, Mars happens to be the ruler of the 9th from it. That is wl.ry Mars is gooti in these four signs' ' (2) Mercury aspecting the l\tloon in Aries will Taurus Gemini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aquarius Pisces The Moon the person born n.ral<e a man of learning a thief a king honoriable one speaking learnedlY mightY a liing father of twins learned, wealthy and wise a king rich and famous a learned king, fond of mirth in opposition to Mercury It is however not in any place is good in so good as the

except Vrishabha.

Moon

opposition to Jupiter for finance.

The intellectual

side is good.

(3) Jupiter aspecting the Moon in equal in status to a king Aries will make the person born honorable person Taurus Genrini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aquarius Pisces The Moou can be aspected intelligent and sagacious endowedwith the highest poetical talent wealthy lordlY a mrnt master favourite of a king wealthy, famous and learned a king rich and famous a king by Jupiter ouly when she is in

u.l.*""".,----"", "1*", ""-". "-""113:5
trine or in opposition to Jupiter and not when with Jupiter. in conjunction Politicians or statesmenare born if the Moon trine Jupiter or Moon opposition Jupiter takes place when the Moon is in Taurus, Virgo or Capricorn. It therefore follows that all leaders in any walk of life must have Moon-trine Jupiter or Moon.opposi -Jupiter. tion (4) Venus aspecting the Moon in Aries will make one endowedwith every amiable quality Taurus a l(ing Gemini a fearlessperson Cancer a person of royal rarrk Leo a King Virgo learned Libra a merchant Scorpio one engagedin a base occupation Sagitt'arius wealthy and fanrous Capricorn a learned man Aquarius farlous Pisces a learned man Venus opposition Moon is thus not generally bad. (5) Saturn aspectingthe Moon in Aries will make the person born Taurus Gemini Cancer I-eo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aqrrarius Pisces a thief wealthy a villain a person working in iron a wicked person badly behaved impotent a sickly person addicted to courrezans a rich person a libertine foul-mouthel and evil-minded

All aspects(whether 3rd, lOth or 7th) of Saturn to the Moon are bad except when the Moon is in Taurus aod Capricorn. We

Sl. 66

qgdscqrq:

643

have already stated in sloka 3 supra that I\{oon-conjunction-Saturn is bad. The Sun aspecting the Moon in A r i e s w i l l m a k e t h e p e r s o nborn a beggar Taurus one of a servaut class Gernini a poor Inan Cancer sufiering from ophthalmia Leo mighty Virgo one in corn forlable circums t a u ce s

(6)

Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aquarius Pisces

rmpotent a poor n)an an arbitrator in court and addicted to courtezans a beggar a libertine f o u l - m o u t h e d r ,n d e v i l . m i n d e d .

A1l oppositionof the Sun to the Nloon is bad e\cepr when the Moon is in Leo. The Suu will then be in Aquarius and aspectinghis own house. What is true of the l\Ioon is also true of the Lagna. V a r a h a m i h i r a n h i s B r i h a t j a t a k a( X V l l l - 2 0 ) . i So says

A11 squaresor oppositionsbetweel the Moon anrl any malefic bad. Similarly, all squaresand oppositions betrveenthe Lagna is and any ma1efic is bad. So also conjunctionsof malellcs with the Moon or the Lagna is bad except Sun-conjunction.l\{oon. A l l c o n j u n c t i o n sb e t w e e nr n : r l e f i c s r e b a d ( c / . s l o l i a s 1 , 2 , 4 , a 8 e u p r a a s a l s o W e s t e r na s t r o l o g e r s ) .

q=rttr+s ffi( q {ftterQsei

qEft gqElt t{ g{erq}q*gar n \\ ff

|

SiorAa55 The effect of an aspect upon a Raei must be held tc apply likewige to its Amsa. The Rasis as well as their Amsas when aspected or associated by with benefic planetsbecomebenefic or auspicious.

644
-##

sriila;cfiErrfi

Adh. VIII'

cf.

q€g+ .rn] q qerflqt dql q"a I rrfirqd\
ql*qfqfqar q nfq-s{ lt ilfiqo qTFftifio

|| Il oerfqqrqftTer€5-dq
qr{'d qR omlseqffiq\ qrd; gtqi f inrr

the S/o&a 56. If the Sun be in the Lagnabhava, personborn will have few sons, lead a iife of ease,be .ruel, eat sparingly, with defectivevision, be given to ield, well-bred and acquainted bo".iing in the battte-f with the histrionic art. But if the sun be in the exal tation sign also, tbe effect of it on the person born is that he *itt a.tigrrt in the acquisition of knowledge and of virtue, be possessed good vision, f ame and independence. lf the Sun occupyingthe Lagna be in Meena the perron born wilt be waited upon and served by f"miler; but if thc Lagna in which the Sun is be identicalwith simha, thc effectof it on the personbort) g is that he will bc niglrtrrlind but possessing ood strength'
cf. €6nFI{' \ _.

qeqnriiiuiqutr qqilsntd gqffi;rer I il;ilqn{in gdmat{lqffi.qsttr{t qii dwakii ^ ERrriwq;rrtt tii{qrq ll \q ll

Norrs fqtqrqqt tqqulls{ laFq
\ ^c \ \i _

df:qr;ti

'[qljt-q: I iq qefioft{i{{r fhtqet qaq dlts-*sq' {fttt-(qh g€e,.IE{: tt

Also 'nottitq;t

*){t qqr*ait f*,qtosaq, elsfrseq+q'

5t. 57-58

qg*serrq:

616

qrRq-ilqo) fiaelq,it qnFil€rqiqia tt
The Sun in Leo causes blindness at night. In Cancer, the Sun causescataract in the eyes. The Sun in Libra causesblindness. The Sun in the Lagna causessome defect in eyes.

hqq qrq{iei g rrilgt{ I drqq+i q{qdi{gsqilot

qfttrydirl qfttrrfu.gq.ri

Kililfi qii i\rrgFtfriinq tt \e ll

S l o h a 3 7 . W h : n t h e w . r n i n gM o o n o c c u p i e sh e t Lagnathe p:rsrn born will be deaf, defective,in some limb and a menial servanL. lf the Moon in the above position be also in conjunction with a malefic planet, there will be no vitality in the person born and he will soon be dead If the Moon in the Lagna be in its exaltation or own house,the effecc of it rs that the person born will have abundrnce of wealth, f,rrne and much beauty. If the Mcon in the L-rsnabe full, the person learned. born will attain long life and become
c/. gaslnq

{mi;qililst;'t{trqf\(: inq, nru*a}

erliq,ri qf,tll

Also na{itt.nr

fht q-i €h €art(,iqig{q+ qftb erqtn{.qiR fiqiin qrqqtu

fis {ilEit*saftsfrqqd gi swt t'ri qqdfrdi oefet q'rqtt frmfttreqr qli o{rrt frrguotrdt qdi 6q.{r{
6

qrqtw;mgrqErrci{r f}erihotUrfr \c tl rr
69

646

crfitcrftqrfr

Adh. VIII

'The Sloka 58. personborn with Mars in the first bhava will be cruel, daring, given to wandering, very fickle and sickly ; if the planet in the first bhrva be Mercury, the effecton the pcrson born will be that he will be devoted to the acquisition of learning, wealch, virtue and religion ; if Jupiter occupy the Lagnathe person bcrn will be long-lived, and have knowledge untainted, wealth and beauty: if Venus should be in the first bhava, the influence on the person born will be that he will b: libidinous, lovely in mien, blessed' with a wife and children, and learned. c/. gqsqrcr

e* gi R{dilg: gt {?aqu riti fqar{tt rt tr(fisq: gfrna fi-h Wgt lt
Also..qo{nq+t

qqwq{t Hildg{ftr{i}seqrgR+ si rr tt frqlg.ioqfi rgtegttrTfl{qnw{qJq' $ fingfifr ort g* ffeqo,tt aitwaq Ss-,it gfqqiqqtqlgn +tfr +fl: tt n* gagEtfq{

q6s q*qgaqr ggonitrrrqi qtsfrqrri fEWs ll \q ll
the first Sloha 59. The effect of Saturnoccupying that he will have stinking birth is bhava at a person's sufferfrom fistula of an advanced type and nostrils, have a defectivc limb ; but if the f irst bhava occupied by $aturn be the planet's exaltation sign, the person born will be a king's peer, amiable for his special virtues, and endowed with long life.
cf. g€-{iT{

t galfrqft sqfrffirffi qt fiofrqIftssdar

si€Eril qqmrritssoacfu{: i)fr

sl. 60-61

glg{}ss{r{:

il1

Rtgd fter*' sfrCgn-ortss€Hqtt I

gteqltqrtzqftseir] il{sre: gFreiar{w: rt
Also q.o{ir?ar

elb efiqqqi frfAqret€fr
arisf;i qqfrt{gilftqrq: I

qq fr\g g,rarR{tfBa qre} qdieai:errr,it qfriisogatl

il* 1t rrruriinat{{rliir i}u{iqqt g tnfi t +1*Aot wqi{igEqr ftrifht wfiqnfr.ft rrQotl
Sloha 60, When Rahu occupiesthe Lagna,,the personbcrn wili be cruel, without compassion moral or virtue in his natureand sufferingfrom ailments; when Ketu occupiesthe Lrgna, the personborn will be sickly and very avaricious, but if the R rlru or Ketu in the Lagna be aspected by a benefic planet, the person concerned will hrve princely enjoymencs. c/. mo{i{t-rr

oriseqf+n tt $qqoqrq"qtqiltniiqn'

ori aasqgrifiui fiqot
gret il Hrn;gii findtqmgqpr{ I qyq:

1i}ffi

turdgilq $et q'Etriqi itrGfi Et tl n

qr{it t 11E flsrrilrnq

S/oAc 61. Rahu occupying the Lagnain the sign owned by the Sun, promotesprincely enioyment in the midst of affluence; Ketu produces longstandingwealth and offspring when occupying the Lagna in a house belongingto Saturn.

il8

crd6crftqra

Adh. VIII.

il &frqtl
sFft qrcl"qErfisqtrqrtqt Rdqrit Rrqrfr t

urqt uraqr€{rfirR&i frT{rq Amrfra ffit

Qq

Sloha 62, When the Sun is in the Znd bhava, person born will be liberal, possessedof property the in minerals, cherish eve ill-wishers and will be n eloquent. Il the Moon be in the Znd bhava,the effect is that the person born will b: fond of women, beloved, of agreeablespgech, shrewd at guessing the covert purposerof others, fond of study and possessed richee. of

rrqr eqdtqrifuiqqfloWrqq ge* st t qFfr*cnMqfigowrd -rtQgft

,ilrfrEiffiitqreqqtt t]fl gi fffi

qFl} ll El ll filqrqrq$urfianwnqffiqdkt

S/otc 63. tf Mars b: in the Znd bhava,the person born will engage much wandering in the pureuit of in metallurgy and agticulture, and will be hot-tempered; if Mercury be in that bhava, the person bbrn will be virtuous and have much wealth and moral worth discerningly acquired; if the planet in the 2nd bhavabe Jupiter, the person born under euch influencewill be eloquent,command comfortablemeals,have vast wealth and bestow liberal gifts. If Venue occupy the same bhava, the person born will have learning, gallantry, personalgraces and much weaith.

qrsisfi}sq.Tf ggrfiqqt g Err{s I sru(q{rEl {*

fi$qt cn?rqtrd iaaiqtuqBtl tiftdt ftfrq{rFqdqt
Sloha 61, But i[ Saturnbe in the Znd bhava, the

El. 65

srEt{fsrqlrt:

htless,vagrant, in' *t - tt--""tat -t. t"* digent and deceitful ; if Rahu be in that bhava, the ; peroonborn will be quarrelsorne if the occupant of the Znd bhava be Ketu, the person born wrll be a public enem'' Nores
According to Varalrarrrihira, the Sun or Saturn in tbe 2nd housewill make the person immensely rich, but will cause some defect or other in the face or teeth, while the Moon in the same p o s i t i o nw i l l g i v e h i m a l a r g e f a m i l y . M a r s i n t h a t b h a v a w i l l rneke him eat bad foori, I,iercu'y in the Znd bhava will rnake the n a t i v e r i c h w h i l e V e n u s o r J u p i t e r w i l l m a k e h i m e l o q u e n to r sweet-tongued. roiiiQ6r

((d') tt fiqnGqrfaaqfin KqfArqtiqqrra: qil6ils;nqlftrffurgciT;qrfq fiffa: tl (q;e) qqfR tt faeq){qfiqrq,$i gqqtP,{a: qrR +frrqoaqr tf,) fqeraqiil lt qrit lirqqgr({tagtq} tiir tgi}) qrt frfiq: u

tt milfr+firtrl: r,faqA{Gnrf:qr{
(a*) s;qrqffi q qarftgrqqqqqE qn*{T'igs{ tl &aqqqqqt4

fii ;iitfmtetr;:ft zq'{dt tqt}l rriit: gt4ttt
fiqrfi{tqqqirfbgn $tt $efFqm:q(rafnrn q{Fq:ll

ilu@rr
qt gdatf+aisftqaqiftnrlt tfi Edn
qtft:tins q;i frqrili{frstquitr'tq-gfrqr I
qqrfrsqnqilTq'TEr6rit{f\ si *lqri qrqrddqtsa{isitqqd qtqisgq0 ll E\ ll St

5sc

qrd{crRsrh

Adh. VIII.

S/c,ftrl65. When the Sun is in the 3rd bhava. the personborn will be brave, served by bad men, vqry wealthy and liberal; when tire Moon occupies the bhavarepresenting youngerbrothers, the person born w i l l h a v ei n s i g n i f i c , r n t e a l t h ,b e k i n d t o r e l a t i v e s n d w a virtuous. With Mrrs in tire ilrd bhrva, the person born beccmes famous, immense prowess,and of upol right (uncrooked)view:; but when M:rclrry occupies the Jrd bhava, the personborn is bent on the practice of deception, of vagrant h.rbirs, exccssively vacillating and misereble.

HI[a6q] gfr rroqqrqiiiRtt rTltt6(

qffito{rrgqil{ qrilRTiurgi sTeqr{rt

g* dtEtt qtq{qqrqrqiq{fritar t

trd iiiltsftqtd'{ft{r *di gurt iirnr{ n qq tl
Slokt 66. The person born wirh Jupiter in the 3rd bhavabecomes indigent,henpecked and addicted to Venus bc in tlre 3rd blrav,r the person born evil ; if speaks fretfully, is vicior:s and controlled by his wife. The person taking birth when Satrrrn occ\rpies the crqrtrE (Bhratrubtrava) eats sparingly and possesses wealth, moral worth and excellentfamily traits; when Rahu is in the placcof v;rlour(3rd bhava), the person born becomcs ery v;rliantandrich; and if Ketu be in v that position,thc pcrson concerned becorn:s virtuous and wealthv.

g{r drqnrrltutf diqirq{qx(! | tiq gqqrit erq g(drqft lTnisrq qe tl n
Slcku 67. Ve nus in the 3rd and rhe i th bhavas 'fhe cau6es sorrow, diseases danger. and same lrlanrt

SI. 68

ergifsurrrq:

551

in the same position mly become benefic when in a r j v a n c o f t h e S u n ( w h e n a p p e a r i n a sa n E v e n i n gS t a r ) . e e Norss.
The effects stated il Ilrihat .|atal<aor tbe Sun, Mars and f S a , t u r n i n t h e 3 r c l b h a v a a r e g o o d a s t h e y m a l < et h e n a t i v e i n t e l l i gent and strong. Tlre lVloonin the 3rd housewill make one cruel , ' r v h i l e 1 \ l l e r c u r yi n t l r a t p o s i t i o n w i l l t u r n hinr a consurnmate rogue. J u p i t e r u r n dV e n u s w h e n i n t h a t b l r a v a r n a l r e i r i n r s t i n g l ' .

soiiT?{r

Hq€dil&fiqgErt eaqdrl fl€nil: (qq:) ll (q;e) tl nE].ii flqroqqqq€*,iisfiaqq: ggqqqqrttilslcq: gdt ;qgqlsg+(gi) tt

qzrqJsi;qgm: ll fii ql: H{I{; gq({HfQa: (gt) (gil) ill(fl: 5qq: qdlifl€q:fiUsqT,:.ufi' t, fiqTrgesq{ Fq,'lqf}{f}+t (gx) rr q figeqfagq(a-,qftreat*4 qi'tfi iflgqapn fiei q tl zacfi, riit fergra't(el*i g1 wrdtur.2firlq+"i airgio qqqir:qq{rqn}€q q{iqqqt *n} sQqqqraqtt
\v \ \ \-

c ll qqerq ll

mr afrritq?rqr;qgr?diar gtq&qir fiqrtftogffiFqtr fi-i wr'1dro+At r *i *'g.ti g +grkar diiiiHnrqil{qrt qql ff90 {ih} frq;grrotrFfi qiigar qd tl u
5/oArr(r8. Whcn the Srrn is iu th.: g< (Sukha 4tlr) blr.rva, personborn rvill sLrf f ron lieart disease, the fcr w i l l l a c k m o n e y , c o r n a n d c , l r n m q n . ' i r s e r n dw i l l b e s i Jrard,hlarted. If the Moon be iir tlrrt blrava,thc effect thereof is that the p,rrsol)b,rrn 'will posscsslearning,

552

sttiTfirrtqrit

A\

Adh. VIII.

good nature and prosperity, but will hanker after other paople's wives. The personborn with Mare in the a;g (Bandhu4th) bhava will be bereft of relations, and though valiant. If Mercury be in that bhahen-pecked, va, the persrn born will be a fcrlorn crealure without friends or relatives, while growing up to be a pandit for distinguished sterlinqkrowleJge and a{fluence,

qdt Errlrt g€q*qosqtrrd

qr(f {Tqalqiirngft g€a I tfrirffiaI gr+qqirqas&ffqt

inqrsfi'r Uggi qia E;gqrttt qq tt

the 4th bhava, Sloftc 69. When Jupiter occupies the personborn will be eloquent,wealthy and possessed beauty,but of a of comfort, fame,strengthand personal crafty dispc,sicion. When Venus is irr that bhava the personborn will be over ruled by his wife though makingmuch (boasting) of bis comforts, fame,wealth, and lcarning. intelligence

qrqrcdqlsqdtq qlil {tiiEfr rrrggt g€& |
*ii\ u* q-ozrRqirqriqi ge& q q{FTfldllrro 11
Slofta i 0. When Saturn is in the 'lth bhava,the personborn will b'e lacking in the observancls pre' trouble will be crafty and causing scribedfor his caste, to his mother. Wlren Rahu is in that position the personborn will keep in the seclusionof a seragliohis wives and such othersas stand in a similar relation to him; and when Kcttr is in the gra (Sukha4th) bhava, (scandal' born will be a reviler of ottrerpeople the person monger).

sI. ?1
Brihat Jataka.

qgilstrrfqr
NorBs'

If the Sun, Mars or Saturn occupy the 4th house,the person born will have no happiness and will be troubled in mind. If the Moon, Jupiter or Venus should be positedin that house, the person will be happy. Mercury in that position will make the native learned. q-o.4lffdr

qqqflqg€faqqT figorgftfig6q
qqqgs zqfttqr qlrflqiiqq{(q. tt

g€1,it,fi sr.ft g€A 1=d) FgQfrr('H{rr: tl geQ (gi) fig6-rrqn)oitg€roqqrfl! u qTgqFrq (gt) glqg€(fr{qFqtE{}ftil : gER Rreql{l{ q'* (gil; qlqgeFqR;aagnal$raqr;rTrFqd: ll gqrqqgqflq{Hwrqqq=t(+i}) rr g& g:dtq(rt-(qTiqrqBgil qtrlogt (ni}) rr +re}

,irfr*qrqaqa'tgr+r'rgjharq nuefkfriqqt rr gQthnl;

6qftFgdttl aeTiufi (q+) g:€6rgg€1e{rg:

ll qQlqq. tt
qm&qqeugftfmr *nqutofgri iitil t
qqd q;eftqttrmqqr ErTgdafi a'rt qdid u uq 1i
Sloka 7l. A personborn with the Sun in the 5th bhavawill be a courtier with an unsteady mind and will sojourrr abroad. When the Moon occupiesthe g"rttir (Puthra bhava, 5th|, the peroon born will be rich, ccmpassionatc diligently bent on high,minded, and doing what has been determined upon after deep deliberation. 70

664
\A\AC

\ qriFsqfi(crtir

Adh. VIII,

ims?nqgc{{tEl{ti6l I;TIITII

$rdt q;ii q qR qenqiqili I ffTfqqn${ol gilEtditgai iiqrqrirEognr q{t i lt sq ll
l-rirtli, M.rrgoccupy the Sloka 72. If at a pcrson's rvill be cruel,of wandering bhava,the person b:,rrn 5th h a b i t s , r e s t l e s s ,d a r i n g u n r i g h t e o u s , o l u p t u c u s a n d v wealthy; if Mcrcury bc iir tlre ga (lutra, 5th) bhava, the personborn will b: prolicicrrt in sacred texte and in the art of ovcrccning focs by magicspellsand will with a family cf wife and children, wealth, be blessed learning, fam,:and st.rengtir,

qd guir it{q€Ksqf}mr vq
qiq16ffii g(gt gmriiqri t

qqriirqqErarfoq{tot tqr$wqitttqqt q g* u u1 11
Sloku 73. Clever in counsel, virtuous, possessed of choice riches br:t with a paucity of sons, will the person be at wh,rs: birth Jupiter occupies the sth if h<-ruse; Venus be in that bbava, the personborn will have good sons, friends, wealth, much beautyand (be the masterof) commandan arrny and horses.

qdifirg{gr*t qqoq q{t

qriiriieriifiqqr gilrsigr r
{idqrgtqqs g(t fiofit'

*d narqrtofiutd{ ilrfr tt sB tl

s[|;kui 4 . The personborn with Sacurn the 5th in
b h a v aw i l l be iusane, Iong,lived, unhappy and f ickle,

sl, ?5

elgqlsEqIzT:

665

but virtuous and victorious over his enemies; when Rahu is in the 5th house, the person born will be artd poor ; when Ketu is in cowardly, compassionate that bhava,tl'rceffecton thc personbrrn is thrt he will b: cra{ty,dreadinqwatcr and ailing very much.
Norps' Itrihat Tatlriia. ( . u i z " L l t eS u r l , I \ [ ' r r s o r S a t u r n ) "t'113iir:s, w c s l r o u l r lo c c u l ) \ . t l r . t . 5 l l rh c u s c . t l t r : l ) r t r s L r n o r r c c r r t c d i l l b e c h i l d , less antl without rvceltlr. li' tl r, lloorr lre in the 5tlr lrou-cehe rvi1l l ti t h a v e c h i l < l r e n . ] V [ e r t u r " r ' i r t r : l t l r c l s i t i o lu ' i l i t r r . r l i cr i r l ra t l r i n i s t e r . If any orle of- the J u p i t c r a n d V e n u s i n t l t r : - i t l r i l l r t r s t '$ ' i i 1 i n r i l i e t l r e n : r t i r . e i n t e l l i g e t t ta t t I l t ; r 1 ' 1 Ir 's l ' , ' c t I i \ ' 'e " nofiiqqr

(r gqqqlg<{lAiaguflriirq;{lzfiqq.i}1 ll ggii qqr{i zgrfiiam g'iriir (e-4) 11

ll ga frgen+ilsatxm, ('ri; fEqiTsal{t:
.i;{'an'qar{F;{ tt tr;J(i{agit (i) fiarfilpqqatg: ga: bagir r{a,ri'rir !fi.Tra. gii rr it-itq
efqfoeAqq gi{idtfi.q..i ;;1;i1j tUX) ft {'r

Hr;iI flqg{i,!q";'fsi1 l.rii nir i'ifi: tt *";l qtniq4qii{l: r,"zlai.rii :gfirrri gl il
q (+;il) ra"'-r;n[.t qiq, ll g-rflq qetilltfi{rrdtgi Sii:i,rl,'q,;T

nqgqu
a'Trirf frqiq.{Hqrt Rih t flqt E[ir{rqqsqi;iEqT* qr( iir"ft iqqTgltt 3T"rrrgt qiryrq*rti{T*qd u'frsn?q
.Sir;Air75. i f ;rt th : lrir tir c'f a nersLin the Sun b: ltrstful, o c c u F ) /t h . : C t b b h l v a , t h e p t r s o n h o r , i "rzill b r a v e , h o n o r i r J b y k i ; - i - s .f u l i c f s c i f . c s t c . m ,r e n o w n e d

668

crfrscrFdre

Adh. VII I.

" , personborn will ba short lived if it be full Moon, ; the be very voluptuousand long'lived. the personborn will

mdt ftgqffit: qq-dilllr

ft {iqr.q{rt{osilsEftigOt
ffqrsmfr(: tri{rtsftqtttt tsEtt
Sloka Ttj. When Mars is in the 6th bhava, the foes, have personborn will own prop:rty, exterminate a powerful appetite, b: opulent and enjoy fame and strength; when lr4ercury occupies that bhava, the personborn will b: instructive, amusing, quarrelsome, trom all but friendly, void o[ morality and abstaining his relatives. to beneficence

ilqi fffi€olsft{rtsqtct qarrrrt Rqftrioqqadtar {rqt mr dtst tft {eqft ll \esll
Stoht 77. Th: person bor,r *]th Iupiter in the w 6 t h b h a v a i l l b e l u s t f u l ,v i c t o r i r u so v e r f o e sb u r w ; e k ; w h e n V e n u s i s i n t h a t b h a v a , t h e p e r s o nb c r n w i l l s u ff e r f r o m s o r r o w a n d c a l u m n y ; w h e n S a t u r no c c u p i e s t h e ( t h b h a v r , t h e p e r s o nb c r n w i l l b : g l u t t o n o r r s , lecherous and we,ilthy. opponents, afraid of troublesome

fimqilffilidi ugh ftgQ I

n* figerqG fHmftr?trW,q;(g€t t $drar q;gfffiqnlfur{rtqr?qq{qi v tfr rr\edll ftg}
Slrrftzr 78. If Rahu be in the 6th Lhava,the person born will b: of good birth, subdue his foes,enjoy long

sl" 79

qcfrs€qrc:

567

life, and be very hrppy; If Ketu occupythat bhava, the personborn will be kind to his relatives and renowned for his generousvirtues and illustriouserudition.
Norns' llrihat Jataka. If the Sun, Mars or Saturn occupy the 6th bhava, the person c o n c e r n e d w i l l b e p o w e r f u l , b u t w i l l b e o v e r p o w e r e db y h i s enemies. If the Moon be in that house, he rvill have many e n e r n i e sw i l l b e o f a d e l i c a t ec o n s t i t u t i o r a n d w ; l l h a v e a d y s p e p , r w t i c a p p e t i t e . H i s s e x u a l p a s s i o n i l l b e w e a k; a n d h e w i l l b e t h a r s l r i n t e r n [ ) e r a l n e na n d i n d o l e n t i n h i s w o r k . l f M e r c u r y , in the 6th bhava the native will be without J u p i t e ro r V e n u s b e enetnies. saeift.nl

qf'lag{fqfaqReq : (qri:) ng{rqfiqqrT{ll

qft{'ii (gr);wDerqe,isfier Fnfqqit ,rU: u fia3wa flil ({ml gafhqfrr fierq rr q€r{iiqfiqrFqi} fiw.} qra qrdtR* 1'6tr1 ', f}'5lredifBd; Fgqi,{*qifilg: alh1r$1 ,' o}tr&qnqgoi qfhfet*iill qbcg.aqftqdqfiefRfiq eani rr

rt ntserga;isqft€rit'frqRq{t $mrT(n: a1rr1€qrir iuil fiqqlZq:tl fiil qrdr.)ir fiqiififq1gt,fturocdruFlfigilft, s1 .\

ll {THTTt{Teru ll
qs'r,fi eor dafl qEifut Rqqttatq
fffr slqqf ({ng€Erfdtqrqqj ,irnrqr{t

ulqorftundrsrdir fiHiqi r1iqi' 6qss itrrqqoriidiqqgrerWixiqf uq pl n
Sloka 19. When the Sun occupies the 7ch bhava

658

cm*critsri

Adh. VIII.

at a person's birth, he will hate womankind and be wr exceedingly athful and wicked ; whcn the Moon is bhava, the effect otl th: person born is that l're in that habits, yielding to of will be compassiotrate, wandering women and voluptuous; the person ac wilose birth Mars occupies the 7th bhava will b: querulous a b o u tw o m e na n d f o n Co f w a r ; i I t h c p l : n ' . t o c c u p y i n g t h i s b h a v ab : M e r c u r y ,t h e p . r s o n b l r n r v i l l b e m a i m e d o b u t c a p a b l e f a m u s i n gr v r t h i r i ss k i l i i : r t h c ; r r t s '

Rawt{i qd uti {ttqrcnorEl{

i{t trqrdiq-qqgw g{ril EqHr Tnqt I rlt(Et{Inntiirqiqqir qi( qryflqri ilrfi qnf{qqiirl qiqqfi qlqiui irml lldoll

8 S / o f t , 2 0 . I f J u p i t e r o c c u p y t h : 7 t l - rb h a v ' r . t h e a p e r s o nb o r n w i l l b e r e s o l u t e t l dh a v e a l o v e I y w i f c b u t n h i s p i i ' e t s a n d s p i r i t u a lp r e ' will view with arrtiparhy ceptors; if Vcnus b: in that bhav,t, thc c[fc,L on the p e r s o nb o r n i s t h a t h e w i l l b e a f a ' r o ' r r i t e w i c b t n e c c o u r t e z a nl a s s ,c h a r m i n l l y l o v c l ' , ' b r t t l a m c ; i f S a t r r r n 'at b thr ?th bh:rva rt pcrs'Jri's irth, l:ewill ba occupy s i n d i g e n ta n d d i s t r e s c di n t n i n d f r ' ; r n t h : t o i l i r c h a st o ; a b u n d e r g o e a r i r r g h : l v y b r l r t l e n( ) V c r.rl i o n i l d i s t a n c e l { l h t l i n t h c 7 t h b i r a v , rw i l l b e the person born rvitlt p r o u d , f o r e m o s t a i n o r l g g a i i a n t sa n J s : r f er i n g f l o m disease.

g hiii "{t sr;THrrrdtqqt gqrqdr fiffiaq\qr I

(Eleai qdwarm'qi 4l frnt firriol qtiqiqql{{Tr
. S i o A r8 1 . W h c n K e t u i s i n t h e T t i r b l r a v a , t h e r p e r s o nb o r r r w i i l ei t h e r h a v ea b a d w i f e o r d e r i v e n o py, dejectfrom a wif:, will be slee indecorous, pleasure blockhead. constantlyroving and a vet rt.rble ed in speech,

sl. s2-8s

srECIScqr{t:

669

Norrs' Brihat Jataka. h T h e S u n , M a r s o r S a t u r n o c c u 1 . ' y i ntg e 7 t h h o u s e ,w i l l m a k e t h e p e r s o ns u f f e r h u n r i l i i i t i o na t t h e h a u d : o f l ' e l r e n . T h e I \ t o o n i n t h a t p o s i t i o n w i l l n r a l t e l r i r n e r r v i o u s l n d e - . i c e e d i n g l yv e r h e a d i o a n d e a r s i n 1 o v e . l f N l e r c u r l , b e i n t i r c 7 t | h o u : . . e , e p e r s o nc o n th cerned rvill possessa knowledge c,f the lir.ws and rules of the c o u n t r y . J u p i t e r i n t h e 7 t I b h a v a r v i l l u r a l i et h e n a t i v e e x c e l h i s f a t h e r i n h i s q u a l i t i e s . I f V e n u s b e p o s i t c d i n t h e 7 t h h o u s e ,t h e person born will plomoie quarrels and rvill be forrci of sexual union. s'oitk{r

qqqd{ tl zqfaeq sf,tqFh(r<i) s"z'rrqrt eu: et (a-11 qirdiq{gqfadl;iisfiqqrr: ll e+sfiadt irlrilsrt 1si) sa,il €dil€td tl qrslsrfr qrtqq,flF{nqfRqrqrfi €fanr{tl qrqf (n) fi.q.f,tgi{I;qE(Uii sf?rgqq6ldlg{Itsf}t: l,
! n \ \r

frrllqqfril{d zd+.4qqt61qq(gfi) ll

.nIrTFt g{Trfrdlfi:dls':qiifi6e: rt dqt qn;alseq{t: elnsnqq]qq irril) sqfigits?'ii: ll
qH: qqqrgilfi{l qt (h.itt slqrlqqdl{fiqr-aii.r q{Kfagfrt
\ z \ {

tl il srgT{q
q*i{{rql $ou{iutr q{qqe{ q {fi q Eflr I
1 A

wir.g*€srqtiaiqiiqnrlor ult raqft ttdRtl {r{rk
Sloka B!. Thc person born with the Sunin the 8 t h b h a v aw i l l b e h e a r ! ' w i n n i n g s k i l l e di n d i s p u t e sa n d , discontented; if th: Moon be in the sreqrrra (Ashtama bhava),the in{luenceon the person born is that he will be eager war, liberal,fond of amusement learning. for and

Rfrfrnwqw{R* qalgqnftqgissq0cl tt n

ffiaq,ii q;rqq qq{r'rqflgil GtTrK(! srrtts I

560

qrdscdtqrt

Adh. VIII.

Slyfa 83. The pereon at whose birth Mars occupies the 8th bhava will be plain in attire, rich and possessed authcrity over a multitude ; if the planet of stsqlrrEf (Ashtama bhava) at a person'$ birch be in the Mercury, the person born will be renowned for his many good gualities, the most notableof them being good breedingand will have much wealth.

t*lrqtatqrqi qR Rr?qgfr Frrqftirugr

qft ft.qrnrofr Rrnquwirrtrg} t;qqft qftT{lrtt qi,iffiq frnfttr dB ll {d b-{nqqqi
Sloka 84. If Jupiter occupy the 8rh bhava at a person's birth, he wiil be long-livedand sagacious but of ignoble deeds; if Venus be in that bhava the person born will be blessedwith long life, have every comfort, great be endowedwith matchlessstrengthanJ prssess (Ashtamr bhava), wealth; if Saturn be in the ets{IrTrcr the peraon born will be a hero, the foremost oi fiery men but will becomebereft both of strength and riches ; if Rahu occupy the 8th bhava,the person born will have to enduretrouble and public censure, be dilatory in action and will sufferfrom many ailments.

q{fie{rgoquqfrqft qrEq{& qiqfgr | rrrtt

*fr qqrrtq.r*wR qrdrqrffqrilfugt I

qqt frAfuts-dt{ fq6grc\ ftrrigflqrrfrsRgper
S/ofra85. When Ketu occupies the 8th bhava, the person born will deeire to possess the wealth of others and to enjoy their women; he will sufferfrom being given up to profligacy; he will be dieeaees, exceedingly avaticious. When Ketu in the 8th bhava ic aspectedby a benefic planet, the influenceof this on the personborn is that he will become very wealthy and long,lived,

sl. g6

cgclsqrq.

661

Nores. Brihat Jataka. If the Sun, Mars or Saturn should occupy the 8th house,the person will have a limited number of issues and will have a defective eyesrght. If the Moon be in that position, the nativc will have a fickle mind and will sufier from diseases. Mercury in the Sth housewill causethe native to be widely known for his good qualities. Jupiter or Venus in the 8th bhava will make him base. r6-6?.1fr{r

fiqnEEfiqqrr: ll {dtlntg:gqqq+}
€at (q-4) {Fqefig: ll
\ z \\ \

gm rr Sds{q;rseqEfr'rq nnfrFqa:
queiartt fipflilrcqf)rug: gierF&qftilset

ll frit qlqiitew +gx.rr{tqlgfi+set
qfinqet nfrqr:(+fi:) ll fragqfqorfEi : Hetr;ilqqrfrfl trtq\ zftftqi qfrqrits$rfl}st€: m,,qr€qligftc'
(tr*) rlwrglgflaq ffi ErilTq+seqrqq: s€qrgftEfiG{,sEq r;}r (til) tr€q{ii6aq61{f{6q}q 11

il lrt{Ts-qll
smERI ;HqRQIIITq{geffiT F{tIITtT?til!
A\A\A.l-rrn--Ca

";t g{amt <<raf Wfr qtt ftxfts(ftqr

H{6{ftrdqspft

gep}iIEII

dr+} qffi g qfiqiiqs ildt gflrrrtrrr dq

Sloku 86. When the Sun is in the 9th bhava, the perEonborn betraysantipathy to his parente and cpiri, trnl preceptorsand betakeshimself to a religion differe.nt from theirs; when the Moon occupierthat bhava, tk person born will be devoted to his duties towards the 7l

w

qfdTcrQqre

Adh.vI[.

Manes and the Godsand bestowliberalgifts ; the pereon at whose birth Mars is in the gth bhava, will be associated something with wrongand untowardtowards parents hie while enjoying renown in otherrespects ; whenMercury occupies lrfrsra (Dharma the stthana, the fth bhava), the person born will be in possession of wealth righteously acquiredand will be learnedand virtuous.

qt nnq'JaltdwrdCIFqrd qd ffi rrrq* Uqi g uffi6q1 qdfiwt ilcatt
Sloha 87. If Jupiter be in the 9th bhava, the penon born will be wise, devoted to his duties and will eerveao a king's minister ; if Venus be in that bhava, the person born will be conspicuouE a! a posEeolor of learning, wealth and a family of wife and children ; if Saturn be in the Bhagya (9th), the pereon born will becomecelebrated in the battle.field and will he rich but without a helpmatein life; if Rahu occupy the 9th bhava,the person born will hate his lawful father while pocsesoing fameand wealth.

{Trtqfrt {no(ffi *? eqrtqn} ffimorgeftqqr gh grtt qfr t

qq tfi gwumqtg *{i qrrfi Rqqiqqftfti-sr I Wt ft{aqqtsiiqrqtqrt frc€r{rd}stM n cc tl
Sloho88. When Ketu occupies Guru (9th) bha, the va, the perEonborn will be short tempered,eloquent, void of virtue and reviling others; he will be brave, hortile to his parents,ostentatious his behaviour, in delighting in the society of the indolentand full of arrogaoce.

sI.89

qgfr5tq7q:

608

NotBs Brihat Jataka. Varahamihira unlike some Astrologers gives good efiects for the Sun being posited in the 9th house. The person will be endowed with children, werlth and happiness. The effect of Mercrlry in that bhava is similar to that of the Sun. The Moon is very good in the 9th as the native will possess sons, friends, relations and wealth. Mars in the 9th housewill causethe persn to commit sinful actions. Jupiter or Venus in that position will make him devout aud philosophical. q'cdft-dr

Rqqds} flHflfig{ilqfgtqGqqat: tt

qfr nrfir(rrfirft)g,{qqleqgrEq fHqrt'{: tt
Zqg€Ef\Fqlsild:gt ffrqTf,fi:(gi; rr

fiqrqtqrtfi: R-6 gt vr.n{toiisfiqpCt d{ft{ tt gt Fqrd: fl?Hfiq: (g(})siearqeru{afrqr: 11
gt flqRg€Tr.qi fhftqoqqrrq (g*) ll {Fqrqliqqilrdq&dRil gt Bt.' t rQ qfirt (trdl qnX€{trrlotg1qtflf ilsg,rq{Ru

qlqdiqg,r qrfiqqqrdqn{qErTr( frqrrnuetr vT thilt rr

ll EdFTq rl
qmRqtffi fffiddogei !| ftqrqqiFu sEftqroaeq
qi co firqt qElffiqEq-

qvnqeaftumwrffi'os cq ll ll
Slola 89. When the Sun is in the l0th bhava, the person born will have hereditary wealtb, vittrre, learning,fame and strength and will be a king's peer; when the Moon is in that bhava, the person born will

684

qrdlFtrRil*

Adh.vrn.

eageilyseekand obtain wealth, corn, apprrel, ornaments, dalliancewith women and skiil in the arts.

-qrTrdq;tgt wwi{qrq{fritr{ii{iErftgl 1o ll u
Sloka 90. Those at whose birth Mars occupies the 10th bhava, will be predominant in valour and wealth and will become famous; when Mercury is in that bhava, the person born will engagein pursuits promoting the advancementof all kinds of knowledge, fame and wealth.

\tutts*frt

g silil! roqRiltoqftqn t

ftrqra{r mg'Fnq"rft iiana} qmi qrqki t

g* ufirqrit s{srautqowCIcqit{i qr( 3t ftgr

Sloka 91. When Jupiteroccupiesthe 10rh bhava in at a person'sbirth, he will succeed his undertakings, be of virtuous conduct and steadfastly adhering to his of own religion and also possessed wisdom and wealth ; is in that bhava, he will get wealth when Venus through a tenant of his land, or through some women and will be powerful.

qdr{tqREssd rQ u.o'

qrfr qfl frq'$orr{q {Rrs I

ffiqrfrgqg{qtir it{ftd qq qt qr=t siffi g wrksur ll 11 ll
Sloka 97, The personrt whose birth Saturnoccupies the l0th bhava will chastise offenders in the capacity of a magistrate, will be proud, wealthy, promineot in his own frmily and of a heroic temperament. When Rahu is in tha Dasama(lOth) bhava, the person born will have a genius for thefc and will accordingly be void of virtue and eagerfor combat.

st. 93-94

BTgfrss{r{t:

665

gdtful tircqtiqrrqit{t ffie(rfl q fttqEf{r t

ir$Kqifii{RrsT;Trqrl'qr m{qt q *dr lt qQ tl r(r"F[r

S/oArr93. When Kctu is in the 10th bhava, the personborn will be wise, strong, skilled irr the arto, self-knowing,loving the peoplebut acting in a contrary wise, phlegmatic, foremost among brave men and continually wandering.
NorBs. Rrihat latalia. If the Sun occupies the lOth house, the person born

will be happy and powertul. if Nlars, Mercury or Saturn be in the same position, the effect is simil,Lr. The Sun in the lOth I r o u s cg i v e s r n r . x i r n u r nl a b o r a n d m i n i r n u r n i u c o m e . I t i s b a d f o r X'Ioon should occupy the l0th If the financc, lrccause the Sun there is s,luare to the Lagna, hcuse, the person concerned will Jupiter or Venus in

r : o n r p l c : t eo p e r f e c t i o n a n - v t h i n g h e u n d e r t a k e s a n d w i l l b e e n d o w ' t ed n'ith virtue, wealth, intellect and valour. the l0th house makes the man wealthy.

,norrftarflgdqrqFcfiqfi,.ftqoql,Q 1r*; fl{ftqfR: il

n{fR(q;e)gqansfrqq+r: tt
qsr{nqFgd: q,rfH (Fi) q,ifi: *,il qrdr ll Q ti) ffiqqrq:gfiatearfag€q=rqqqrflla: rr €TqI(:gqilTqqsfn{a"t qQlni}q:tt fi1 qg{ tl n{qf|r1{f:U€'gfbaZfrgtr qdi {r zqfilq;ft rr sfiqr: ry: dhdtso+\ 1wa}; Frrrfl: tnti) seqgdls;qflifira: nc+i{lilsqq:tt e tqfH ilfH (*n]) rriiqfiqfRqq rt ne*fifiawgfq.qqqqus

il or}tuilETq tl
{rii or{qa g rEdgotiigrqrtd}rar

ffgsq fiqq{itsqitdr olqft?rtdtuir t

@

wrq|ftqrl

Adh. VIII.

qfq* qwlffi q$Ernrdl frtqr{ qtl qfr dA orqqt.rt ftgrrqli{qrq{r€t n qBtl
Sloka 94. The personat whose birth the Sun is in the llth bhava, will hrve exrensive weaitb, wife, children and slavesand will be hrppy ; when the Moon ic in that bhava,th: p:rson born will be of a pensive disposition and waalthy; when Mars occupieethe qrq (Aya, llth) bhava ar a person'$birrb, he will be clever in speech, lustful, wealthy and valiant; when the occu, pant of ttre llth bhava is Mercury, thc perron born will poesess acute intellecr,be famed for his learning an and in posseasion wealth. of

*.n Wno-qftqit$of rrt }Trgi {rft

qrqeisqrqftfr mo{iHaqnnrril qil 6mat Ugi AStr{{qdroisdrilr ftqn{ t qr* *rRrnrdi {ofiro€Frt qfker n q\ tf qfr

Sloha 95. The person ar whose binh Jupirer occupies the llth bhavawili hrve a srrong intellect; his name will be celebrared and he will be wealthy When Venus is in the labha(llth) bhava, the person born will liva in comfort, longing for women other tharrhis own, with wanderingpropensities and p.ssess. ed of wealth. When Saturn occupies that bhava, the perscn born will be voluptuous with large wealth got in a king'c service. With Rrhu in the llth bhava,the p€rrn born will loee his sense hearing, win fame in of the battle-fieldand become wealthy and distinguished for learning.

sqr;elqttfrrR{l?rdr{t qfrqqr;smilf\Fqr I

tqnsftqr{u(arq\qtgftq-{rm: {ilqr I qq tl

sl. 96-9?

qu*strnq:

Sloha 96. When Ketu is in the penultimatebhava the personborn will be valiant, [,ind to other people and honored b)' them, he will be of a contentedframe of mind, possessed power, with lirnited enjoymente, of delighting in works of beneficenceand the practiceof virtue.
Brihat Jataka. Norrs'

The Sun, Mars, Mercury or Saturn in the I lth house will make the person born wealthy. If the Moon be in the llth, the personwill become famous and will acquire wealth and the like. Jupiter or Venus in the I lth will make him prosperous. qa{flc-dr

qqqtsfr qgqqgffqdaifrr qrqfA: rr qnql {6rg{n?rnq{*: {t (rrfirfi) n sq qqgqgfrsfit:qii irr g{d: gfr 11 q6E: HilFn+Rsouagrfi (i) €ilSr: rl orq+ eTT'{Ft qfr*sqdtseqnqri} rTT;r{: (fri) }qrq.r,} 1g rnrffi6nsqr{dqi{H}€u ugirqfr tl .ri q6rg: ftqrsqqrqsQn; {i} fihr} qfl tl (afr:) aftrrarftgofhrrgrg\ snqlqq: ofi rr €rq (hfi) sEdqqqingq qqtqfrqrqHn€rQfr&q gqlri tl

I e{eT6rr{FT U
Eqqfrqi {yfr S{ildi q5r g{tq:qlt*sqs trr{ | qrtsvni GRiqEr{t qh Rt{ tnffi{rrr n qe fl
Sloha 97. When the Sun ie in the tZth bhava. personborn will possess the sons, will be maimed,but very energetic, and will blecomean apostateand a vagrant. When the Moon occupies the last bhava, the

568

qrfiqrRwt

Adh.vln.

personborn will live in a foreign country. When Mars is in that bhava, the effect on the person born ie that he will be:ome odious and be without wealth and without a wife

q-'gAqstsmi Rqwtwrflgi Rrqt

g* u;gRir{ru\s;s{dqrfrqqrft sqil
q't itlqUt rri ftqq{tdtott

qrEtsiqqoiszql tq(rqfrSltqqr;Biqi t it{$r ll qd ll

Sloha 98. The person at whose birth Mercury occupies the tZth bhava will be odious to reiatives, poor and senseless if Jupiter be in the last bhava, the ; personborn will be scepticalin regard to religioo, irre, solute,of wandering habitg and evil-minded. When Venus occupiesthe last bhava, the effect on the perEon born is that he will losehis relations, become professed a rake and grow penurious; if the planet occupying the .rs (Vyaya, llth) bhava be $aturn, the person born will be deficient in intellect and turn out a dolt, a pauperand a cheat.

ftSst iirqnriftrier wqfu{neft l?qoqngf I gilqitr{Rqiinr*r qq qA Rdor iifrr? aqqrt tr
Sloka 99. When Rahu is in the 12th bhava, rhe personborn will be immoral,but prosperous,defective in iimb and dispssed to help orl.lers. The peruon at w h o s eb i r t h K e t u i s i n t h e a a f V y a y a , 1 2 t h )b h a v a w i l l be fickle and immoraland will lose what ancientwearth and statushe may be possessed of.
NorEs' Brihat Jataka. The eliectof any oneof the planets, the Sun, Mars,Mercury o r S a t u r n ,b e i n g p o s i t e di n t h e l Z t h h o u s ei s t h a t t h e p e r s o nb o r n

$. rm

{tTlstqr{tt

669

will suffer degradation. The l{oon iu the l2th is also bad. The native will be wickedly disposed and defective in some limb. Jupiter in the l2th makes the person a villain while Venus iu that position urakes him rich. q-dElftdr

fr'dt|qrifi{,o}a} fiqqgi 6qqqt(s}) rr

aqt iluri| {ftrfr rRndiwe-ar, g:dt tt rfiuenRils<} ztfrwga tl tgU {ti} frqrfiqla:
licaq: ttq] fr+uasrr6q+ mfrsog: tat, 11 qgqrqfa6q+flrfiMngrfrt rr
Ehifsqli) ftgalsqrr:11 gi auafiAf,: "et

fr.iwrtgfr ({+) sqfr*e} fixqrft'n' rr Kil "q+
q€sarEndf qE6qq+ii ft:hsgt+frRa: (rr$) u
q;dasrqqqq-"qqqE{Tqi Gtq{frqfqftq q qtd:tl fi'h

gqt wqfr'ff'qrlwerfu f i {rrfrqtia}

uat wd Rqarq*q1Q rnqiil dt(ft frsqrrEt{qE!sffidTq3rEttilrd+rr t
qti iitr{q! glrro'qgtfter{ {qnlfrql tl to" ll

Sloht 100 When the Sun is in exaltation, tbe wealth and commandan army; perEon born will possess if the Moon be in the position of exaltation,the perEon born will have rich food, clcthing and ornamentB in but will be cursed with bad sons. When abundance Mars occupies the exaltation sign at the birth of a per6on,the latter will be valiant. lf Mercury occupy the the position of exalration, personborn will raise the family, will rule over men, willbe of Etatus (advance)his talented,victorious over hi*foes and live in happinecc. 7L

6?o

ilrrTdtq€

Adh"v[t.

If the planetin exaltation be Jupiter, titrepersonborn will be the founderof a long enduring family, will pooEeEs moral worth, will be clever, learned and in royallfavor.

qrtl qhqiilqqs Sffin! qKs$6ff q*

gh ffi furq{frilrqf,{ilUsffq} qti mq$ndqtRfrqftqfin: t Uqrftrill *ft qlmq atqlrrqffiq] qrqt n lot tl

Sloka 101. If the planet in exaltation be Venut, the perron born will be fond of the compaoy of gay women, mugic and dancing; if Saturn, the personborn will have jurisdiction over a village, town or Eome forest region and will be addicted to unmarried girls ; if Rahu, the person born will be a robber chief, the chosenman of his tribe, heroic, addicted to evil deedr and possessed.of wealth; if Ketu, the pereonborn will associatewith thieves and enjoy the lavor of Eorne petty king. cf. *rorr+tr?r+t

qo<hQ*r

U{ dqrrt qra: frrn-ssqtlqq I qiq Rt dq.rt qrdl qqq;qr&q\ rr qli dq,Th qril qi ilqT rrficqfA I n]* drqqirqrii {i;qf}rqqqlnqr( rr gil ellqnt qril qfi il;qrGilqi( r gh e'lqlt qrii rrqfhqqqrnqr( tl n* elqqt ildl wqftqed qqs rr

qt sft ftq'lail qqftraqqlfqfr ' qRhft :I snraftqRnnq-qrqr€{r

sl. 102

qtdfsrnrrq:

671

qqf1 sqKgulegil fimqrfrqqr q+ qilfRff** fiorq gnl*trt rr
Also qf;rsfrrdmr?:

,ilr, {f1:qqusg;{d {F: motf}fE4rq{: I rrrFi[.(: rt grt soscftqTgc, sqFq) froqqqgifr qrqrf+iq *rfqfiR€t r q$ffdr sm+gq sqF,ilRqrrr uti rr sqearqrt ae nawgfrElqr $ ZrSoa-ergi eqrq)qga,greirr frq] gRqfrd qaRq{: fr,qro*R}.,r eTftqfrfrt{i qlrfagoar *^;i ts€rr: flftq: tt
Ftl{I{: U,r3tn:W{{q{{a qo-sdgRa: t a €.q-d 11g{tai gu{t sq,il qq tt hilri srd q{t ffi q rrrq;n: +fin: r qqilfr-orrrflfr fug€Fqrr:{€i tl g€srtfigRf{pqnsmar$ {f, r lfr urq*d qrqrql vari: fifi 11 1ir gwfru: uqwfiiarqqfhqiU€r; r wq+orqfllqfreaeqfg€q: 11 gpi wf+r: F,{ffi atqrilit fq"qrqiqqwi} a: 1 qmqftarqo]'qrmgqn{: f}fra. 11

qs: RrgS{' ftrrtr?ttiq(,r tei

SloAa l0Z. Even one planetoccupying exaitation its aod aspected friendly planets can makethc by *rr*, born uader its influence a lord of the carth, eaioent and honorable,and secureto hirn alliee.

t rFd{d gETdq to? ff ff

672
qrF.vII-56 1upra.

qffifiilrt
Norrs'

Adh. vlil.

sq{tg rsftg qoqr{ Hg qlrdrrt

qtq qrt<il rn(ai ftS qqrqrfrs-rfidl t
waqiqqig gfrrnflrtg dhryt, tt 1"1 ll

qugt srlil:qqr;ft udt

Sloha f03. When a single planet occupiesits etalplenty tation in strength, the person born wiil possess of conr and wealth. When two planets are in their strength,the person born will be exaltationand possess a feudatoryor tributary princc, When there are three the suchplanets, pelsonborn will be a king; whert four such planetsoccupy Kendra positions, the personborn will become a pou'erful king of kings. When five planetsoccupy their exaltation signs in power, the person born will becomethe lord of the whole world. cf. floc-df{r*r

q{qdi iln<r flqlfrdfiqrqfr t Ad+ q fltq"dfqrri! rq'iqft:tl
c \\ qdqilq flqrz^gI( qelq e,Ifiqlq;fi: ll \\ n

ilte qfr Wsiqrtt qr,iitrfr qflrqr

ll {uffiqq6so{

11

ilrrri qffi q{i g{gt rir.ii ilrcftqr gh rrqgfli\qurftt q[t{gufr qal ll I "8 ll
SloAc 104. lf the planet in the qsB*lo (Moola Trikona) be the Sun, tha personborn will be wealtby by andrevered the people; if it be the Moon, the perton

q* iq-dgr{rFqeq fr{i flI{tidf I eR

sl. r05

qfr3qs:

673

born will be rich and happy; if Mars, wrathful and ruthless; if Mercury, rich and devoted to religious prayers;if Jupiter,voluptuous and liked by kings; if Venus,ruling villagesand towns ; if Saturn, brave; if Rahu,the personborn will ba poss:ssed wealth. of cf. qr(sh

qH frnq{iFwRrggfi+,}qq' rr od
ffq' gq€o*tq<ntqqfaigqltaq. r
qqaq qrsg{}Tu{rqqfigqqq qTil{g€{ft 1 gTr.qRfrq enffi: '{q{FdS€gd q{q ll
Also flasr.riiqaitr

qtgft frqgF.il qq+qir6qf}figorq t q'rfr'riqnq;dfiqqrfi {rdt Rdurrr:grq( ll q( Er,)sR dFnqfH t+gfr{q qrRr

vfr gc1firiffislqret fqqr+t r
qd qii q *il q ,ili qtqq, eo: 1;

gt frdqt ftil ft+{t flqfr qr:r
Ur] qrqg{r{tqtqasfqqfl: g{t: ll

g* B+iqi gn, gwgritqttqfi: r q-t qii *: aif qil{F: geier: rl
\ qffiE${ 11

tl

€{ qTqf{qrrqtkqu-qrMt frqt ffisqq-riioi uf\qoqd st qiisnrr
qlt il.qssiTrqsrftqti gh qqqi $ft

u-i qosrtsfrqrctir nir qqlRr{rq ( o\ tl n

Sl.ka 1t15. the Sun be in sRs (Swakshetra), If thc person born will own a fine mansion, leada de-

674

qrir|rti?Et

Adh, vI[.

it** qte (Swakshetra), the person born Moon that is in will have power, beauty and wealth; if Mars, he will be famed lor his agricultural strength; if Mercury, he will be learned; if Jupiter be the planet occupying eba (Swakshetra),the person born wili be devoted to poetry, the arts, traditional doctrines and the sacred and wealthy; Ecriptures if Venus,he wilt b: intellectu'rl l rvill b: distinguished by if Saturn,the person born fierce prowessbut bereft of happine. ; if Rahu be the planet in q*a (Swakshetra), the person born will fame and wealth. possess
c/. 'flaqTq{qqit:

qrIE5\ {q} c}h qtlqq sqlqfi t

ll ff| sqrn:rrg&q€tGqEInfr

q{qrfi | ewrt g+........qqd gt an*urfi1' frfeil qaanft11 qfi 61;tr: grffia.qu' qTt gil r
eq,td; afi{€, g* nfl fi-q: gAqa: tt

qqGfh q&drtrAqkffiltfuutuguurll l"Q ll
Sloko 106. It is exactlyas a net grows with the growth of iis meshesthat a man attains a position of equality with his tribesmen,a position of superiority, an honoredplaceon account of comparatively higher wealth, pre-eminencefor vast riches, e status equalto a king s or a kiogship itself according as the number of planeu occupying eha (Swakshetra),at his birth happeneto be one, two, three, four, five or eix rc*pt:ctiu+fry*

qqrRqraflftrqtsqffi qrrfuqirtrlrqftger{qt I

sL l0T
cf, g{sckT6

rrl$slap;
NorBs,

n6

SoHITgogFqqogKqT {igthrr)fiZq: d{tqar

U

l_l_r_l
rt.
u piter

l":,.i-",I'.,, |

_! I i-':":: '""

planets **" ,Seven | | , their own l-l
I occupylng

I
|

u fhetrqoqrr
qrfirgi Rrr{rng{ftrqr qrgfurerwnqt ffi frETds gtgtqt Ttrdrsrrt I oefl ftfr rr
Sloku 107. When the Sun' is in the house of a friendly planet, the peraon born wiil have firm. friends and will be liberal and famous; when the Moon is in such a porition, the peraon born wiil be esteemed, live in comfort and have wealth ; when Mars is in a friendly houce the person born wifl enjoy the favor of ricb friends; when Mercury is in that position, the person born will be most witty ard jovial; when jupiter occupiestbe house of a fricndly planet,the person borc will delight in the society of the learned aad the virtu. ouo ; when Venus occupiessuch a position the erfect ir that tbe perron will be h"ppv in the society of hra

ffiTqn r* esg€grilr q+{ wqt mtt rgqrnftreqqiH mr<+ | crfr

r?6

ql-drqrRqrt

Adh.vln.

birth, the latter will be fed by another as he will have no wealth. cf. rntsrrffi

tlruf,: qFqfr€q:I df fnflt r"{TId: q;A qft qrqgtragii qtqrqfr tt q}} mdq{{t a gt 6eq{Tfh6: 1

ll gFfr{qtF: HiTt s6a;frfign: g* fta'lt dh qfr sgarfxn:I trq}tqrs(ittt s6qfi(frqi( tt
Also tms-dl

fleqtst: eqmftqdez.q{qril(qI

ll rrufr q((d\ e.'{H}€qqgqnq frafrtr,
g€{ I effirqfrsfq gEqqr{q{ullflftq qrfif,{ u {ftrq: gq(€{a: +iffn qrgdQls qqerqftq: s,rt e gfifte+nlut r kq

u geFx,i cftnl?nqfAq{q. fqxqt €Ucqq: rrrtis{gg: wra,i\f}aqqd6fi16q gret 11

gqts q{mt gd gE-tfi(!qrg+gurflq I {od ffi qilq*sr q furrftrwi ffir( 11 ll
with h"ppy, pleased Sloka 108. A personis famous, fed by hir lriend, witty and jovial, wise, voluptuous or the bounty ol another accordingas the planet in a friend ly house at his birth is the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus or Saturn respectively'

ll * gdAqxttt<{qfl3 eTffiffiqu{, t"q ll

qtr*qlilfrr qTafr I fud.fr lr€s

sl.109-110
. v w v v v v y v - - . - - -

qg*sgtlr{r:

dI7

g€qgst qfiil tMql qs Aq(rt I qqF! qq.mti qtH <t|qwrkfrtll llo ll T{ls
Slokas109and 110.If at a person'Ebirth, the occupying lcetr (Mitraksheua) be numberof planets born will live on another'saubetance; one,the person if two, he will be enjoying the wealth of friends; if property; if four, three,he will live upon self-acquired he will bestowliberalgifts; if f ive, he will rule over occupy' of a communityor tribe ; if the number planets will be in be ing friendlyhouses six, the person born numberseven, command an army; when suchplanets of the personborn is a king.
Norrs' cf, z.s{rilfi

q{fiqEg€c€qog,i}nu qqqqe{zqra {tatg tt

If seven planets are in friendly houses [or+ri]+ (Tatt atika) and rtq,i (Nisarga) combined], the native will becornea King. The following chart seemsto be the only possibility.

c/, nrcre-di

flarq.igtn il fh*'I$qr&il Ow,rr
qrqqg€iqml Efirfifrrdt,li6o),FztTit: I

qrqoftErwiq{agfrfit-q1, 11 fr16,
73

678
\\

qrilfqrRtf|i

Adh. vIIl.

wilqf,q+: sriqefrnd fr'rry'fidl r
qefti\oqg€q: ll R<fiuiqiqqrEqqgqR <rR

sHfr*i'ft{gqr€qTs Trqr srqi} I

wrftrtrt
Trt$qr ltt tl ti
Sloha | 11. If there be three planetsin their exal, tation eignsat a birch, the person born will be a king. If three planets occupy eha (Swakshetra), it is "a minister that is born then. If three be eclipsedat a lrrson's birth, he will be a glave. If three be in depres, uion eigns,the person born is an idior. c/. srwd

aEqil qiqiii qfi,i +lslFqdHEr $q( I ilrawTrTldiqwft q trq: qfril{ ll a} *TQro}$edrgp,66 q;gxfid q-qq I q{r6{TEeRo rqrqqil}Fre*fiqrn: rr

fffu1p
{rmr.itftd€i{rrftq\qTKr
\9

{tdtd rt mEgrr*ftqfr rr\ ' I tM qt + {qfr R*oisUeq,qftqr gr*l qrqdr

Sloha 112. When the Sun is in an inimical houee, the pereon born will sacrifice the convenience of his father and engage in the serviceof others when the ; Moon is in eucha position, the person born will studi, ously cause affliction ro his mother and will suffer from heart dieease; if Maro be in a houseowned by an eoemy,

qti ql-qr(sldt g Ud* q;tssE:frsr$CIt f t1

sl. 113

qgltsrqrq:

679

the person born will be defective in somelimb, ungrate, ful and unclean; if it be Mercury that occupiesa hostile house,the person born will be mrserableand inclined to evil; if it be Jupiter, the person born will be speculating about the future; if Venur, he will be a hired laborer; if Saturn be in a house owned by an enemy at a person's birth, the latter will have to b: way-faring and suffer sorrows therein. d. qrail.Rtc-qk

q{ ftu€ dt* f?q\,ftGdirt, r

q* eqqii.ft +h iar qe] Hn:11 q

.A,lso sr(rqdl

gt fisG gtil ar<srit{:qftGa: t frl q qrqtFJ+?Rrdtdufr1: n qs: sgf}t,fqdi r qt' gh {3G n* "qruqirirtq qfAiiqlq rr fldfr

qffE 5tt agqtrsdft:€i fiqqq'itRd I gft gftarqi+: eirfiqqfi'It qt ffird{tl qFqlfiqs{Tn fi*b q g,i,i,iiq: r fri sTanqfrfrala g*sfit i'rg,cnfd{taq rr qqfrSn r q rq{ti fri unffiqil qah tl gslsR$ {d{ sff1qfrg:fhn qrptrgdisR qfri ;qiEqffedlrff.rTa{ gd I tT{ trs.qilalqfT€qErl ftq-qr ftgtttl t
Sloka LL3 If there be five planets occupyinghostile houses, they will be productivc of mixed effects(good and evil). If there be six such, comforr will diminish and misery will preponderate. If there be eeven of

e4grwnf€H{dr 5-$ftqtrr{{n t?1 rr

580

qrilTqfiilt

Adh. VIII.

them in inimicrl houses their effect will be misery and that wholly. If the planets in these positions be eclipoedalso,they work evil. c/. VII-56 (latterh^rfl:;?. Also srcr+dr

arqftqq{fl}*}aEolfisfiq$qhr{ r wffuft.pnnfi gfi qFqq+*ftal lr it: | fiRquqqg'qgai afrcqaqefanFTr{ qFEr{ ll {eq}fr.grrEfaqmqrfqdgrqr{

qeffiqtfiernqe-waf{rnnanqI
g:crai \q qoqflt, n n$qrQaagqi

flElftt qkqr {tqrsgt qKliqr{ I
rfcsFaEq*qqq{aoflai qrfoc RErll

u ftRrftso{ rl
g qftirwgt {ilt tes flTA ffi q* Si rftdfi wfrftqguqqrEr{ 5dH} t

gfr e;gi*tqaEsRrgf fr*sqqrqt eur

frqqrqor llttsll {ft U* grcrer lril{qdts}

Sloha IL4. If the depressedplanet be the Sun at a person'sbirth, che latrer will be an abandonedperson without friends or relations and bent on going into exile; if it be the Moon, the personborn will be ailing, with little religious merit or wealth to help hin; if Mars, the person born will be ungrateful and indigent; if Mercury be the depressedplanet, the person boro will be base and hostile to his relatives; if Jupiter, he will be under censureand disgrace and turn out to be wicked; if Venus, the person born will be intent on

sl. 115-116

qg*sqrlr

frl

what leads him to sorrow; if Saturnbe the depresred will b: wichborn underits influence planet, person the and out wealth,without wife, unfortunate mischievous. cf. qr<r+Sr -

q frq qfralgaf hq qt-srqnn{d tl ilfiqqfQg'rit olh r RrrRrreqgoq dtqrq:fl{fraq ]sat-qrilqdgqfrdtqq ll get Rq*tge:g4 qtrfrq'St q t qqeErt ergr<ftilsen=e fiqqrfto{t
q +)q] fiqadte fi{f€arqT(qq{f*i ll

,iti go: rysrhqfAi qrsrqr{rq'Tfd{taq, tt

qtrfuget nt dt+ $eqGg Rta.rftuftrgEq{ t\ ll
Sloka 115. Full effectis producedby planetswhen in their exaltation states; their effecr in their own Navamsas(<ait) is the s rme as when they are in their Moolatrikonas (qoH*or). Their cffects in friendly Navamsas(S€fir-S"tridamsa) is the same as when they are in e&z lSwakshecra),thcir effccts in depressedor eclipaed statesis the sameas when they are in inimical houges. Norns.
This sloka appears in qlil4ctl with a slightly different reading,

qo dfqqT+g wi frfrq*qris6{{r*g I

utz..

drgqrtg sd ffrq e&eqeqqqni{+g I qEd 'itaft,rrtg qEr:qtq s€ fleqqtn*g tt

U{ qr{M{Eatqrff€{frs5oqll ttE ll
oCaS

S'oha 116. The good influenccof planetsis at its maximum, three quarterc,half , a quarter,at its minimum

qTdTctRilre

Adh. VIII.

or nil according the planets in the exaltation as are sign, Moolatrikona (toh+br), Swakshetra (e&a), Mitrak, shetra(fuTte = friendly sign), Satrukshetra(aa*l : inimical sign), depression sign, or (combustiooi "oo, junction with the Sun.
NorE,s. This sloka is the same as VII-58 sunra.

tqfr*urm; €Tgrfl qfutrgrnrI
qffi llqqrqrrilrrTr{Tr qit fi,rqn tt t tn tt
yield good resuitswhen Sloka 117. Bene{ic planets they occupyin strengththc Kendra or Trikona bhavas. Malefic planetsproduce good results when they are in Btrengthin the 3rd, the 6th. or in the llth bhava.

'Ihe Sluku 118. severaleffects due to the coming togetherof six, five, four, three or two planets and to their being in their exaltation, qoilolor (Moolatrikona), i*e*a (Mithrakshetra), ng'fia (Satru<&e (Swakshetra), ksheira) or fts (Neecha) have been treated of in this chapter, under the benign influence of the blessings obtained from the Sun and other deities presiding over the nine planets.

q*;nwq*qqqr{r{ wrft qrft r T{qsufrqgdhfi ti UfGsrtsorft q *'tftarii qfril{qgr*a'6q{al{nff(

s,frufrrqqe*qqr tqnrE&dlt qril{qrfiilt qil{qsqrr;qrqissqlll
Thus ends the eighth chaprerbearing on the effects due to planets occupyirrg various positions under various formations in the work JatakaParijata compiled by VaidyanathaDikshita under the auspices the nine of planets.

ffiqrqtsqrq:
uqffirr
Adhyaya IX. T l t r - u r r p c r o F GU L IK T \, e n ,E rc. Ye

qr;qaEGsorfi Ufu* uqitaftF(dtr qitq

f+{Rifrq.ngilsarr{: gtrorr*q aiut

g trft qTqgt i{gililK!ri* grrrruq r

qrrrilqqdlqt nnqirftqrftd*srrEr I tl u

Sloka l. I am ro cJescribe infiuencesof the the time of gfuo (Gulika), of the yerr, the month, the day, the hour of birth, upon the person born. If gfuo (Gu, lika), be in the lst bhlva, the person born will be dull and sickly; if gib* (Oulika) in the Lagnabe associated with malefic planets,thc persori born will be deceitful, lustful and depraved; ii .gi}-€({Julika) be in the Znd bhava,the person born will have a craving for sensual enjoyment,be o[ wanderinghabits and indulge in scurrilous language; if gfuo (Gulika) be aseociatedwith maleficplanets in the 2nd bhava, the effect on the person born is that he will have no wealth and at all eventswiil be destituteof knowledge. Nores.
The merhod for finding the position of iJb{ (Gulika) and other Upagrahashas already been describedin detail (rzde notes to II-6 and V-57 supra).

583

ffi4

fftrTttlfrqrf

Adh.rx.

In this and in the next five slokas, the author gives briefly the effectsof Gulika occupying any one of the l2 housesin a nativity. As these are given in greater detail in r-o41i*t (Phaladeepikar, from that work have been extracted in their relevant passages appropriate places for the information of the reader. Ilesides a full aspectcast on the seventh houselike other ordinary planets, Gulika has a futl glance over the 2nd and the l2th houses reckonedfrom it.

*r' $i fiqqifRiiqqflrerqHtai qqifaaiT qrfAqlqlfAga: arfrr,1oi r
ireqlilil gt+f+tfia) esq|1 crft+.{t qeqfi: f,rqqiqrf'-qd*tt 1n) aer<fQ q n qrgqrrq ftd(rqrTrn}farqlai qrtnqrfi t n qEi(fqTd&qrflr+q] Ranqii 'qn{rffl{iFt tl

fuaq{qEGfiar qgrd}qqmr*qs.Hqr t

ftqefiuqqq Rrirfir fftqqrqft q=rci qil n i tl

Sloha 2. When gfu+ (Gulika) is in the Brd the bhava, personborn will be distinguished aloof, by nesr,pride,drunkennesp suchqualities, dieplay and will of an abundance ill te mper and burtling activity in to regard the acquisition wealth,will be exempt of from distreusand danger and will be without brothersor
sigters' NorES. q6<tq+r. This sloka appears in

fuur*-*td q-d {tilftqr
inqrfiqrt rdffifi futol

q.rrlagqq;gQfqrfrsaar I aTq

qsqRrqffifcr-<g{iftrqt{ftI u u

sl. 3'6

qqfrssqrqr

Sloka 3. When Gulika is in the 4th bhava' the person born will be devoid of learning,wealth' houses, happiness, lands and vehicles and will become a When Gulika is in the 5th bhava, the *rrrd.t.t. personborn will be immoral, irreeolute, evil-minded, have few sons and will be short-lived' nodfr+r

q s+ gufenftgi q6;g{rqliflaaoqfai+gfealeq;itft rr

qgiorft 5ia wiiai<t ga;nr qft ftg'&qti ffEgi g wr I usauRqfiifiIq{i irqrtl q;qgRt 6ff{f ll I ll {soqaiaftdi
SloA,r 4. Wh:n Gulika is in the 6th bhava, the personborn will destroy hosts of foes, will dabble in i"monology and will be brave; when Gulika <-rccupies be the ?th bhrrrr, the personborn will be quarrelsome, a public enemy,and cursedwith a bad wife, will prove will be scupidand ungrateful' q-o{fc+r

Hfl(: ll s"i^Bge: egfiurrnq;ar laGarfiai{t figqagfU* gfth *odt qgqTq{: I 6-{.aFFt €€efl:eeqdtql:ll e.]mifiEnqar

fusrqr*q{f qeqtilss{O gtwattffi<I qW WO t
slgrl{-ffi\af q,dt qq*ft

nq$offifrfrqrqr

ll \ ll

S/ofra 5. Wfien Clulika is in the 8th bhava,the born will be deformedin his face with weak person 74

iltnfifiqe

Adh.rx.

impairedeyee and will have a slight body. When Gulika is in the 9th bhava,the person born will engage in vile deedsto such an extent as ultimately to become the murdercr of his parents and preceptors. When Gulika is in the l0th bhava,the person born will abandon all reiigiousduties and observances prescribed for his caete and beingassociated with hundredsof shameful deeds,will become deadto all senseof honor or selfreEpect. ,re-alfta1

pqlalser$ fr+.erqqq+q) 0 o. T{,iqr€E+qi +tnrt fqilq, tt

wftgqqii.risrqrt (rnqfr frqq Gq+it qtq.{rqqq{'tsr}
ftq*tg.dg*qrqciaFoqmr I ftrtqqqru{:q1;q;qfr Rrqqrt il q il
Sloka 6. When Gulika is in the l tth bhava,the personborn will have much happiness,wealtb, power and beauty, but will occasion the demiee of an elder born person. When Gulika is in the ltth bhava,the peraon will have the appearance an as:etic and by <_rf cleverly employing the language the distressad of will get money from every quarter. ro<ttqr

Uqgilqftfq: ryFaqi SrrrflFilll

fiqqfirRit ,iiit rg.uu:qrEq+gfbr,@ lt

qr;qiiqei qft(gr{arEs{il €Ersiis$il rri{Fit tpt!
SJofta 7. 'Fhe Lagna occupying a Trikona poei-

qri)ffiufrr{rd{+ofq(eq{tt qfqfi r*iir r

sL g,-g

qr*sqs:

tion in respectto Gulika, and aleo in the sameNavamga or Dwadasamsaas that cccupied by Mandi, and the planetassociatedwith Gulika anC the lord of the sign occupied Gulika,all tend to b:cone always malefic, by q,qtftor

ql gfa+&{,}'{\ qi q=qnqTa{ir.t tl

{gil rTRrltTfi{q grsifi qK: Heaqsl
\ \ A\ A \ \

.

qr{bumag t frau?rr iii{q {iargwr
\nA\\.

(q{ ff;rtKf {n{il;T ({gtott gFtros$r r ghtr {qErfilrqqadi ll dtqrw'{t.IgiTi c ll
\ A\ \ \

Sloku 8. lf Gulikr be associateC wirir" ti:i: Sun, the personborn will hate his father; if witir tlre i'.{oo.t, rnothcr, if the perscn born will cariscdistress to l-ir,; w i t h M a r s , h e w i l l h a v en o y o u n g . r b r o t h e r ; i f w i t h : Mercury, he will ba insane if with Ji:piter, he will be heretic; if with \/enus, the personborn a blasphemous will be afflicted witir vert.:r.:rl disi:rsrs :rntl '.vill b,: the n favourite f brsew()me . o q-oaii+r

qfigdi ftT{-otcq}iii finirug.ni
ur{fidfr: qbE Tqgrf,q;fi q dpqr* 1 g€gfoqnuel {*gd qlqfliqdTqq'rt
qF(ililI STKTI {T€"TGTKJ
\\\\

I{;(q gfi ITil

qrrt utfu ilqr{€Uiuiimr qi}aqE} r itgr urftirrGgil'&i qqru-*fi yi qrddrqqrrrFqm qrT;rrrr: $fi,sfrf Eo{ il q ll
Sloku I. When Gulikr is associrted irh Saturn, w the person born wi.ll be devoted to pleaaure and enjor,"

588

srdr$Rqre

Adh. Ix.

Rahu, the person -* tr"t *r-" "tt**ttoc*, a born will become poisoner; when Gulika is associated with Ketu, the person born will bacone an incendiary. When Gulika is in a houseaffected by Vishanadi, the person born, even if he be a ruler of the earth will undoubtedly become a beggar. In fact, the major pla' nets united with minor ones (Upagr,rhas)proCuce a maleficeffect. NorBs. q-t-{itw

qrfigh {rftg} Ug'qruqEaa frwrg: tt

qroei t fisil'fr u€gt frrfrgh qFdtRn]
gfo+cfqr;qgaiqfusril il zilsGfirqndt

gF.c,q nii irqRs{x fifft-q t E
qrwu-er€*isi* *ql€qq tt q'lqqqri Fll( gfr+ qdtqq g{qqfi wer,u&fi: |

u{+ q sTaqnaq-qrt nge{HhhorFrat:Fg:ll
For fisqrf} (Vishanadi) see Adhyava 5, Sloka ll2 supra.

n eTqqffiq ll
by The narnesof the 60 yearscan easily be retnembered com' following slokas' mittiog to memory the

q{AI ftq1: gg: qq}'}s'l qqlqfi: I

eiftn: 'itgqi rrril gri qIdT q tt dt1 $+rt ag*"qa qfl"ft f]+q] w, t ilqnr fraur1:H,iISat qrfti arq: ll

I Hifr( qiqrfrq fail{tfiafr: GR: q-cqgielrr a-qi ftqq& q+ tqaft Rtql q Rtrft {rdfrsq: t

st. 10-11

qqqlstrrFr!

689

gqa( alqaa +,)'frfiqrqgrn,r* tt grs' fior' q}'q, grfltnrfitq-5( t qftqrfrqqdtq qq=q]ntdtsro' tl fiso: ifiIdgsa fkqpff rlqg,iiit r

g:gfrtftilerfr rcrqfr *l{q' qrq: tl
{T{T{R silKriltfr tti{ilqt

rsuyr€itr wrufrq$rn* t fim{rft qrqt fi{d frsgsr

q{oqqst* q;gRumrditt I o u

Sloha 10. The person bcrn in the year Prabhava will be daring, truthful, pcssessedof every virtue, proficient in astrology and pious. The person born in the year Vibhava will be lustful, pure, constartly cheerful and will have prodigiouewealth, relatives,learning and fame.
cf, ffiqqrtrfi

ryfr: siqq4 grthf*r q t
qqt frqtgqJtrflq-d: qni at: tl siqagsfi.it erq Enqarctr&qn, I

qfieil {r-qgSqa fiqqrQqfr r{i( rr

q{t ilrqtFmf g$FT!il;il! rffi

qqd gsr6t qtqrwii raqu'qerrfi rr+( qdt qr{qirsfrqrqqqgqkr nirErhr

qrfrrurEqff rt t t tl *fr{i ftgor, Eqrgrfr{i

Sloha Il. The person bcrn in the year: Suklawill be an adulterer,effere,but liberal and intelligent; the perron boro in the year Pramodutawill be clever in

590

ilrd.€qrPqre

Adh" IX.

a whose birth is in the year Prajotp;r"tti will be virtuous, bounteous,rich in sons and of a tranquil rJisposition; the perscnwhose yearof birth is Angirasawrll be rich, and experietrced ever compassionate. sagacious,
cf . {{ditd+

g{rT: lilf:f,qr{ }r\ft gaelrnrTf}q.t: I

qqq. tt niguitva, fiarq. Usqqtni

t r{qlf;lliil Rfqqldi qf*l'i'tqq' t tqoirrfln: gr{t ndt qiiE qrqd fu{, ,l qcrqiqtzit qrif aqnernqilqri: t

tqqlqqq.fial mtlfarlg'qq: ll

ii'{ee?q: t gc{t +,rr1 s qt;itI riinrra. qqa ',llqlgiqgea caflsilarq? tt qRI! qlurqq.qt qqqqdrolgiqi{iqtq q\ql nsmfi qil'Iqqoq"{tr qqlt qE: I E{tqqilg: drui gqlaef}qq Sdqqg.dqi! qrdi qrgiTqls;qqnfirf,: {I'{riqKt {61 ll tR ll
b l S / o A r r l . T i r e p , : r s o n o r n i n c h c y e a rS r e e m u k h a l o n g sf o r w o m . - nr r o t l r i s o w n . i s h o n e s t a n d w e a i t h y ; whosc birth is in the vear Bhavawill be an the person a s c c t i ca k i n g ' m a k e r ,a n d r e n o w n e df o r h i s v a s t w e a l t h , and strength; the personborn in thc year Yuva will b: a , c o v e t o u sf,i c k l e ' m i n d c d ,i l l ' t e m p e r e d p o s s e s s i n gc o n ' wit[ tire s t i t u t i o n ,l i t t l e l i a b l et o i l l n c s sa n d a c q u a i n t e d healing art ; the personwhose year of birth is Dhatru will be addicted to other people'owives and a crafty lawyer.

sl. 13
cf" {fiflird

|ltFfrsqFT!

691

*qra. ggrft: m<: g:lqtl: g,tiit: t

dieQs4qlar: u "lqtgqggaa qrni qrqqqFgi qir .u6 slqqqrT t qrcit qnfin: nfroernugn, tt *tffimig'iltiir I flqlg.iqd?s(: qiq g{eft: qilc}ger"tgr,q} rr 111;tr:

q& ss,itqrqfwit xrqdanrt rr ,fl r dtqrff qrttsqoqtS gourar utfr
ffisff ifgqr-qqiqrq* lilqt {Frq Ri,4q 1 T{t rTpTrdf {rldtfifi dqi ir*-gl gr*t
c'\A

e.Iqlg: flr{nT qQlI qalEqqndFT{:I

nf\\-

qR w(i Rirr{Eiqt qatkdTrfrr ffi1q u ll tl

Sloha 13, The person born in the year Easwan will be prosperous, steady.mindedand a good judge of merit; the person whose year of birth is Bahudhanya will be a rich merchant,beneficentand voluptuous; the person born in the year Pramadhi will be cruel, addicted to evil, hot tempered, friendless but living in comfort; the person whose birth is in the year Vikrama will tte wealthy and valiant and commandan army.
cf , qEilcr-qi

fl{flr sinTt gerdsfrg<r: r qrqt qei:HflsM qit u f&
{r{lqqdsTrtrfQ mgqdsqfbe. i rtrfl€w lgvpQ q-{rqhtt a.rdr t{rdteq{i* q q{@{fi{r.{e* r

6VL

ErrcTcdtEre

Adh.rx.

{rertr: flq{t +q qqritqffft q*q. tt qttrsqfiq{*'t gqqnrq{itaa qrq+rlqa' fi*nr.t qlar: tl qi\

r?s{qR qtao*Rqqi Ert*
fiamsqidiqqn{ iieql* t
qR itqsoitflqnq{r gvr*

qtwrt R+stll tB ll rgqato{rot

Sloha I'1. The person born in the year Vishu will be a paupcr,lost to all senseof shame and engaged in doing what is wrong. The person whose birth is in the year Chittrabhanu will have the energy and the beauty of the lord of day. The person whose year of birth is Subhanuwill have the learning, conduct, and virtue characteristic of his tribe or race. The person exceeding wealth born in the year Tharanawill possess and etrength and will be a philosopher. cf. qqirqrtr{

qfln€J ,ine61q *re,{ t q-{lsed'i qr+r{t,i aTil Egt;l qredtqio. tt

r di Ra.nrngqd\ fiqrnfEfiio.
.rlfiqrt gfrril attf|q€]fiqo: fitinq:11

fir' fim+1fi.rtaa unliagft' 1

frS' qu' t qnlvnrn' ..nr) d
q5€aqal qEKr{qraq qq( ll n{T
1 \ q q

Hqlgqi€\qiei +tFaqraftg.it.tt

eftila$qt gdt En(:qnqi{q<qi arqrRf

nql {ie'(droiimqqq qrql6q{q qR I

s. 16-16

iadtsil|r'

ts

{rr{t t{fltqqtsRrwr{ dr$ gdtiF{tr( ll {rrqi qR u{qrRqfocr {qrcrftql t\ ll freqt
Sloha L5. The person boro in the ycar Parthirn will be a king unequalled his prosperityand happi. for ners; the personwhosebirth is in the yar Yyaye will be lurtful, cowardly, immoral, staking his property in gambling, and addicted to wickedoesE; the perron whose year of birth is Sarvajit will be eloquent, posseased great physicalstrength, versed io cacred of ecriptures,virtuous,and conversantwith tbe real oature of all things. The person born in the year Sarvadhari will be well,todo, versed the artsandliked by kings. in
cf . tF{{-IliF[

{qqr.fr {rqfl:g{oHul: I TEqrfi q(: figiauzea qrfti qFrit u arrqflqrrt ilaa\qrqrftlh rr q+ffita: {RqrqftrrFqq{ut: I
FFf; FTdif{: T{Irl: g{fq:g{il q{: lt

qTqq(fl: dqf "qni tnqffrd: t

qgiJs]q{t +rrr1 iqHag+ eg: I q}rit qi( siqiRft il qR: sqlqrqit tr

ggdT:frqnfrrer frt"q-q+ u:r+t nt

qrfr iidkt RgoilsitdmffIs wr-t w€r

qmfi qEirsrifilditqi q;aftqrd;{qtr I qEii'qqir ?qiMr q;{dfuffEt u tq n

Slokn 16. The person born in the year Virodhi will be afflicted, delighting in the company of the wicked and addicted to sinful deedsand cruel. The

7s

604

ltcrrrRtlrt

Adh. Ix.

perEon whose year of birth is Vikriti wiil be full of guile, love,eick, and devotinghis mind to magicformu' laries and their practical application in ceremonies. The personborn in the yearKharawill be unattractive, sinful and mischievour. worthlecs, depressed speech, in will delight The personwhoseyear of birth is Nandana every body, enjoy the favor of kings and wilt be with the meaningof the sacredhymns in converEant ocripture.
d. qqiTsTRrd

+af [rqr Fgqso€ q(qrnn: I q ftitsq&fiqq: ll H{anRil{t
gso1qd6g. tqTq: {oT#dFEft{q: 1

qil fqaeqqkq{a{ frtfia'ir, 11 qfr.fqrudtil {tqtg' qTflsft I oriatar ftdqr t+{flqR ;R: tl Hqrqti nEe:wt6rilsrqE( | ordqtdt grite*r qi} fiqnq'{q:t

ffiqffrsdqffi

qR qq{G qrflqwfr Zfr Ert dupf{deilvrqt€16tfifior il ts tt

rc+tftffiilq;qnqffiSloka 17. If a person have his birth in the year Vijaya, he will be virtuous, and will aboundin real excellences. If the year of birth of a personbe Jaya,he will be either a king or like a king. When a peroon has his birth in the year Manmatha, he will have a craving for seneual enjoyment and will be victorious over his foes. The perEon who ie born in the year

gl. 18

mqlsrqrq:

696

Durmukhi witl be void of virtue and wealtl and will be immoral.
cf, rFriq|ilfi

t q(: Hrrrgqq: €qlirfrffiq'ri\F+c: *'ft sr*qmi+t fi'rqpt qt qiq tt I ftmn*t d+qrfrrr{rnafrnrq: qsrqrfrfflsir qqqtsqrqt tt
gcrdil$il:fl q firfi q mq: t qt( ll qi€\ rTaTt gurwrrh,rrct: na:aqqft&) fi6d qqdqh:t 1

|

4rdrqqqqrq)gWr.t qiar: tt

ir{frrffidqrt qoqft-ff* furftE*
flffqft{t{q}Wrrrt

qG gsrclfi tqufrqfftr ScqrRsrcf fror-qtq* t *qrFilwqrf*t: qiuqftsrrft
(sirflilrcrr{ ll qd li

Sloha 18. If a person havehis birth in the year he Hemalambi, will be ill'natured and will ardently pursue agricultural and other operations. The perEoo recorted Lorn in the year Vilambi will be prosperouE, to by the Brahmanacommunity and diainterestedly benevolent. The personwho hashis birth in the year Vikari will be sickly, cowardly, indigent, irresolute havehis birtb in and of an ignoblenature; if a person the year Sarvari, he will have exceedingwealth and and honest well'behrved' and enjoyment will be cbeerful,
cf. q"Frflff

t grdxavrarRrgeaetRrR
effilnilg({r@a tqvqggEq: tt

696

qr6{rRca

Adh. I)L

rr.i lp*safr g:tft*"q€4n i{efi:I ewqfftro'n{t M +.g\fug, rr qRtfr q€Fr{Frfte:!s{ro: I $o. q-4: fimrREitit noltq{R qem: r

<Fqq1:ge*fr frfr,avascqr r
fiqrEffin€arri&qsgaq:rr

{rd *{aft ffitqgq*rt RqrRirqi{t

u=+qnuqffi(t sqw trr qeqhTfr qrdrmel $ruft llls grrtl g{ll t g,ikft'TrErr{r Tsqltr*"q.cqr iliqT{ n lq tl

Sloka L9. The person who is born in the ye r Plavawill be tranquil, generous, compassionate, brave and devotedto his own duties, The person who has his birth in the year Subhakrit will be the dupe of women, but learned, handsome and intelligent i the perEotr whosebirrh is in the yrrrrrSobhakrit will be vrise, pouessed of royal virtues and fo4d of learned purruits. The perron born in the yrar Krodhi will be an adulterer, addicted to evil ways, crafty and of an angry temperament. cf. qrrmkrn,

qaoqqQf: Tft{Rd:w I 6rfr wxrdr qeilgqtfrqqgqT€q+ rt q ftqrqicilqq: r gry1: gqffi flqtghg{T,ifUqua'$riqq' rr qh fiqfi *t qI€€frgwFqa:r qrfr n]t{SAq T{ft q'q: ll Z'lrrg:

11.20
@ v t r r Y v

qa!6r{Ftr

8l

fr-srq+ nq*rrq q-Errftdtg:
natft-m q *,fiflkfl\ itr tt

t

q qrd Erqt€FJFfr, llsrrd"$rdl ftqtEd
ggFIRtRsqttqqficsrlr

g{rilft,il\dr€frfrq;Edr urft q;grdr sto* dqtt}Eer ll Roll trqnqm.rtttfig{-u
Slaha 70. The percon who ic born in the year Viswavasu will have a high senseof honor, wilt be fond of the comic and will evlnce admiracion for those who are rich in mcral worth. The peiscn whose binh in is in the year Parabhtva, will be engaged wickednesr and will prove the ruiner of his family. The person who has his birth in the year Plavangawill be lustful, fond of relatives, evincing a partiality fur children and rlow witted. The person whose yea.r of birth is Keelaka,will devotehimself to divine worship and will be exceedingly fortunate end valiant.
cf. ?FFrqRTfi

$ot{llfit I

rgnia grfrqta. fturEgegqa: t
{rFd:fl+goitti} fisraS{ gft: 11 EIdr
\ KERKAq {lB: Qtffipq-q; 1

q{rqqFgqd: qqqFqftqFn, tt

sqfqift qrfr rt qqftfrfrffi 1 ffi qfr(+d rKoqEs'qq,tt

tto: 'ilKfr gu:q5ryq6\sgft: 11
qErGqrR: gftqTflffn] qr, t fidt

{tnr:ffisffiq+{rt

To il{nnq6{rdsft{ofr3 qrqqonq I

5e8

srdrqrRqri

Adh. Ix.

srrurg{ ftft.rugEmr qRE}setr *fr

grrfiol qRqrR{tr(qifl rnt6{T{rF{T{r{ Rl ll ll

Sloha 21. The person whose year of birth io will be tranquil,universally popular,exceedingSoumya and firm,minded. The person born in the ly wealthy yearSadharana b: versed the variousbranches will in of rnd will possess soundunderstanding.The a learning rse person birth is in the year Virodhikrit will be li ^ll,tempered, indigentandgivento wandering. credulous, The manwhosebirth is in the year Paridhavi will be harshin speech, and possessed wealth. of ill,behaved,
cf , ?FFTGnirn

qFsil '{q'frqlq {qflftfif,nfi: I ilrqH: 6{Fed il' n}'} qqrqt tt qttntr: t flqgR, {fr: {,Ir{{Ra: ll tqre*fit' *,)fr ntqrtorggql:

t fat{t qffiarqificqfoR*fia: ^ qrfifrrdi lrln fdrlftawrn rr a{HRgrr€; r grit: faarl.6rcrfH
qrufto: qftffiegqq: 11 {Tq{r.it

qrfi l;gfrrrrrf( qr{qdorq{rffqtr qrfi wmtft qfr Eiodtqsdt qilt
*Eriut ftft.t toltftnqnFqeril€ft( t qErqrrrr{llRRll |Ioqqs (|-il qFgETFrfr E[I<rs

Sloka 22. Th: personborn in the year Pramadee';'..ives, his and will long for women cba will eEtrange his own. The person whose year of birth ic not Ananda will be of a joyous temperament, will be devo,

gt, 2f)

arr*sqrql

699

ted to the study of traditional dirctrines and gacred scriptures and will be acquainted with the real nature of all things' The qan whose birth is in the year Rak' shaea will be sinful, indulge in vain talk, and will injure the virtuous. Ihe person born in the year Nala will be a donor endowed with many liberal virtues, tranquil and well.behaved.
cf, ffidqrtr{

qqrRqd qrfr qil q'gGilqaq r
$grq{iit g.''lq fl{tdm: g{t: ll
EfErTlqlstdqg{: frqlneqfr{:qlql 1
'frCn

qla: sTln;aq.fl\ gafteflr{frd: tl

F+qqit Eidsaqqlqdfiqfrd:r ileifl}st qiar: tt RRs)ngnnr{i

\rlzfr{q1 ie 5g'ngo: {lfi: I
qe.g?q {1I qrdl ne,flqcfl( ll (I) n{:
i\\\

rriq ftaq;rrEtRRqet frd fqf,oq?qi

t 6rcfr qGqrog{htqlt eisqr.mdqrq

ftarrii gtiqqfrftwr ftqritilar gqt!
qft tRquf,qr gQoqiqfat g(lqni{l{ll 11 ll
Sloka 73. The person born in the year Pingala will be a raint with his mind under controi and will enqagein the practice of penances. The man whose year of birth is Kalayukti will become an astrologer and will have fortune, enjoymentand works of benefi' cence. Tbe peraonwhose birth is in the year Siddharti will be reverent will be succeas{ul his undertakings, in tcwardc epiritual preceptorsand Goda and will be intel-

6m

q|lffiAca

Adh.rx"

Iigent. The p:rson who has his birth in the year Roudri will be a rake,p€rverse, proud and wicked.
cf . ?FrTnffrm

qq)qqtii{+( : Fe: +,+flilqiq] qlat: tt so{rcqRilrft fQqo;).
olmtq+nt:aril qtqrqqqa nsi( t

negsFg{il qi} ,r+ft r}tpn rr
ERfd&gil fid q].ftfinFnnq:t q'* fr1ffi qrdr frqreifqqdrrq: n qnaq}( | r,iraq w{i fQga: t{+( ilqqr.rt qrfr rq: €eqrgfr lt

qdsffieq€o-(Is qrqFgfr trrr*rqt g(dl rr6su'€r(ils q efttdffi furq
il<i r;gw{&*ftgwlr rinTltqs dufl{ ltlull
Sloka 24. The person born in the yearDuro.rti will be lustful,dull-witted,distreesed afflictione by and base-minded.The person whose birth is in the year Dundubhiwill havea bodily frame distinguified by big thigho,belly, arm!, and head, and will be h"ppy. whoseyear of birth is Rudhirodgari The person will be wise,truthful, happyand rich; the pereonwho ic born will be of a tranquil mind, fond of rclain Raktakshi fortunateand amiable. tives, exceedingly
cf , ?FTiTstkTfi

wmg{iffiqsqfr: ffiwrqsr

qd' *qn, +,rfiqdqqqqfrq:I qaqiAq qq: €rqrdr g&il aee} rl

fieilcnnl frfrqfndqraqtfta: r

sI. 76-|26

rdlsrrr
,,

6r

tnd.ft rcr*q: trqmtRn: t gqiqlsqdtqrfr €Rtilftmrt rr
irilfi q=€ei'rtifi,(: flErI HEr

gfia'mrr+g*rtl$+ifr ?R: Il

gruqr{t€d qrfrffitnrqqFt fUsrqru

qrfr qnr fmqt;t ${Fff FgAfi *qfrgrtil <n( |

ll 1\ ll

Sloka 26. The person whose birth is in the year way6' a hater $rodhanawill be a rake addictetlto evil of lir relatives and devotedto brigandage. The perron born in tbe year Akrhaya will be vittuouo, cheerful, handsome,endowed with a high seose of honor and o(emptfrom foes and ailments.
ct. *FTqfirr

qt+t: ilrqfr fidq' At qrCqrE] t ll +fir4 {t qr* qa{: qngfrirTR w 36tr[6qq v1tqrfiT: I qril arqfrqdt qt qfRqftt: rt

n sFFt$gII U
gqr{ t sq{rqqug${s {T{trrforilq+ftGs
qftonfiws {qtrtqF*€RdtqFlffitt(s ll tE ll
Sloha 26, The personborn in the Uttarayanawill be devotedto knowledge and contemplationand u/ill life. The personborn in the Dakotrinayana leada chaste wilt be confident in hic speech mainaininga distinction between rpirit and matter and will be full of eelf,conceit. 78

WA
cf, qfirqkFh

fitcwrftnri

Adb. IlL

&wgn: Sr"qgqrftaa d.irfwql(qfi: qfiq: I tqfarrrqr{qeE(tn: fr'qtqi qrdiit q{Gfi tl

qrqrrqtuil{K: qt: r& r'lngaalq, 6q* ' daeruqtrft: f|1ga{ erqRulreaqqqaft;q: ll

il Tgs-dq tl
qlqfg{fud}wailTrrt qrdr grt;qfr{il

ffimffiqqgtffiu'{n*rgrffr

qndffieirqt gEqfr qrdqr etorrtr gu{TRrtr g€t qR qrcwutggtsrgfis Rrr gqgl
S|oho 77. If a person be born in spring, he will be long-lived,wealthy and fond of fine scenls: if in Eummer, will seek reliei in the use of ice, will be he clever, voluptuous, lean,bodiedand inteiligent; if in the rainy seaoon, will b: fond of milk, salt aud he pungentflavours, cloquent in speechand possersed a of clear intellect; if in autumn, he will be pure-minded, bandsome,faced, hrppy and lustful.

t

*rfi UmW: UfrEqffi t*.*t*rTEs {rdr I €riihqrflilil sqfr nd q{€t fritniqr qrq
Sloha 28. The personborn in the winter season, will be a contemplativesaint, of a opareform, following tbe buainess of agriculture, possecsingthe means ot enjoyme't and capable, The person whose birth ig in the cool dewy season,will be devoted to ablutions and gifte, of great capabality, with a high rcnae of honor and of great frime.

gr 29-30

rqcl$crcr

ffi

lr qRTsoq rl
** duurqqqi?qtffiqqr ffi

att qrfu tttr$tdrfr u;rilnqr$rfrcr

qTq'fudt t qrRr t{re qR;ftrrq$ilur
qrvd.ftq* uqtgft{i q}.ft(taqss Rqtl tt

Sloko 29. The perEon born in the month of Chaitra will devote himself to tl1e study of every art, science and the scriptrrres and will be perpetually in engaged merry.makingand delightingin the company of women; if in the month of Vaisaka,he will be con' versantwith every science,independentand hold eway over Eomeregion; if in Jyeshta,he will be blessedwith long enduring wealth and sons and versedin magicfor' mulariesand their practical applicuion to ceremonies ; if in Aehada,he will be very wealthy, compassionate, perpetually h"ppy but betraying an aversion to other people.
NorBs. (Chaitra), tcrrt{ (vaisakha), etc., are the names of lunar fu mouths (qrqqtn-Chaandra masa), and are sotnamed after the star occupiedby the Moon at FullrMoon (qjoidl-pou.tami), d.e., the end of the bright balf. Each lunar month consistsof thirty tithis (ffi) commencing from S5c$trqq-r (Suklapaksha pratbarna the first day after the New Moon) and ending rvith the following qqr4rgr (An.ravasya' New Moon).

qKq{qRd n*mcu-qq arErtqneq 1 qrt qwgfr qstqwiitqt ERfrr rqor gsrsr ffirtr {Tft*ll lo ll 5R* |MI
Sloka 3A. lf a pereonbe born in the montbof

stt(l silEUFmQ i+nqftiqdi ilirfr

qrilsil$ilu

Adh"rx.

Sravana will devote himrelf to the worship of Gods he he and Brahmins; if in Bhadrapada, will take delight be in visiting several countries, full of tbeorier and inaginative;if in Aswija, he will be hostile to his own people,indigentand base-minded if in Karthika, ; devoted agriculture to h,ewill be f rt.limb:d, broad,eyed, in and surgaesing wealth.

q qr{Hld q{i gTgefrdmir figqqotrrd ggarmu | s\
qrrqlit €enPinP{qqlqnfl{

qRfr{gqriliq,regi {mo}o:ll lt ll

S/o/r4 31. If a person b: born in the month of he will show reverence'to Gods, hi! Margaseeruha elders and his parents and will be virtuous ; if in Puohya,he will be possessedof wealth, virtue and strength and will havea prominentnose; if in the month of Magha, he will be mischievoualy inclined, though very attentive to his duties and well'behaved; icence and be daily benef he if in Phalguna, will practise fond of music.

il qqrssTltl

Eiltilqtqfi geft*qilftfr q{wr EqrgfI

s{ri{rfi ftqqr{qrs€{;gtfi qft worqtttlq u

Slol;a 3?., If a personbe born in the bright half a month, hc will b: distinguished above others by of the fact of his being blessed with sons, grandsone and richesand will be virtuous and compassionate a ; if be born in the dark half of a month,he will be person urging his own interest8, reverent towarde his mother but inimical to his relatives.

sL &3-84

q-Rsqtc!

606

il $Toqeq tl
crftrs {i$tft cq{ftq(r qisfrfifl g(ft qrdi qtqrt qR uwgFquonr1 TG qff t ct{qrow*rgnamiiarcJu: tlorqrs?fr

rr* arqsiqdwrgor qmd qrqtn li tl

Sloka 33. Tbe person born in the early morning ic attentive to his duties, leadsa life of benelicence and is happy; the personborn at mid d"y will have princely virtues ; the person born in the after-noon will be wealthy ; the personbcrn in the evening will be fond of fine scents and lovely women, base,minded and of wandering habitg; the person born at rright will have the samecharacteristic as tir. on" bcrn in the evening. The. person born at sunrisc will enjoy abundant comtorts.

n ftftrq,€q tl
qAtdrft {itqR ft'fi i'qqftot wdr
ffiqrqi tqrqgqoqatftrq€or I
Aelqrqtgoqxq6qqrior{qg{r{ qguqiql{E1iqeTqgri q;er?goTf iB tl il
Sloka 34. If a personbe born in lfrrq (Pratipada) or tbe first d"y of rhe Moon, he will be very industrious and lead a virruous life; if in frf,rqr (Dwitiya) or in the 2nd day of the Moon, he will have abundance of splendour, cattle, strength, fame and wealth: if in qaier (T'riteeya), he will be virtuous and very timid and will have a sharp clear voice; if in aguT (Chaturthi), he will be credulous, accustomed to wandering and conversant with sacredtexts.

606

qrffiqrRid

Adh. Ix.

qsrqrqR{orrrqxftft qn{l arnFerc l I

qwqi qftqi€ils qaqfdr tuqqqraiqdi qwqrqRsRls!gaqtror ifiq'Rrrr lr rr\
Slofto i5. If a person b: born in cqq.t(Pan:hami) or the Sth day of the Moon, he will devote himself to the study of all sciences and the sacred scriptures, will be lustful, lean and restless; if in vfr (shashti) or the 6th day of the Moon, he will have smallotrength,will be equal in status to a sovereign, wise and of a very angry temperament; if in qsit (Saptami),he will have a stiff extendedvoice, lording over people, phlegmatic and powerful; if in eredt(Ashtami),he will be exceed, ingly lecherous,fond of his wife and children, and phlegmaticin temperament.

qwrqeqqot ittoiooq,qr{itmflf}mr t

cqdr fti"qaglg(t{il;trtfilfr q{sqi tteft
qgflqsoT<FTql qlqq firrqi qdt t rrr{Rrrr

aftAfi nurFqili fuEr{ t+*ruorqy{si

Siofra 36 If a personbe born in qEn? (Navami) or the 9th day of the Moon, he will b: known ro fame, have a charming person,but a bad wife and bad sons and will b: iustful; if born in gttdt (Dasami),he will be virtuous, with a clear,voicedwife and sons, prosperous and wealthy; if born in {rrfift (Ekadasi), he will revere Gods and Brahminsand will have many servitors and wealth; if brrn in Er{rit (i)wadasi), he will be engaged in very beneficent works, will be liberal, wealthy and leprned.

qdi er{tqrqftgoT{ffr16rsrrfi qfteerll 1E ll

gFqquffifr{rqt rfl{rt q Tmqrqt

sl.3i-39

qc*sqrq:

qdtlt *fr qq*rffigduwat t
srrTrqrlrl{ng il$qqI{FFItTt\ I ft

q qdt rurq;i qG goqurefi (I{aI, 11 ll {s

Stoka 37. If a personbe born in afrqdl (frayodasi) of he will be covetous, very libidinous and possessed much wealth ; if in sgt{ir (Chaturdasi), he will be of a fiery temperand he will b: ever wishing in his heart wealth and women; of to becomepossessed other people's sTffarqr(Amavasya), he will be credulous if born in and devoted to the worship of the Manes and the Gods ; if in g$er (Poornima), h" rvill sustain the reputation of his family and will b: weahhy and cheerful.

II II EITTfi'OTT qnt ft gafu{roi{qilgqlReqrt frur

qE(qrEsrdfi(fi qqgqrt qET iF't3 (f,{qarfr.qe ErirEttt ld tl iqqrsurqFsr
S/oAa 38. If a person be born on the day of the week sacred to the Sun, he will have a lofty senseof honor, with brown hair, eyes and figure and will be lordly; if on thc day of the lr4oon,he will bc a gallant, with a lovely form and will cver be tender-hearted;if on the day of Mars, hc will be cruel and concerned with daring words and deeds; if on the day of Mercury, he will honor Gods and Brahmins and will speak politely.

qrnqgfugrtfii diqigqrtqqrt mrdt

-

qlft+errqWrqr{ r"ET aqrfi lftdfr qqt{qiriryc frft+ riiiqr irTqds I
qqqrqqfu {trqrlqg{ltr('|qEilF{ril'

608

qrdrwRqrt

Adh.rx.

Sloka 39. If a personbe born on the week day dedicated to Jupirer, he will perform sacrifices, be popular with kings, have noble qualities and become celebrated; if on the day sacredto Venus, he will have corn, lands and wealth and be universally popular and devoted to gallantry; if on the day of Saturn, he will be for the most part dull-witted, living on food and money supplied by others, indulging in inconsiderate utterances, assumingan attitude of hostility and cleverly boycotting the whole body of his relatives.

qrtrgqlu iq tl tfr wgwr*tq${rd q;qar

q q gcwfrsfr{gor aiqmfrftft|i:er{rd'd ftiM rr
ft rqqr-nq€rq'$gqqqftraorcqrtr.qrd
qTPfifdign*ikfr grqqdl itrqgsqritqn r qrM$Wr itEqqin'qErrf qrnq,i q€gdi eF T{rfriil fiffti Wqerrurmtl tt efr-wqlqtre"i
r qqtHr \qT FTet $rodRrRrudqt{s

I $s(qr'{gqfefi€rTl qql 6ill;qi qprt q rTF{Tttt

€$ q frn$Erd*t g untrmarnrrrtrurrtrqrf I rilgf{qks qrd'r iqqrrrqrftt*rnrtt+*{urR BRlt n qtgt w; q+ivarniboqsa'r'+rfi
\o

g{qriqst$qug{{or6ggq | |

ililqrn fi''f qtqfirercffrt1urptt Bi tl qiurrf frrii rq ur qFrng qii gr{gAugq I
qrEarlrriril{ifirEeurii qr*rqKjsq{r( |

qtq tiqisqqd,fi itt.-'iiil rlrsn( W iqftfi.onile Uftrtr q*lffiilft ilq BB

Sloias 't0-44.
rTwrq ^ 4U1
q?nq{Ir{T:
qITiT

p
+ o

\r

-tz nrlrnir.
l qiH As w i n i 2 wo?r Bharani 3 aR+r Krittika 4 ftAoft Rohini

Presiding
lJefty qllFiT

Synonyms
${F: Turanga. {n!

Caste Vaisya

Specialmarks The name of identifi- in English cation Astronomy
3 Spots in Horse's face

t

T

The 2 Aswins Dasra, urga fr.*ayuk, 6rr Haya
qq3 Yama

F Arietis

(God o{ death) erlii: Agni (God of fire) rqrcft: Prajapati (The creator)

zr{r:!46x. ZttilrR: Kritanta, qrlrrq Yamyabham ERrfli Hutasana, wFr: Agni, cgor Bahula

Lowest 3 Stars in a caEte triansle east of
ariH (Aswini)

35 Arietis & Musce 'r Tauri Pleiades o Tauri, Aldebaian

*

I

Brahmin 6 Spots Kshuralike. General of the celestial armies

ft&: Vidhi, AftE Virincha,trda Sakata

Sudra

Five stars like a car

I

o)

z N"tli"'r'"
qq{tt{ Mrigasirsha -Tr4t Ardra

o

d{Tq

^ ry t';'.11f*

q{rqaaqr: Synonyraa

Specialmarka The name qrft identifi- in Englioh Caste of cation Aetronomy

F

o:

o

*la 5ou.ya, qFqChandra &rving dq: (The Moon) enltrroft Agrahayani E:gc caEte Udupa, q{n?r{qMrigasiras
QAI

tr Orionic

(Rudra)

arrq Taraka, *{q, Roudram snRq Aditya, gcdqdt Surajananee

Butcher caste Vaicya

Coral'like red

o Orionis B Gemi, norum

s{+g

Punarvaru(The mother of the Adityas) iftTrft: (The tutor of the Devac) sct: (Serpents )

Gfr'

Five stars like a house

sc

hya Pus

Riq Tishya, qcfrr Amaredya

Kehatriya

ThreeStars
like au arrow

d Cancri

cnBc Aslesha

wft: Ahi, gw: Bhujanga Lowest
CaEte

Six Starslike
a serpeDt

, Hydrae

Cl. V

;

?4

l0 cs Magha

ftm: (The Pitria)

ftq Pitru, qqr Janaka

Sudra

Five Stars. Rod of the Patki Two in each joined form a square

o Leonir, Regulur d Leonig

CA
D

tr{wr: Aryamna, {r{rirq ft qdsqdt Brahmin "i* Pu.rv.a (Aryaman) Bhagyabham phalguni rrrT 12 a<r,qii (Bhag") Uttara sii Uttaram, rrrrq Bhagam Kshatriya phaiguni 13 !F Haeta fa !-er Chitra 15 qnir Swati 16 fr_ar<sr Visakha eft"r^ The Sun 3E Tiashta, (the architect) 1€ Vayu, the wind q-q & oriir Indra and rrg Bhanu,srwt Aruna, rr*' Arka qer Thwaohta, gnrift: Suravardliak-i qcq Marut, ?riT: \,/313, sqtwt:Samlerana. s,g,' Vayu, n*t, Sameeri fr?qa Dwidaivata brrft+ Aindraenika. urpab"ba Vaieya Serving caEre Butcher casre Lowest
caSte

? $
A

+

F Leonig d Corvi
A pearl-liLe Star

{ e gt

c Virginis, $pica " Boctia; Arcturuo o Librae

!

6

e

Red like a coral

Five Stars like a potter's wbeel

o

z

o

Aqr:FI

. ESTT lJefty

N.irlir"

Presiding

qqfcq6qr:

Synonyms iaq, Maitram

sft i;;;. Sudra

Special mTkE Tbe name of identifi in English catlon
AEtronomy
Three Stars resembling a lotus

o
F)

fr" 17 wdrrsr Anuradha (One of the Adityas)
18 eisr Jyeshta 1 9 qnsf EE Indra

d Scorpio,
ntE

gft*anr Kulisatara, fimq: Serving grffi Suraswa, caste Satamakha, mee ugr Asura, Brlggq Akratu, Butcher bhuj caste v<: Payal, eftaq Salilam, Brahmin woq Jalam,diqr(Thoyam Rrq Vls\r.t Krhatriya

Three red Stars resemblingan umbrella Six Stars like an elephant'sgoad Two Stars like a danda

Scorpionis " Antares. tr $corpio,
nlE ol,

Mula

ft*ft
Nirrity
qir

z0 qltqrcr
Purvasha, dha

'Water

( Sagittari

zl

irnRmitT R*irr: UttaraVigvedevae sh adha

Bed red

3 $agitari

A

x

't',

qftk{ Abhijit

ilTr Brahma *un Srona,Rog,Vishnu 6ft: Hari, xlt Sruti ?rqorqq, Siavinabham

Vaiaya Lowest
caSte

a Lyne o Aquilae

F

cl2

z3 rTEror
z4 xiqw
t<

r5 0 33 Stars like a,n ear
I I

Rog Sravana Visbnu

+

qfr age; siigr Dhanishta, ag Vasu Sravishta The 8 Vaaue

Serving White caste

drum.like

F Delphini \ Aquarii
4 { {

Taf*q. 33tr SataVaruna bhighak

cr+di: Prachctas, {lainFFq Butcher Red. atorrq Varu, Satatarakam, caEte nabham

A hundred Stars

7, a^ 3
o Pegaai

q+*qrE: Ajaikapada,irTsrqr(Brahmin 7 6 q*urgrqr rqqsqrE Purvabha, Aja,Eka,pat Ajapat, gFi'idcEr Purva, drapada proshtapada

Two Stars like a sword

z7 snRrlrr{Tqtci}d."q:
Uttarabha Ahirbudbnya drapada

s1trciCCEr Uttaraproshta- Kshatriya . Of the4 Stars y Pegasi rD a square two pada, uft{u;<: in tbe east Ahiibudhnya
Likeafish (Pisciun
o! cp

z8isar

Revati

qq Rrshan

qlr Pushan, ft.orrq paushna- Sudra bham

614

ilrtf,qrRqre

Adh. Ix.

{oHrfi{+dfluqrrqirfr*nEq}rf.qt qoqr<i qrfu{r{ t {flTmqqffi ctgqmqilRsflqqftur vuudar uiq
go,;rsiilsll B\ ll aqrctqqqrwrgffiglwn
(Gandanta), which consisrs of a Sloka 45. rtr-sr;rr period oI Tl$ ghatis at the junction of eachof the three pairs of stars qgt (Moola) 3nd slur (Jyeshta), ner (Magha) wtret(Aslesha),and (Revati) and qfb* (Aswini), iqat and is productive of much evil to living beings. The qftar (Ghatika) at the junction of s?gr(Jyeshta)and qor (Moola) is termed ugm (Abhukta). A.y girl, boy, beasror slave born in the ghatikr in question causethe ruin of the family owning them. af. afrqfr:
Notrs.

q}'qr&=+, qa srQfQqqi+a*er(o'i(Fd{ra{ |
ilfr rroseragalfiii R qnrq-rildr{mraEqfis{ ll
The term srgsrfd (Abhuktamoola)is thus defined:

qfim inr qgTq] qEnaq{ r M s{gs(sfqsEs{ ilii e}Fagq rt
A child born in Brgs{s (Abhuktamoola) should be abandoned. If this be n.;t possible, the father should not see the child for 8 years; after performing some religiousJapasand Shantis, he may see the child in the 9th year. c/. rfi=<t

s{gs{€qTaniqfterq} fitqt r s{qd} arfQ s C frksqre{{ ll fQg:
qqt qFfl\ mfin q;q$ fie flrlq r

st. 46-48

q'+qlstqrq:

616

gd a#a qnrqr r$Fqalgas ftaqr( lt ar+sft
e{gsxrq ga g*qfq qRsiq r
qqil='qie* f,rdR-g{{q faor+iq tt

:rq*rffiwl {twn Eqrf\frgr

I

sTrArir widtflil kdtt qqiifrfl il Bq tl cntt qi*qril qR qffi qgrib t q{t qrd(qqfqUrriRraruutn Bs ll qflt {tTq$o-tqsi .innuqq I

ffii qgt EF(€{' aFaqrri{h rt uc tt

The verses are elliptical ; we have to piece together the various portions as we best can to get at the sense they are intended to convey.

Slokas 46-48. Make ten equal divisions of the ghatiLas which the Moon takes to pass through the asterism slur (Jyeshta). If there be a child,birth in the lgt tenth of the star, it will cause the death of tbe mother'smother; if in the Znd tenth, of the mother'e father ; if in the 3rd tenth, of the mother's brother ; if in the 4th tenth, of the mother herself; if in the 5th tentb, of the child born; if in the 6th tenth, of cattle and wealth ; if in the 7th tenth, of both the families; if in the 8th tenth, of the whole race; if in the 9th tenth, of the father,in,law (in prospect); if in the lftb tenth, of every tbing. cf . T((r{d

+sr* qrilqqit qIdFrE fiftqh r qfit qrgeqFaqg{ qqdtdqrlt

qqt ailFrfld {Ff, qtsfieqr,itqt( r

616

||'F TTRilfr

Adh Ix.

wi gil{rfl: srqet sffiqt{ 11 rai algt Efu s,i<ignt nqrr qoqrq,€*ifiR.ch rr Qgi RqFq

sT{Rr(iriTdewsi8*atqr
ilg{r(Rfrta qgwrEsr ET(il 8q tl
Sloka 49. A girl born in eisr(Jyeshta)coupled with a Tuesday will causethe removal of her eldest brother from the world, while the girl geln irr lf,€r (Moola)happening a Sunday on will cauteher father,in, law to depart.

qrQ *$qqR"{q{e q;qrq ftetqqTa effiiig{ | n Eftqni fH litfk qt qgt €ft\it silRrf\o tl
Sloha 50. The person born in the first quarterof will soon cause tbe star Jyeshta the death of hie eldest personbe born in the Znd quarterof the brother; if a star,he will occasion death of the youngestamong the hrs elder brothers; if in the 3rd quarter, he will lause deathol his father; if in the 4th quarter,the the perEon born may himselfdie.
Norrs. The following ve{ses contain similar and some more details about the bad effects of being born with the Moon in Aslesha, Visakha, Jyeshta and Moola.

rortt

qgftqmrEK,{Uta-cqFfr nqrfrqFa
qisTA&ffgqqr qHelqr Gq dumqr

w {-flfrqwr frilEsqt qa&q tqt fi"it"gqtg qrng€fr ffffi h.fiwg,11 I xrqr qgt qFnwow q dEsqrq

gl. 5l-66

qq*$qt{It

6r{

+snr qt${)

#
da

";"

f

tt ** hi ERtqar

qn€nfitrqrg flt-t *qq, gqq I q *quBqrt e fa<Atgqffiar rr qlilr atft r *qqr{ t EsrghfHtqH dffgh GiqF qrnr(Fa ntqq u
sfucsrd*

&tilKrqrfr qqtqi'fldiqmrrqil.ii i{q. r E

t*sfrnngd: gdriT nErqqt ftEfh rr agt
effisq1|qfiar a qFa aetmlqrRqqT fi(?q tl

qnrailg t aFr Wqrfr ftet ftttqK i?itt,r+

ffirnruf a{qqgtqfiwtfr frc"qtf\ltl Edqtr
SIofta 51. If a person be born iir the lst quarter of the atrr Moola, he will occasion the death of the father; if in the 2nd quarter, the death of the mother very soon ; if in the 3rd quarter, he will occasion the loss of wealth ; if in the 4th quarter, he will be happy.

utfuatr t Wdftftrdr ;ilEn itiqqs:Sqtfr qr} fril f\U'{rdr qititqftr ll \R lf qatt g ftarqaqg{ qnr qrqlt qat t qBg qriltTirrat uqoRaII \1 ll unt ll

qsqiirireqqt fttt{aig qEi{+|

q{i qg{hrt'l Uer(+isrfitt{+ll \8 ll ircctgrge?iiEtt erqt g €,i Grrit!
qgtt ilst\{ ffiA IililrIEKqT \\ ll lt
Slotas 5l-55. Make 15 equal divisions of the ?8

618

arf,{cTftqre

Adh. Ix.

ghatikas which the Moon takes to paasthrough the aeterism Moola. If a person be born in the lst l5th portion of the star, he will cause death of his father; the if in the 2nd t5th, of the father'sbrother; if in the 3rd 1Sth,cf the sister'shusband; if in the 4th l5th, of the paternal grand-father;if in the 5th 1sth,of the morher; if in the {rth 15th,of the mother's Bi$ter; if in the 7th l5th, of the mother's brother; if io the 8th 15th,of a paternal uncle'swife; if in the gth l5th, of everything; if in the 10th 15th, of all the catrle in the house; if in the 11th 15th, of the servants; if in the l2th 15th,the person born will die; if in the l3th 15th, his eldest bpother will die; if in the l4th l5rh, his sister will die; if in the last 15th,his morher'sfather will die.

sTpdqri rro€ $Frus&ffi | T ail( qW* ll \E ll fittt qrqrloq iiEqo€ iJ
S/oftc 56. If a personbe born in the lirst quarter ol the star Aslesha, there is no drnger to any perEon ; if in the 2nd quarter,there is the risk of losing money ; if in thc 3rd quarter, his mother runs the risk of losiog her life; if in the 4th quarrer the father runs a similar risk.

qflIEq{07 nTrtftSq qorqEnrEq1oT Tqgq ryi

A'\

qKt irgr qqgqjfi qttR qrt

,irqror:irq qCfrqri sfluraK r qril qErfqiir iqts.rTq wt.rfr{ n \e tt

Slotrr 57. The person born in the first quarter of Moola, Magha or Aswini will lose his father, but if the birth be in the last quarter of Revati, Jyeohta or Asleoha,there will be loss of the mother,the father and

sl. 6&60

lqqlssryq;

619

the child, it being immaterial when the birth happens, whether during the day, in the nighr or at the two junctions of day and night. This slokai,.; alsoquoted *"51i,"*.

i'fir orfig fqatui*silrqr# ilcil | srrfl;t ffisqfrfi)( qrfr qosf{q$ql \d tl tt
S/ois Sil. The person born in a Ganda losegthe father if the time be day, and the motherif the time of birth be night; and if rhe time of birth be in the junctiorrs betwecn.da1' nighc, the personborn wilt "n6 himselfdie, so that Gandafails not of effect.

qR {'qqr* rr+ilrrr*rd tz.kfffi | .\\

{T;€rng EStrtFrtt il{ilRocaiqrrTq\q El ll G

Slofra 59. There is G;rnda at the conclusionof a Gandatara such as Revati, Asleshr or Jyeshtaat night and at the commencement a Gandatar.r of such as Aswi, Magha or Moola during the day ancl, the junctron ni, at of a pair of (landararas in tfre junctions betrveen d.y a n d n i g h t . T h i s i s t h e d i s t i n g r r i s h i n m a r ko f a G a n d a g period.

S/oAc60 The person born in the Dhanur Lagna when the Mccn is in the asterism Poorvashada will lose his father ; again the person born in the Karkata Lagnaand when the Moon is in the star pushya will likewise cccasionhis father'sdemise.

qrfiwi qg$i qrilrftuf*n{r$rI g6tsffi oil ftuqrgsrr trQ"tl rrtq

q{m s gq q ftdi {rsi gq I qtf€{ tWqtq ryqt{rsilr n iq lr rqr{

qr€QtrRctt

Adh.rx.

Sloha 61. The child born when the Moon ia in the star Poorvashadaor Pushya as describ?d in the preceding sloka will cause the loss of the father, the till Loth"r, the of fspring generated then or the mother's Moon rt tbe birth in que$tion, brother, accordingas the the first, se:ond, third or fourth quarterof the occupies lateful star referred to.

dRIqertEwi qit t rfisrqll ll ftEqrffiq'qsqlEirelrqiffa hRll qlt ildit ftrrqtr Ktd qq,Tqq t
ilffiirs*ilRlql{gqi}1rewr

q ll El ll

qrdql ffi aila snKI +Iflai aw I

through Slolas 62-63*. If when theMoon passes the 1et quarter of the star Uttaraphrlguni or the two middle quarters of the star Pushya, or through the 3rd quarter of the star Chittra or through the first half of Bharani or through the 3rd quarter of Hasta or through the fourth quarter of Revati, therc is a birth, the father as or the motherof the child born will die according it is or the male or female sex.

ll ll rIUgifiTO:
qqril I frsqrr.qrcg{sr} qTgitruttl
affi8 rilrfaRHt n(q l(t(qlg,taq l. h Q B l l

qfr q{r'i iq iqsriinEi{rrI * ,nfi qlmrirqr w{ g i{qr{s{ ll q\ ll tq rqt qlft ttat qqtqrimq} t
ll 6d qii qrdqlftqt arq{r-6E* qE ll

sl. 6,+-69

qirqtsErrTs

62l

sruirqosnf ftnt aFein{on(| g{s
sruifiqsqfid qA df*|il qni{sI

tl itq,t{rw dtqr{qgtqrfudtsq{rQutt
Slokas 64-67. The Ganda period (r.e. period of risk) is 16 years when the birth is in the lst quarter of Aswini ; it is 8 years in regard to the lst quarter of Magha ; one year with referenceto Jyeshta; 4 years in the caseof Chittra and Moola I l years in the case of Aslesha; one year in regard to Revati; 2 months is the limit of the risky period in connection with lJttaraphalguni; 3 months with respectto the star Pushya; the child born in Poorvashadawill bring about the removal of the father from this world in the 9th month. If a per son be born in Hasta he will cause his father's death within 12 years, The personborn in Abhukta, moola (see sloka 45, latter half) will causethe death of the father at the very moment of his birth. If the person born in Abhuktamoola should live, he will be raiseits statug the cause of his family's pre,eminence, and will be prosperous he may perhapscommand an ; arm'' n n \

ll ll TFiletqtq'

fldtn fiet afla iliitt qldr dailll qc ll

u6qqt qg{rqi rei, qq} g{q. I

qbqfr ftrgaiic.rosE\q qdftarll Eqll
S io A a s6 8 - 5 9 . l f t h e r eb e a b i r t h o n t h e l 4 t h day o{ the Moon in the dark half of a lunar month and that in the first sixth portion thereof,it will prove aus

qgt qrgd tFt qst Hr{:TIIFI{|

822

aril{qrrfqra

Adh.rx.

piciouo; if it be in the 2nd 6th, there will be loss oJ the father; if in the 3rd 6th, there will be loss of the morher; if in the 4th 6th, it will causethe deathof the mother'sbrother; if in the 5th 6th, it will remove the brothers from the world; if in the last sixth, it will the death of the child born. Tl'rus the :vil of cause Gandahagbeen mentioned af, +ilox-+t|n{t.

asqqfl qqi{qi qqo} rdg;qt t

ll +gi wrEe dln qet qgqpl{q. qbq aqqtFc qEtrqinii fig: 1 qsrTnt iliitt ilil | 3r{r'{r;g {E[IiIr;Tt

qci{qtq q$frqqt i g {fw':rq tl I dla Adi+'fint qfit rrqaruiq

qd q qiaqlEt{iqrqprt fqirqill ll reoll

Frtq ftdtqreiiqqnrit q{ it q{qr r

young of of SltrAas1O-7I. The abandonmen[ horses,cows, buffaloes and more especially elephants, oi the human kind, if brought forch on the day of the new,moonwhen a <iigit thereofis faintly visible in the of morning-the abandonment the young of theseani' mals is laid down as a rule. lf they be brouglrt forth on the neq' moon day when no vestige of the Moon visible, expiatory rites should b: gonethrough becomes in accordlnce with the prescrib:d rules to avert the is evil of such births ; the rule of abandonment absolute born is a specimen of except when the creature womankind.

qr(h t frtqrq $Rtqrat gqlflfiqrr{: qrii itamtqrqiqRsrftfiqtqhil et ll 'the

gl. 72-73

qtclsqtcr
Norr,s.

6n9

ffiqr;ii " The real meaning may be, the day on which the Moon rises with a thin crescent of light scarcely visible." The term appears to apply to the first 6th Monier Williams. portion of the New Moon, while the period covered between the second tth to the sixth Attr is designated .rd (Darsa). The seventh and eighth $th portions are termed 5R (Kuhu). According to qrocflF<rfl (Kalaprakasika), $R (Xutru) occurs when the Janmanakshatra or either of its l'rikona ones synchronises with 'fhyajthe New Moon, the ending moments of which coincide rvith yam. Kuhu signifiesan evil yoga. Various expiatory rites are ordained to ward off the evil arising from births during these periods. \\

ll qtqilt1! ll fltcE.qdm&rtwilr fteRnqrsr t

q;qqidmdg{silitfr* qftr<f lt el tl
Sl,tka 7?.. The child born under the samestar a$ the father or under the 10th star from the father'a (oee sloka 78 for the meaningof Janmarkeha and Karmarkehai will occasion the loss of the father; the child born in the sameJanmala;na and the sameNakslratraNavamsa aEthe father will causethe father's death on the very day of its birth. cf , <fts

fiit*r ffr{;rrr+qtitFgfQgrrqqr t
ffqqlTt q ds* qTd:fl+ €ftrq: 11

Sloka 73. 'I'hechild born under the M"rsalaor will bring about the lossof what is good Mudgarayoga or auspicious. Birth under the Vishtikaranabetokenc

git*swR*anqn'sa tl fterqiEfirqqnt

g{t URfit qnr *wtnrrq t

irr(tsqrRqTt

Adh. IX.

a day, the personborn will have a defective limb.

qnt raqtGaaqi tq=nfimrn \eB tl
Sloha 14, The personborn in a Riktha thithi be_ comes barren; he who is born in the yamakantaka period of the day will be a cripple; he who is born under a srar assailedby a bad planer wilr be afflicted with ailments. Nores. iirr r?rt(nitttr. thithi):q-g{f (Chaturthi), a+{ (Navami) or
v-g*a'i (Chaturda.i).

Rurqf qositiqrft qsl ttreruqrg+ 1

ftgfo qifhedqdg+r gcrr utq aqilqrtsg.dar qRttgqyqrqn e\ tl urq
Sloho 75. When the Lagnais free from any planet but about to be occupied by one, the son born will be given for adoption to anotherperson. when a birth takes place in a Vyatipatayoga,the person born will have a defective limb. The child born ina parighayoga will die. \\

tsdt Rd afle fr"*rt qrtarftm r

\\ {o q {fsrmt qq qot qosqflrril( il uQ g1

Sloku 76. If a personbe born in a Vaidhruriyoga, he will cause the loss of the father; if in Vishkambf,a he will cauoe the loss of wealth ; if in the Sulayoga, hJ will suffer from colic ; if in Gandahe will get a goitre.

{rqrrcrrirf su{rtllfRifl*ftqqrsriiqgsqr-tr q.dsql €i gr.(fRgrerqqU gri R,dliiqlitf erq tt

31. 77-81

eqrtlsrqrq:

Stoka '17. The child born with teeth will caute of damageto the family from the commencement the secondto the conclusion of its fourth month ; the rie ing of teeth at the time of birch may cause tbe death of the father in the 6th month of tire child. When thir critical period is over, all may go well.

ffq{{rd ffi{ g q{ tqrfr't i'tgtri lffi

rl vf*ldlt|{{l

fl
I

qg|(dr srrqnt*rit(fitrfr! (rq ll aniwErqtiEi

wRttiltqrqrTts qefi{tR mrun ll eq ll cr;{ril{r(mqq ftarl qHftq*t I gil ll Uril'q:.TSilwV grrqr6{il1 co ll
S/oAas78-80, Thc star in whiclt the Moon is at the time of birth of a person is to be reckoned as the firet and is calledwwd (Janmarksha) the tenth there; from is calledor*ai(Karmarksha) the 16th, they say, is ; (Sanghathika) the t8th is named €gErq styled ffit-{ ; (Samudaya);the 19th is called umr (Adhana); the 23rd is known as tqrfuo (Vainasika); the 25th, the 26th and the 27th stars are called rerpectively wrft (Jati), tqr (Desa)and qf.r\+ (Abhisheka). If the ffcfl (Janmarksha) be and other stars aboveenumerated occultedby malefic planetsat the birth of any person,they will causedeath on the very day of birth ; if occulted by benefic pla, nets, they will produce benefic effects.

tilfitsftfr traq.I erfrfiqfuar*

tnn* lTrqtqR spg1qi' "irm{wq t

lt 51oqgpffif{r tl

ermagrqdrfu qrfhq flilqq.ll dt ll At

wisqrRqft

Adh.rx. g.* 1 dR tl

qr{ q-.g.io-crdrql ilk qrflb

qqgq, **urfrrqrfrs fu"rrEqr

,Slokas81-82. The Ganda in the months of Vai, sakha,Sravana and Phalguna such as relates the sky; is to in the months of Ashadha, Pushya, Margasirahaand the Jyeshgha, Gandais suchas affectsmen; in Aswija, Kartika, Chaitra anclBhadrapada,the Ganda is such as relates to the P.rthaia or the nether world ; in the month of Magha,thc Gandaor risk to b: run is death" The evil of G'anda which relategto pathalaand the sky Pusbkaradoesnot conccrnthis world and so does not reallv exist for us.

Enrffiri g€qT#dhfrm r $qrcar u E*q { frg+il grq gr*E{f{q eQrr
Slofa 83. Thc father should behold the fase of a Eon as soon as born ; by seeing the son'g face, the father is released from his debt to the Manes.

il qq TqIT60TI tl
qtq;qmit ffi mq{rq1rds({t gtqii qrqfr Rrdrs;qEnfnar uarirqdl I fil qurfrs{d{ hqrfii +qdtagdreql
frfioqiqrcHlqiladirgfi{t qrdwr l dB tl
Slcla 84. The person born under the star qfffi (Arwini) wrll have a greardeal of intelligence, wealth, mcdesty, saeae and fameand will be h"ppy ; if at a rt! perscn'$ birth, the Moon be in thc star rtqit (Bharani), he will hiivc a clefective limb, be addicted to another's wife, cruel, ungrate{uland will posseEs wealth; if in g6s

st, 85-86

qrriisqrqr

Etar $Rsr (Krittika), he will be energetic, lord-like in statuE,not dull but with some valuablelearning; if in iiltqft (Rohini), he will know the weak points of others, be lean, enlightened but addicted to women not his own' NorBs.
Compare the etlects given here in slokas 84-90 with those given in Brihatjataka ch. XVI.

qr;i firqrr;inn: Srrdsqin,rqEn tnr*rq sTKtqrqqaryo\siqmo I Ud)6qrqfto{r{ r r6{tt(: mgml *Rl Wrflr q gdfr qqqss

ft.\ Rrgfrqr {q{dt flqfm $gqr{ n c\ tl

Sloha 8l't. If a person be born in q.r{ir,i (Mriga, siraha),he will be soft-hearted,wandering, squint,eyed, lovrsick aud ailing ; if in ar4i (Ardra), he will be des, titute of wealth, f ickle, with much physical strength and addicted to baseactions ; if in gaafg(Punarvasu)he will be dull.witted, strong in wealth, lamed, learned, and lustirrg for women ; if in (gca;Pushyahe will love Gods and Brahmins. possesswealth and intellieence, enjoy royal favor, and lrave a large circle ol relations.

efi qariis 6ttg{qtf *df gflqnqr{

qdi ifarrrrrrfiqni qqrqt I wut gzrms

sq-qt TIof $sfrqftilwFti earstgfii

q'r{fr qrfr +rqtncU{iqqftft E({sgfrs il dEtt

Slcfta 86. If a person b: born under the star qttcr (Asleoha-i.e. when the Moon is in th:t asterism), he will be silly; betraying ingracitude by his speech,of haety temper and depraved; if in the srar rTEtr lMagha), hc will be lustful but devoted tc virtue, indulgent to

628

qrCrqtftcri
@ v v r v v v v v u v v v

Adh. Ix.

hir wife, proud and wealthy; if in t{qeg* (poorva, phalguni),he will be restleas, practising evil, liberal t:r:og and longing for women; if in vrmegdt (Urtara, pbalguni)he will be voluptuouc, with a lofcys"nseof honor,gratefuland intelligent.

Sloha87. lf a person be born under the star itr€ (Hasta),he will be devoted love to and to virtue, be, friendthe learned rivein opulence; in ftlr (chittra), and if he will be very wary, goodnatured, and endowed with e high Eense honor, thoughlooging for of othermen.r wiver; if in <rtr (Swati), he wili try to pleare Gods and Brahmins, devotehimself to enjoymentsand will havemuch wealth but little intelligence; if in itqrrrr (Visakha), will be proud,but uxoriouo, he overcome his enemies betraymuchirritability. and

RnqrqftUfiffi qrf,rq(dkilrr qrst t?Tdgtfrqdr frqt qdtqq{r rft EnEfifurrRtfrffilqt R{n€}ffisn de tl

mff qfr qrqq{iimfrrsrqsiri Tft

t* gft*f rft gwilsFfr quqtRur etsrqnfr *r*rq qr*{€* fiuq|f{T:,

hewill beeloqueni, diaton"i,- with niJ fot Uppii.r,J

Slofrc 88. If a personbe born in the star qgrtwr (Anuradha),he will be very affable in epeech, opuient, ease,loving, honor.rble, famouE, powerful; if jo ,fui and flyeshtha),he will be very ill.tempeied, addicted;; _;, men not hir own, Iordly and juet; if in qF, (M;L;,

qo$pmP*qil$roi 6il* q* 'di ntwaffisfffiil qrfrgrm u<dl ft cc tr

sl.89-90

q{TlssqFr:

689

marred, ungrareful and iudigent; if in glercr (Poorvx, shadha)he will be uniformly well,behaved, endowed with a high senre lronor, well off and calmminded. of

qt;qs{rFdIIq! gdt q tr'f{I{ ftqafw qfrsil:

airorrqt AqtE'.rffiiirfr {ffi qfr q{qr{ r snarg{gqr{ fiNqfter fr*rwul grdt
firo{r {rfirrr{idir;R3 trr-djs€{llt {Edt ll eq ll
Sloha 89. If a person be born in the star silrlfdr ('tJttarashadha), will be honorable, cf a tranquil he nature, happy, possessed wealth, and learned; if in of the star acor(Sravana),he will have revercnce{or Brah, manasand the Gods, be of the governingclass,opulent and pious ; if under alew lSravishtha), will be credu, he loue, wealthy, plump in the thighs and the neck and joyful ; if in the star unfirq (Satabhishak),he wilt be an aatrologer,tranquil, sparing in diet anJ daring

gfr {ffrgqRrrreqq-q* wrfi ugr
lqiqtgeoFwhrrdgs TptKRtgfqir

qrR*rq.qqrq*€ggorqf,rrrlt qFsert rrfl

q;:rigrsorfrT{frfr qrilsftKft{tr1 \o tl l

.S/oArr 90. If a person be born in qinruvqr (purva_ proshthapada), will be bold in his speech, he mischievous. cowardly and weak; if in the star sntcigcrqT (Uttaraproshthapada), he will be gentle in his nature, liberal, opulent and learned; if in ien't (kevati), he will have a broad mark in his person,rvill be love_sick,lovely, clever in counsel,will have sons, family and friends and will enjoy steady continuous prosperity.

630

ErawrRcri

Adh. IX.

rrtrRruoq ri
qlqflgr gtilqqngndr uel]{i gnq*

(sl) tqQ qR dil,fr q qlu.{ mrql qft'rrq,iil' uornqi q\.ri t ilar qir;(qirqir€'qwr gtqqa;} sdRrQin qt n u'nqrufi'f,{-tea:

Sloka 91. If at the birth of a per-son, the Moon be in Mesha, he will eat sparingil', long for rvornen and have enterprising elder brothers; if in Vrishabha, the person born will be liberal, lovely, rich in fame, of excellent behaviour, and have his chilclren all daughters ; if in Mithuna, he r,vill be blesseci with iong life and skilful in ministering to love during amorous pleasuresand evincing a fondness for jest and merrirnent; if the Moon be in Kataka at a person's birth, the latter's heart will be impassionedwith love; he wiJl lead a rvandering life and will speak eloquently. XVII-I c/. gqeqra+ Nores. to 4.

@ sgdq?rgrr{i qrfie&r gr{r {FqrftRrqrCfr oitaqrFqqrft*ift.rqr{t rriil{rfi ff gd}qif*wrI fr ib&sqdiq d6A {ftrii {qr€c'ir iirrt q gafrvar n qRtl
Sl tk s 9?. If a person be born when the Moon is in Simha, he will have broad eyes,a beautiful face,grave looks and wiil bc h.ppy; if the Moon be in Kanya at a person'sbirth, the latter ivill be afflicted with a craving ior sensual enjoyment, of graceful address, eminent in learning and prosperous; if in Tula, the pgrsonwill view with reverence Gods and Brahrnanas, shorv affection

it. 93-94

qqglstrtFt:

68.r

torvardshis relatives and will be opulent: the personborn when the Nloon is in Vrischika will be heedless.ailing, avariciousand given to wandering.
c/. Eqswaq XVII-5 NorBs. to 8.

tfoqmitR\qqr $oirt!fed'$rgst fr*
rrld{! EUqREii Tqrri ard nefttr t w{* rtil$loqr{ gqqqe{iq ileniirair

qgdqfutt ql tl qrcgffier{ {hQ €rrarr6+

Slukit 93. When the \,{oon occupies Dhanus, the person born will have handsome limbs and bright eyes; he will be the choicest specimen of his family and conversant rvith ttle arts; if the Nloon be in Makara at a person's birth, the latter will be acquainted rvith music, broad-headed and addicted to u'omen not his own; the person born when the Moon is in Kumbha will be without virtue or morality and inimical to Jearned men while surpassing in knorvledge; if the Moon be in Meena at a" person's birth, he will have :r handsome person. be learned and become the lord o[ m:rny rvives. Norrs' .Jticwrc+ XVII-9 to 12. c/.

il {r{qil$so(
itarrqa{i€ iqi{rt tarddqqr{

ll

qr{st {Ilkrd fuMr glqiqhqffsdr nrrn$f itEgrqlq.nfieqri $dkt{t il qBtl
5/ol.r 94. The person born when the Moon is in a Navamsa owncd by l\{esha will be a commander of an

fras;*rg€tq*sfm{gql* frfr t e$t

8t2

silgtslllTllE

Adh. IX.

army, opulent and distinguished by reddish eyes and destined to become a freebooter; if the Moon be in a Navamsa orvnerl by Vrishabha, the person born will have his body, the face and.the shoulders fat, but his frane will not be cornpact or rvell knit ; rvhen the Moon occrupies a Navamsa of Mithuna, the person born rvill have a lovely form, rvill serve under a master as a scribe and will be learned; if the Navamsa occupied by the N{oon belong to Kataka at the birth of any perscn, he rvill be black and rvill be withou.t the joys of having a father or a son.

$no€qkrq mnrlfrffinrftrd lfrriu* md qlitkqrr gari{A ardi{ fut
Sloka 95.

m;qit Egrilqurs fi6gfufrqr*lfiqr I
+teiirit*dsqd! i5{1fl!Ir frqtsaq} ftqqrqllq\ll

When the-Moon is in a Sirnita N:n'artsa, the person born iviil have a fat body and a lolty nose, and will be famed for his wealtir and strcngth ; if the aain (Navarnsa occupied by thc Nloon bclong) to if;at (Kanya), thc person born rvill be distinguishcrl for his sweet words, leatr itr l)crson and clever at clice; whcn the Moon is in a rein (Nar':rmsa) of qvr (Tula), the person born will be a g:rllant, in the service of a king ancl rvith lovely eyes ; the person born whcn the Moon is in a qfbo aniu (Vrischika n;rvamsa), r.r'ill h:rve a defective limb, will be poor, lean, rvandering in quest o[ service and diseased.

qrriirqR r g6rrs trEfrirTqq;t 56q(Igs fl{o;qrqmas ttEnirtrq!$rqitrt {ft-drfr

qrqit umlfrtrgngt,€tnr{fi qil aqdi

gnilt ffrtt qrg{mEinqqadfqhqr ft qq tl

g, 9?-99

qcrlsrqrqr

Sloka 96. If the Moon be in a cst{r (Navamsa) owned by qq (Dhanus),the personborn will be lean and long-arrned,liberal, devout and wealthy; if in :r trqiv (Navarnsa) of rrnt (Makara), the person born will be covetous, black in personal appearance and rvill have a wife arnd if in a i$rrreit (Iiumbha navamsa), the sons; personborn will be hypocritical ;rnd henpecked and if ; the Moon be in a ri}rqeiTr(N{een:r nav:rmsa), the person born wi,ll have a soft voice, but speakspiritedly,will visit holy placesand be blessed with sons.

ll qrq$'orT tl
R.t$t fuurcfqgqq qifr qr*r{Tr
qal ffi fiqnqhrfr qqei\qirlsitqut
qqiqrcetg{{qffi qrgsqr{$r;rqttgrlrql finrqqrilr gd I Eet qil*q(r n q\etl

Sloha 97. A person will be victorious over nrs of enemiesand possessed rvealth and cattle if born in the (Vishkambha yoga); subject to the will of ffiq other people'swives if born in frit (Preeti); long-lived and healthy, if born in tnlfnq (Ayushrnan) happy, if born ; (Sowbhagya)yoga; voluptuous if born in in the Srt"q drrr (Sobhana); murderously inclined if born in qrtqqs (Atiganda); wealthy and devotedto the practiceof virtue if born in gn$ (Sukarma) and taking away other people's ; and money if born in sfh (I)hruti). wife

Errgss Efl qeil{rq *sftrqffir{ 5qTqTil-fr I sdqil r.ir qff fitgss ilil E{qnrqqs

dt iirwuuqs TariluRQ $tqr€r{

ftS frfuilt)ftr xurtr ffi aqilqrilsilf q6 ll u

834

qtlw|Rcri

Adh. Ix.

SloAa 98. If a personbe born in the {Ffr.t. iSula yoga), he is wrathful and quarrelsome; if in ws (Ganda). he is addicted to evil practices; if in Utt (VriddhD, he is able to discoursewisely; if in n< (Dhruva), he will be exceedinglywealthy; if in .qtqt? (Vyaghatha), he will be ferocious; if in 6iur (Harshana), he will be wise and farfamed; if in rs (Vajra), he will be wealthy and lustful ; if in ftFq (Siddhi), he will be the refuge of all and lord like ; if in scdcre (Vyathipatha), he will be deceitful.

gcfir*q {ftqqqcqRt Raq*rfrwr{
ttrq{s it{itqqq ffiEr{ qnds*ffiqr irgnf flst g{rq|qqT fhil q{q{rqors t
qr{Sl gqir{rqq q{EIt urliliKt i5trol ll 1q ll
Sloka 99 If a person be born in the lttqrittt (Variyayoga), he will be lustful to a culpable extent : if in qRs (Parigha), he will be inrmical but wealthy: if in ftq (Siva), he will be well-versed in sciences and scriptures, by kings ; if in fuq (Siddha),he rvealthy, quiet and liked will be devoted to virtue and engage in.the performance of sacrifices;if in env (Sadhya)he will be virtuous: if in (Subha)he will be beautilully formed, wealthy, lovetrtrrt sick and affected with phlegrn-

& q*resqg€ET{f*ft Tsr qFsit

qr* qurfrsRwqftstsrrfr fttrrgr t
ltt "otl

effirtwrt B dwrlqErtqRar

q* qmEtqftruq roEttt{r{rt ffi

Slofra 100. If a perEonbe born in ttre f,ui (Sukla io Ioga), he will be virtuouc, eloquent epech, wrathful, rtr (Bnhna), he witl fichleninded and learned; if in

sl. 101-1@

q6fr5tqf{r

636

retlY kePt wealth' t. *". " of be liberal, and capable forming soundjudgments;if baneficent; his life will be universally in i=-t (Aindra), and ha will t,i, inr"tt..t wiit be all comprehensive; muchweaith; if in tuR (Vaidhruti), he will be possess .rrnning, sa[umniating othere, powerful, liberal and opulent.

ll
iFFFtqmranflo6'Ftt *Itfr

q-qiFrrutil *o\ qftmqt {{r(tt(I} squlor ll tot ll €gq-gqq{s
S/ofrrz101. If a perEoobe botn in ea+{q (Bavakara' na), he will engage in juvenile worke and wilt be valiant; in rrq.l (Balava) he will be modest in his dress and deportment and will be honored by kings ; if in *sc (Kaulava), be will have elephants and horses with him anrl will do all that he doesin a handsome softiy and impres' way; if intRo (Thaitila),he will speak aively and will be virtuoue.

ffifr

qr€\ flsrt€qr I

rrt:{frqrdrril frffirT rdrfr t ftgurfiil-qR$rnltRolor EFriE qrquqlq{rqt Rffiir*
qffirfrftemlttffi:rl

ll 1.1 ll

Sloha 102. It a perEonbe born in q{wrwl (Garajakarana),he will be without foes and powerful; if in <&q (Vanij) or qftwotq (Vanijakarana), he will be a a .l".rL, speakerand intrigue with mistressesindulging guilty paasion for him; if in ftfuowr (Vishtikarana),

686

*rlqfnd

Adh. Ix.

he will be hostile ro every body, addicted to sin{uf deeda, under public censure, but honored by his attendantsand self-reliant.

srill[su$*gql frKgd qrmqfrsrwr qWqisftofteq{rq*ftTqq I _ *daq qc{r{ flqrofii nr.r+ M wqraiitE ftKi q{sr{uqqd*{heqi Erqtn t.i tl
Sloha 103. The person born in fiSqewr (Sakuna karana) will be an astrologer aod enjoy oteadypros, perity ; the personwho hashis binh in the urq (Karana) called sq6q{(Chatushpada),will have a multitude of miafortunes, will be acquainted with every b'sinese, very gentle,intelligent, famous and wealthy ; if a person be born in amao.or(Nagavakarana), will be dignified, he rich, exceedingly strong and boastful ; in etgsq*"r (fim_ otughnakarana)is born a person who works for othera and is fickle,mindedand fond of mirth.

lt uflrsoq ll
rglwrlszrTr 6{agf Tld RqKffi

,iiqrt iqWitmr&{dreqrqq: ur<dir

qt€ unt g&owgrfuwqr *frqt r

ftqwrqnlssEq srril qJuqql ir,r{iuflf ?oB fl

Sloha 104. The person born in the lqorc (Meaha lagna)will be hostile to his rerarives,or *"od.ring habits, lean in peroon, hot-tempered,q*rrtuor"] proud, weak.kneed, poesesaed unceftainwealthai of heroic. The person at whose birth the riaiog,ig" i, gw (Vrithabha) will owrr many cor.r, pay dilig€nt

sl, 106-106

qrrqlstllfi4:

will be fond of homageto eldere and to the Brahmanas, iearneddisputations,inclined to wanderirtg,fortunate, and with but fcrv sot'ts. lustful.calm.minded

*rft q;grfr qqrgifquetiqtq awAq Wn

frqnqr gffir?qlsfdgqftirrft q grqiEt I

fruqrrnwfr ofril{rEmrqaqlddErq

qrilqcse{trqwaCitt;W'fiirEt t o\ ll u

SJoAa 105. lf ftga (Mithuna) be the rising rign at the birth of any person,he will be voluptuous,fond of relatives, compassionate, exceedingly prosperou6, worthy, acquainted with the real nrture of the world the spirit, contemplative,liked by the virtuousr and very beautiful, but ailing. The person born in the .Fero{rr (Kataka lagna)will have sumptuousmeals,cloth, ing and jewels, a soft voice, and a mind inclined to {raud,but will be virtuous, bulky and takirrgdelight in dwelling in the mansious other people. of

qrnlfraiMserfiTqs wguffimr ''stdi nnr t iqht ut qrqq{rttti}ofigr i6;rTTotTiFr! frgurldtqrq ffiefr gdtr f*qTg q.gilqrwr?{ss iqrqlqiimiEoTqift*i ut,Etl
Sloku lil6. Tire pcrson born in the fiiasrt (Simha Iagna)has but few sons,is hostile to people contented r w i t h w h a t t h e y h a v e( b u t w o u l d n o t b e t t e t h e m s e l v e s ) , kings, overcome foes,iong for women brave,will charm and repair to a foreign place; the personat whose birth the rising sign is o;qr (Kanya) witl be skilled in varioua talented,of soundjudgment,taking works, prosperous, pleasurein the blandishmentsof loveiy women, fond of relations and sincere.

638
t v v g ! ! r v v v v v v w

lnittFlrnEltf

Adh. Ix.

trqwq{ fuflq ofueqEqi*r qEqrftiadil etqqtr{rd t ffioqtrrgaur{n;€ffird qoqftdt{iwlqi frfuai 11 tl lou
Slokr,1i-7. The pcrson botn in the gorcrt ( tula he lagna)wilt lrave a lovely face and charming eyes; *ilt U. honored l>y kings, learned, fond of the pleasures women, wealth and lands; his prinof love, possesoing calm, cipal teeth will not be closebut apart; he will be timid' btrt irresoluteand exceedingly pensive,

qrdi 1t{r gfidrqq}sftqqd tiru&fi Retq sittoqq{ gqdafiiiqr(frqrt
qT$qniqr€{Gt$oin I qiqr{ qdhftqqR 3

{ qf{-'forqggqq wfidof {fr flaqm 11 od ll

Sjo,fra108. The person born in the {|**vn lVriy chika lagnawill be silly with cruel looks, exceedingly d' learne f ickle'mlnded, proud, long'lived, wealthy, (pensive). hostile to good men and nuroing sorrow is 'r-gs The person whose Lagna at the time of birth (Dhanus)will bc wise, the best of his family, prosperous porrrrsing famcand wealth; the man born in the "nd rr6{as (Makara lagna) will be fond of lovely women' perfidiousand will speakdejectedly' Norrs.
Englandwasdeclaredbysomehistoriantohavebeenthemos learnedfool in Christendom'

I3eingsillyisnotinconsistentwithbeinglearnediJameslo

qewfikffiol sr-(!tr61
qzoqqTils I wioqdi6rryaqq

51.109-111
- - v - - - v v ' - - - - v v v

qqrnstqrq:

frqlqwgrsrqqa{ fiff{ ll t "1 ll
.Slcla 109. The person born in the 6qcs (Kumbhe lagna)rvill be crafty'minded, fond of dalliance with women not his own, of miserly habits anl master of much wealth. When *a (Meena) is the rising sign at a person'$birth, he will be learned,sparingin his enjoy' mento,kind to his friends rnd endowedwith. spirit and much corn and wealth. strength,while posseesing

tt ilnq,eq tt
s*qrrfr rrcinnrqms qrit frq{r{ rrwq;qs 1 rt qR ilrCtqrm qndn qqeqfuffsqqi{r erq tt.
be S'oka 110. lf the Lagna an odd sign, and the tn (Hora) be owned by the Sun, the person born will be of a cruel disposition,lustful, rich and honoredby kings. But if, the Lagna being an odd sign,. the da (Hora) be that of the Moon, the person born will be but compasoionate, will liberal, ltandsome, eloquent,. havean intriguingwife.

qrilfrq*ilqftal qq{ Tr;et5ilffiqdsftStr

t

qqq tnn,rEl mtrr*rtfrsfiTs $H{ttrs Rrq t t t
Stoha 111. If a person be born in the Sun's dlt (Horr) in an even rising sign, he will b: clever in couneel, sensible of frvors received, but irresolute and exceedingly timid, If a person be born in the r?n (Hora) b:longing to ther Moon in an even Rasi, he will

be fearlero rpeech,laeyand fond of a virtuouo wife. in

640

ffiarcdtqift

AdS; IX.

il {spr6o( lr
*qTfbiWrrFellrilI €qHIf I

dtqrv w q{fr ru?ffiat ^ qrqffo6{qgrr mEF( wd! n { tq il
'l'he first Drekkarra fta (Simha), lc of SJota 112. qfbt (Vrischika) and r+t (Ma' (Mesha) ilu (Kumbha), -1t" 1yt;t kara); the last Drekkanaof ira (Meena), Zfh-+ ka), fea (Simha), ger (Tula) and the middle Drekkana and ?ib+ iVriscirika) are, for the u:ost of *ze rKataka) tc part declaredby the sages be malefic.

qjgqqiG€qaHqrfi {qi}d w-Sqq{rEqlo'rtf 11 t
Slola 113. The first Drekkanasof ero(Kataka) and dtq (Meena), the middlemost of diq (Meena) and il"qt (Kanya) a.nd the last of q'rrr (Vrishabhr) and frgq (Mithuna) are the six water-bearing Drekkanae.

*dffiqfr

q eqroti *argarqflEtq"qfi t

qrqr$ililJqlTwerul?Tl EqTurdil!qlTEfh dtfl lt It t 8ll
Sloha 1I4. The secondof *q (\4esha), w-g<lDhanuo), qcrr (\/rishabha), iirc (Kumbha) and ru't (Makara) and the first of gat (Thula), o;qt (Kanya) and figl (Mithuna) and che last of vg{ DhanLrs',+;<r (Kanya) ic and ii;e (Kumhha)are termedbenef Drekkanas.

| iritquqfratqr tqrFE aglq{frgrKiqrff |

ErItutT qnaT q K{qril | qrlT-srffi+'FTqil iFat

frRqtmr s{dk tr t t\ H {fi {qffft-dilirrharqRfr

Sloln 115. The last of q+t rMaka ra)}l (Mesha),

sl. 116-11?

itE$tsrqFt:

84L

and *ao (Kataka), the first of qtrr (Vrishabha) and qgq (Dbanus) and the middlemost of frga (Mithunal, gvr (Thula) and ika (Simha)are termed mixed Drekka' nas, say the astrologerswith one accord.

s rqsqftTei qnqqisvffi adqrurqrdt ^
\\\\

qqrgr (ru, qlTri uRcfuoqtrniqrliidto: I
ilil ft* sdor rngqfrtunre&qoriffllqtqll

{TFq(qMcTrq! gc{qTiffiq{FF6ql Eqrgs

Sioko 116. The personborn iria maleficDrekkana will b: evii-minded, wandering habits, addicted to of e v i l d e e d sa n d i n b r d r e p u t e ; t h e p ? r s o n b o r n i n a frqwi*rq (Thoyadhara drekkana)will be libcral, volup, b;nt on agriculcure and irrigation, conpessionate, tuou$, a n d v o i d o f m o r a l i t y ; t h e p c r s o nb o r n i n a n a u s p i c i o u s D r . k k a n a w i l l h a v er i c h a n d h . p p y s o n s ,a l o v e l y f o r m , w i l l b e t e n d e r - h e a r t : d ;t h e p e r s o n b c r n i r a m i x e d to addicteci young women will be ill,behaved, Drekkarra and fickle'mind:d. not his owo, of cruel aspect

]t ilqErfioTTtl
I tril{r SrqurslqQ{ftttl qiHr nirqqra: qlqit Tqsqi qoqfitail fq{irft q gps: qltql 11 lu ll { irrrft dft g'lih ofuregqq€qrilfidr
Sloktt 1t?. tf a p.rson beborn in a qiaait (Sutyastrong, prolific, rich, he navamsa), will be evil'minded, and tars.rny,eyed lustful ; if in a Navansa owrit'J by the to addicted youngv"Jmen Moon, he will be voluptuous, and rich in cows ; i{ in a Na'ramsa not his own, learued of Mars, he wrll be addicted to cruel deeds, fickle' 81

qnirstiT rFiltiql dogntni{t{ frFsttilq firft

6+2

witrSqrGrre

Adh.rx.

ninded, of wandering habits, afflictedwith bilioullcom, plaints and avaricious; if in a Navamsa belonging to Mercury,he will be liberal, impassioned, handsome and well.known his learning for and goodname. da<c rnq {idrg&rqdfr enagrilir rrrtrr : tqdt grfircqr€ns: qrqrllrin;qEr I R-q. qrEfdrRqsus-it r*.rqqd; gdf 6{: atqntq{irswdi{i'rwiriai* ct: u qril€i q: gr& r r rrai* +qs'srFaatftqtfnwi : tit roag{tr q$*ricRwilqdfrdr gwtr;itvagt*glr: cftdui*sth u *v& +fro; lps.lzlr! gtaftRn-d.1 rilrr*: g;rd ssn{kilhn 6rc?sd cieit I rri'rseeu{: gdf Xti; *uairisfigro: a't: flsficdq'rsfiscq, qrrfcaiir cr: u

, orirrJd=a : <eagHdrou!*d,
fl eielbaq*irii qmziloiifirrrdftr: r rr?orig: xafrrlg gnroiu?il una: g<ft
G.qqqrq-tql€q{qoKit: vrvaqoii m: l

qtqiirqR tqhffigru *g: grfi uqnq q;dt qio-wqru {qqq(fr trqdWdql I ffii't qqilfifiqatawr{ft Sdr qfisfi

qqtt qfr nqgRrffif({ofA* ftril{ ut te rf

Slola 118. If a person be born in a Navamra of he hair in his person, will Jupiter, will havegolden and be eminent, talented, beautiful,clever in counsel, speak, ing learnedly, a cheerful of mien,and liked by emperora; if in a Navamsa owned by Venue,he will delightin the society of womennot his own, be liberal, comfortably phcedand learned; in a Navamsa if belongingto Saturn,

sf. 119-120

ififtsqFr:

6f8

he will be evil,minded,.indigent, with large teeth, and afflicted with ailments. ur.r<a { rtclT: ltrrail{r: gcq3i {rs}rqor}qqr: ctg: qfr{c{tifisfifrqo; cld'r gi<rkd; r

g"t{it rRfq&fr {grra:qitrncs*
&nrufi cg{€(r gtgiri* q}rqrtcr tl rdrqr.dtqftnc{i Tw*r: gq*: +rg*ir rrqid Rrul {qtd: tnf}r r l[r: rffcrq t'etftqfr qr{d}* gq* ?nilq*rriF.$qftr* qrtir rrrteit I cftrstgrirrtr cx*tt: S{nF:rrqR orffia: fircqol: etiltt: I rg[urvftgl: cidfta] f*qd,cftrtasrRTrrft nm* rrg<iir rr nst{rqf,rqgava drra, grrrg+$sRo}i}d'rer t g*: gm: ql: cg{rrnarfiqi, grg€ € a q1q 1

ll er{{EI$qII ll
ilil lqalEqtt trfltqr *tr qtqnnwlgmr r

gdot tl\ ilfrtr|aft ftqngq{itrg.qit g q(ERTt

Slola 119. If a person be born in a ilqdn (Dwede' owned bv *s (Mesha), he will be a mischievcur aamsa) robber and take to the evil ways and practicesof a\rch a vicious class of people; if in a twelfth portion of a rign owned by wrr (Vrishabha), he will haw plenty of ; women and wealth and will su{fer from diseases If in fug{ {Mi$unr), a flq{rin (Dwadaramsa) belonging to he will be a gambler but well'conducted.

(Utl g$imt u,,{-sth ftt Tnt{rqlrnrs I cvdl trnqns*m FTdn 6qlqr{qrfifuqtt T{rat ll

qnsqrRqre

Adh.rx.

samsa) u*z (Karkata), he will be addicted to bad of practicer; if in a erqtritr lDwadasamsa) owned by {ka (Simha), will b: virtuous,engaged rhe business he in of a king and will be attendedby brave men; if iu a eF{r (Kanyadwadasamsa), wiil be a gamblerand Arq{ri?r he addicted wom3n; if in a Thula dwadaramsa, will to hc be engaged trade and have abundanceof money. in

sizi{rh qqdiidaqiur?I{Hi{h iiilTtlg{firti6'! | {qrGTqiEquqhrrT{s rTUeT!

lnt qoftqiifli [TfiT{frer{ il tlt tl

Sloku l2l. If a perso:l bc born rn a frT{rtfl (Dwa, daramsa)owned by qilr (Vrischika), he will be a murder-loving master of rogues and robbers; if in a gtqcrtT (Dwadrsamsa) belongingto qlt (Dhanus), will he diligentlv pay homage to the Manel, Brahminsand the Gods; if r'n the rr{{rirt (Dwadasrmsa) rlt (Makara), of he will be the lord of growing corn and wilf have rcrvants ; if in a grrr 6rqtitr (Kumbha dwadasamsa), he will be a mischief maker; if in a qt{6rqqin (Meena dwadasamra), will be rich and learned. he

lt R{ri{fsuqtl
qibaqtfrqiq* rr;Ea{rarftqfr drr{ r fut g€tq{fhfrwr{rgi}q}q;gnE
f{qtt vtdigeq qqorffi;qE1q {t{r

qr{i fir;t{g! g€l q Ugqfl{itr* qrqt ntRvl

Sloka tL?.. If a person be born jn a thirrieth

Sr.tzr-rz4

mrtssqf43

portion owned by Mars in eny sign, he w ill be ficklq stiff,voiced and cruel,minded; if in one belonging to Saturn in any aign, he will be addicted to wandering and of a depraved nnind; if in a fl*cria(Trimsamsa) of Jupiter in any sign, he will be wealthy ; if in a thirtieth portion owned by Mercury in any sign, he rvill have greatrespectfor his preceptorsand the Gods, delight in the societyof virtuouu men and be attended relativee; by if in a &qrt{ (Trimsamsa) Venuo in any sign, he wil_ of be loving, lovely and happy.

u ir€T$€r{tl
{rdi ftrsrqr€{€qqifrd6*t6 iidoi ffTnlor r
t*fqilsqil{ ffiq'{rEi {tmrfir q€eorqqmrntRltl
Sloka LZl. The person who is born in the €i{tar (Satvavela)is eloquent, conforming to the duties and practicesof the .riEe, devour, constantly persevering, pure, bountiful, possessed lustre,learningand beauty, of truthful anrl without enemies.

qqltsrqmgr*qrqdsq{oErE ftenrr?rilqrgrqfuq;gfrTrnlfI
etr|ilqnt ltvfiqti rrc1rctl

{a*il{irgffitqt

qqo}fir tRBtl il

Sluku 174, T'heperson brrn in the dttor (Rajovela) will have happiness, weakh, flme, beauty and strength he will overcomehis foesand will be love; eick at heartI his mind will not be kindly disposed towards his relations. The person born in the a*tor (Tamovela)will try to securethe wealthand women belongingto others and will losehie happiness thereby.

846

ilATctfrfi*

Adh.rx.

tle will be a master rogue,at variancewith his relationr and venerable superiors and fickle.minded.

ilqtsiirtqJ+or(Iqf Gffiqs I €Ff

v*ftq*flEqrdilq{ffiqgnqrE tR\ ll u
Sloha 125. The times pervadedby the qualitiesot fn< (Thamas - darkness),eea (Satva- purity) and tqq (Rajas-passion) to ba reckonedby semi,yamas(half, are yama:an hour and a half or lslGhatikas) regularly in the order eru (Thamas), ert (Satva), {at( (Rajas), wr< (Thamas), eea(Satva), rart (Rajar), &c. from Sunday forward through the other days of the week. Norns,
According to this sloka, edch day is divided into 16 halfyamas; the first er*crq (Ardhayama) as well as the last of a Sunday is a nitiot (Thamovela); the first and the last of a Monday are Satvika ; of a Tuesday, Rajasa; of a Wednesday, Thamasa; of a Thursday, Satvika ; of a Friday, Rajasa; of r Saturday, Thamasa.

\ il rFtuERtqo{ ll
Cr\ ril-rrrtwnerc:gilfl;gffTq(rs I srRrrT em {r* rTtIHrGr! lRq tl {Ril il

Sloka 126.Jupiter, Mars,the Sun,Venus, Mercury, is theMoon,Saturn-this theorder which the lordsof in follow in auccession.The Hora in any day the lloras with that day i e. ics beginning of the weekis reckoned lord. The Hora on the night of the week,daychoren therefrom. ftom the 5th week-day ic reckoned
NorBs. For example,the first Hora of Mondayis the Moon's; thr noxt, Saturn's; the one after that, Jupiter's; and soon till the be'

sl. 12?-129

qr*stqtq:

Einniug of tbe aight. The first Flora on Mqnday nighl is to bo reckoned from the 5th day.from Monday d.e. Friday. The lord of the lst Hora on Morrday night is Venus; the 2nd belongsto Mer' cury, the third to the Moon, the 4th to Saturn, the 5th to Jupiter, tho 6th to Mars, the 7th to the Sun, and so on.

frqrfrd q*wqiqu€{ I bmqrsrwqqr{irsrtr,i qrqTda.t qroalmii qq t| itqqrq\ ftfrurqwradnrq
Sloka 127. The effect of a peroon's birth in the Sun'8cT€drr (Kalahora) is pain and fatigue ; in the Moen's, pro$perity; in that of Mars, sorrow and sick' nees; in Mercury's, learning and wealth ; in Jupiter'a, possession every kind of blesaing, in that of Venus. of conjugal bliss ; in Saturn's, the loss of property.

| nafreqw{qwqrlrqrft tqrutrqqgtqnrrElftdsTfr snft tqarqfffii qTils$ft a*Js.qrqr E{tafi?Er&qqt

?nrtis,ffirorfr qrfru*titarfrtRueqqu{Kr(
life upona person'a Stoka 128. ;The variouseffects due to hir birth beingconnected(1) with tbe preeeoce of Gulika in a certainbhava,(2) with a particularcyclic year,(3) with the formeror latterhalfof the came; (l) of with a particularseason the year; (5) with a particu' half-month;(?) lar month thereof (6) with a particular ; (8) day of the Moon in the half,month; with a particular with a prrticular ctar in coojunctionwith the Mcon on that day ; (9) with the particular cign occupied by thc yoga prevallingat Moon than; (10) with the particular for special the day ia the time; (11) with the Karana (Drekkanalgth (12) with the half (Hora),3rd question; (NavJmsa),l?th (Dwadaeamsa), 30th (Trinsusa) or Sstvr portioo of a partkular rign; (13) with a Thamasa, or Rajovela, and (1a) with a certain Kalahora-tlrc lev€"

d48

qriltrq,Rqrt

Adh.rx.

ral effectsdue to the birth bcing viewed from various atand,points have been treated of effectively by the blessingand graceof the Sun and other planets. Thus endc the 9th Adhyaya in the vrork weuqli{ct" (Jatakaparijata) compiled by Vaidyanathaunder the auo. picesof the nine planets. Norss.
It is worth while to know when and how the various ellec ts treated of in this Chapter will come to pass in the life of any per' son. In this connection, the foltowins slokas of sta{trl(q lfaraka' bharana) will be found interesting:-

csrft t{€rqiorqi qsrft atcrfdftft csa"qr r qiqrsi €rrrq'{q'ler vrisn{*rri'qdclr: n r I qr€ce€H: udqqao*{ v <q vrq r crstf;i frfirrqn fi(uirrt q q-qltais*a qmiau,i ,, a ,, q-mitqi{ee*qorF{ilq I ar{t{4 srr& *fiis'd osl-di orqc*iarqi €rlrr{gqrfirq}{qlsq rr 1 11
The eflects of the year and other division:; of tirne wherein a b i r t h t a l < e sp l a c e h a r - e l ; e e n d e s , : r r b e d . T h e o c , , u rr r : u c e o f t h o s e c f l e c t s s h o u l , l b c s r , t l l e d e s f o l l , . r w : i ;\ \ ' l r , r th ' r s b e e r r s t a t e d f o r t h e d U e o r , w i l l t a l i e J r l : r c e u r i n g t h e r i l r e r r i n go f t l r * i d a s a o f t h e l o r d o f t h e € I . r a ( S ; t v a r r i r ) , e a r( i . e . a y e ; r r c , f 3 f r 0 . l a l s ) ; t l r e e f i e c t f o r t h e s h a l f - y e a r a n c l t h e S t o s o r r ,d u r i n g t h e d a s a o f t h e S u n : t h a t f o r t h e m,onth, during the dasa oi the lord of the rnonth; that for the h a l f - m o n t . hq { ( l ' a k s h a ) : r s r . , , e l i a s f o r t h e o s t e r i s m , d u r i n g t h e (liadasa of the l\Ioon ; tliat for the feiir (.|l,ittri) and the :+,r.q ranrt),in the sub-lieriotlof the }{oon rn the Sur:'s tlasr ; that for lhe uteek tlq!! EI{ (Vara), during the dasa of tlre lord oi the week. q)q iYoga), shoukl be <:onsiclered lvith reference ,1ry; that for. the t o a h o r o s c o p en ' h e r e i n t h e S u n l n c l t h e M o o n a r e s t r o n g ; t h a t f o r the Lagna, during thc dasa period of the lord of the l.agna ; thal for the Rasi rvhich has a planetary aspect on it or is the seat of a bhava should be deduced in this wa1'-f. e. as iikely to occur during the dasa of the lorcl of that'Rasi.

cTrilffirfr q{rfrsrryqt
n stEl?FTrtf€qrqf tl
Adhyaya X.
AsnrexevARGA.
The following eleven slokrr frorn dtttqq1;1(Horamakararda) are rnrertodhore, because they form.an appropriateintroduction to this Chapter.

q*si wqu{q qudi gqq qd. *qrrrRrTEs,I wt atcaigEt q{rq tqr*Tmaogsqr*: u ! tl
Each planet moving from tho place it occupiedat the birth of a perlon admittedly producesits own peculiar eflect varyiog with its progressthrough the l2 Rasrs. Owing to the admjtted variation in this efioct, theencier:ts say tbat it.cannot be laid down as absolutely identical (evon) in lhe case of personsborn uudcr tlir,o s3me star.

rrlt Rra: r*cqri {(tgri grq€r{rfnr ag?rerf}a t qrff aqr \ lqr, trwifr: lser c t egoir 11apen r u
Astrologers declare that to be the :r.ri-nttt (Janmarasi) of a p€rson rvherein the Moon was at the time of his birth, The severai places in which the planets and the Lagna rnal, be in all possible NBtt cannot consist ol seven.

rtisurrRrdg'iise qii: ffise irra gvtgrrlfr | qFi sorfr tqi s fit'rqfrrrr qqrss{rr'ii?rt6d qr( u 1 fr
Hence every person is decla,red to have eight signs as the seats of the seven planets and the Lagna and it is with reference to these eight places that ali thc good antl evil eflects of a person's life due to the drsjoined or conjoined states of the planets and the I-agna are calculated-a process which when completod, the qtr{-{.i (Ashtakavarga) result as it is called will become revcalcd.

82

649

650

qrF.clftEft

Adh. x

gicerq r gfirqcrftfi r*tsRcaqafrqnrcdt qtargrrrrR+.d rrRrw'{nsrqqqkqig iag gmrdt'ucrt}qtt u rt i*t orrrq 6{qtrrFqqT(Ira:
(Ashtakauarga) the Sun is deWith referenceto its e{Eei'itl i a c l a r e d e x c e e d i u g l y u s p i c i o u sn t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h ' I lth places from itself, Iilars altd Saturn ; in the 6th 7th lOth and places e n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m V e r r u s ; i n t h e 5 t b , 6 t h , 9 r h a n d l l t h placcs from thc from Jupiter; in the 3rdr 6th, lOth and Llth I t { o o n ; i n t h e 3 r r , l ,5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , l O t h , l l t h a u d l 2 t h f r o m M e r placee cury ; and lastly in tlre3rd, 4th, 6th, l0tb, llthand l2th from thr Lagna.

qcmlbltru ifgdtE nsqqftTeg qrqgdrrrq qe$q' t lrrq {nrrritg qck qcEnqfog ;<reu?lq1X !q trnrqriqqrsDg frgtrgilt o;qtxrcsor* m<t: tl rr ll gsr$qiqtgqtqf,q;ririlrrTrr
placer Tho Moon is euspicious in the 3rd, 6th, 10th and llth 9th' l0th and llth from thcLagna; inthe 2nd,3rd"5th,6th' places p l a c e sf r o m M a r s ; i n t h e l s t , 3 r d , 6 t h , 7 t h , l O t h a n d I l t h fromitsclf; inthc3rd, 6th, 7th,8th' lOth andltthpiacosfrom in tho t h e S u n ; i n t h o 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o mS a t u r n ; l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c o rf r o m l t e r c u r v ; l s t , 3 r d , 4 t h ,5 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h , p l a c e sf r o r n J u p i t o r *; in the ltt, 4th, 7th, :th, l0th, I lth and l2th gth, loth rnd llth placrs and lastly, in the 3rd, 4'h, 5th, 7th, frorn Vcnusqafisti *rlr rcnfrt: qt€qdr{a*q*l: irrrttt[ | qlil€: rrrrq(qqsqufqrt$'tg :n*rririi:

detr gron !r( tqrarerelg aqqiig{{rrTrag rqtrurwrels ftfta tdgnrE #n+nqsif u e I

IUersisaucpiciousinthelst,2nd,4th,Tth,8th'lothendlltb placesfron places from itself; iu the 3rd, 5th, 6th, lOth and I lth + t h , 7 t b ' 8 t h lOth and llth placo from "In the let, Znd, Jupitrr, eccording to some'

qtrslsqnr

061

thc Sun; in tho 3rd,6th and llih places'from thr Moon; in thc f st, 3rd, 6th, l0th and llth places frorn the Lagna; in the 3rd' s t h , 6 t h a n d I t t h p l a c e sf r o m M e r c u r y i i n t h e 6 t h , l 0 t h , I l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m J u p i t c r ; i e t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , I l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e s from Venus; and lastly, irr the lst, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, lOth and I lth places from Saturn.

u: gfF( {rsvr}ttsn;Is{ga c&g} gmrrlT: qr{r{ttsq dtarqtaqfigfavarig trdr ft+{flq t €q{rrftt'rt{tqql'uiRur* &ngq{rgi qarq
eircrruftr![tr]sRtrgeelilag6il{CIrig €rtllF( ll e ll M e r c u r y i s a u r p i c i o u si n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , 5 t b , 8 t h ' 9 t h gth' a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o n r V e n u s : i r r t h e l s t , 2 r r d , 4 t h , 7 1 h , 8 t l r , f l 0 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e s r o r n\ { n r s a n d S a t u r n ; r n t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , l l t h in a n d I 2 t h p l a c e s f r o r n J u p i t e r ; t h e 5 t h , f i t h , 9 t h ,I i t h a n d l 2 t h p l e c e sf r o m t h e S u r ti i n t h e l s t , 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , l 0 t l t I l t h , a n d f l l t h p l a c e s r o r ni t s e l f ; i n t h e ? n d , 4 t h , 6 t h , 8 t h , l O t h a n l l l t h from th, Moon; in the lst, 2nd, 4th, 6th, tjth' l0th and Dlrces I lth places from the Lagna.

diEi trq,q q$*ryrrregRg t*: qftlriltqq qrq (rrqfugstq vs.€tlagtlaga'iiqqqitlt, sr,, r( trI*S EFfl?t€tlfQr'laqfiqrfdita'i gqr{. ua u tfrva3reE grtir. qr1lagirq*cmftA&tg
Jupiter is benefic in the lst, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, l0th and I lth places from Mars; irr the lst, Znd, 3rd. {th, l7th, 8th, 9th, lQth and llth placesfrorn the Sun; in the lst, 2nd, 3rd, {th,7th' 8th, lOth and llth places from itself; in th,: lst,2nd, 4th, 5th, 6 t h , 9 t h , l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o r n l v l e t ' c t r r y ;i n t h e l s t , Z n d , 4 t h , 5th,6th,7th,9th, lOth aod llth places fro'n the l-agna; in tlre 2nd,5th,7th,9th and llth places fronr the Moon; in the 3rd,5th 6th, and l2th, places from S'tturn; and lastly, in the Znd, 5th, t 6 t h , 9 t h . l 0 t h a n d I I t h p l a c e s f r < - r r tV e n u s .

'pfrslcr Rtg aqiiq{d{}i, ;&g orarq rtrdr j3srrilrffig Fnq rlqiaqqr{ffifi itr*dt

t

a6r,

{nfi'ltft|||

Adh.x.
I qu

Strutqre{.g&{{rg TftqR(riftoq:lrtur* c?sr{ urq dtfrqr}Tqrilmg grr{irrrft&is

Venus is auspicious in the lst, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, I lth and l2th places frorn the Moon; in the lst, Znd, 3rd, 4 t h , 5 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e L a g n a ; i n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h ,5 t h , S t h , 9 t h , I O t h a n d I t t h p l a c e s f r o r n i t s e l f ; i n t h e 8 t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e S u n ; i n t h e 3 r d , 4 t h , 5 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h , l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m S a t u r n ; i n t h e 5 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h , l O t ha n d l l t h p l a c e s r o m J u p i t e r ; i n t h e 3 r d , 5 t h . 6 t h , 9 t h a n d f I l t h p l a c e sf r o r n M e r c u r y ; a n d l a s t l y r r r t h e 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , I l t h a n d 1 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n l { a r s . t '

€rq difrrTqr?gerfigwihgcir{ €6{qrig qqi{ |;4eruzg rrg aaqgf;<rtTqr{rRqdg sr4r{ | .q{rqrq€ir fiorcrgcqqfig+r*g qcrii ft :* gsr{rq$Tezr qri{flR: il Io tl 6{qa;tqr{irr{r{tg
Saturn is beneflc in the 3rd, 5tb, 6th and llth places f r o n i t s e l f ; i n t h e 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h ,l O t h a n d l l t h a n c l l 2 t h p l a c e s f r o m M a r s ;i n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h , l O t a n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o m h t h e S u n ; i n t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h . l O t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m M e r c u r y ; i n t h e 3 r d , 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e M o o n ; i n t h e l s t , 3 r d , 4 t h , a ) t h ,l 0 t h a n d l l t r r p l a c e s f r o m t h e L a g n a : i n t h e 6 t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n V e n u s ; a n d l a s t l y i . t h e 5 t h , { r t h , I l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n J u t ' r t n r .

?Trfis'fi'ocErft ant +ftrar;q:qrii Tsr;.ld: Eri aiaqi aiirsiq+nd {q: €ffif,€r: I ft*drcqqfteftr gr$rfr WrFd il{riln.i iirae{icsqi}rq6rrdr: l1r{: %q .ir g'.{q. M

1 (gorrfi:)

The benefic positions have hccn cnurner:rtcd; the rest 'I'lrc are to be understood as 'ralellc. i \ ! ' , r . f o 1 ( l c l i s t i n c t i o n st i z . of benefic and malefic should be clearly s,,.t forth. T'hc r;lanets produce the effect of whichever of these tw-o preponderate in the

' B u t a c c o r d i n gt o P a r a s a r a , t h e 3 r d , 4 t h , t 1 t h ,9 t h , l l t h l2tb places from Mars,

and

qqt*gqrqr

668

Ashtakavarga calculations made from the Rasi they occupy at the time of birth (vide previous Slokas). In their own, friendly or sqqq (Upachaya) places, the planets invariably advance the beneficeffect revealed by Ashtakavarga. In their depression, ini. inimical or srqqq (Apachaya) places, thr y generally fail to sustain whatever good effect may appear from the Ashtakavarga process.

sr-rrFraqil q? itrumtqrr*sgiq r x tqrR;ia aed qrtnr€&sd.T{: n (<war{;)
From where the planets are at the time of birth, the benefic and malefic dots should be marked. A planet in its progress through a Rasi producesthe effect of the malefic or benefic dots app:aring therein (as ascertainedfrom its Ashtakavarga). * In other books i<qr(Rekha) is used to denote what fr€ (Binau) signifies here uiz. a benefic dot i the term i|;g (nindu) in other books is employed in the sense of a rnalefic dot. This has to be kept in mind in rnaking out quotations from other euthors.

6E*gst

{riEr aqFd{q?rrilnaq I

sr{shEr<fsil crEodtftugiiw: n (Qe*ftt:)

The several places detailed above are to be reckoned with respect to the Rasi (and not the Bhava) occupied by each of the 7 planets and the Lagna at the time of birth. These pracesshould be understood as benefic and the rest marefi,:, As each Rasi happensto be counted 8 times (once for each of the 7 planets and the Lagna) for ascertaining the bonefic as well as the malefic places, the: maximum number of countings cannot in any case exceed8. If after computation of a planet's 3red{i (Ashtahavarga) it is found that a particular Rasi has more countingson the benefiic side than on the malefic, it means that the net result is beneficial to the native. If we should denote a beneficplace by a <lot(.) and a malefic one by a vertical stroke (l), we can at a glance understand tho difierenee between these two kinds of countings in any sfE{T{

664

ilrflTqriisri

Adh. x.

(qFr) (Ashtakavarga). The eftect of a planet's arrivat in any bhava (Goch:lrr,), i. bene6c, rnixed in its progress throrrgh the orbit ftet as the nurrrber of benefic dots in ,the ttasi or malefic accordinq (ghinnashtaka'arga) of representing the bhava in the fr{afSq;qfi of t h e p l a n e t i s g r e l t ' ) r t l t l n , e q r t ; r ll o o r l e s s t i t a n 4 ' D o t s s h o r t theprescribednrinirrturnindicateuntowardeflectproducedbya planet belying any favourable position it may occupy; while dots of the prescr rbed mininru:tr betol<en good' notwithin "*."r. planet concerDed. For standing the unfavolrreble position of the result exanrple, if all the 8 hairpen to be benefic it maans that the is fully beneficial. the result tt ?r* lt only 7 of the 'n are bcnefic ancl I malfic, *ths beneficial. If in any' Rasi the number of

b beneficdots be 6 and that of rnalehic strol<es e 2, the '"'u1t itC? or * beneficial. If the nuurber of benehc dots be 5, we should say 5;! or lth bcneficial, lf it s5ou1dbe 4,

that the effect will U" the result is and so on. 4 - 4o r t r o

0;

that is neither good nor evil, lrut neutral

qic c: grT: grrrlrg: tqrn: 'i crcer rrcit I q({ cqifTds:ntqi tilInlcaqq u (at(I{a:)
llrihat Jataka,

in f . a l e f o r e x a n r p l e t h c h o r o s c o p en r e n i i o n e d 6, and reproducedbelow: Chapter VII, Sloka

f,ffitL l:r{ I;; I i ^'::'*r:,r

l.i1u"""$:,1;';l,,rl

ldl,r

I

l- iu,l l-r-.-l i',

strores_ss r rr 1 l

l',,,f

'Ihe 3 benefic dots neutralise with 3 of the nralefic strokes. strokes. The net result is 2 malefic strokes which means that l\fars when passingthrough tbis sign will be productive of ] or tth e v i l . S i m i i a r l y f o r t h e o t h e r s i g n s , t h e r ei s o n e p e c u l : t r i t y t o be noticed in the qc{'{ri (Ashtakavarga)of lt{ars. In sign Kumbha i n t h e e x a m p l e t h e r e a r e 3 d o t s a n d o n l y 4 s t r o k e r si n s t e a d o f 5 . t T h i s i s b e c a u s e h e l 0 t h p l a c e f r o r n t h e N { o o nh a s b e e n d e c i a r e d to be inefiective,that is, neither beneltc nor malefic---a;4liqrEqtg Chandraddigviphaleshu-for the qs{iri (Ashtaliavarga)of Mars. T h a t p l a c e h a s t h e r e f o r en o t b e e n t r k e n f ; ' t h e c a l c u l a t i o n ' T h e 4 3o, *th' net evil arising there is thusonly .' In the case of a planet n'ith more benefic tlots, the benefic i n f l u e n c ew i l l b e a l l t h e g r e a t e r a n d m , o r e n r a r h e di f t h e p l a n e t (Upachaya) house concernedshould also be posited ilr an sq;{'-{ ( w i t h r e s p e c tt o t h e L a g n a o r t h e l \ { o o u ) , o r o : c u p y a f r i e r r d ' s h o u s e ,o r h i s o w n s i g n o r h i s e x a l t a t i o n l i a s i .

eq6qosif tE: t osrgqdrcTttqai4r6t qr sosftd}ir: gri EqtE rl fl{aiiauii,

(?srtFfr)

If on the other hand the planet though getting more benefic dots should happen to be in an 3Ir4r[ (Ai;aclruya) hou''e (reckoned either fronr the Lagna or the Moon), or in his depressiou sipn or inimical sign, the good eflect will be considerably reduced. If in the above case there be more malefic stroires instead of dot:;, it will worsen the bad ef{ect. benefic

qrq t sfqqq(di aiti a3&i s GFTITT$ q{g € qqftrllti qocfr{rftai qq[iFtoq tt
-ALB.-The sr{-t.f (Up^chaya) or siqq'{ (ApacLal'a) places have to be reckoned rvith respect tolhe Lagna or the Moon at the time of birth and not by the position of the planets at the time of q'lqt {Goclrara). cf. qqiqt

qqg sdiq rRgEiqrfutfi ilrii girsica$eili: r qilra{Fnq-ir su(t q s;cfr qru{sdi fitu:

tt

666

|rlrrrfrt|i

Adh, X.

* wn*sqe g aardtr&Eqr'"gri cgStrvrtuq I a
Also tret q"c€qqqltqi ircscq{*tilr: nd'cn uwtg gE6ar:I c?Er€rii &qcrq n

These autbors have in their turn specifically stated, by the words srqfitA /Janmakale), qft (Sutau), wm? (Jaumani)r that good and bad places havo to be determihed with respect to the positions of planets at birth-timc only. But at the time of producing the ef,ects,all pl4,pets excepting the Moon will cause their full good or lrad efiect to come to pass provided they are strong and not otherwise. In the case of the Moonr even if she is benefic (r'.e., placed in places such as gq-{q (Upachaya), etc.r and the Rasi cbntaining the Moon happeningto be associatedwith bencficdots) if she does not possessstrengthr she produces only evil effects ; (Devakirti) says for icffi

gengEst[,v qqftRc-& {}{ triqg I q{ edd6; rss* rofltE?qt rr nf
Varahamihira too has said in his work qret (Yatra) about thc inability (to produce eflects) on the part of planets devoid of strength owing to their being in depression, defeat in plenetary war, or combustionretc.

frrlTr cEfrii-dr (r{irT{dr ftaqri"r 6qr: I gqrr {{ cedar *ifr orqtQlcr ol rr
Thus it will be seen tbat whatever eflects-,good or badhave been ascribedowing to the planet being placed in a sign of exaltation, SwakshetrarUpachaya, etc., it always refors to the position of the planet at the time of birth; and whatever effects, good or bad, that have been ascribedto the planet itself generally wifhout referencein any way to the particular place of occupation should be construed as indicating the result of the planet's transit to tbe concernedplace. It may be mentionedhere that in several Panchangams the beneficqtq< (Gochara) pbalas of planets are mentioned; j.e.. if

qqrfrsqrq:

66?

particular planets in their orbit in the zodiacpass through particular places from the Moon, they become auspicious and so on. It will be seenthat theseare sirnply the benefic positions of that particular planet with respectto the Moon in that planet's Ashtakavarga and do not cornpletely representthe entire benefic results of that plariet The Ashtakavargasare usedin connectionwith transits. For e x a m p l e S a t r r r nt r a n s i t t i n gt h e 3 r d 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e Moon is good provided the benelic dots in those places are above 4. Supposehe is transitting the 3rd house from the Moon in a nativity wherc the benefic ots are beloiv4. He will not be very d g o o d . H i s c o m i n g i n t h e 3 r d h o u s ei s n o d o u b t g o o d ; b u t m u c h c a n n o tb e e x p e c t e d f l r i m b e c a u s e f t h e s r n a t l n u m b e r o f b e n e f i c o o dots, The oosition in the 3rd housethough good, the smal1 num. b e r o f b e n e l i , : o t s t h e r e i nd i s q r r a l i l t e s i n r t o d o g o c d . d h I t i s a f a c t i n d i s p u t a b l et h a t p l a n e t sw i e l d a c e r t a i n a m o u n t o f i o f l u e n c e ,w h e t h e rf o r g o o d o r e v i l r d u r i n g t h e i r t r a n s i t s a t t h c t i m e o f c o n s i d e r a t i o ni n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e n u m b e r o f b e n c f i c dots which the planets gain to their credit in their respectivo Ashtakavargasbasodon the oosition each of the planets occupy et the time of birth. . h - o e x a r n p i e , e t u s c o n s i d e rt h e i n { l u e n c cw h i c h t h e p l a n e t s r l nrey proJr-rce the sample horoscopegiven under, say, about thc on f i r s t w e e k o f l ) e c e m b e r1 9 3 2 . Rahu Moon

lladix Horoscope

-83

668

qRFFqmqrc

Adh. x.

It will be seenin the abovethat the Sun is occupyingVrischika end the Sun's Ashtakavargafigure in Vrischika is 5. Mars is in Simha and the number of beoefic dots iu Kujas takavargais 6, Morcury is posited in Vrischika and the number of beneficdots undcr Builha's Ashtakavarga is 5. Jupiter is in Simhr and the number of benefic points in Jupiter's Ashtakavarga is 3. The planct Venus occupies Tula and the number of benefic dots there in the Ashtakavargaof Venus is 6. Saturn is in Makara; and in Sani's Ashtakavarga; the number of benefic dots in Makara is 4. Thus, the sum total of benefic dots for the said week for all the sir planets taken together comes to 29. Norv 48 beneficdots are the maximum fixed to pass a nativity for good in all rtispects. It rnay however be safely predictedthat !.he native will be free from worry loss, etc., and his situation will only be of a normal nature if the sum total of the bene6cdots of all the six planets taken together come6 to 24. In this speci mcn horoecope, the number of benefic dots comes to 29, it can as safoly be said that the native will bo free fron, anxiety and worry in the said period. The less the number oF beneficdots. the worse will be the eftectsto be experienced the nativc. by Bhattotpala adds : Varahamihirahas stated (Brihat Jataka, Chapter VIII, Sloka 23) that when two similar effectsbut contrary in naturc are producedby one and the sarne planet (owing to its owncrship of two houses,or ownership of one houseand occupationof another house), the result will be nil when the two effects referred to are equrl in degreeand that it will partake of the nature of the preponderating effect in case they are not of equal degree.

grrc(<r csfr s-sqiitrii ard qffist

rrivsli rq tr

A questionmay now be asked whot the author's objcct was by making a similar doclaration again through the words " dR qqqRrr {q:." Thc rnswer isffidtuq;qkt{Ki}q$-oRcffi " No, it is no repetition at r,ll. What was* statadbrforo without thc aid of Ashtakavarga Table relates to the canccllation of two tdsilar effects but of a contrrry charactr. For cxample, a plemt in one capacity msy be a giver of woalth ; the rrrno planet

, both the effectsare similar in character and become neutralised that the native neither acquires wealth nor with the consequence incurs cny losses; But if the planet's capacity to give wealth be in any way stronger for more realons than one, the same will of course predominateover the opposite current (of ttre other effect) and thc result will be an influx of some money. In the present verse it has beer.rstated that there is cancellation in the caseof good and bad effectseven if they are not similar in nature. This view is further supported by ql(qqq (Badarayana) and ffii (Yavana) as they ha'r'e admitted this principle while speakiug antl their severaleffects' Thus, for example' about Ashtakavargas a certain planet may be the giver of gold on account of a certain reason, The same planet may on account of some otber reasoo causeloss in silver- Though the effects in these two casesare b not similar (because oth are not in respe:tto gold,nor to silvef), (one m e r e l 1 ' o n a c c o u n to f t h e e f f e c t s b e i n g o p p o s i t ei n n a t u r e the result is neither benefic' givingand the other tal<ing away), o nor male6c, After such ccnsiderations f each Rasi ou acccunt countingsrif it is found that benefic points outnumber tho of its 8 malefic, the eflect of the planet on that Rasi should be declared beneficdots as already stated. as beneficto the extent of the excess Now the following qrestion may be asked: lVell, if Ashtakr' varga then is so important for ascertainingthe natureof the effects, wbat was the necessityfor Varahamihira treating separately iu his Brihat Samhita the i'rstrq-s (Gocharaphala) of planets with intenrespect to tbe Moon's place at birth ? The answer is, tbe which have not tion of Varahamihira is that such of the effects been stated in connection with the Ashtakavarga should be stated in the rilsK (Gochara). Further, as ftqK (Gochera)is wide-known to all, and as it has been treated of by many authors in thoir works, it has to be inferred that Varahamihira too has adopted tho in his same course followed by his predecessors. For he has said qtTI (Yatra), work 'r qr I qq dl=sffiu{qtgtdt eq iqssleqqf

sr{{t a sgsl.i'ft<ii cqcrrrtnci lt rfrst: n

660

qrffi{rRcrt

Adh.x.

Yavaneswara too, after describingthe offectsseprrately, ha6 acceptedthis Ashtakavarga systemalone as of prinrary importance ; for lre has said

s.ore{dgrrc{wq} swi{aqr{sd cQd r vrr{rltqrcrer sd itsr;l qrilfit{ri s sggi q rr
Badarayana also has said

$ata(lT qr€t: r rsii nFqda? c,S iq qrdi ardTr sIE{r cf*qTsftfiucir: qrE tqri tqr} otrii saer rt
and has thus accepted only the Ashtakavarga method.

THE

ASHTAKAVARGA

PLATII.

The processof 6nding the benefi: dots irr the Ashtakrvargas w o f t h e s e v e r a l p l a n e t s i n a c c o r d a n c e i t h t h e r n e t h o dg i v e n i n t p a g e s6 5 0 - 6 5 2t u p r a i n v o l v e s h e a v yl a b o u r a n d c o n s i d e r a b l ei m e cspecially when it iras to be done for several hbroscopes. Some in methodsof simplifying this work have been suggested the past, but a new contrivance has now been devisedwhich has several n c r i t s . I t n o t o n l y d o e sa w a y w i t h t h e p a t i e n t l a b o r i r v o l v e d i n the dull and routine process, but also shows the results in such a way that one can see at a glance how the benefic dots irl any particular househave been contributed. The sqieqad (Sarvashta' ka varga) figurescan also be very easily read from the plates at a glance. The Dractical uses to which the results cao be put are, as is known to astrologers,several. The more important of these useshave been explained in this Adliyaya in tbeir appropriate pleces. The construction of the Ashtakavarga plate and the metlod of readingthe results from the same will now be explained. The contri vance consists of nine circular plates (discsof zinc, copper or brass), of successively larger radii placed one ever the other in the order of their size, the largest being placcd at the bottom and tlre srnallest at the top. A radius of one inch

q{tq'lstqr{r

661

for the smallest and three inches for the largest, the diftereace betweenthe radii of successive plates being *th of an inch will be fou'd suitable. The bottom-most plate has an axle with screw a r r a n g e r n e n tf i x e d t o i t s c e n t r e a b o u t w h i c h t h e o t h e r p l a t e s revolve. By rightening the screwat the top, the plates can be fixed up in any desired position. Each prate covers the central portion of the next bigger plate, exposing to view only a circular strip or rim. The top plate is of course fully exposeC. The top plate and the narrow strips of other plates are each d i v i d e d i u t o 1 z e q u a r p a r t s . T h e d i v i d i n g r i n e sa r e s o d r a w n that thev fornr a straight 1i': when the plates are-adjusted for any horoscope. f-'he twelve divisions of the top prate are assignecr to t h e t w e l v e s i g n so f t h e z o d i a c . I n t h d v i s i b l e r i r n o f the next bigger plate are arranged the figures inrlicating the benefic dots counted from trre Sun in the severar Ashtakavargas. r.'he next plate contains figures of beneficdots counted from the Moon; and t h e n e x t o n e ,f r o m M a r s ; a n d s o o n i ' t h e o r d e r o f the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn and the Lagna. one of the divisions of eachof these plates contains a dot denoting the position of the planet to which the plate relates. Thus the dot in the largest plate indicates the position of the Lagna. T o a d j u s t t h e p l a t e sf o r a n y h o r o s c o p e k e e p t h e b o t t o m - m o s r , plate in position aud rotate the 'ext pl:rte (relating to Saturn) until the drvision containing the i|ot is as rnanydivisions removecl from the dot in the Lagna plate as Saturr is removed from the Lagna in the horoscope under consideration. For example, if Saturn occupies the 8th bouse from the Lagna, move the prate relating to Saturn till its dot comes to the gth divisionfrom the dot in the Lagna plate. Then hold the two platesin position firmly and proceeci similarly with the third plate. Then hord the three plates in position and proceedwith the fourth and so on. when the Sun's plate also has been thus frxed,rotate the topmost plate untir the name of the particular Rasi representingthe Lagna in the horoscope under consideratio:-: brought directry above the diviis sion containing the dot in the Lagna prate. lt will now be found that the divisions containing the dots in the several plates are

662

cril6crRqrl

Adh. x.

by the directly below the signs of the zodiac respectively occupied planets in the radix planets at birth, so that the positionsof the plate itself. Fix up of the native can now be rea<l out from the Tltey are now the plates by tightening the screw at the top' ' 's indicate benefic dots I ready for reading the results' The '2's i n d i c a t et h o s er e l a ' r e l a t i n g t o t h e S u n ' s A s h t a k a v a r g a ;t h e ' 's 'fhe in the several number of I ting to the Moon's, and so on' ' dots in the pt"1". in the Mesha' division representstl're benefic ' 's in the nurnber of I i.httk"uorga of the S:u in that division; 'Vrishabha' representingthe benefic tbe several plates oppositeto Similarly, dots in the Sun's Ashtakavargain vrishabha an<lso on' ' plates opposite to the number of 2's in the divisions of the ' M e s h a ' r e p r e s e n t s h e b e n e f i c d o t s i n r h e A s h t a k a v a r g ao f t h e t ' ' ' plates of i n M e s h a; t h e n u m b e r o f 2 ' s i n t h e p a r t s t h e Moon 'Vrishabhr,' the benefic dots in the Ashtakavargaof oppositeto ' 's 'fhe ' ' number of 3 will tie Moon in Vrishabha; and so on' ' 's ' for Mercury' 5's for 4 similarly yield the results for ' Mers' 'f ' 's he figure in the for Venus and 7's for Saturn' 6 i"oi,"t, for the positions of next page shows the plate properly arranged given below:the planets in the sarnple horoscope

i sun M I ercur)'
I

t----.e r l l- M "t upi

I

| I

of the plate relating It will be seen that the dotted division Kataka as the Sun occupies to the Sun has been brought against (W=dl): the dotted p:rrt o[ the plate Kataka iu the Kunrlali

Qtrqtsrrrr{r:

663

7/"r,

er;\-l.-:-. ( /

Lo\t
. \ c

,gv

1 \

o\
\J\

\e

i\\t

-1^\

r 1[r"'

s

--<-^ 6 Y)2'1 tt *?)

w
t,1

\) |
Lt

:/1*s))

the relating to the Moon has been arrangedagainst lvlithuna as M o o n o c c u p i e s M i t h u n a ; t h e d o t t e d p a r t o f t h e p l a t e r e l a t i n gt o Mars has been brought against Simha as he occupies Simha; and ' 's in the so uD. It will further be observedthat there are six I against Vrishabha' divisions against Mesha, four in the divisions ' '2's against Mesha, four 2's and so on, Similarly, there are five 'fhese representbenefic dcts in the against vrishabha, and so on. Moon, etc', in the several houses' Ashtakavargasof the Sun, the The numbei of figures (irrespective of what planet they relate to) in the ssveral divisions against a particular house indicates the in Samudaya Ashtakavarga (q1541qlgq1fl}) that house. For exatDple, that there are 31 figures in the divisions against it will be found Mesha. 34 is therefore the number of benefic dots in Mesha in the Samudaya Ashtakvarga. Similarly for other houses'

6M

drffscrftqre

Adh. x.

q* frfuaqr{ orfrilstrir
qrEqr gsiqqaquififr tiertWifiwrt;$tffIfirrimon{ |

ihqreq,iqiiari€oiq;E* u I tl tgr

gr?r iq) qqi*iiqqmrinur rrrTg'0r$(rftfrrc*r t
tt*odet

qs{tqRtE* sElerr|lqgErqi{mr1 R tt

S/ortirsI and Z If a diagram of the zodiac with the rising sign and the positionsof rhe Sun and other ( plancts atthe time of any perscn's irth) &c.bedrawn, b and if all the benefic dots produced by the separare 'Ashtakavargas (8 fold groupsof figures) be set down according to the directions co^tainedi. the Ashmka. vargaformulas eachcontainingeight divisions in respect of the eighr sky,rangers beginning with the Sun and ending wirh the Lag.a or rhe rising sign we should then obtai' the figures48, 49, 39, 54, 56, 5: and 39 to represent bcneficdots of the Sun and other planets. th: fhe tigure 337 wiil represent rhe aggregate beneiicdotc of the planets. sale+ari (sarvashtakavarga) the sum or of all the Ashrakavargas called s{1qrc ("samudaya) is r.r. aggregate.

tqrftqeaqil {gdqqilqr-

ffisT{gk{osiimu wF( r qeiTe{Htrfiufr gwEft aidt;ggirqTti r ulinrfi il I rl
Sloka 3. ln wharcver bhava(eprcsented by Mesha and orher signs occur eighr beneficdots given Uy pf", nets, that bhava,they sr,rVe support,streogthen to ind

d

sl.4-5

{rrfrsqftll

665

prosper. Houses containing 5, 6 and 7 dots become beneficent. Those that have 3 , 2 o r I dot are not auspic ious.

ftli sd {Eft qrq{P{Fgfrt
trnq{rqqqil.G qiq{r*rr t ft-q|sEriqftTffi ffiltq n I fl
Sloha 4, When a house has 4 dots, it produceo mixed effects. Those houses that have no figure in them are productive of disease, infamy and danger. I now proceed to explain the full effectsof the Sun and other planetsbeing associatedwith dots l, Z, ete, as a result of the separateAshtakavargas.

q stflt qmrfiqtqgrswrdilrqtftfrrRegr r fr* qqwrqwroqiuf,rnTilfffirffirfr\ tl n
Sloha 5, A planetassociated with one dot pro, ducesvarious kinds of diseases, miseries,dangerr, wanderinge similar hardships, and while *ith t.Jo, it leads mentalanguish, to condemnation one.s by king (censure the sovereign) by and deprivationof food bi robbers.
Norns. 1'he excessof benehc over malefic dots may be 2, 4, 6 or g which when put in ordinary languagemean i o. i, I or *. S or, t, $ or full. IIence the followingslokas:-

\erR-.g+*rg {ilfqaqtqrrk \qrfEfir
il tQ qqt qd€ sqqflrl€u{rgu-q: I

nfgrligordr {iifA rfi fi qEr : wq w
84

\qT s{sG-tqfreqq$i sqFil flirgfi: 11

ffi6

qmecrRare

Adh. X.

qA( +ri qrt+terqi Apqt{qqrq} | rTf,I fift: $i fiqr{tqt(eqft' flI{dT U .ritr qef\: q{qn;q:vEruitr,i} t
qsfq: q{qln<Frqs{l:g{n'qq: tl

g*q q' {q: qK nQ' sufi'.s flqq] qqn ue agfi: tt RIt:qiqU*,edt qK ll

t

I k{K tqngqnEdq-*tqr-qTsa{iqfd

' Sloka 6. When the number of dote are three, it many bodily privations and discomfortsdue to a cauces wandering lrfe as well as much mental uneasiness' The planet with four dots yields a mixed kind of fruit conand pain, expenditureof money and sisting of pleasure of accession wealth.

gt*rgfi&qqtqdolq$or(s qrrnilFgssqq ||

(eqerrrTgito gqrTtGt€1

q{i.gutg qqdifisqntit-

RqHiTftoft n$qqftgr I
frfiq{iqqqtiiEaqmiTftll s ll

Sloka 7. Where the dots happen to be five, it leadsto the attainment of good apparel,fondling of children, association wich the good, acquisition of learningand wearuh. A planet that has6 dots securec a form fresh and fascinating, excellenceof character, victory in war, wealth, {ame strength and fine vehicles,

| wdtqrgtrrlftqnt qtq;t{TitEtitqqTfi qsdlqtfr ll d ll ff;as*r wgqrfl{qq{tstttilili
Sloha 8. When the number of dots go up to 7,

sl. 9-11

q1tfrlst:qr{rt

667

sessionof horsesand other meansof transport' ln arny and ouperiurriches. When the maximum of eight dotu is reached, it opens out a prospect of kingly glory adjuncts(errlerug6toiatr(gti' gracedwith its seven-fold roft). Nores.
n'hich would Some books read aiglriu'l{ g r a c e d w i t h e v c r y o n e o f i t s a d j u n et s . nrean kingly glory

urGfucfkdilrtqkrr qqitqqilg{fig frtqq t
erfrs;qqt i<qo{ilil

rilqnal {Fqse qqld ll q ll

S t o k c 9 . A p l a n e ti s i n v a r i a b l y b e n e f i c i n . h i s own vargain any sign which has f ive or more dots. If otherwise, it yields no good effect. In its rangein a sign which is without dots, it becomes positively hurtful.

! r *qrRqot$dr| dmfuerft*.ter

qiqssoEtlqt qeqfuggil qR tt lo ll

Slofra 10. All planets without exccption, standi n g , i t m a y b e , i n t h e i r e x a l t r t i o ns i g n s , i n a f r i e n d l y I'lso of the sign or other b:nefic places and possessed position gives, strength which a Kendra or similar untoward e{fectrif thcy happcnto b: associated produce ,vith dots short of the required minimum-

gsanqffi t q t q atqriiqi{TtlfI i qt grqr frsqttk'Egdr qR ll t t ll
Stoka lL. But planetson the other hand which may be in bad positions and have evertreachedtheir point, or an inimical sign or portions of the depression

qr(ffqrRqrt

Adh. x.

samewill invariably yield good if associated with dots which are in excess the prescribed minimum. of

qil Rtugeqqaqri+g {ftr {R;{qi {qKI! |

sfrfr tbnGurnqqnrqatq tqrft{qroorfi u tR tl
Sloka 12. When Saturn passes through an empty (void o{ figures) house in the Ashtakavargas rhe Sun of and other planets, occasions a largescalediseases, he on dangerefrom enemies and other troublee to father and other relationswhom the severalplanetsrepresent. c

il qSsoq tl

on ft fffi ftgfflini

nonRf{-'gqm{{i Rin

qRr 6{rri$Irfr;gga ftrt I q

Sloha 13. When the Sun is in the rising sign and in that part of it which either belongsto an €nemy or forms his depressionpoint and when he happens be to aasociated 3 or 2 dots, the person born is sickly. with But if the sameSun should be in . thc rising sign in which 5 or more dots appear and which happens be to his exaltation sign or his own house, the personborn becomes king and'is endowedwith long life. a
Nores' Parasara adds

*isqqt ftqG zqftfrwf n ltr tl

eilfiilenqii q fifrcqr{raqlfig I qffi6q qqq)trRr:fie'It Fud{ tl i{{ 6ffi q66eqTf f}"a}':q fto s{,{ | wHa)qii ii qqr{{ili {rgq: ll

nfut ryUaq de {HerrftGfif€tr r

sl. 13

{Tl*stqrq:

q dfu{ ilt ftqb{ilqqiiiR fl{rqr rr qrfrftil fiqrrlsfQ r rFxrlqqt er nq ilq wfrmqu ftqg neqlqrt u{nk ga} rrS qt qr qfiq-qt r gqlnwet ftoqrqnil qr, tl qrt onr=l:qrfrGqri q{gt +t r ftahltr i{r +tAfifht qrqsgt rr
8{ltg6666o,i}q}errEfitq: t

orrigtttrqltnEnrqia fiqru, rr gqil,rEilrqi <6grna g stq' r qnrrqlt oatsfQ tr qr finq-qpi

*et] qrqg:erfi q qlqqR qqFd rr $rft fio flr.qrqrtrqf?r sqrq\t r sn)"qfire q,ie Fqqna qtlq rr etqttGenr"ili tqrfaqq4.gq' r qfi dfr-.qrfr fr.qrnfrElqqfrsfQtt qr

grlefr l-*q qrnsq.Ri n qfi qrilsfu1 fi<rq-qqqr{rft a.i}roer r

n*it oesrusfr ue.ga: faghir r

ilfu fQEmlflr mntar?F{r{: I qr,larrt qoqarffrGfrq-a. gQi rr frq1-.;q nwgb qra,frqrilErl:I iri< Rgaulqimfiii qqrqlqrr qK' ftnqoqndtqii fQg+arfla: r fign*'Jtf,rd:fiqgpquqrFqnr tl

qrii WtRs?qAr++ qrw\ eft, r

670

qrd6crliine

Adh. x.

qrrt t{il *=rffi-*rofr iElrt w..qe{ilsslt |

qig! lltEll il eqrqorfioqil6trg ETI(IATdGq{i[,'QI

a S l o & 4 .1 4 . W h e n t h e S u n o c c u p y i n g K e n l r a o r T r i k o n a p o s i u i o n i s a s s c c i r t e Jt h c r e w i c h 6 , 5 , 7 o r I beneficdots,the personb.rrn or his father will have his deathin his 22nd, 35th, 'J0thor i6th yelr r'$pectively'

t gni ilnniui Qpgrrdt.ga*
lrrfr qqta(Rqtdf {€qi cI{QI ttcrli{rrl{lE{lrTi!ll
b SloAc15. If , at a person's irth, t'' : Sun occlrpyi o g a K e n d r ap o s i t i o ni n c o n j u n c r i o nw i c h t h e M o o n , Saiurnand Mercury shouidhave in thrt position 2 net are mrde, beneficdots after the necessaryredr-rctions (f*iqaiqar .t q+riirqqdiqarTrikcnasodbana & Eakadisay the rvise the patyasodhana), father of ths p3rsot)' of ,rtiolog.r., wiil havc a lease abundrnt administrative power sctting in aftcr the completion of the first ten b ( years o{the Person crn)'

ll utrdc6'oTl
Elirilqdatilmi{ir€{d di'i I qr.i iriir ffiogqi s{ih eilGqr{rgl qsqrc€i {ri{ri{ agirtfiojrslf\R-<i qqoi qufrdr"stR i}Hterilqt q tt tR tt
of S/olir: 16. If, in the Ashtakavarga-whether the of benefic sun or of the Moon-there be a housevoid and the dots, the (sol,rr)month corresponding thereto purposeof every rign i$elf are to b: avoided for the person's life' If the ,u-rpi.io". undertaking in the with l' 2 or 3 occupyingthe Lagna be associated M;t

sl. 17

qltrcistqtq:

671

and debility. If the Moon in the above position be aleoin conjunction with 2 ot 3 planets,the person will meet with his death in his 37tb year'
Norrs Parasara adds

qlfllqqllTfr.dn{ | l;qmgtil qTq: ?;ilsq{ llii q {Fqtrhqfr f?ql rr f,aQrrqfis;q ulr'nqifulfi(q( | q'qut{qtaRn}5 Gqqa'tt erTqlfl€qlfEl:eriq qie nlu' 1 eqi ffel.g€s€diqo€ qd*"iit;q d.t ti iqfr q qtq]qrh riqqrfi fifq€.iq t

+er}qtt ar nfixd.rurgtfiqrrr{a}g
q;flsfflFg.lFqlq fit qr qlffiit.ITi I

erqt il n*: tqd lilh +ieutrt tt q.i ?Tqqr+ z.gdqrl;dirffiq ql I tt l.qirgQen ilifbtlol f)..qqi{qb

qnr Rii'rrrqctfi fig' fqfeiewa, t
fioql qrofi;dlqi qlF{rrih q+eqh tt

qrurk fiqfiit ziffioriidi t *-.afiqionqqt

as{If ttr stlqr?d fuGt {r qft t &ii;* (sIE;IIdi
Sloka L7. When the Moon occupyinga Kendra, or Trikona or the llth bhava is also in its depression inimical sign and is not waxing and when the benefic dots associated with the bhava occupied by the Moon happento be 2 or 3, the bhava in question,say the astro' logers acquaintedwith the subject, is extiuct'

672
\-

qffiilt
aa \ \ qilTEFr,S$dilqqggri {r

Adh. X.

ifuas+ {ftrii *rq.rtg wil

ort ltql qogtqft rrr€Grr

fqqrrdr*la{arqirfl trqrr il ld ll
Slufta 18. If the Moon posseesed strengthbe of in a Trikona, Kendra, or the l lth bh:rvaand if the number of benefic dots in the bhava in question be 4 or more than 4, the bhava becomesadvanced, Jf the Moon in a Kendra position becomesassociated witb g benefic dots, the personsborn under this yoga will be eminent for their learning, fame, wealth and etrength and will become masters men. of

ll gNTssqll
dfqq* wg€tiqqnqtt

q it=ee+ qR siftqilw eil( | St qceqs*qGq usilu lq tl

Sloha 19. When Mars in exaltation or in s&e (Swakshetra)occupies the 9th, the 4th, the tst or the lOth bhava, and is associated with 8 beneficdote. the person born will be lord of wealth to be counted by the million. If Dhanua,Mesha,Simha,Makaraor Vrischika be the rising sign, and Mar-soccupy it and be associated with + beneficdors, the personborn will be a king.
NotBs. Parasara adds

qlneqi nfi-e qrqfrmq\d+{ r

*qfriae flefr ilftrqiq'IE rr r€nq

sI.20

{trfrssqrq:

6?3

frfrqrrlqq we\ qe\frtt: t snr
MA e alq qe$f*fifrfiiltr
q+lf{qs n*'q qo qx q v"-qt tl

q aa ,fi{ q .Trqf qq }€ frfo6}q 11

Hr{Iqt ffir y:qrftaru: rettaqm€: I
qofi ae rpifH drq<* ffi q tl

qh fifr qefi-{trdfl'rfgutu*}r
nsrf<qa q{tq-tar iftan: F€ITI: lt

iqqqrqr+qrt urqcrfififrfiilq rr
Also

nqrfdqogda qqiqi"q €qa t

*qr-n f,gq:gqlnw,i *t qdni il{T arcq nGlq *eqfi{r {arqo}iq qqq.I

qoqrqrgfr, n}+q+l{tft"ilFflt ue.ft&-+t+qfltqoqTfaqq geraiqrft:tt u{t:

ft-ee*wNsftogfhfiril

qfitqr egqf q qdqftl qq I

qfr qrdrs{a?dr$oqr tmrql

tirqqrTiimiitzwaEdill 1" ll
Sloha 20. If Mars be associatedwith I benefic dots the person born wiil become a petty prince ; if the above be in the 10th or in the tst bhava,the percon born will be a king. If he be alreadya scion of a royal Iamily, he will become lord of the whole country. If Mars be in exaltation or in s*a (Swakshetra)in addition to the above, the person born will be an emperor. 85

874

qKrTqrR!rt

Adh. x

*Fffi*ir rgffi i qrdH{qrfrr'frrnrrd t

il $u5sq 1,

il-{HER* q vrq{rft! llRlll

Sloha 21. When Mercury in a Kendra or Trikona becomes associated with 8 benefic dots, the person born will be pre-eminentin the learning peculiarto his caste and will have great enjoyment. If Mercury in exalta, tion be associatedwith but one, two or three benefic dota, the bhava occupiedby the planet is advanced.and not impaired.
cf, parasara" NorBs'

gqm{ ggrl q figalR{Eor: I

d*n q;rftqTfrfi$qsrR fi-alq tt gqreqfr ilqflftqt {* r fril"q
rygftaftilfiqlffi ire F{q: tl

ffi

Tirffrrurt frqrwqrq*Rqrfir arq I

rilqftqr{q *qrdqQ qt ffg{rfrdqkdr{! u RRtl
Sloha.27. Find in which house there ic the greatest numberof benefic dots in the Aehtakavarga of In the month correspondingto that house Mercury. the csnmencement any serious of study wi'l culminate in the acquiritionof every branch of learning. Mark the house which is void of benefic dots in the Ashaka vargaof Mercury; when Saturn pa$seE through that houe in the courEe its progreEsthrough its orbit, of aS corne (Bandhu) or vfr Jnati, a near paternalrela, tioo) will die; Eolnebenelit or advanrage enjoyedtill cbeo will be lort.

sl. g{}

qqtcl$qtrt

616

ll ll {re$'ss(
oil +t*rr+rrttffi-,gtrfi fttur gd g.nft,
eilRrfrFqrq.ltffi fiRrffirfr rAF q tgslllltl
Sloka 23. Note the house that has the greatest of numberof beneficdots, in the Ashtakavarga Jupiter. to In the lagnacorreeponding the housefound, impreg, rasulting an offspring. in answerits purpo$e nationwill Cattlg wealth and vehiclec located in the direction indicated the siSnin question will beginto multiply. by
Norns' Parasara adds

ffqriqacfr gaqtqnfi+( r vrr gil{efiil5 Hirrirqft meq}q rr qtqqfieil qo{ r Uoftnngawfi
Bala'bhadra reads gr1gl| instead of gte{f}.

n3;itaeqsqr{r ilrffflar Vdr: pg61','
also {or(

gwqrrgilFtrtqR qrfixgut f,qrI

e*toFdil qrqfEeeGgq deir n
g,reb q il+qgk: qrfif\ilrtR I qr{q}qq+qtma dHF?t: qiTr:ll $qT ctl;il lpurrnat ila;g€tr irrril: I

rr uire+6g gf,ilfi &,i;nsq.
qqFqd;Trr: gqfifl€: qqrqt t fl il frFqrfii{rd?qr il{lTrqrqqr${: I gekraita flrrFTrql& wqta. rt

uMg

d"q ilmuft q r

616

qrfficrftqti

Adh.x.

qft' <rrtgaesra erqSurafi:r
gilre-*rrig ganlnfFqn rr Hqq. qr g*rl mitnq).re} de.r wrrfcid tt $igmrta *efi.mrofinq: I *gorrorniii afe( Hqrfai(rr nqr

Tilftds"€ ffiriqr tgrcq.qqr: FuiTr: ll

eTeqr.qq: fqiq) U* qaqilsfi qr r e

qr* silrftrsgrrrfr frirftmii r
Enrrf\flsrfifrqfieiitrr qfiI n RBtl
Sloku 74, If, at a person'$birth, the Sun occupiea a houre which in the Aehtakavarga Jupiter gers the of least number of benefic dots, the personborn wili be lucklesgin that every undertakingfor his benefit will fail. If Jupiter occupyingthe 6th, the 12th or the 8th bhavabe associatedwith 5 or more beueficdots, the petsonborn will be long-lived,very opulent and victo, rious over his enemies.

**ssgr fiq.Jt +gfr-ggt dqrRqrqqqqFr iiWtrfr

h'rtUt $gfr g€ilqt {r I

silil qsirTqdr{Tr gh{iqitr arq il 1\ tl
Sloka 25, If Jupirer, whether in exaltation, in eQe (Swakshetra\, in a Kerrdra, in the 9th bhavaor in a portion of somerrih (Rasi) unconnected with the planeta depression inimical house and not in eclipcor proximity to the Sun-if Jupiter in any one cf the ing

sl. 26-28

(ffirsq1g3

617

positions above namedbe asecciated with 8 benefic dots,the personborn will becomea king by virtue of hig own fameand glory.

qil qfr{so$nqreqftrqtt .R{rCIgq13 I

ll Rq umfrgoqrqqqftqgR{ilqrRwrdtilqr ll
Sloha 76. When personsof Brahmanicalextrac tion come under such a yoga of Jupiter as has been lords of describedin the precedingsloka,they become great beneficcnce equal in status to kings and admired for their conspicuous intelligence, energy and other great qualities.

I wdkq] sa(nrrt)otqtq wit qdtuagxir<s
lt T{hg+ Erariisr;ttr{qeilit;d wqutsir<Is i\e'll
Sloka 77. If Jupiter in conjunction with the with 7 benefic dots in the Moon becomeg associated positions referred to in sloka 25, the personsborn under the yoga will have women, wealth and sons in abund, ance; if with 6 benefic dote, the person$ concerned will have much wealth and many vehicles; if with 5 benefic dots, they will have victory and virtue.

ll Uiffi(aq tt
qldil g irsi{Eilftqs I qffi€soultr*qt qqrdqftilrr*{rqr{ ftdmR{rfiF{rgh ll le lt
Sloku 78. When Venus occupyinga Trikona or with 8 benefic dote,the Kendrapcsition is associated ot personborn will be at the head anarmyandtransport animale;if Venuc in the above position be associated with 7 benefic dota, the person boro will be lord of

6?8

qtllTqrft{tt

Adh.x.
*" unfailingenjoy-

.", * --t" tt..**r*t ment up to the end of hig life'
Norrs' Parasara adds

q .z.il{emfi ftlh'qrtr{qTfig I E Bfron:tqq qrqaRafiqem{ tt tg tg ssrfeFg.fqiftflo ae g t {ft me*fl< q aR fif{*zqTq tt t gstalfqffil oFqqRarFqn&rqil de srtrftqfr{d {ilq-qd+ Rg' 11 qr ndqdtqtrqr\ hfrfE.of}anBq' t q'q neinqFdt qrqrqtqr sqt( u gfrRnn: t oir.ilqttqt qa{rqqFd

qr qfraEi'rfrsRtt efraffi qrR

eftsfitrqtilul qrqtqrffqaffTt{ tl cfr: q{ffiqfr q {Fqqffi gBqr{ t

l eftqhprfr qrftqs"q qqCIq{ufq gdiilfr{il e'F+RdorluRt fqq: ll Er;q{srfr<Er r ERr ffitfu ll eruffirRffiffiqmR: .rrJqli{gofrq€ffFqrffi ftg' I aat m*q{qs Ggui rr hffi ufi FEii q-qflfir q'qfrlsqqr t tt ftqd{ffi ffii qrqng+ t tRfieqq{Frfr{rfr}RfrqqfEr€qgs: qt$nqga: frc<rElssng;qfiilffnrc1: ll *qiqtnt gh frqMsR il r

sI.29

{Ttfrsrqrq:

8Is

dt" gdElq r{d+rfusft ll ql{rqftq;efit $qifr r-q(Iuqiflfri qq $s: r qrftufr srndRr sqoril hqr qrdterfrsdtqFdt rt qrf,{}qrq,r}qiil a.ii'i qrS$q} r tflr il qrRrft ns ,{rqlq nwr tl edq qnroaintqt qrfqx qr "qqisft t vrvaqrhat dtil: gqqrqt(rr gh g*in*uurard aoiolgurf:<cr t qr .ri"sar$.oen qitrts guil}<ar tt sqnqnt fi* "qlqarqtsfttt gqrqqr,iaswnrftf{na: t UqtqEq ffraifl*qqrft+r' qqFa lcdl Rfrqr:
{q{i{fliqitT: FrnrrtQ?irH(qr: ll=

gmret ffiqr\ id fti g€qE(|
tqi qorqodqqrqtqrewi qtt r qarrGn'o nrrqrfEfii=g*q,in:tl

ffitlqftqffigsr"i wTfffiiffiqndeqt

gnlaqiE;ggdqFE{ffiili dqqtgwr{lq'ri q{r€( ll Rg ll

Sloka 79" But if Venus be in depression occupy or the 7th, the t2th or the 8rh bhava, the aforesaidrrq{Fr (Rajayoga)will be destroyed; in the direction indicated by the house with the least nurnber of benefic dotg in ghsgtrEta* (Sukraehtakavarga), is best to have the it chamberwhich is to contain the bed by means whereof women are to be won and kept in willing bondaga

680

qRrFnrrqra

Adh.x.

g uloredl.rrfiilRrnfr qt qsfAdrrgrrn'gst*-t q
qqqt Ert wiraT Egr,arqTg tt Gisaqqrur l,o tl $trs€(IsfqEi
Sloha t0. If in the qeret (Aohtakavarga)of Saturn, there be a sign thoroughly voiC of b:nefic dots, the p e r s o nb o r n w i l l m e e t w i r h d : a t h o r s u s r a i n l o s s o f wealth when the planet passesthrough the sign in question; if the planetoccupyinga Kendrabe associated with one,two, three or four benefic dots and if the Kendrabe the planet's exaltrtion sign, any chitd deli. vered from the womb at such a time will be short-lived.
Nores' Parasaraadds \

{qaliftqnfqrqKsli ffrttqt

r

qrire*il 1 <ege{ ftfifiin rr
€nFqqffq;qi;antr;}.nl +r{}t I effrEsel?qiat uqrfqttgqrf*{ tt s;arfa;Td.n qar-*{a flgfl( | q;qrP..sdil€qr;t nq nqrR*( tt ;qif\ qil';qfqgrr;i a.qr fqu€flFqtq qad: ll ureqrqqt{cqr EgfiilfAqrfiil{ | qroiqsiqr: tt {l?ll{';i q af}qo-s e{tg:f}ofg qrilqr( srq}oi g +en}a t

qq$t r airihsqr-t { €cgritr:

ft+ii+,rfiqsfr{ilqn s tl Rrq.q

SI. El

qr*srrrcr

6g1

gqiemqeqi:sil | ffi tFryrcq wHaftE.il T€+ni ut*u, tt cpred q qr1qtfu rs qt r qrfr dr ;ilfr w aq {rEr qilqr, tt

qt *tat qt atut.rUgftqt( rr
RE gerfi *lF fiqrqFn I ifi

r*t GF* *a.qerfl"detq r qft qirtAasqrfin q H{rq: sng\q tr q-qudrnffim} Hfrqaq.r

q-{Hri nrrfiEer<tn*qiTr-Eqt u seq.I srq'ddqlr(qrm*rt cqrfiry{fr rft: erq rr fll

Efrntr{ilqqil gq fiu€gfiqrf}qftfosq{F{11 R errn Fqr;Hq{qcrrr+{q tt?dsgqr-stq r il+ftd wfiq qrU"qrft yft ErqG{rqrqq rr

vqgrfuSgGt {uril ftIrr
wqrQ5:ttRgs $nnrift I rt firfffilq€qiln+

qnfffiqqnihd

n lt tl

Slola 31. When Saturn with abundanr Etrength occupiesthe lrt, bbava and is asgociated with 6 or 5 beneficdots,the perronborn will suctain losaof wealth accompanied mucheuffering by from his very birth. lf tbe planetin depressionor in an inimical house be arcociated with 5 or more beneficdots and if the Mcon occupiea auspicious an Varga, the perronn ill have loog life. 86

082

rceqffi

Adh.x.

qdrftilquat rrffr*
ql(gqftqqQnftilit a-gQt

Srirei'q€qfire w;rffr-

qrqTftqrt.g fifii+96 qnrasn lR tl

Sloha \2. When Saturn occupying the 5th or the lst bhava ie in an eclipsed stateor in the house of an enemyor in depressionand is associatedwith 5 or 4 benefic dots, the persons born under the above y.rga will be possessed female slaves,camelsand property. of If Saturn in the same position be associatedwith I benef dots, the personsborn will be lords of townohips, ic pooseseed administrative machinery characteristicof of cities ; if the number of benefic dots be 7, the peraons affectedby the yoga will possess abundant wealth.

n qRfRtEqqri: tl
q* snP{aq q{KiiT{rqrrimqar ETq Rcn t q6rdi qourEftqsld qqfqgusrs{qrl*qr( ff il tl
S/o[a 33. If you draw up a diagramconoistingof 9 parallel lines at equal intervals from East to West croaeedby 13 parallel lines from North to Soutb with the cameintermediate space before,there will arice a as table containing 96 squares I rowE compricing tbe in results of each of the severalAshtakavargao.

qnfuilRdqrggrrr dnudtqlqrusq{ft r

qFqrfEqs{qsqffirRrqpilt efil€qilffi(rr rgl tl fi}q
Sloka 34. The Lagna, Moon, Mercury,Venur, the Sun,Maro, Jupiter and Saturn are the lords of the the diviaionsindicatedin the 8 rows extending from South

sr 84

qqlfrsrqrq:

688

y one of theo, the bcnefic dote appearingin the 12 housasof its row. Nores.
Note tbat the planets here have been mentioned in the order of their orbits round tr.e Zadiac. Let us now draw the rrKr(tSi6ili (Prastharashtaka Varga) Table and set therein the benefic dots for the Sun's Ashtakavarga in the sample horoscopereferred to in page 657 supra, The 48 benefic dots will be distributed as shown below : There are three benefic dots in Mesha, and it will be ssen that thesehave been contributed by tle Sun, Mercury and the Lagna. While the other {ive planets have each contributed a

malefic one. 'When the Sun transits through the sign Mesha, he will give a benefic results only during three periods uda., the 4th, the 6th and 1 the 8th portions, that is when he is passing f r o m ( l ) l l + " t o 1 5 ' ) (2) lsl" to 221" and (3) 261' to 30o of that sign ; the remaining I five periodswill prove malefic. Similarly in the case of the restJ

c
! q

E
8aturn Jupit€r

P

V6
I

F

3 I

_1,_
rll
ttl
I

=J

:l

6d+

qnrecrM

Adh.x.

"t ""*qRtssqtr Rd ft'lt flFsefrR+,rdRfr'lqrq |
{r;qsfl € ft'lq mflrmilq nerqp} 11 tsi

ilTTsrTrrrqqqiufire {rfifffr} GUr: s€FrI

qHrfitfiqf{€re$qqrqfl} nzq qfigq rt fied

rRtsEqn mronftrftqaRgdt flqreMi n r
sTgrft{i€qrftffi-elfiug* -qrq m}q tt c$

ffi-qur s{qorqr qTffi€d qqs€qilil |

qqrft{tqadr a*qr Rfrd*sft qM

n l\ ll

SIofra35. If a planetbe associated with benefic produces full beneficialeffect; if it be oot its dotc, it ;onnected with benefic spots, there ir no beneficial effectproduced a planetin its depreasion inimical or ; sign or in an eclipsed state causes sorrow evenif it be arcociated with benef dots, ic

qrrr{ilRrtarq{Fqrmr*r Effinr;eqgqrr t rrnqt{ilfi6+wrfrr vq'fftraerftftWwfl il iq tl
S/ofa 36. Draw five parallel otraight lines at rqual intervals from East to Wert ; and acroErtfiese linee draw five others with the sameintermediateEpace, in ruch a manner that the four inner squares(out of the 16 resulting ones) should appearomitted. You have in the diagram the 12 celestial signo that rule over the EautandLotherlquarters and are the owners (jointly) of the etarry zod6ac. .a

11 ffiqa1

11

qq{rtcqqt${qffi qrqltr€-

{qqeqdctr-€ffir

I

st 97-88

(ct*sqrqr

685

ft151gffieffiuilqflilr
Sloha 17. In the Ashtakavarga any one of of the Sun and other plan-ets, take the sig-ns th. tri.nguiar by Simha, gloypr (l) Meeha, Dhanus(Z) Vriahabha, Kiya, Makara(3) Mithuna, fula, Kumbha(4) Kataka, Vriscii, ka,lvleenr; and examine beneficjot, in the 3 rhe eignr composing any group. if in one sign of a group, "ny the numberof benefic dots be reasthan that in .ior, ot the remaining two, or equal that in eachof the other to two, or !s 4ero, the same will have to be subtracted from the numberof beneficdots in each of the three signr of the group chosen.

ollnwr{Fr fr;({r qjitiln tgsn le tl

n fr{+rqtsr uYRilft

Aqqn+gq,Fqfr,gs€{ffi( wilK mgfi r

,iit.i+rq*q, n

Slola 38. If a sign in a triangular group haa the leaetnumber of benefic dots, the other two signs muat have their beneficdots altered into this least number. If a sign have no benefic dots, the remaining aigne of the samegroup will keep their figures unalrcred. If all the signs of a triangular group have the same number of benefic dotr, they must all be removed (i.e. replaced by aeros).
cf . Norps. c({K

H*ut s{}fu r{ drfu}il{rr

BfrQgq Fti dseq rilqtq r ftg q6frt,rqi qA aF*doi fiq+qrr q
To this q-!qq s64s in his q-c*frmT

qqrffi{f+ g fiq}q-qqFE{q. ll

686

qrdiqrftrfi

Adh.x.

distinct interpretations ""t $bools.w The conflicting views rest on two for kq'rqiFTil (Trikona' put upon the sloka euunciating the rule "i?-itnrg r{ c"{d' il1vq frS airqid' which when translated ,oaU*"). one of three triangular houses contains will stand thus:-when subtracted trom tbe least number of benenc dots the same is to be group' This rcndering is not the figure in each of the triangular "a-t"i fi5 cir*T+(' means that accepted by some who maintain that group are to be altered tho figures in the three sigos of a lriangular The latter view is advanced by so as to equal the least number. irorq (Balabhadra) and appearsto be curreut in Southern India' the subjoined For the example referred to in sloka 34 above' and aftgr Trikona charts show the SuryashtakavarAafigures before reduction :

rl

lrl ll

+\ a
,_|

n@ll
{.rfti s6[ri q ftfl $qGsrq@{lF{Tlsl
ifd-qrl qiiqq u{wEIqIffi 'r+qrltqeqRffintftitTs

(gsll 11 ll

Sloka 39. Leave out the signs Simhaand Kataka' in Tbe figures the five pairs of the remaining eigno to tbe five 'planets reckoned from Mrro, belonging

sl. 40-41

qqrdtsqtrr

68?

whether alike or unlike, representedby 2,erc, -aseociated with planetsor not assoiiated with them, have to be sub jected to the pro3essof the reduction otyled qsriWrrir (Ekadhipatyasodhana), their net value obtained. and
cf. q(ta(

q{ ffiq fl{ii'rqqart+rftqflilrr srilq**q: rr *ee,i sorti FgKqT qftAq qr;qfu;t sq nlqlsdffit r qwt sa Rlt qfl'{Ii sorfr+ ll eTias€ ?rFqfkt*qtawffi* r sorfE*qtti+ qw{k( m{g.q$( rr
g'Fildqgh n flfrEq: {qrqi I s.rqlk{tqrr-qisqF}r+e siq tt flqflqqleq.qK. mil"qq{trq I s4

sftffrqm rnril:sqTq+iEqts-d{ll

ilfte{ qqrt q dqtt{i a+ q'ryq.qr?nftq t sorR i*gi n sA( S€qr ilfr{rfiil{ qffi( Bo
Sloha 40. lf the two Rasis having a common lord be both occupiedby planets,no reduction need he made. If one of the two Rasis (whether occupied or uooccu, pied) have no benefic dots, then also there ie no reduction. If one of the two Rasis be occupiedand contain more benefic dots than the other, remove the figure in the latter, If both the Rasis be unoccupied and have the samenumber of beneficdots, remove both.

qtwffi.Tspt ffireqR-d

qdqAE{affi€qrq r qfirsqr t qrnQur fttqr et

Sloko 41, When one of the rwo Raris ie occupied

088

ltRtTTrRtri

Adh. x.

tt"t
numberof beneficdots, remove'the figure in the unoc, cupiedRasi. If both the Rasisbe unoccupied have and an unequalnumberof benefic dots, the greaterfigure is to be replaied the lesc. by

frM vgR€ilfr ilftqrn.nFeeqerffcqn i qqfuqsq imrs6q1r 81 ti ffid qRuicq
Sloka 42. When only one of the two Rasiewith a commonlord ir occupied a planetand haga amaller by numberof banefic dotatban the unoccupied Raai, the figure in the latter ie to be madeequal to the former. The Trikona reductionis to be madefirst of all ; the net figures are then to be subjected to the qerfuqq (Ekadhipatya) reduction.

frqqftsTftwffi Mqrid'r* R qrn( r n wtRflfr gfrrcrsqfrqt ffiMtgrFiqEFil Bl tl
Sloka 43. The net figures after the two reductiooc in the several signs are to be multiplied eachinto.in ilRtqn (Rasimana), r.e. Rasi factor ; and the producB (Rasigunaka)i.e. the made into a total is calledrn?rgvro sum of the Raei,products. The net figuree aasociated with the Sun and other planets in the eeveralsignr are to be multiplied each into its appropriate planetary factor or ftcr;T (Grahamana). The total of there pro, (Grahagunaka), e. total of Graha i ducts is calledrrEgsr€ products.

I torltrMtomr*wr{rwn{ft
thrffitrft{ ai\gq*dnfiqr?t ilqr( | nfrr qqMf trtrqftUgftdttu-

q{ "tqilni\nqgqfu(r$qrftRts uBtl n

S1.44-f6
@vvvvvvvvvvv

Ft'qnr
vvvvvvvvw%

680

ffiwr
ffisqrl qfr r(ercqr&{qql rffiTrs iliwrdqrsg*ir(g ll 8\ rl
Slokas44 & 45. Ascercainthe tum,total of .tlre Raeiproducts obtained multiplying the figures in by the eeveral rigns from Mesha onwardsby their appro, prlateRasi,multipliers.'fhese for the 12 signs ftom Meeha onwards ate 7, 10,8, 4, 10,5, T, 8, 9, 5, 11 and l2r Ascertain alsothe eum.total the Grahaprodgctr of obtained nultiplying the figures in the signsoccu, by pied by the several planetsinto their appropriate Graha multipliero. Theee for the 7 Grahao fro.m the Sun onwardsare6,6, 8, 5, 10,T and 5. Add the aggregete of Rnai prductt to the aggregate Graha prodo"tr. of Divide thc grand total by .30. If tbe quotient ohould exceed years, 12 divide it by 1? and what is left exhibig tbc Ayur or perlod oil life giveo by the planet.
cf.

Nores.
cflfi

qur+?qgfuH {€gssffflqrril qgftf$gnft* q{ufrril r "Yt*

i swr"qtrftrqfiqq'ilt r aJ*,qrqf

gqq npq{iqrqi qAgildq}(sr{;{t

t'trlrg*il'uraiqrraggfiFqt: mnfrqw: r
, fiTqf

q&rlq] il Uftfl: to.rfiTrTfi* rt nt: fu: dqrqgflrat ilRtrTFil *qrt I tl

fiftr"qrs{-{frnRrq*u r+qd E I
87

690

qftrsclftfrr

Adh. x.

q Ffrfr*qgfr eiFEr u ualgil' rr
€rp6.ffiqdqrur:fi.fl Rateqiil, t
l6 Sun'sA. V. Af ter Eliadhipatya reduction Slokas39-42

S""t e-t/.
a L

-t8
I

I

After Rasi-

( s l . 4 4 - 4 s ,I)Rasi Gunaka

Gunaliara

:162.

30

,6 '*i I

I i .l
I

I

0

S i m i l a r l y t h e G r a h a G u n a k aw i l l b e 9 0 , [ c o r n p o s eo f l 0 + l 4 d for Mercury and Venusin Mithuna, l0 forthe Sun in Kataka. 20 for Jupiter in Tula, l6 for Nlars in Vrischika, l0 for Saturn in Kumbha and l0 for the Moon in Meerra.l The sum of Rasi Gunaka and Graha Gunaka is 162*90 or 252. The Ayus contributed by the Sun is ,"t# or 8l years. Similarly for the other planets. tsut both sor+( (Balabha,dra) and q;Qq1 (Manthreswara)prescribe a methoddifierent from this for calculating the ftafr++.rigeiu (Bhi nnashtakavargayurdaya).

ni;q nsf\dq*qgq:r S gFr.qr
ggfiafietrEFgqqluq? qqf;-c lt s : srrr( | dTqilfrq+g;qqrm€qfi-fl

ssfinfuql&co-eo ffipgq: 11
Multiply the sum total of the two products (r22,, those for Rasi and Graha) by 7 and divirle the prociuctby 27. The quotient will be in years,monrhs, etc. When the number of years thus obtainedexceeds 27, subtract from it 27 or multiples of 27. The r e s u l t w r 1 1b e t h e A y u s g i v e n b v t h e p l a n e t w h e n n o t l i a b l e t o t h e reductionsto be mentionedat the foct-note to the next sloka.

sI.46

qrfclstumr

69r

qrd{ v* rns irgtt dEt4 rmarrftrrrirar t *ri

qelsffrri trgqrilqrgffiar Agrfifii qr( tl 8q ll ir+

Slttkn 46. If a planet be in its enltation, double the number o{ yearsobtained for it by the Ashtakavarga process. If it b: depressed eclipsed, the number of or years in its caseis to be halved. Obtain by proportion the Ayus when the planet occupies an intermediate position In the case of Mars when retrograde, the Ayus obtained is to be doubled. Nores.
Corr,parewhat q;}q( & qd.t4 say on the subject :

qeg* g {R+;1| ur.q)"qrq6rui

'it?sdq<il5"q{qu nr}a rr ig

qd*firrrrilr erlrfu nrrr t
qqot rq{ilqq}Gt: qrdflr{qqrqfE ll

qgci qrfr qrt +rtt(effi{q I
qaRrd H{qr{ 5.qr qfl*i f{qfanq,tt

rndsoeri gqtg,iq-ffi q n{tq: I
sFErds qt|t rtE( ll KqlqqqrFr-q
('c\\ qgilE111rfiq:fl?rilgiqFrr: 11
ta

dqt Ei rqruri qrriOdr 1q :qt I

The Ayus obtained is to be halved when the planet yiclding the Ayurdaya has another planet associated with it in tbe ssmc bhava. The same reduction is to be made when a planet is depressedor obscured by the Sun's reys. If the planet occupy an the reduction is by inimical houseor be in the visible hemrsphere, When tbe Sun and the Moon being in the nodessuffer eclipse, t. the reduction is also 5y *. Where several reductionscrop up, it will be enough if the greatest of them be made. The net years, nronths,&c. thus obtained is to be multiplied by 3'z+ end divided

691

FrirFl|r{ilftr

Adh x,

by 36S. 'I'heLfe.prriqdwill be obtainedin yaars (of IOSaarsl monthsr etc. In this way, s,scertain severallythe DasaperioJs of all the planets. l'he Ashtakavarga process the bestof all. ls

g$Tffig{qffitf*ffi*

|

qrqrftfl$ffieq frqreqrgr u\etl u
Slofu 47. In the case planetrthat haveattrined of their qu&+lqr,qte (Moolatrikonr, Swakahetra)or a friendlyhouse occupy such benefic vargasas their or exaltation, arein conjunctionwith benefteplaneto and or arc aspected them,the Ayus ir to be calculated by in the mannerprescribed above. When E pleoeris in the vargaof a maleficor inimical planet the Ayuo arrived at mustundergo reduction.

Sloha 48" The oumberof yearcrepreeeoting the maximumperiod of life in the caseof men obtained ir by putting togetherthe figurer denotingthe yeare given by thd Sun and other plineta. Theaetatt.r, ,o.-" ,.y upoothe authority of greatteachers (like rcrn-pararara) ghouldbe supplemented the number by of yearsfor the Lagna (deduced lrom the Lagnaashtakavaiga) order in to get the Ayua conformablywith the conditionrof any horoscopo that may be underexamination. Norrs.
Tbe fcllowing slokas from rRlir1 (parasara) give tho deteils of the orfcfi+tl (Lagnastrtakavarga).

qfuowqrq +f\ErEfrwr( irdqws rr €utfr risc

tftq€qiqiq(vdqqri qurgi rtrffil qnqnr{ |

sTq Fqri 5qaqln€re faflsf,qI

sl.4t|

qcr*$il:

000

En€ng*g{tnr drqttrrrnfr*r: tt ilqt: trst sl*qge qirtnpsar, r oqr *qry(gd s{ gifrfirr nfrrr {< g*mw {* il'c.1'4 r a,n $ qt wfHilfr fr art g*mm tl
r dq-* on R,hffi ssq ftRoq.

il o*tretlE|ifiq tl
T , AG N A R E K H A C H AKRAM.

4 5 6 7 8 9 l0 1l

In the I-agna Ashtakavarga, the bencfic placos of the Lagna are the 3rd, 4th, 6th lOtb, llth and l2th housesfrom the Sun t h e 3 - d , 6 t h , i O t h , l l r h a n d l 2 t h h o u s e sf r o m t h e M o o n ; t h e l s t , f 3rd,6th, lOth and lltb houses rom Mars; thc lst,znd,4th, 6th,

694

Enrcftcte

Adh.x.

8th, l0th and llth)houses from Mercury; the lst, ?nd, +th, 5th' fro:n Jupiter; the lst, 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 9th, l0th'and I lth houses 9thplaces flom Venus; the lst, 3rd' 4th,6th, 4th,5th,8thand , l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c c sf r o m S a t u r n : a n d 1 a s t 1 5t' h e 3 r d , 6 t h ' l O t h and I lth places from itself.

ffiqAqttqrsEllq{r

qrgt{ ir{ran} Sqqrqgisqil ll 8q ll

5loh.t 49. Wben the Moon occupies any bhava other than a Kendra and is in conjunctionwith another planet, it is the Ashtakavargayurdayathat should be calculated. The same Ayurdaya is appropriate when the 10th bhava is occupied by benefic and malefic planets..

hilrfltqqilg(6El rt{tk q{ awrftqt{ ll \o ll

t eqrRffieqfirqrm I eqitqqrifr{rfugtcurl

Stoka 50. The figures indicating beneficdots that appearin the rigns occupiedby the Sun and other planeta whe in any fqqre*qrt(Bhinnashtakavarga) n put together the number of yearsof Ayurdaya arising from represent subject to the reductions men' tbat Bhinnaehtakavarga tioned already. Norrs.
The total of the net Ayurdayas in the 7 Bhinnashtakavargas i t i s t h e l e n g t h o f l i f " , a c c o r d i n g o t h e v i e v e x p o u n d e dn t h i s s l o k a .

llll
sd ((csrfsr{rEfi;ggfui uJEqr*iirs fioffiqasnf\qftqdadrffitfr t
ililGqifr qAlnq* ffqi gttf d e'i

ftoli drile{n {qd}( ftW{awtgq qr ll \t ll

sl.61-5tl

qrrriswtrr

606

the two reductionsand multiply the total of the reoeio' (beforc ing beneficdots into the numberof beneficdoto planct ir reiuction) in the particularbhdvawhereofthe *to tX.rttka,) reckonedfrom the place occupiedby tbe planet. Divide the product by Z? and ascertrin the to correcpondinq the remainder'When Saturn asterism of deathwill take place the asterism, frr.., throughihis ryto (Karakr)' p*ron indicated by the bhava and its it it,l," Sun be the qrErm$(bhavakaraka), is the father ; that will die; if the Moon, the mother if Mars, a bro' ther ; if Mercury, a reiation; if Jupiter, a eoo: if Venus,a wife; if Saturn, it is the owner of the boro& the copethat wilt die; if at the time mentioned, perooor do named not die, someothetson a par with then will will be lort' much wealthand prosperity die or Norrs.

l-hus,intbeexampleinp.65T,thegthhousecouqtcdfrom the sun's Ashtakavarge b the sun is Meena. The figure there in total of the bonefic dots rc' 5 biile chart in p. 636)' The sum is l9 (seep' 690)' Multiplyiqg maining after tbe two reductions The l4th star countcd 5 by t9 and dividiug bv 27 we get l4' passesthrough thil fro- A.*ioi is R:n (Chithra). When Saturn of tho native or somc asterism, we have to say that the {ather may die or much wealth and prospcrity others on a par with him may bo lost. c

ll sFr €gEFtlgdn:ll

r{rtetqiiqqrcftdFtrffidE{ t ffil sqrfueq furywrtw qErftlf \R ll {6qG6trrqq{+srqt

exhi of Sloha 57. Draw up a diagram the zodiac benefic dot! the aggregate biting in itc severalhouses

096

I'liTcrntlli

Adh.x.

given by the Eunand other plane$ dnd arranged eppro, priately in Mesha and the other Reriu. I shell now ptoeeed treat of the effect upon eachbhevsof the to in beneficdots grouped lt.
NoTEs. The following 2 mnemobic slokas from (qiqt) Manthreswafe'b q,otfr+t (Phaiadeepika) give the aggregate of the benefic dots appearingin the l2 places with referenceto the sevenplanets and the lagna in the several Ashtakavargas; The order of the planets is from the Sun onwards,and Lagna appearsas the 8th. The figuresate indicated by the convention commonly called *zccdtq(qt (Katapayadhisankhya) given below.: (l) drk{s (Kadinava), (z) afra* (Tadinava), (:) qrftcs (Padipancha), (+) qrqfr (tadyashtow)

rnir TR* ar-{qn{rqtgt grr{t fir*@rrrrqi r rrrfr 4-5 35 I 3l {167? 3 15t6 6 1t55?S ff rrH qgrrrs-digri.i+ohurg ffflii n
9'

3 t

3 3 |

34 53

51-r

9 t

5 9t

5 9'

'31

|

eif: ct rtt{*rTffi
-a.l _4 4 { 33{

t2

3 4r!21

7 3

{rrft q-jt rnrnrfhfurGr, r
5 3 56 2 6 I 9t 6?l

|

3

3 A

4 42

J 4 :l 6 3

ftfr lessFrccfreqrcr qil {c ctftott ihiEE tl
The figures the l2 placesfrornthe Sun are respectively in 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 3, +, 5, 3, 5, 7, 2; from the Moon,2, 3. 5,2, 2, 5, 2, 2, 2 , 3 , 7 , 1 ; f r o r nM a r s , 1 ', s , 3 , 5 , 2 , 3 , + , + , + , 6 , 7 , 2 ; f r o mM e r + cury 3, l, 5, 2, 6, 6, I , 2, 5, 5, 7, 3; from JupiterS 2, | , 2, 3, +, 2, 2 , 4 , 2 , + , 7 , 3 I f r o r nV e n u s2 , 3 , 3 , 3 , + , + , Z , 3 , + , 3 , 6 , 3 ; f r o m , Saturn 3, 2, 4, 4, +, 3, 3, +, 4, 4, 6, l; from Lagna,5, 3, S, 5, 2, 6, l, 2,2,6,7,l, The statement the next page in shows in a tabulal form the (Sarvashtaka figuresof benefic dots for the esfumcf Narga)accord* The figuresfrom Mars ought to be 4, s, 3, +, 3, 3, +, 4, 4, p. 6,7, 2. But see foot-note to gfiE{ari,(Strkrashtakavarga) 652, f S T h e f i g u r e s r o m J u p i t e ro u g h t t a b e 2 , l , 1 , 2 , 3 , + , 2 , 4 , 2 , 4,7r 4. But see foot-note 1e aqtE+-qii(Chandrashtakavarga) p.

44 6r

650.

$L 6rF63
-v.

qqrdls$rm:

69?

ing to the above slokas for the sample horoscope reforred to in page 657. It enables one to find out from a glance how mrny beneficdots bave been cortributed by the severalplanets in oech of the 12 Rasis.
.l :.!)

4 4
llithuirr

a

37 3l

2 2
r)

'I

4 3 3
J

5 .:)

zit
z.l
37 3C
'tb

l(uhLa

I ()
I

;';;.;
Kruye Tula

5
t')

2
() a

4 ,| 4
il

t)

i,

;;,";,,;;
Dhanus

2
D o
I

,l 5
r)

6 I ')
r .1

() ..'
I

29 22

;;;"""
a 9m bhe

I 3

2 2 6

2+
27

1

I
o

4
t

lf,eena

3lz

;n
.:13 7

'6 49

qrfraEa(Rmfr qrr{qn? q | fr{rffirfrr gt*fr-{q{€i{nq

qrqefit{ftsil;q$or',3 ftq-

q ilgr+dAsuqrfr er${rtn \l n
S/trft,r 53. In the trsiu+sf lSarvashtakavarga), the 8b

@B

qrisrfuft

Adh. x.

-*" doo -r"r.t "t arevoid of effect. From 25 to 30 beneficdots in a
bhava produce medium effect. More than 30 benefic dots in any bhava produce happineso, wealth and fame while eerving to advancethe bhava wherein they appear. NorBs.
Statement showing the several i.lers'l{,i (Bhinnashtaka Varga) figures for the same horoscope.
o

la
lq)

IFI lp

a

t>

tu)

lSarvasbtaka Varsa I

Mesba Vrishabhe IlIithuna Kat'aka Simhe Kanya Tula Vrischika Dhanus Nlakara Kumbha Meeoa Total

,l 7
7||,3

+
( 6

7 3
I T

'l'i

37

6 3

zl2
2l
7l6
Jl o

-i -l 3r 'l 'l 2+
sl2l
+i J

+ +
5

3

3 ti 5

7 3 5 5 6 3
?

?3
37 30

+
3 5 3 5

3t3

+
I
5

6 3 I .{ I
.1 T

25 29
c2
/+

sl

+t 6 2l
5t2

+ +
q

s

+
I T I

FFi

l'l si

-t

3

r+l 56
I

+9

cl. su{t{t{r

t ft{rr{qmsor q. il{tqt {IttT(T: t
qsfi{E?qtqui q,i dglrqq:so{ ll

sI.64-66
Also qmfltt

qtrfr$Tqr

699

ftrfr+ tsftilerra{frmafhilrrrd } a{n:
ffqtfutrfliqrgilng q q{nAg +rig merl gqfAqd)rs+sat{rqitt srQ sqErr'.€fi
|sr quqlq .fi$: 6q1 {i rar geili }silft: r

Sloha 54. Planets occupying, it may b:, tlreir exaltatron, their own, a friend'e house, a frrkona, a Kendra, or an vrtr4 (tJpachaya) place or posaesscd of such strength as is derived from being in benefir ,"'arg:ur, may do evil if associated with insufficient ber,e'frc dots (in the neluo-+rt-5.rva tak,rvarga). sh

t qn{rtfrgcqgrtrrrrnr
t flqqrqftgrMsif,ls I
n qrffiilfl tr{ inqfiq

t r{geqsoErtiqftitq.{r*( u \\ tl
Slo&c 55. Planets which as occupyingportions of the l2th, the 6rh, the 8th or the Zth bhavas are considered m:rlefic; secondly,thoee that are in the vargas of their depression signs or of maleficor inimical pianets; 3rdly and lasdy, thosethat conepire conjunctionwith in the lord of the sign occupied by crflq (Mandhi) ro work evil-these three classes planets, i{ only associof ated with a higher number of benefic dots, produce all important beneficial reeultsto the personconcerned.

qnfuilrgrqzt orwggiiqfr ftrs{rfi r qgti g(fi RrM* ffi Enr6 fuq{t{s's! tt\q tl

qraTcrftqri

Adh. x.

Slohn 56. If in the scis+ilt (Sarvarhaka:Varga) the number of benefic dote in the Llth bhava be greater than that in tl're l0ch, but the figure in the lZth lower than that in the L lth and if the f igure in the Lagna exceedthe figure in the lzth bhava, the pereon born will be h"ppy with abundanceof wealth, fame and strength, cf . qodfc+r

rTEql.$otfit eril epil.duf& 6q+ t

qs ;q,tTfq* ,itlarafiaq q* uttr tr

troqx'inq.qqfigfrz{rEi
I flqirgsqrJflqq{Q;ggtrq wer{ qErrHwdftii qgif

*firyrftdla

qqqfk d* ll \\e ll

Slcrla 5?. Three divisions maJeof the 1l signs, the first commencing with Meena, the second with and the third with Vrischika and exhibitirrg Karkataka eachits own beneficdots in its respectiva t housesare madeto indicatetht first, tlta middle and the concluding portion of the life under examination. Some opine that the three grand divisions are madefrom the 6{qrm to (Vyayabhava) begin with. qa+Acr cf,

req+fiqufrm€u-'sd' 4fio6rquql' qlq{rftrdrR} g qqnF5qil fiq(akgqq t
qet quqqqqqtfldqEqF4ii5;gqrrUft HT

SarflFqsqftq{Fr Eaq}a aqrftE:dffq: ll

frqi w.-{r B;qufrqqni iird t*od}i!1qEgfiil€iil | qa fi{ {FqqeqriY{qft;gt}ul grr{ wqEttgft1un{

sl_68-60

qrrfrsqrc:

701

S/otc 58. Some recommend the omission of the beneficdots in the tzrh as well as in the 8th bhava fron their severaldivisions ; rhe aggregate b:nefic dots in any one division shourd be compared with the same in the other two If the figures in the three divisions b: equal, the life of the person concerned would be a mixed o:rewith its joys and sorrows evenlydistributed; if unequal, the lower figure implies diminution of com_ Iort, i.e. misery; the higher one betokens increaeed c<>mforts, prosperity. i.e.

drqrtrd qft gffit f}qt ftaqli
\9^

q$rqqw€dbvqtlrrui qr( | rro-s

li|;g€aqi t{R rqqamq{q qrq{r{

ifunttqt {qft itgo{u}iri rsrr(!n \q tl
S/;i?a 59. If b:nefic planets occupy the signsof any division. the porrion of life eorrespondirrg this to eq (khanda)will be happv. If the signsof a Grog (khanda) have both malefic and benefic planets in them, the effect on the porrion of the life typified by the arl€ (khanda)will be mised; if any division containsmalefic planets exclusively, the period of life representedwill abound in accessionsof affiiccion. If the numb:r of beneficCots in any division be smrll, the personborn will suf{er from diseasearrrl ment.rl pain and will be rpeakingevil things. Ii there be a preponderance of benefic dots in a <Tos (Khanda), the person concerned will enjoy extensive prosperity in the period of life thus distinguished.

qrqi rraiFgd,rqfrrr{{rrTdrqrdii rrqqFT{ | iq=tg* qrftitqrgiit qrcrwqsiiqurot n\ n Qotl

7U2
--'-------v--''

qTlrqrfuft

A&r. X.

Sloha 6A, If a pirron have hia birth under a yogx he greatProsperity, will, upon the expiry of betokeniog of a nrrmber yearsindicatedby the eqls+T{t(sarvaehtakr Varga) igures in the Lagn4 be in a fair way to get a royal .rehiil. (such as a palanquin),riches, sons and great. surPassinglY knowledge

GnRIqIg+ftRI! {r${qFilllqt tl uil qrEfu;Sd€qm{trTl

q;qrt{rflq irtn-brqrfrfigidi t t Rrqrqta

.Sl.rbrr 61. When the lord of the l2th bhava occu' by piesthe lst represented a Rasi baiungingto S'rturn' and when the lords of the Lagna and the 8th bhav;rare weak,th: pcrsonborn will livc as many yearsas there Lagna in the edemrl(Srrvashtaka are beneficdots in Che Varga).

qrar& qfdrqtt,oqt o*rdttertr\errtfrrt
fiqriircqrR;fi1ffiqt( qrartrqmiln dm QR

Sloku (,L. When the lord of the 4th bhavr is in the Lagnr and the lord thereof is in the 4ch,and wh:n the numberof b:nefic dots in eachof the Rrsis occupieC by theseplanetsts :)3,the persons born will'brome lords of men and centresof kingly glory.

6iqq;ffi fiEflts tt{;qmri\qqfr?.qilsI ll qnt;fliiqgi{ q {rcriqiErft{rtrwtt-*f{fd ql ll

Slofta 63. When the lst,4th and the 1lth bhavas areeachassociatedwith benefic dots exceeding30, the personborn will, afier his 40th year, attain to power culminatingin kingchip' irrd protp.rity irr abundance

TIilT{iit{

r;gfuer aqqdt${hE{qt

sl. 64-6?

qqfrsqrq:

?08

qqsk q€ ffifftrwn qA rt {I({t Eriwfiras tl qu ll
Sloha 64. If the number of benefic dots ir the 4th and in the 9th Rasi from the Lrgna lie betweerr25 and 30, the person born will be rich as Kubera at the end thereto. of 28 yearoor in gome year subsequent

I t{rqrt {raq0€g* qtqrftrrftrgtcqr{it

tqrqft uqt ilqlt ilfr ilqt oetreqt'{ilql llq\ll

the Sloka 65. When Jupiteroccupying 4th bhava dots and the with 40 benefic is in exaltation associated with the Lrgnr, the Percon Sun is in Mesha identical of a born will become king and be in command a 1001000 horse.

qiqrfrdtegh ffi qri qtt ilft ffi t *+ fit t,tir nggt q1ilc{*q{r w{Sqrll qq ll
Sloka 66. With 40 benefic dots in the Lagna, with Jupiter in Dhanus,with Venuoin Meena, with Mars in exaltation and with Satgrn in Kumbha,the ed person born should becomean emperorblese with every kind of good fortune.

ffinfritcq\qqrn q{F( {ilftqqfter*,

sorf\{i qliit ft{ei qqGsRqgtrt *3 11Qull

'fhe Sloka 67. four quarters beginning with the East have been assigned to the four triade of Raair whereof the first are Mesha, Vrishabha, Mithuna and Kataka(Vrdc Adhyaya I sl. 13). With refetenceto a hororcope that may be under examinacion,ascertain the quarter in which there is an abundanceof benefic dotr;

't04

aftrFtmEnil

Adh. x.

t,
acceEsion his wealth, etc. to

oqrflt{;q;(rrdgt$r dWq.anr6oaqqit (aqG qlt qR {luri n ffiqtqr ii$or .RFrTt ll
SJ.;Aa68. Find the aggregate benefic dots frtrm o{ (both ioclusive; Multiply it by 7 the Laqna to Saturn and divide thc product by 27. Whcn, in the asterism indicatcdby the remainder(reckonedfrom Aswini) or its Trikona, the Sun and other malignant planets pass, and the personconcernedwill suffer from dieeases other ills on a large scale.

qqfto{Fffiei q Gg{r;(r{Klgqrlq $Enr;q I gt{qdqqrTrcdrc*rqi gq{t M {$il ttqq ll

Sloka 69. Deal in the above way with the aggre, gate of benefic dots countecifrom Saturn to Lagna,and with those lrom Mars to Lagna,as w,ll as from L gna to Mars, severally. Find the aggregareof beneficdots in the Rasis occupied by benefic planetsand the star indicated thereby. When a benefic planet passes through thie asteri$m, good things, they say, may be expected. Nores. ef. s-d-4fr{r

q<r;ntdias sorfi i I offrFrnzfr
fA{r saf{dq}.qa{IFHH €iTlFs-€{| | qr ilrtrri$qrq d.flrTrnrri g:ti ai I

qi rirf4ear=d dqrrd"oi so{.rr
Also erctt?t

oilfl tq g'lferalalqnGrrdiT,T g{iqr

g* ilfut gerHnnafis-€gflr6q+ iiqdir' r

sr ?0

q**srrtrr

?05

r;Erqrufitq ftftggrarruTfuti R€nt-

tl frRqgqdi4lR*+Fqilti Er+qeifrs.qr
The following additional information based on the tr{iE6q{ (Sarvashtakavarga) figures are extracted from qa*tttr.

g,ilqtoilrr6qTerrq.firrTqdqffiFqrq{}&
q-dqlrr QQrqT{$s{rgeq qqKEiII I

qrftqa qrgrfttnfi n:fier q €qGq( ll
offrqsqgfqdq{qi qFqrAqtq*

amihaqwflaqqfFle{rft flq}q+( t

q-g sTr&{,i 'ilqre qi{ iqig{dt stqe: qfid qR frq*rsft{drrerqqmffir ll Hrq.
*-qFqrq{qqqflraqri}frq{ii I gqrErft 1

qq:gqlgt fuq. il ilqrqft+reqrq-dqqrR

.if rftr' qftarftfrstrtrq+t nwn* +*
I ilqi qawai wvgfh,EifQqsFei 'qlqqffiqfrqilftFaFq q rqflT?d E{ d=flflfrqi: FIIITqrrffr i}w}flsq: u

t qsrfrqcita*urqdl wiruqtt;ecq Rffil qqfr"ql q Etqil{tqrfr wtssfifki qq ll so ll
St ftc ?0. Make the Trih.rna anrl Ekadhiptya reductions in regard to the cetEssrt($arvaohtakavarga| figum Out of the figuresleft afterthe two reductions in the reveral Raeie, go on subtractingl? ar often ar poroible. If the redtrcedfigure happenoto be 1l iteelf, it 's not to bc taken awayr The figurec containedin Nlcrha and other Rrir are to be thuc treated. 89

706

qrilTwRqrt

Adh. x.

q4e-{ii ffgq-s qqqi uftrqret r qrrqfh*oi fr{hq qart+T&qeryar{ rt qsfu( queorft+,i dqlq*qos€q I

enie g 'Ifrqrt{n{gufrrg tt q'f+q r*cgq+Rea Eqq:q1 |

s.dfae R{ ssfqdqirgq: aa' tr ggfffiqarsl wrg:fioq: qfiqt I qrsrRqflorcn: Alq{TRgqrwq tl mqd o afroequeo alq*q flq r q(r*.{fiqf+dqr aBqs+e F-iqr
qa{q* tt nflH€iTo-rtrgqtil$r-q

uail g rldhrflqtgdTrd.rfl rr

{itni flftrqqrWrhr asqzidrq o.!rqrR.i;qq I a€ri$egqor6i nilf\ri ftqaq{t mmrgftr*r
ri{r rrii ftqqiiqtqig$rgqqqr rf el tl
Sloha71. Multiply the net figuresin the (qqH) (after the reductions mentioned in Sarvashtakavarga slokahavebeen made)by the zodiacal the previous and planetary factorsand make aggregate the producte. an of Multiply thia by 7 and divide the productby 27. The quotientconsisting years, montho, daye, etc., if in of of the standardAyuo, i,e, L00yearE,ahould excet! be by diminished 100yeara; if chort of 100 ic to be kept unaltered. This will repreEent the anlrrgt (Nakohatra which when multipliedby tLa anddividedby Ayus) 365 will give the period of life correctly in oolaryearE.

sI.72-?3

qqisrqrq:

701

ll gt'rqruuqqrF( s{il1 qRoftqqsaqmqqr( el ll
Sloka 72. The yearsiaking up the life whether by ehort,middleor long of a person (obtained the pro' will equarewith the period ceEB above mentioned) otherwise obtained,by the diminution or addition as uPon an may be of a multipleof 27 accertrined the case examinatioo tbe aEpect,if any, upon the Lagna, by of beneficplanets.

qrffirrG$ocrrcJrqrt t {Rrrfqq€gqrroR;gdor ll tR qqfrswtt tt

tdfteK $ruelqu(Kr( ll sQ 11

compiled Stoha7\. In the work 6f Jatakaparijata of and containing the essence treatises by Vaidyanatha the chapteron on planetaryeffects suchas Parasara"s, deeignated in benlfic dots, appearing the Aghtakavargas (Samudaya) r<m (Prasthara),fm (Bhinna) and €3Erq has been treated bv the graceof the entire body of Planets' NorES.
The following from soq-( (Balabhadra) for ascertaining thc month and the asterism of the death of a person will be found uscful:\

lt sTq q{oTTTt€f,FtrI11

tq rgut}dffuq*qq*fr i tr

?6

Adh K

elc{ttrarF}i qqrM r* t qt ug ffi ffqrffqmftx*umqrft ( qqtqffirftqEqrqru$fr5 r oFTqErrqE6 s{ffi3xfr1 x qfu5mor: FqroTI rgizfior€m' r fli' qnfrErecr€dq qlq+ffFs\ rgt n

metqrrfi qfut ilfu.qfr?ft d( | qrftfiqqa* ftfrir tt affi
qsrrftqfrfi+ qd qtsIElftqr t qrrelRflrqq n'qTtqrq qt{ tt
sqqfr,{iq;qflq{ I

eutt Afrqrt ffa q frqqdn r
wqeqhttq;qffii{tnrqfi qr tt

s$ q:vBftt fiqq q fifrf{in r q-Tqffreil q-.rsfrqlRil u m} tqt arTfi-ffi qrR Udqt €R: I
End of the 10th Adhyaya.
-"1t&--L*'-

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful